Transactions of the Zoological Society of London

. ‘
meta 2
host ) , 5 it che ib
UP mani } Mies ah eh j Pastas
Art : ; } eR Hit f
‘ Waa ‘ {hoe St mt $ i
ors \ le mia he } H mies
mp arrt peas
4
Hil,
{
f
PANE
; :
%
i rk
5
I
t
ry,

ree
ee,
a

Pa

: ae gee
bens

iG oe aay

Doter f RbLcakow.

Ae ph 190

a z. « Ql —lQ4 iy
é ii. " \qes—300 ‘
W. « 3OL —ho7. ‘ 38-59. (335).

Jax Zeer. Sa=z. i ch £ ?
fe. gpa P55 ree j
2 jG S3u4 rR
3 Ak a fO8S F ob
1835" x va &S |

sd rag
K Key os opere D fersr me age Ae Lina
ime doe (ct LL meg (836, 4

: Jee. Lc are

VMetea 112, (833). Safar
13—2b (Bd). Ay
2-2) Uaas) AR

eg 8% 7

TRANSACTIONS

OF

4
THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

VOLUME I.

LONDON:

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
BY RICHARD TAYLOR, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET ;
AND SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S HOUSE, BRUTON STREET;

SOLD ALSO BY LONGMAN, REES, ORME, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMAN,
PATERNOSTER-ROW.

1835

» LOPPULAARET “'@
: F 2...

Pa a Si UG
‘ue ‘
“e bbs Adlfen ot y=

« 7

Se

ign As Dit oy
i). ey

— x . eat’

— ate pee} bie ’
Pee Ee re a *
Fina e ge

rie , f) A
"in Foire tenia

eae kre sa ,

CONTENTS.

I. On the M’horr Antelope. By E. T. Bennett, Esq., F.L.S., Sec. Z.8.. . page|

II. On the Nervous System of Beroé Pileus, Lam., and on the Structure of its Cilia. By
Roser E. Grant, M.D., F.R.S. Ed., L.S., G.S., Z.8., &c., Professor of Com-

parative Anatomy and Zoology in the University of London . . . . 2.) 9
III. Observations on the Laws which appear to influence the Assumption and Changes of
Plumage in Birds. By Wiuttam Yarrett, Esq., F.L.8S.&Z.8. . . . 18

IV. On the Structure and Characters of Loligopsis, and Account of a New Species (Lol.
guttata, Grant,) from the Indian Seas. By Rosert E. Grant, M.D., F.R.S.Ed.,
L.S., G.S., Z.8., &c., Professor 2s Sie oie oe me and Zoolgy in the Uni.
versity of London . E : 21

V. On the Characters and Bese ” a new Genus of pera called Cynictis.

By W. Ociusy, Esq., A.M., F.L.S., R. Ast. 8., Z.8., &. 2. 2 2. 2... 29
VI. On the Chinchillide, a Family of Herbivorous Rodentia, and on a new Genus
referrible to it. By E. T. Bennert, Esg., F.L.S., Sec.Z.8.. . . . . 35

VII. On the sacculated Form of Stomach as it exists in the Genus Semnopithecus, F. Cuv.
By Ricuarp Owen, Esq., F.Z.S., Assistant Conservator si the Museum of the

Royal College of Surgeons in London . . . . 65
VIII. Description, with some additional Particulars, of th the Arter Australis of Shaw.
By Wiiiram Yarrett, Esq., PLS. & 78... . a ee ol

IX. On the Anatomy of the Sepiola vulgaris, Leach, and Account ee a New Species
(Sep. stenodactyla, Grant,) from the Coast of Mauritius. By Rosert E. Grant,
M.D., F.R.S. Ed., L.8., G.S., Z.8., &c., Professor of Comparative Anatomy and
Zoologyian the Unwersity of London». 2 ss ew ee ee
X. On a new Genus in the Family of Corvide. By Mr. Joun Goutp, F.L.S. Commu-
nicated by the Secretary . At Eo) te, ee 87
XI. Characters and Descriptions of several New Genera and Species of Coleopterous
Insects. By the Rev. F.W. Hore, A.M., F.L.S.&Z.S. . . . .. . 91

1v CONTENTS.

XII. Observations on the Neck of the Three-toed Sloth, Bradypus tridactylus, Linn. By
Tuomas Brett, Esy., FRSS 18.4855 ZS. .. . page Lis

XIII. On the Anatomy of the concave Hornbill, Buceros cavatus, Lath. By Ricuarp
Owen, Esq., F.Z.S., Assistant Conservator . the Museum of the Royal College of

Surgeons in London . . . iets Us
XIV. Description of a New Genus of Posie eee se Fishes. ‘By the Rev. R. T.
Lowe, B.A., Corr. Memb. Z.S. (In a Letter to the Secretary.) . . . 123

XV. On the Anatomy of the Cheetah, Felis jubata, Schreb. By Ricnarp Owen, Esq.,
F.Z.S8., Assistant Conservator of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons
RELIONELONs se at ee Re: koe Ue Re Ie fo: Fe ae

XVI. Notice of a Mammiferous Animal from Madagascar, constituting a new Form among
the Viverridous Carnivora. By E. T. Benwert, Esq., F.L.S., Sec. Z.S.. 137

XVII. Descriptions of some new Species of Cuvier’s Family of Brachiopoda. By
W. J. Broperip, Esq., Vice-President - the pa aie and pe Societies,
RIS Ley Sesh. whe. Soe : 3 As Anheuser las

XVIII. On the Anatomy of the piscuopeae of Cuvier, and more vipectadly of the Genera
Terebratula and Orbicula. By Ricnarp Owen, Esq., F.Z.S8., Assistant Con-

servator of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons in London. . . 145
XIX. Some Account of the maneless Lion Ae Guzerat. ee ose Watter Sm_EE, of the
Bombay Army, F.Z.S. Seite Lo teh an. GS
XX. Description of a new ae of the Genus -iRtnte of 2 Dr. Horsfield. By
Mr. Joun Goutp, F.L.S. Communicated by the Secretary . . . . . 175

XXI. A few Remarks tending to illustrate the Natural History of two Annulose Genera,
viz. Urania of Fabricius, and pect of Walckenaer. gil W.S. MacLeay, Esq.,
E:Zyisiheses weeds ‘ ng cae nee eee

XXII. Descriptions of some new snake of Calyptrecide. By W. J. Broperip, Esq.,
Vice-President of the Geological and Zoological Societies, F.R.S., L.S., &c. 195

XXIII. On the Anatomy of the Calyptreide. By Ricuarp Owen, Esq., F.Z.8., Assistant
Conservator of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons in London. . 207

XXIV. On the Structure of the Heart in the Perennibranchiate Batrachia. By Ricuarp
Owen, Esq., F.Z.8., Assistant Conservator ! the Museum f the Royal College
of Surgeons in London. . . BN § Saeki cap eealen

XXV. On the Young of the Ouiiiibehr ct wandabaise Blum. By Ricuarp Owen,
Esq., F.Z.8., Assistant Conservator of the Museum of the iil College of Sur-
geons in London. . . . 5 SAR a 220

XXVI. Notes on the Natural rho and Habits ea the Onsithorhynch paradoxus,
Blum. By Grorce Bennett, Esg., F.L.S., Corr. Memb. Z.8.. . . . 229

CONTENTS. Vv

XXVII. Description d’un nouveau Genre de Mollusques de la Classe des Gastéropodes
Pectinibranches. Par E. Ruppert, M.D., Memb. Ect. L.S. & Z.8. page 259
XXVIII. On Clavagella. By W. J. Broverir, Esqg., Vice-President of the Geological
and Zoological Societies, F.R.S., L.S.,§e. 2 . . . rere 20L
XXIX. On the Anatomy of Clavagella, Lam. By Ricuarp Owen, 2 ales E.R.S. & Z.S.,
Assistant Conservator of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons in Lon-
ag Fo I PoC hay a 1 ee
XXX. On Nycteribia, a Genus of Wingless Insects. By J. O. Wesrwoop, Esq.,
F.L.S., &c. Communicated by the Secretary. . . . toate, Pie, Cake
XXXI. Some Account of Macropus Parryi, @ hitherto undescribed ee of Kangaroo
from New South Wales. By E. T. Bennerr, Esq., F.L.S., Sec. ZS... 295
XXXII. On the Genus Chama, Brug., with Descriptions of some Species apparently not
hitherto characterized. By W.J. Bropertr, Esq., Vice-President of the Geolo-

gical and Zoological Societies, F.R.S., L.S., 8c. . . . - = 30l
XXXIII. Characters and Description of a new Genus of the Family Melolonthide. By
Joun Curtis, Esq., F.L.S., §c. Communicated by the Secretary . . . 307
XXXIV. On a species of Moth found inhabiting the Galls of a Plant near to Monte Video.
By Joun Curtis, Esq., F.L.S., &c. Communicated by the Secretary . . 311

XXXV. Description of a Microscopic Entozoon infesting the Muscles of the Human Body.
By Ricuarp Owen, Esq., F.R.S. & Z.S8., Assistant Conservator of the Museum
of the Royal College of Surgeons im London . . . 2 apie tote

XXXVI. On the Anatomy of Linguatula Tenioides, Cuv. By R Ricwarp Owen, Esq.,
F-R.S. & Z.8., Assistant Conservator of the Museum of the Bea College of Sur-

geonsin London. . . . . . : o See eth ine
XXXVII. Additional Remarks on the Genus ee with some Account of a second Spe-
cies referrible to it. By E. T. Bennert, Esq. F.L.S., Sec.Z.8. . . . 33l

XXXVIII. Observations on the Genus Cancer of Dr. Leach (Platycarcinus, Latr.,), with
Descriptions of three new Species. ie Tuomas BELL, es F.R.S., L.S., G.S.,
opal i) ans NA Lee rae NEE: lee,

XXXIX. On the Osteology - the hte and Gee Utan. By Ricuarp Owen,
Esq., F.R.S. & Z.S., Assistant Conservator of the Museum ae the Royal College of
Surgeons in London. . . . 2 basu Welt ae, combs

XL. On the Anatomy of Distoma ee Rud. "By R Ricuarp Owen, Esq., F.R.S. &
Z.S., Assistant Conservator e the Museum of the Ae pens of Surgeons in
London. ies eee tel: : : “eee. eres

XLI. Description of a new nail of Feceyomig 4 Tenia een! Owen. By Ricuarp
Owen, Esq., F.R.S. & Z.S., Assistant Conservator of the Museum of the Royal
College of Surgeomsan London . . 1. . - ss + © + 6 se S85

vi CONTENTS.

XLII. Remarks on the Entozoa, and on the structural Differences existing among them :
including Suggestions for their Distribution into other Classes. By Ricuarp Owen,
Esq., F.R.S. & Z.S8., Assistant Conservator of the Museum of the Royal College of
Surgeons in London . METER AE he 8 ae: page 387
XLIII. Additional Observations on Alepisaurus ferox. By the Rev. R. 'T. Lows, M.A.,
Corn Memb GZS byte dt. een, DA Ok CE a ea Se

ERRATUM.

Page 184. Note ®. Lines] and 4. For Gecarcinus ruricola read Grapsus ruricola.

OFFICERS AND COUNCIL

THE ZOOLOGICAL

SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1835.

PRESIDENT.

RIGHT HON. THE EARL OF DERBY, LL.D., Pres. L. S., F.H.S., Trust. Brit. Mus.

VICE-PRESIDENTS.

WILLIAM BOWLES, Carr. R.N.

WILLIAM JOHN BRODERIP, B.A., F.R.S.,

F.L.S., V.P.G.S.
JOHN HAMILTON, ESQ.

SIR ROBERT HERON, BART., M.P., F.L.S.,
F.H.S.
JOSEPH SABINE, ESQ., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.H.S.

SECRETARY.

EDWARD T. BENNETT, ESQ., F.L.S.

TREASURER.

CHARLES DRUMMOND, ESQ.

COUNCIL.

REV. JOHN BARLOW, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.,
M.R.I.

THOMAS BELL, ESQ., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.

MARSHALL HALL, M.D., F.R.S. L. & E.

EDWARD SAMUEL HARDISTY, ESQ.

REV. FREDERICK WILLIAM HOPE, M.A.,
F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.

THOMAS HORSFIELD, M.D., F.R.S., V.P.L.S.,
F.G.S.

ALEXANDER MILNE, ESQ.

VISCOUNT MILTON, M.P.

RICHARD OWEN, ESQ., F.R.S.

SIR JOHN SHELLEY, BART.

LIEUT.-COLONEL WILLIAM HENRY SYKES,
F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.

NICHOLAS AYLWARD VIGORS, ESQ., D.C.L.,
M.A., F.R.S., M.R.LA., F.A.S., F.L.S., F.H.S.,
F.G.S., M.R.I.

WILLIAM YARRELL, ESQ., F.L.S., &c.

ADVERTISEMENT.

Tue Editors of the Transactions of the Zoological Society are directed to make
it known to the Public, that the Authors alone are responsible for the facts and

opinions contained in their respective papers.

TRANSACTIONS

OF

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

I. On the Mhorr Antelope. By E. T. Bennert, Esq., F.L.S., Sec. Z.S8.

Communicated January 8, 1833.

PLINY appears, with one exception, to be the only author of antiquity who distin-
guishes the Dama of the classical ages by any tangible characters ; and even his slight
notices are confined to its transmarine origin', and the forward curvature of its horns?.
In other writers the word, although of frequent occurrence, is accompanied only by
vague epithets, indicative for the most part of gentleness, timidity, and velocity. Thus
we have in Horace? the epithet ‘‘ pavide”’; in Virgil‘, “‘ timidi”; in Martial, ‘‘ molles',
imbelles®”; in Seneca’, ‘‘ veloces’’; and in Columella’, ‘‘ velocissime”’ ;—all applied
to the Dame, which appear, from the constant references made to them about that
period, to have been well known at Rome in the times of the earlier Cesars. The ex-
ception above noticed occurs in the fragment of the Halieuticon, generally ascribed to
Ovid and at all events written by a contemporary author, and merely determines the
animal to have had a fawn-coloured back, and to have been an object of the chase’.
In this latter particular the writer, whoever he may have been, is confirmed by Virgil'®
and Columella'!. It seems scarcely probable that an animal so well known, and com-

'« Sunt et damz, et pygargi, et strepsicerotes, multaque alia haud dissimilia—hee transmarini situs mit-
tunt.” Lib. viii. cap. 53.
* « Cornua—in rupicapris in dorsum adunca, damis in adversum.”’ Lib. xi. cap. 37.
* Carm. lib. i. Od. 2. + Eel. 8,28; and Georg. lib. iii.539. ° Epig. lib. iv. 35.
® Epig. lib. xiii. 91. 7 Hippol. 61. 8 De Re Rust. (ed. Schn.) lib. vii. cap. 12.
9 « Altera pars fidens pedibus dat terga sequenti :
Ut pavidi Lepores, ut fulvo tergore Dame
Et capto fugiens Cervus sine fine timore.”—Hal. (ed. Gesn.) p. 4.
10 Georg. lib. iii. 410. ‘1 Joc. cit.

VOL. I. B

2 MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE M’HORR ANTELOPE.

monly applied to such a purpose, could have been of foreign origin and brought from
beyond the seas ; and it is therefore natural to conclude that most, if not all, of the last-
mentioned writers refer to a different animal from that of Pliny, and probably to our
own Fallow-deer, the name of which, in almost every language of modern Europe, is
evidently derived from the same root with the Latin Dama. If this supposition be ad-
mitted, the name of Dama can no longer be regarded as improperly applied to the
Fallow-deer, merely because Pliny has thought fit to transfer it to an exotic animal, and
to adopt for the European species the name of Platyceros, given to it by the more
scientific Greeks.

The first attempt to identify the ‘‘ Dama Plinii” in modern times was made by our
learned countryman John Caius, who communicated to Conrad Gesner’ the drawing
of an animal which he suspected to be the same with that of Pliny. In a letter to
Gesner, he states that an English friend of his had assured him that such animals were
found in the northern parts of Britain. Buffon? conjectures the figure in question to
be that of a Goat, with the horns accidentally curved forwards ; but the resemblance
of the horns to those of the animal described by himself under the name of Nanguer,
raises a doubt upon this point, and at least excuses Caius and Gesner for regarding it
as the Dama of Pliny, of which this form of horns is the most clearly distinctive mark.
In a subsequent communication Caius writes that he had since learned from his friend
that the animal was indeed found in the North of Britain, but that it had been intro-
duced ; and that he had seen it in the possession of a nobleman, to whom it had been
presented. I have heard, he adds, from some, that it is a native of Spain. From all
this it is evident that the locality from whence it was derived was by no means posi-
tively determined ; and an inspection of the figure will show, that notwithstanding the
addition of a beard and the length of its hair, as well as the comparative shortness of
the legs and neck, it is far from impossible that it was rudely sketched from an Ante-
lope, rather than from a Goat. It is further stated to have been ‘ colore Dorcadis,”
of the colour of the roebuck, a very unusual colour for a goat.

In 1764 Buffon? published, as his ninth species of Gazelle, the figure and description
of an animal brought from Senegal, where Adanson stated that it was named Nangueur,
or Nanguer. This animal agreed so well with the principal character assigned by Pliny
to his Dama, that Buffon did not hesitate to regard it as identical; and Pallas‘ adopted
the idea in his Monograph of the genus Antilope, published three years afterwards, in
which the Nanguer was introduced under the name of Antilope Dama, which it has ever
since retained. Pallas states that he had only seen the head and horns; and adds, on

what authority it is therefore difficult to conjecture, that the female is equally furnished
with horns.

1 Gesner, Quadr. (ed. 1620.) p. 306. 2 Hist. Nat. tom. xii. p. 214.
3 Hist. Nat. tom. xii. p. 213. pl. xxxiy. the animal; and pl. xxxii. f. 3. the horn.
+ Spic. Zool. fase. i. p. 8. ,

MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE M’HORR ANTELOPE. 3

No other original observations were made upon this subject until the year 1824,
when M. Lichtenstein read before the Royal Academy at Berlin a Memoir on the
Antelopes of North Africa, which was published in 1826. In this paper he described
and figured the male, female, and young of a species of Antelope transmitted from
Nubia by MM. Ehrenberg and Hemprich, which he believed, notwithstanding the extent
of geographical range thus indicated, to be identical with the Nanguer of Senegal. In
the MS. notes of these distinguished travellers, the native name of Addra is applied to
the animal in question. Figures of the adult and young, evidently of the same species,
have since been given, with the same scientific and native name, in M. Riippell’s
Zoological Atlas, from specimens obtained in Kordofan. These specimens were
observed in the Frankfort Museum by Colonel Hamilton Smith, who described them
in Mr. Griffith’s edition of Cuvier’s ‘‘ Animal Kingdom,” under the name of Antilope
ruficollis, which seems to have been originally attached to them in that collection.

On comparing the figures and descriptions contained in the works referred to with
each other, and with two living specimens and an imperfect skin of an Antelope,—for
which the Society are indebted to the active exertions of Mr. Drummond Hay, His
Majesty’s Consul-General at Tangier, and of Mr. Willshire, Vice-Consul at Mogadore,
and which were brought from the territories of the Sheikh of Wednoon (twelve days’
journey inland from the latter place),—I have been led to the conclusion, not only that
the Society’s animals differ from that of Buffon, but also that those of MM. Lichtenstein
and Riippell are sufficiently distinct from both to be regarded as a different race.
Whether the variations which I am about to point out may be considered important
enough to constitute of these animals three distinct species ; or whether they may be
regarded as indicative only of the existence of so many local races in one and the same
species,—may possibly remain a question, until we can have the opportunity of consulting
Senegalese specimens of the Nanguer, which appears no longer to exist in any European
Museum, together with specimens, if any such should be found, of similar animals from
intermediate localities. At present I am disposed to consider them as three species, to
be provisionally adopted (like those which have been formed from animals intimately
allied to the Gazelle, Antilope Dorcas, Pall.) until further investigation shall lead to a
more perfect understanding of the subject. With the view of furnishing the means of
comparison between the Society’s animals, which were transmitted under the native
name of M’horr, and those published by other authors, I proceed to give a detailed de-
scription of the former, taken chiefly from the individual which has lately died at the
Society’s Gardens, and which, except in one or two trifling particulars to be hereafter
noticed, agrees in all respects with that which still survives.

The form of the M’horr is light and elegant ; its neck is long and slender ; its tail is
of moderate length; its limbs are extremely slender and delicate ; and its hoofs are
short, pointed, and form a rather acute angle at their anterior margin. The head tapers
uniformly, with a face moderately prolonged, suborbital sinuses of small extent, and its

B2

4+ MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE M’HORR ANTELOPE.

naked muzzle limited to a narrow border round the nostrils, which is prolonged in a
middle line as far as the margin of the upper lip. The horns are black, imbedded at
their base in long hair, and marked, in this individual, with eight complete, rather
distinct, well defined rings, and one or two incomplete ones, which occupy about two
thirds of their entire length, the remainder towards the points being perfectly smooth
and shining. They rise upwards from the head, and pass backwards, and a little out-
wards to a short distance beyond the termination of the rings, from which point they
form a strong curve forwards, and thus bring the upper and smooth part to a right
angle with the rest of the horn, and with the line of profile. Their extreme point is
nearly straight. In the living individual, which is evidently an older animal, the number
of rings is eleven ; the base of the horns rises more abruptly from the head, and the pro-
portionate length of the annulated and smooth portions corresponds with the greater
development of the former.

The colour of the upper parts is a deep fulvous or dull bay, which extends about two
thirds down the sides, where it terminates abruptly in the white of the belly. It is
continued along the middle of the back to within a short distance of the tail, and is
rounded posteriorly. From the hinder part of the sides the deep colour is continued in
a broad and somewhat triangular patch upon the haunches, whence it proceeds in a
narrowing stripe down the middle of the outside of the legs as far as the hock, on which
it extends rather broadly backwards, and below which the stripe crosses obliquely and
gradually towards the front of the limb, terminating a short distance above the hoofs,
and occupying at its termination the anterior outer part of the fetlock. Throughout
this course the separation of the fulvous colour from the pure white immediately ad-
joining it, is strongly defined.

At the shoulders, in the individual under description, the deep upper colour termi-
nates below abruptly ; but above the knees on the outer surface of the fore legs a faint
stripe is seen gradually deepening downwards to the colour of the upper surface. It
crosses below the knees towards the front, and terminates above the hoofs like the
stripe on the hinder legs. In the imperfect skin before mentioned, and in the living
individual, the stripe is lengthened upwards so as nearly to join the dark upper colour,
with which it is united by a streak of a fainter hue.

The brush below the knees is well marked, and rather large. It occupies the front
of the leg, is bounded exteriorly by the deep colour, and is surrounded in the rest of
its circumference by white; the whole of the hairs directed towards its centre are
white. They are rigid and erect, and much longer than the adjoining hairs.

The deep fulvous colour of the upper surface extends over the whole neck both above
and below, and becomes fainter on the head, passing up the cheeks and fading away
under the eyes; between the ears and behind the horns it is tinged with blackish
or iron-grey, This grey occurs again in front of the horns, where it is slightly inter-
mingled with rufous, and is continued in a broad stripe down the middle line of the face

MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE M’HORR ANTELOPE. 5

to the muzzle ; the middle of this streak has more white than its extremities, the white
being slightly tinged with fawn. In the larger individual the median stripe is dark at
its upper part only, the lower part having merely a few black hairs intermingled with
the white. On either side, this darker middle streak is bounded by a nearly white but
somewhat fawn-coloured streak, proceeding from above the eye to the muzzle. From
the inner canthus of the eye a deep grey streak, bordering the last, passes to the angle
of the mouth ; at its upper part, adjoining the small suborbital sinus, it is nearly black.
The same black colour occurs in a corresponding spot above and behind the eye. Im-
mediately adjoining the eye, and surrounding the under lid and outer canthus, is a patch
of white ; and a large patch of white occurs also under the base of the ear, extending
backwards, and being separated in front from that of the hinder part of the eye by the
intervention of rather pale rufous proceeding from the cheeks to just behind the base of
the horns. The hairs of the base and tips of the ears in front, of their edges, and of
two longitudinal lines within them, are white. The outside of the ears is fulvous, with
a mixture of blackish, which is considerably increased towards the tips, where the
colour is nearly black.

The whole of the lower parts of the sides and under surface, with the inner, the
hinder, and the anterior surfaces of the limbs, are pure white. The white of the hinder
part of the posterior limbs extends upwards for about four inches above the tail, in-
cluding the tail and the whole rump, and is prolonged forwards on each haunch in a
broad streak about five inches in length. The long hairs of the tip of the tail are alone
fulvous, intermingled with black. The lips and lower jaw, extending to the upper part
of the throat, are white. A remarkable white patch is seated about half way down in
front of the neck ; its form is that of a crescent placed transversely.

The hair on the body is of moderate length, adpressed, and frm. That of the face
and legs is shorter, and equally adpressed. At the base of the horns in front it is much
longer, tufted, and somewhat erect. The under part and sides of the tail are naked ;
the hairs of its outer surface are erect and short, except close to the tip, where they gra-
dually lengthen, forming a tuft projecting backwards, and nearly two inches in length.

The measurements are as follow :—

Length, along the line of the back, from the ie of the nose to the base T.90l

of the tail ! 4 2
Length from the tip of the nose to ohio inner partis 6
Length from the tip of the nose to the base of the horn 7
Length of the tail (exclusive of the hair) : game". 7
PAG ee Ce EOL CHS ON 8a pir Po Ye inedpe i Fo will o> nto ote
Height at the shoulder . wees Ptic le Sap: aed. ? vane DG
Height at the loins . . .. Ba aetip tke: Ee, 19RD
Length of the horn along its curve erates” 93

6 MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE M’HORR ANTELOPE.

Tn
Length of the horn in a straight line . 74
Distance between the tips ofthe horns 70... sO
Circumference of the horn at its base. ~. . ...-.. «-- « « « « OF

The survivor, being the older animal, is some inches taller, and its other measure-
ments greater in proportion ; but these cannot be obtained with accuracy during life'.
Both individuals are males ; but the female, as appears by a note of Mr. Willshire’s, is
equally furnished with horns.

The distinction between the three animals, the Nanguer of Buffon, the Addra of
M. Lichtenstein and of M. Riippell, and the M’horr of the Society’s Gardens, is to be
found chiefly in the distribution of their colours. The horns of the Nanguer, as figured
by Buffon, appear intermediate in form between those of the young Addra and the
M’horr, having no more than six rings, rising almost in a straight direction from the
head to the point of curvature forwards, and measuring only six or seven inches in
length. But the supposition that this is an intermediate state of the same animal, is
contradicted by the colouring, the dorsal fawn in the Nanguer extending along the back
and sides nearly as far backwards and downwards as in the M’horr, while in the young,
as well as in the adult Addra, it gradually becomes narrower and fainter as it passes
backwards from the lower part of the neck, leaving not merely the haunches and the
crupper, but also the far greater part of the sides, white. This is equally the case in
the young male with the horns scarcely protruded beyond the commencement of the
rings, and in the adult with eighteen or nineteen rings to the horn; and is still more
decided in the female, where the deeper colour is even more circumscribed in extent.
In the specimens represented in M. Riippell’s work, there is also figured and described
a short longitudinal fawn-coloured streak on the haunches, which is not met with in
M. Lichtenstein’s figures, and is equally wanting both in the Nanguer and in the
M’horr. In the former of these the haunches are wholly unmarked, the dorsal colour
being cut off posteriorly in nearly a straight line, extending from the back downwards ;
while in the latter, as we have seen, they are nearly covered by a broad somewhat tri-
angular patch continued from the sides, extending down the hinder legs, and bounded
above by a white streak, which is continuous with the white of the crupper.

How far local circumstances may operate in producing more or less permanent, and
more or less extensive, variations of colour, I will not attempt to decide: but the perfect
coincidence in markings of the young and adult Addra, male and female, as figured in

' This animal having since died, I am enabled to add its measurements, as follows :—Length, as above, 5 feet
1 inch; from the tip of the nose to the inner canthus of the eye, 64 inches; from the tip of the nose to the base
of the horn, 74 inches; of the tail (exclusive of the hair), 8 inches. Height to the tip of the horn, 4 feet 54
inches; at the shoulder, 2 feet 11 inches; at the loins, 3 feet 1 inch. The length of the horn along its curva-
ture anteriorly is 12 inches; and taken in a straight line from base to tip, 9} inches; the distance between the
tips of the horns, 4 inches; and the circumference of the horn at its base, 63 inches.

MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE M’HORR ANTELOPE. 7

the Berlin Transactions, and in the work of M. Riippell, appears to me to furnish the
most convincing proof that neither the Nanguer nor the M’horr can possibly represent
intermediate stages of the same animal. I therefore consider myself fully justified in
assigning the following differential names and characters to each. I have not retained
for either of them the name of Dama, because, as far as the essential character goes, it
seems to be equally applicable to all. Perhaps, however, on strict principles of nomen-
clature, it ought to have been retained for Buffon’s animal, to which, as a trivial name,
it was unquestionably first applied.

Genus Antiuorz, Pall.

Sectio, Dama. Cornua reflexa, annulata; versus apicem insigniter procurva, levia.
Collum elongatum, macula media antica transversa alba.

AntiLtore Muorr.

Ant. obscure badia ; facie albidd, vittis tribus griseis ; prymnd linedque latd utrinque inde
antrorsum ductd, caudd, ventre, artubusque interné anticé posticéque albis ; coloribus
abruptis.

Hab. in Afric Occidentalis ditione Wednoon.

ANTILOPE NANGUER.

Ant. supra fulva ; infra, prymnd, clunibusque totis albis.
Nanguer, Buff., Hist. Nat. xii. p. 213. pl. xxxii. f. 3. & pl. xxxiv.
Antilope Dama, Pall., Spic. Zool. 1. p. 8.
Hab. in Senegalia.
AntiLore Appra.

Ant. collo dorsoque medio dilute fulvis ; infra, prymnd, dorso posteriore, lateribusque albis.
Antilope Dama, Licht., in Abhandl. Akad. Berl, fiir 1824. p. 226. Tabule due.—
Cretzschm., in Riipp. Afrika, Atlas Zool. pp. 39. & 43. tt. 14. & 16.—Ehr., Symb.

Phys., Mamm. t. 6. (3, 2, adulti juvenesque)'.

' The plate of Ehrenberg above referred to, as containing figures of the Nubian species, was published,
believe, in 1829; but the illustrative text, which bears date in August 1832, did not reach this country until
after the reading of the present paper. In it the learned author expresses his doubts of the correctness of the
Plinian synonym as applied either to the Addra or the Nanguer; and considers the word Dama, as used by
other classical writers, to be a common appellation of all cervine beasts of chase. He is of opinion that the
species of Antelopes are circumscribed within very narrow limits; and for this reason, as well as on account of
the shorter and thicker neck, and much shorter horns of the Senegalese animal, he seems inclined to regard the
Dama of Eastern and Western Africa as distinct, but does not venture on changing the received denomination.
Of the M’horr he had no knowledge. The particulars of the habits of the Addra, as observed by himself in
the territory of Dongola, to which it would appear to be almost confined; and the descriptions and minute ad-
measurements of the adult male, its skeleton, the female, and the young of both sexes, render this a highly
valuable addition to our stock of information relative to the Eastern animal.

8 MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE M’HORR ANTELOPE.

Antilope ruficollis, Cretzschm. ; Ham. Smith in Griffith’s Anim. Kingd. iv. p. 205.
& v. sp. 822.
Hab. in Nubia et Kordofan.

The M’horr is regarded in the kingdom of Marocco as an exceedingly rare animal,
and Mr. Willshire states that the one earliest obtained by him was the first individual
of the race which had been seen in Mogadore. It is highly esteemed, according to
Mr. Drummond Hay, on account of its producing the bezoars, so precious in oriental
medicine, and which are known in Marocco as the Baid-al-Mhorr, or Eggs of the
Morr. Mr. Hay conjectures that Baid-Mhorr may possibly be the source whence,
rather than from the Persian Pazahar, the name of Bezoar hassprung. It is pretended
that two of these calculous concretions are met with in the intestines of every individual
of the race; but none were found in that which died in the Society’s collection, and
which, as is stated by Mr. Spooner and Mr. Langstaff, who examined it after death,
agreed in its visceral anatomy with the Antelopes in general. Mr. Spooner’s notes of
this examination are published in the Proceedings of the Society.

PLATE I.

AnTILoPE Muorr.

Hills, det.

> ntelopr C Ue 77

pote

II. On the Nervous System of Beroé Pileus, Lam., and on the Structure of its Cilia. By
Roserr E. Grant, M.D., F.R.S. Ed., L.S., G.S., Z.8., &c., Professor of Comparative
Anatomy and Zoology in the University of London.

Communicated January 8, 1833.

IN the month of September last I obtained on the coast of Sheppey, in the Thames, a
specimen of the globular Beroé, Beroé Pileus, Lam., a species which has been observed
occasionally on the coasts of England and Scotland, and which I had once before met
with on the coast of Staffa. It constitutes the genus Pleurobrachia of Dr. Fleming,
and the Eucharis of Péron and M. Blainville. I found this little animal floating with
myriads of minute Equoree and other Medusaria in the harbour of Sheerness. The
boatmen, who seemed to be familiar with it under the name of the spawn of the Sea-
egg (Echinus), which it somewhat resembles in its globular and ribbed form, assured
me that often in hot and calm weather they swarm, with the little Meduse, in such
numbers as to cover the surface of the water in all this part of the estuary of the Thames.
The animal has a regular oval form, with its longest diameter, from the mouth to the
anus, about six lines, and its breadth about four lines. The general texture of the body
is quite transparent and colourless. The eight equidistant bands which support the
cilia, extend along the surface from the margins of the mouth to the anus, and appear
more firm in their texture and less transparent, than the rest of the body. There are
four prominent membranous lobes placed around the mouth, which the animal can
retract at pleasure. The mouth and esophagus are wide; and the latter continues so
to the stomach, which extends to the centre of the body. The intestine continues
straight, equal, and narrow, from the stomach to the anus, which has a prominent cir-
cular margin. The digestive organs contained no perceptible food, but Fabricius has
often observed minute Crustacea in that cavity. The ovaries consisted of two lengthened
clusters of small spherical gemmules, of a lively crimson-red colour, extending along
the sides of the intestine and stomach. Their bright red colour contrasted beautifully
with the glassy transparency of the general texture of the animal ; and I have generally
observed that the lively hues presented by the Acalepha, depend on the bright opaque
colours of their reproductive gemmules, which are often red, sometimes yellow, or
brown, or purple. The two tentacula are remarkable in this species of Beroé for their
complex structure, and their peculiar movements. They extend from two curved tubes
placed near the sides of the stomach, which pass obliquely downwards and outwards to
terminate between two of the bands at some distance above the mouth. They are about
four times the length of the animal, and consist of two thin white filaments, round, and
VOL. I. c

10 DR. R. E. GRANT ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM OF BEROE PILEUS,

tapering to a very fine extremity. Along their whole course they present minute equi-
distant filaments, extending from their lower margin, which coil themselves up in a spiral
manner, and adhere close to the tentacula when they are about to be withdrawn into
their sheaths or tubes. These tubes have a sigmoid form, and are shut and somewhat
dilated at their upper extremity. The tentacula seem to be spirally twisted in them when
withdrawn. The tentacula are often thrown out from the tubes to their full extent by
one impulse, and the slow uncoiling of the slender serpentine filaments from their margin
is then very beautiful ; when coiled up, they appeared like very minute tubercles along
the side of the tentaculum. The animal often poised its body in the water, without
moving the cilia, by extending these minute filaments to the bottom of the vessel. I
observed that both the Beroé and the Equoree were inconvenienced by each other’s
presence, and less free in the extension of their delicate tentacula, until they were put
into separate vessels.

At a short distance above the mouth I could perceive a double transverse filament of
a milky white colour, like that of the abdominal nerves of the Pectinaria and other
transparent animals, which formed a continuous circle round the body. In the middle
of the space, however, between each of the bands of cilia, these cords presented a small
knot or ganglion, so that there were eight ganglia in the course of this ring. From each
of these ganglia two nerves on each side passed to the adjoining band, and a larger
filament from each ganglion could be traced upwards in the middle of the transparent
space between the bands to beyond the middle of the body. In the course of these
longitudinal middle filaments two or three smaller ganglia could be observed, from
which filaments were directed inwards to the viscera. These filaments and ganglia were
situated near the surface of the body ; and from their general appearance and their mode
of distribution, there can be little doubt that they constitute the nervous system of this
animal. ‘This arrangement of the nervous system is analogous to that of Holothuria
and Asterias among the Echinoderma, in the circular disposition of the central filaments
and ganglia, and in the regular radiation of nerves from that circle. All the movements
of the Beroé are of a lively character ; its tentacula and the lips of the mouth appear to
be exquisitely sensible ; the animal frequently contracts its body longitudinally or trans-
versely by a sudden impulse, and when it is at rest the slightest agitation of the vessel
containing it, causes it to commence instantaneously the rapid vibration of its cilia.
The Rotiferous animalcules are found to possess a complex nervous system, consisting
of cerebral and cesophageal ganglia and longitudinal nervous filaments, and even the
Polygastric animalcules possess organs of vision. I am inclined therefore to believe,
that although nerves have not hitherto been shown in the Acalepha, they will be found
even in the simpler forms of Meduse, which I have shown elsewhere to be affected by
light, as well as Actinie, Hydre, and Furcocerce.

The cilia of this Beroé are the largest I have yet met with in any animal. These
singular minute vibratile organs perform important functions in the simpler forms of

AND ON THE STRUCTURE OF ITS CILIA. 1]

animals, and in the embryo condition of more elevated classes. They are the organs of
motion and of respiration in the Polygastrica and Rotifera. They are the instruments
of respiration, and produce the currents to the mouths of the polypi of Zoophytes.
They are the organs of locomotion of the reproductive gemmules of Poriferous and
Polypiferous animals, and probably produce the currents through the pores of the former
class. They are important parts of the respiratory apparatus of adult Conchifera, and
I have shown them to be the organs of locomotion in the embryos of naked and tes-
taceous Gasteropods. They constitute the organs of locomotion and of respiration in
several genera of Acalepha allied to the Beroé, of which M. Blainville has formed a
family thence called Ciliogrades.

These minute hair-like organs are variously disposed on the surface of animals ac-
cording to the object of their motions, whether for respiration, progressive motion, or
obtaining food. They move with great regularity and velocity, and they occur so nu-
merous on a single animal, that I have calculated about four hundred millions of them
ona single Flustra foliacea. The cilia are generally organs so minute, that with the
aid of the microscope we can only discover their outward form, their position, and the
direction of their motions, their intimate structure entirely escaping observation. They
appear like flat tapering filaments prolonged from the homogeneous cellular tissue of the
body to which they are attached. The magnitude, however, of these organs in the
Beroé, and the transparency of the parts around them, enabled me to perceive that in
this animal they are not single fibres, but consist of several straight short transparent
filaments placed parallel to each other in a single row, and connected together by the
skin of the animal, like the rays supporting the fins of a fish, These fins are of the
same breadth with the bands to which they are attached, and they extend from the
mouth to the anus, there being about forty on each band. Viewed with the aid of a
lens, the parallel fibres appear like transparent tubes, sometimes a little detached from
each other at their free extremities by injury done to the connecting membrane, and at
these parts the isolated spines projected stiffly outwards. Where the fins were quite
entire, the membrane connected the tubular rays to their extremity, where the fin pre-
sented a slightly rounded outline. Dr. Fleming observed in Beroé ovatus water moving
in vessels along the middle of the bands to which the cilia are attached ; and M. Audouin
has observed that in the closely allied genus Idya, the water is sent into the cilia, which
he considers as respiratory organs. The animals can change the direction of the cur-
rents of water in the vessels, and also the direction of the motions of the cilia. When
the cilia are in active vibration, the motion appears like the continued undulations of
a fluid along the surface of each band. This structure cannot be observed in the mi-
nuter forms of the cilia in other classes ; but from the similarity of their arrangement,
and their mode of action, it is probable that the structure is similar. The cilia of Tri-
choda patula, Mill., a minute animalcule, are disposed in longitudinal series from the
mouth to the anus, precisely as in the Beroes. It does not appear probable that the

c2

}2 DR. R. E. GRANT ON THE NERVOUS SYSTEM OF BEROE PILEUS.

regular and rapid vibrations of these very minute organs in the lowest forms of animal
organization, depend on volition directed at once to thousands of millions of muscles.
When the tentaculum of a Flustra is cut off from the polypus, I have observed it swim
like a straight worm, or a Vorticella, through the water by the action of the cilia still
continuing ; and it was observed by Fabricius, that when the Beroé is broken to pieces
these continue to live, and to swim about by the action of the cilia still kept up. The
tubular feet which project from the ambulacra of the Asterias, rise and sink in constant
succession by the entrance and exit of water sent into them by vessels destined for that
office. The same mechanism is observed in Echinus and in Holothuria, (the forms of
which, as well as the arrangement of the feet, closely resemble those of the Beroé,) and
the tubular tentacula of Actinia rise by the injection of water into them from their base.
It appears therefore highly probable that the motions of the cilia of the Beroé are inti-
mately connected with the streams passing along the bands; and should the rapid
vibrations of these singular organs in the lowest animals depend on the undulations of
water conveyed through elastic tubes along their bases, one of the most remarkable
phenomena of animal motion, though one of the most. frequent, will lose much of its
present marvellous character, and prove another instance of the striking similarity of
the phenomena of the simplest organic beings to those which occur in the inorganic

world.

PLATE II.

Fig. 1. Beror Pitevs, Lam. (twice the natural size).

_
1eY)
pes A

III. Observations on the Laws which appear to influence the Assumption and Changes of
Plumage in Birds. By Witi1aM Yarrett, Esq., F.L.S. & Z.S8.

Communicated February 26, and April 23, 1833.

THE changes of plumage observable in birds at certain seasons, have of late years oc-
cupied much of the attention of ornithologists ; and among others of our own country-
men, we are greatly indebted to the late Colonel Montagu for a long series of obser-
vations, by which the difficulties of tracing specific identity in many instances were suc-
cessfully cleared up, and various periodical appearances distinguished and described.

These interesting changes have their origin in various causes, and are produced by
different means: some are the effect of age, others of sex, season, or disease ;: some-
times they are produced by moulting, or discharging the old feathers and obtaining new
ones, but more frequently by one or other of two different processes.

Before, however, proceeding to explain the manner in which changes are otherwise
produced in the plumage of birds, it may be considered necessary to say a few words on
the feathers themselves.

The bulb or pulp, which is the foundation of each feather, has its origin in a gland or
follicle of the skin ; and as the pulp lengthens, this gland or follicle is itself absorbed.
The pulp still lengthening becomes invested on its outer surface with several concentric
layers of condensed cellular membrane, from which the shaft, the filaments of both
lateral webs, the colouring matter and the horny quill are severally produced ; but ana-
tomists appear to differ a little in opinion as to the exact manner in which the growth
of the various parts takes place. The pulp, which nearly fills the barrel of the quill
while the feather is forming, is connected with the body of the bird by an aperture at
that end of the quill which is fixed in the skin, through which aperture or umbilicus a
portion of the pulp is extended. The whole of the pulp, within as well as without the
quill, is the only part of the feather which appears to be vascular, and the large feathers
of the wing may be injected, while growing, from the humeral artery ; but the feathers
once perfected, the injection can no longer be sent even into the pulp. The membranes
of which it was composed, the former nidus of vessels now obliterated, dry up, contract,
and ultimately separating transversely into funnel-shaped portions, (which remain in
the barrel of each quill,) are well known by the familiar term of pith.

A perfect feather presents many points of interest, if we consider its various parts,
form, colour, strength, lightness, durability, and the peculiar manner in which the
fibres of the web lock in with each other to afford continuity of surface. The accessory
plume also requires to be noticed. This is usually a small downy tuft, which not only

14 MR. W. YARRELL ON THE LAWS WHICH APPEAR TO INFLUENCE

assumes a very different character in the feathers of different species, but is even very
dissimilar in the feathers of different parts of the body of the same bird. The accessory
plume is situated at the distal end of the quill, at the aperture through which the shaft
and its lateral fibres have passed out, and at the central point from which the two lines
of the web begin to diverge. In the strong feathers peculiar to the wings and tail, it
remains a small tuft of down, as at first mentioned ; but in the feathers of the body in
the Hawks, Grouse, Ducks, Gulls, and some others, it is to be found of all sizes, aug-
mented in some species to the full extent of the feather from which it emanates. The
four species of Struthious birds afford remarkable instances of the variety that occurs
in this accessory plume, even in subjects so closely allied; and the rich Menagerie of
the Society enables me to speak of them from personal examination upon living speci-
mens. In the Ostrich the feathers have no accessory plume. In the Rhea there is a
tuft of down. In the Emu the accessory plume is augmented to the full size of the
principal shaft and web, and the feather of this bird is constantly and correctly repre-
sented as having two plumes on one quill. In the Cassowary, besides the double shafts
and webs from a single quill, as in the Emu, there is still an accessory plume, thus
forming three distinct parts; and a feather so constructed is figured by M. Guérin in
his ‘ Iconographie du Régne Animal’. (Oiseaux, pl. 48.)

In young birds the first feathers are preceded in their passage through the skin by
filaments of down; but after the first plumage, at the regular period of moulting, each
old feather is the pioneer (gubernaculum) of that which is to follow. If the shaft of a
principal feather becomes broken off, the bird ejects the stump with difficulty; a
certain portion of shaft appears to be necessary to enable the bird to get rid of the
feather. Though perfectly able to throw off the old feather if entire, it seems unable to
cast off the smaller but mutilated portion, and no new feather comes through the skin,
the orifice being occupied. Inflammation of the vessels in the part of the bird, and in-
creased adhesion of the stump, are the consequences; and whether these portions of
the feathers are allowed to remain, or too many of them drawn out at the same time,
disease and some risk to life are the result ;—in the first instance from continued irri-
tation, in the second from too great and sudden a demand upon the vital powers of the
animal. The natural moult proceeds by degrees, and the large quill-feathers of the
wings and tail are generally shed by pairs.

The state of the plumage in birds, like that of the productions of the cuticle in other
animals, man not excepted, is in general a good criterion by which to judge of the
health of the body.

The principal peculiarities of the feather thus briefly premised, it may be added that
the time required to obtain that state of plumage which is considered characteristic of
the adult bird, varies according to the species from one year to five; and that several
birds build nests, and rear young, before they attain their adult plumage.

Baron Cuvier has stated, that when the adult female bird differs from the male in the

THE ASSUMPTION AND CHANGES OF PLUMAGE IN BIRDS. 15

colour of her plumage, the young birds of both sexes, in their first feathers, resemble
the female ; the young males afterwards putting forth the colours that indicate their sex.
When the adult male and female are of the same colour, the young then have a plumage
peculiar to themselves. To these laws which appear to govern the assumption of plu-
mage in young birds, and of the first of which (to select in illustration examples the most
familiar among land and water birds,) the various Pheasants and Ducks may be named ;
and of the second, the Partridges and Gulls; a third law may be added: whenever
adult birds assume a plumage during the breeding season decidedly different in colour
from that which they bear in the winter, the young birds have a plumage intermediate in
the general tone of its colour compared with the two periodical states of the parent birds,
and bearing also indications of the colours to be afterwards attained at either period.

There are three modes by which changes in the appearance of the plumage of birds
are produced :—

By the feather itself becoming altered in colour.

By the bird’s obtaining a certain number of new feathers without shedding any of the
old ones ; and

By an entire or partial moulting, at which old feathers are thrown off, and new ones
produced in their places.

The first two of these changes are observed in adult birds at the end of spring, indi-
cating the approach of the breeding season ; the third change is partial in spring, and
entire in autumn. That the colours of the plumage are more brilliant during the
breeding season is well known; and ichthyologists have observed that the scales of
fishes become brighter as the season for spawning approaches.

A fourth mode may be noticed, though its effects are limited. It is observable in
spring, as the breeding season approaches, by the wearing off of the lengthened lighter-
coloured tips of the barbs of the feathers on the body, by which the brighter tints of the
plumage underneath are exposed, as has been noticed by Sir William Jardine and
Mr. Blyth. The effect is most conspicuous in the Buntings, Finches, and Warblers.

Young birds of the year in various species, after the autumn moult, continue through
the winter to assume, by degrees, the more intense colours characteristic of adults,
without changing the feather. This colour commences generally at that part of the
web nearest the body of the bird, and gradually extends outwards till it pervades the
whole feather.

In many birds the spring change is common to both sexes, as in the species of the
genera Limosa, Tringa, Totanus, Phalaropus, &c. In others the males only are af-
fected. The rapidity of this assumption of vivid and particular colours previously to the
breeding season bears a relation to the sexual vigour of the birds; and one of the
great objects of existence being accomplished in the reproduction of the species, the
plumage almost immediately indicates the commencement of a return to the colours
peculiar to winter.

16 MR. W. YARRELL ON THE LAWS WHICH APPEAR TO INFLUENCE

The most conspicuous changes of plumage appear to be coincident with an altering
or altered state of the sexual organs.

The perfection and beauty of a recently acquired plumage compared with its appear-
ance as the time of moulting approaches, when the sources by which it has been formed
and nourished are about to be directed to the production of new feathers :

The power possessed by many birds, particularly the Ducks, of resisting while alive
the constant action of water, which power is lost after death :

The fading of the more delicate tints of the plumage soon after life is extinct, as in
the Goosander and others: and the varieties occasionally seen, generally young and
weak birds, which, as they increase in health and strength, and obtain in consequence
natural secretions, put forth by degrees the plumage common to the species,—are addi-
tional proofs that feathers are influenced by constitutional power, and their colour af-
fected as the secretions alter under constitutional changes. The remarkable alteration
observed in some females, particularly among the Gallinaceous birds, when from dis-
ease, age, or other cause, they are deprived of the influence of the perfect sexual organ,
and assume in consequence the appearance of the male, is a striking example of an
alteration in the colour of the feather produced by a constitutional change and its in-
fluence.

Montagu was unwilling to believe that the feathers themselves changed colour, as he
states in the Introduction to his ‘ Ornithological Dictionary’ ; and it is certainly difficult
to understand how this is so constantly effected in the web of the feather, where no
vascularity can be shown to exist even when the part is growing: but the fact is cer-
tain; it has been confirmed by the repeated observations of the Rev. Mr. Whitear and
Mr. Youell (Linn. Trans., vol. xii. p. 524.) ; and of this fact further proof will be adduced
in the course of this paper.

Several birds examined in April were changing the colour of some parts of their
plumage from that which is peculiar to winter, to that of the breeding season. Many
of the old feathers obtained at the preceding autumn moult still retained the colours
they had borne through the winter; others were changing ; and some had entirely as-
sumed the colours peculiar to the breeding season, bearing precisely the same tints and
markings as some new spring feathers, the webs of which were only in part exposed.

This change of colour was particularly noticed among the scapulars, tertials and
wing-coverts of the black and barred-tailed Godwits, the worn state of the edges of
the webs and tips of these feathers leaving no doubt of their being old ones. On
the breasts of several golden Plovers, some of the feathers were entirely white, the
colour peculiar to all the feathers of that part of the bird in winter; some were
entirely black, being the colour assumed at the breeding season ; while others bore
almost every possible proportion of well-defined black and white on the same feathers ;
from which it appears that the same cause of particular colour in new feathers can also
partially or entirely change the colour of old ones.

THE ASSUMPTION AND CHANGES OF PLUMAGE IN BIRDS. 17

In the paper in the Linnean Transactions before referred to, Mr. Whitear, after de-
tailing various instances of the change of colour in the feathers of birds during the early
part of the year, (a change which has also been observed in the black and barred-tailed
Godwits, the Knot, Dunlin, grey and golden Plovers, Mallard, black-headed Gull, and
others,) adds the following paragraph. ‘‘ If the feathers of a live bird, apparently be-
ginning to change, were marked by fastening a piece of silk to them, notching them,
or otherwise, and it was observed that the first colour of the feather gradually dis-
appeared, while the new colour extended itself more and more, till the feather had
assumed that exhibited by the perfect bird, the fact would be established beyond
contradiction.” This experiment I have performed, with the exact result which had
been anticipated.

A Herring Gull (at the Society’s Gardens), in its third year, was examined at Christ-
mas last. Several tertial feathers were found to have their basal halves blue-grey, the
other parts mottled with brown. Two notches were made with scissors on the webs of
these feathers, intended to refer to the two colours then present. Some other feathers
were wholly mottled with brown, and were marked with one notch. This bird was re-
examined in April. The tertial feathers, which, when marked, were of two colours,
were now entirely blue-grey ; one was tipped with white. The other feathers, which,
when marked, were wholly mottled, were now for two thirds pure white, the terminal
third alone retaining the mottled brown.

The particulars which now follow are from the notes of James Hunt, one of the
Keepers, made at the Gardens of the Zoological Society in the Regent’s Park during
the seasons of 1831, 1832 and 1833, but principally in 1832, and will be found to
confirm, as far as they go, the views here taken.

Buack-Ta1LeD Gopwit.—Limosa melanura, Leisl.

Black markings began to appear on the feathers of the lower part of the breast and
belly of this bird on the 24th of February 1833. Three days afterwards the feathers
on the upper part of the head, neck and breast, began to change colour from dusky
brown to red. On the 29th the scapulars, wing-coverts and tertials, began also to
change their colour. By the 29th of April the bird had arrived at the full colour of
the breeding plumage. ‘The change that has been going on in this bird since the 24th
of February, is absolutely an alteration of colour, and not produced by moulting, as I
examined the bird day by day. The change commences at the base of each feather,
and the tip is the last part that alters in colour.

Rurr.—Tringa pugnaz, Linn.

The moulting of the Ruff commenced on the head and neck about the 29th of March
1832; the feathers on the body were not thrown off; the head and neck were left
destitute of plumage, but the feathers of the body remained in a perfect state. The new

VOL. I. D

18 MR. W. YARRELL ON THE LAWS WHICH APPEAR TO INFLUENCE

ruff and head feathers appeared almost immediately, and were perfected by the 4th of
May. This bird began to shed his ruff feathers on the 8th of June, and by the 6th of
July he had lost them all.

The feathers that formed the ruff round the neck of this same bird in the spring of
1831 were ash-coloured ; but the feathers that ornamented the same part during the
spring of 1832 were decidedly black.

Manpvarin Ducx.—Anas galericulata, Linn.

The male bird commenced moulting off his breeding plumage about the 24th of May,
and by the 3rd of July he so much resembled the female in the colour of his plumage,
that it was a matter of some difficulty to distinguish them unless by a close in-
spection. He remained in this state until the 22nd of August, when he began to shed
the feathers which were to be replaced by others of a more brilliant colour, and on the
25th of September he appeared in his perfect breeding plumage. In this last moulting
the bird did not shed all his feathers, as in the spring,—but only those that gave place
to new ones of a more brilliant colour. The wing and tail primaries, and the plainer
feathers, were those produced in spring.

Summer Ducx.—<Anas Sponsa, Linn. Dendronessa Sponsa, Swainson.

The male of this species began to moult off his breeding plumage about the 14th of
June, and by the 29th of July his feathers differed but little in colour from those of the
female. He remained in this state until the 24th of August, when he began to shed
those feathers whose places were to be occupied by others of a more brilliant colour,
and on the 27th of September he was in full plumage. The wing and tail primaries,
and some plain feathers, remained as in spring. A brood of Summer Ducks was hatched
on the 17th of July, and by the 18th of September the young birds had completed their
first feathers. They then commenced a partial moulting, and by the 14th of November
were in as perfect a state of plumage as the parent birds.

Cormorant.—Carbo Cormoranus, Meyer.

Some white feathers on the side of the head and neck began to appear on the 4th of
January 1832, and arrived at their greatest perfection by the 26th of February. They
remained in this state till the 2nd of April, when they began gradually to disappear,
and by the 12th of May were wholly lost, having been fifty three days arriving at per-
fection, thirty six days stationary, and forty days disappearing,—making together a
period of eighteen weeks three days. These feathers are new ones, much longer than
the black feathers of the same part, rounded in form, and in some degree resembling
bristles. Some white feathers began to appear on the thighs of the same bird on the
25th of January, and the patch was completed in five weeks. These white feathers
began to disappear about the 16th of June, and by the 20th of July were almost en-
tirely gone. A young Cormorant brought to the Garden in the summer of 1830, did
not go through any change during the summer of 1832.

THE ASSUMPTION AND CHANGES OF PLUMAGE IN BIRDS. 19

Herring Guri.—Larus argentatus, Brunn. Lessrr BLACK-BACKED GuLL.—Larus
fuscus, Id.

The change of colour in the plumage of these Gulls commenced about the 14th of
February, and from that time there has been a constant change of colour going on in
the feathers. The moulting of these birds does not appear to expedite the change of
colour. The new feathers have much the same hue as those that have been shed.

Laucuine Guiu.—Larus ridibundus, Linn.

The feathers on the head of this Gull began to change colour from white to black on
the 11th of March. It was a change of colour, and not an act of moulting; no feather
was shed, and the change was completed in four or five days. The plumage remained
in this state as to colour till the 19th of July, a period of eighteen weeks and five days,
when the black feathers were moulted, and the new feathers came white. The autumn
moult lasted seven weeks.

¥

sey tte ACarte sak me bec 20; rw ra

»

yaya ee Se re He data it

ono ony ate oH. 6

. lids Me
peal: ticle Beoahes ce dae ol ts Wo an tty a
lef » uriles) To ‘eyelcliadiaes acai tae borrell
® yp Si itt

PEO CS RON tas andly: abithd mauler sng
ety wS wif's svar-tte} eo ea airs, tytaited ay hocns ave

oe eee Beason a Thee eaaritn \-—irag@). on ae [ , co
Te abla tr c1 saint saya od adeft oe wr hast: i,
*91 On PMc: I tous som bee inl tirade adr ties
FO Mbit be ef | wes tame: a rrr

Pe alivquit {) mn olgnee’, sdiniial ie heiteoap ar’ inl. tod
deen 26. «adie sess rode edd: va ti
MSA ok. antes, Mul fcrmgeiy ry
dU, ney alent Rie isadiglinatnaae
Mend no 6 eben o4| Vath ctdipiaat!, Tape
LOMPae 5) erie hoi WAifwind! om une ha -
NA Pe ory ap i, AR 9) Git ;
Tem ovalh i eiiia. oe -« Y beyene Uys: Hw aght CW, irom lve, inthis ial
Rani shioghs Dey i 20) ies ca arty {dik See fave blared tag
enahien), Hid peared Lik Migr OOTP ivgnd Bote Datel a
ear haters tebe gens eg dah tte Wier caer anal tw
wal Me toe PF ile ab Bayada Deed, ee hell ei
ey ee Nahi) -dodimuma Nyy,
O00 ney yh bei gad uty wanserepeachers an 2h) _
Bar @ sajna! Dhar umaie ete ery in altar jes Mec rtyg
p nee wo i astoant megensl ial, +A Tees 2090 towed mt:
tiie sirananctiyduaithy sanatialibee: dads
‘RN meh he eR adh algal ey aidan
Lae, werhe tbe: ip “ae oh rate sap ientiahiincha
; on many Ast 5 aia Denne Neigh js :
ei 40 ROR verbal Le Spit 185 Mert einereadiun
phen i ance te Thee esis \
» tell ie | aon Tey 5 :
HO ONE, “ale
Me i te

ned fag he PENT

{ 21 ]

IV. On the Structure and Characters of Loligopsis, and Account of a New Species (Lol,
guttata, Grant) from the Indian Seas. By Roserr E. Grant, M.D., F.R.S. Ed.,
L.S., G.S., Z.8., &c., Professor of Comparative Anatomy and Zoology in the University
of London.

Communicated February 12, and July 23, 1833.

No specimen of the Loligopsis of Lamarck appears to have been hitherto brought to
Europe, and few naturalists are at present willing to admit the existence of this genus.
Cuvier only mentions it in his ‘ Régne Animal’ (tom. iii. p. 14.) as a genus founded on
drawings, which he considered of little authenticity, and makes no allusion to it in his
Memoirs on the Anatomy of the Mollusca. M. Blainville (Malacologie, p. 367. note)
rejects the genera Loligopsis of Lamarck and Leachia of M. Le Sueur, from their being
founded on imperfect observations and figures, and from their affecting to present on
the same animals the caudal fin of a Loligo along with only eight arms around the head,
as in the Octopus. He regards such a combination of characters on the same individual
as very doubtful. M. Férussac is of opinion that in the present uncertainty of naturalists
regarding the Loligopsis, the species might be referred to the genus Cranchia, which is
a Decapod with caudal fins. Lamarck, however, founded his genus Loligopsis on a
drawing of a Cephalopod observed by Péron and Le Sueur in the South Sea, which had
only eight equal arms around the head along with the caudal appendices of a Loligo ;
that species he denominated Lol. Peronii (An. s. Vert., tom. vii. p. 659.). M. Le Sueur
has founded a new genus Leachia on a drawing made by M. Petit from a similar Octopod
with caudal appendices, obtained from the South Pacific (Journ. of the Acad. of Nat.
Sci. of Philadelphia, vol. ii. Part I. p. 90.). As the Loligopsis of Lamarck, and the
Leachia of M. Le Sueur, differ only in the length of the arms, M. Rang (Hist. des Mol-
lusques, p. 87.) has very properly rejected this generic distinction, and regarded the
two terms as synonyms; the Leachia cyclura of M. Le Sueur forms therefore a second
species of Loligopsis in M. Rang’s use of the term, and the species I have now to describe
forms a third of the same genus.

All the Naked Cephalopods are Octopods, the disk which produces these feet by its
division never producing a greater number than eight; but in many genera two re-
tractile pedunculated tentacula are developed, and extend from within this outer sub-
divided disk, and generally between the first and second anterior arms on each side,
which has given rise to the division termed Decapoda in this class. The tentacula,
however, never assume the form of the other feet. The peculiarity of the Loligopsis
is therefore not the want of any of the usual eight feet, but the want or imperfect de-

22 DR. R. E. GRANT ON THE GENUS LOLIGOPSIS,

velopment of the tentacula, which are the most mutable of the parts around the mouth,
assuming various forms, and being sometimes entirely wanting. They are present in
Loligo, absent in Octopus; and in the animal which forms the subject of this commu-
nication, they are perceptible only in a rudimentary state. The Cephalopods present
differences of structure so remarkable as to render it impossible, in the present state
of our acquaintance with them, to determine what characters even of an external
nature are incompatible with each other, or necessarily concomitant.

The Cephalopod represented in the accompanying drawings (Plate II. figg. 2. & seq.)
was taken in the Indian Ocean by my late intelligent pupil Mr. Cotton, Surgeon in the
Honourable East India Company’s service, and was sent to me along with many other
interesting marine animals collected by him during his second voyage to India. It
has the lengthened tapering form of body, the eight sessile arms, and the circular
caudal appendix of the other two known species of Loligopsis ; but it differs from them
in the comparative length of the different arms,—a character by which they also differ
from each other. The Loligopsis Peronii, according to Lamarck, has the eight arms of
equal length ; the Lol. cyclura, according to M. Le Sueur, has the upper and the inferior
pair of arms, nearly of equal length ; and in the Lol. guttata the upper pair of arms are
at least a third shorter and smaller than any of the other pairs. The whole length of
the present species, from the point of the longest arms to the end of the tail, is four inches
and three quarters ; the specimen of M. Le Sueur measured five inches and ahalf; and
that of Lamarck was like a small Sepiola, that is, about two inches long: so that this
singular type is probably confined to small Cephalopods, and has thus escaped more
general observation. Independently, however, of its external peculiarities, it presents
modifications of internal structure hitherto met with in no other Naked Cephalopods,
and which serve to connect the latter forms with the Testaceous.

Externally this animal! has much resemblance to a young individual of the common
Loligo sagittata deprived of its long tentacula. It has the same lengthened tapering
form of the body, short cephalic arms, dark brown spotted surface, and rounded ter-
minal fin. Every part of the surface, from the point of the arms to the extremity of
the tail, is closely covered with dark brown spots, chiefly of two sizes; the larger are
minute angular patches of irregular form, and the smaller are very minute dark points,
filling up the interstices between the polygonal patches. These spots extend into the
interior of the mantle, and cover closely the surface of the four separate lobes of the
liver. There are several large, round, and very obvious patches of the same deep brown
colour on the caudal half of the trunk, which have a somewhat symmetrical arrange-
ment; eleven of these are seen on the dorsal surface, and nine on the ventral. It is
not probable that these large circular spots will be found identical in number and ar-
rangement in other species, although from their size and symmetrical order they may
be constant in this ; I have therefore taken the trivial name of the present species from

1 Plate II. figg. 2. & 3.

AND ACCOUNT OF A NEW SPECIES FROM THE INDIAN SEAS. 23

this marked external character. M. Le Sueur has represented his species as covered with
numerous, small, narrow, transverse patches. The head is short, and projects much trans-
versely from the great size and almost pedunculated form of the eyes. The arms, eight
in number, are comparatively short and strong, and the disk from which they originate
is separated externaily by a deep sulcus from the rest of the head. The suckers are very
small, few in number, with short peduncles, and are placed alternately on all the arms.
The posterior or upper pair of arms are by much the smallest ; they measure five lines
in length, and have about fourteen suckers on each. The second pair is equal to the
inferior or front pair ; they measure eight lines, and have about thirty suckers on each.
The third or outer pair are longer, and much stronger than the other arms, and may
compensate for the want of tentacula; they are an inch and a quarter in length, and
have each thirty-two small suckers. The third pair of arms are those generally most
developed in the Naked Cephalopods. At the base of this large pair, and between them
and the front or inferior pair of arms, is seen on each side a small cylindrical tubercle,
occupying the usual position of the tentacula of other genera, and destitute of suckers.
These rudimentary tentacula, about a line in length, of equal size, and rounded at their
extremity, present no appearance of laceration. If this animal agreed in structure or
characters with any other known genus of Cephalopods possessing tentacula, it might
be imagined that in the present instance the tentacula had been early and simultaneously
cut off, and were now being reproduced. Neither Lamarck nor M. Le Sueur notices
these minute tubercles at the outside of the inferior pair of arms.

The mouth is closed externally by a corrugated outer lip!, which sends out a muscular
band to the base of each arm, and the usual circular fimbriated lip within this imme-
diately invests the two small dark brown horny mandibles. The exposed brown portion
of the mandibles is very short ; they have sharp cutting margins, and the lower ex-
tends over the point of the upper mandible. The eyes are very prominent, and the
lens projects through a circular fold of the skin, which is spotted to the margin,
and passes transparent over the lens. Around the lens the sclerotic has a singular
tuberculated appearance, presenting seven round projecting eminences of a shining
silvery lustre, like so many smaller lenses placed around two thirds of the eye-ball,
and leaving only the posterior third of the circumference free. The rest of the eye-
ball has a beautiful deep purple colour. The peduncle of the eye, into which the optic
nerve enters as a long round cord coming from the distant supra-cesophageal ganglion,
is like a smaller eye-ball placed behind the larger exterior. The surface of this pos-
terior rounded peduncle of each eye has a deep brown colour, and is composed of
fibres directed forwards to the base of the eye-ball. The same appearance is slightly
represented in the figure of Lol. cyclura of M. Le Sueur, as seen from behind. The
funnel extends far forward from the sac ; it is wide, with loose parietes, but possesses
no trace of the internal valvular fold? which we observe in Loligo, Sepia, and Sepiola.

‘ Fig. 5. * Fig. 6. 5 See fig. 4. where it is represented laid open.

24 DR. R. E. GRANT ON THE GENUS LOLIGOPSIS,

The parietes of the mantle are remarkably thin and loose, excepting where they are
supported by the dorsal transparent lamina, and by two thin cartilaginous lamine, ex-
tending half way down the sides of the mantle. The dorsal lamina! is thin, transparent,
convex externally, carinated along its middle, narrowest about the middle of the trunk,
expanded laterally on the caudal half of the trunk in which the viscera are lodged, and
tapers gradually to a narrow point as it passes along the middle of the circular caudal
fin, to the lower extremity of which it extends. The two lateral thin /amine present here
an appearance anomalous in Cephalopods ; they extend longitudinally from the free edge
of the mantle, where the valvular expanded base of the syphon is attached internally,
to about half way to the tail. They are placed rather towards the ventral surface of
the mantle, so that the warty projections which they send out are seen in the front view
of the animal. To the eye these lateral Jamine are almost imperceptible ; but they are
obvious to the feel, from the stiffness they produce along their course. Each of these
lamine sends out twelve or thirteen conical tubercles? about a line in diameter at their
base, which extend to the distance of a line beyond the general surface of the mantle.
Between each of these twelve large transparent cartilaginous warty tubercles, there are
three minute projecting parts of the same substance, the middle one of these three being
larger than the others, so that the whole of this line of the mantle presents a continuous
row of hard rough conical prominences, the use of which in an animal otherwise suf-
ficiently provided with organs of progressive motion, it is not easy to conceive. When
we look through the mantle from the inside along the line of these tubercles, it appears,
from the transparency of the cartilaginous substance composing them, as if there were
twelve circular openings on each side; the tubercles, however, are quite solid, and have
a very rough warty external termination. From their connexion with the lateral lamine
and their regular position, they can scarcely be considered as analogous to the dorsal
general cutaneous roughness of some other Octopods. The head of the animal is sup-
ported behind by its close attachment to the upper expanded termination of the dorsal
lamina. The sac containing the viscera tapers from the middle, where it is widest, to
the beginning of the tail, and continues very narrow along the inferior surface to the
extreme point of this nearly circular caudal appendix. The length of the tail is about
a sixth of the whole length of the animal; it consists of two semicircular fins, ex-
tending laterally from the posterior termination of the body. These fins are attached
to the dorsal surface ; they are supported by the tapering portion of the dorsal lamina
throughout their whole extent ; and by following that /amina to its extremity, they are
drawn a little out so as to terminate the body in an obtuse point.

The viscera occupy but a small part of the cavity of the mantle, and are placed far
back in that cavity, the branchie themselves not extending forwards beyond the middle
of the sac. The parietes of the lower part of the @sophagus are thin, loose, transparent,
and with internal longitudinal slight plice of the mucous coat. The esophagus? narrows

1 Fig. 2. 2 Fig. 3. SO tec

AND ACCOUNT OF A NEW SPECIES FROM THE INDIAN SEAS. 25

before entering the first stomach or gizzard. The gizzard has a rounded form, with
strong muscular coats; it is placed near the bottom of the cavity of the mantle, in
close connexion with the upper surface of the ovarium, and as usual to the right of the
spiral stomach. The second or spiral stomach is here larger than the first, of an
ovoidal form, extending horizontally to the left side, marked internally with spiral
folds, but having only a minute portion of its left extremity twisted in a spiral manner,
like the spire of a Halotis'. It opens by a wide orifice from the first stomach, and
receives the termination of the hepatic ducts from the four divisions of the liver. The
pancreatic glands surrounding the hepatic ducts have here a ramified form, with long
wide branching ducts, each extreme ramification terminating in a separate small glan-
dular vesicle. The termination of the united hepatic and pancreatic ducts in this
large spiral or second stomach, is protected, as usual, by two prominent lips, between
which it enters obliquely, and these valvular lips extend tapering to beyond the pyloric
extremity of the stomach. The subdivided form of the stomach is common to the
Cephalopods, with many other Molluscous animals, and the stomach is the part into
which the hepatic ducts open in all these classes. But in the Cephalopods these ducts
open also partially into the duodenum, as in the Vertebrata, by the valvular lips at the
termination of these ducts extending from the spiral stomach into that intestine to near
the anus. The intestine passes up in front of the space between the lobes of the liver,
and over the ventral surface of the large ink bag. The liver is divided into four prin-
cipal lobes, as in Nautilus, which are quite separate from each other; and the ink bag,
which is large and situate close to the anus, is placed above and between the upper
‘two lobes. The lobules which compose these four distinct portions of the liver are
not, however, detached from each other as in the Testaceous Cephalopod. The high
Situation, the great size, and the shortness of the duct, of the ink gland, agree with
those of Sepiola, another small and delicate genus of Cephalopoda. The aleform mem-
branous appendix attached to each side of the anus is about two lines long, and the
anus opens by a transverse slit between two prominent semicircular lips, situate at a
great distance below the syphon. The branchial arteries, or subdivisions of the vene
cave, pass to the auricles between the two lobes of the liver on each side, and just
before entering these lateral hearts, they are surrounded by a spherical cluster of
vesicles®, like those which open into these vessels in Nautilus. The branchial auricles,
however, are not absent, as in Nautilus; they are of great size, nearly spherical, with
firm parietes, and are entirely destitute of those singular appendices usually found at-
tached to these muscular sacs in the Naked Cephalopods. The branchie are single on
each side, and the smallest in proportion I have yet met with, each measuring only
two lines in length. They have the usual pectinated structure, with the artery running
along the connecting ligament on the dorsal surface, and the vein, which is here re-

1 Fig. 7.- 2 Fig. 8.
VOL. I. E

26 DR. R. E. GRANT ON THE GENUS LOLIGOPSIS,

markably wide, running along the free margin of each gill to the systemic ventricle.
There are twenty two lamine in each branchia, which are, as usual, largest in the middle
of the gill, and become gradually smaller towards both ends. The systemic ventricle is
very muscular, though not larger than one of the branchial auricles ; it has a length-
ened fusiform shape, with an aortal trunk from each end. The branchial veins enter
it on each side near its upper and broader extremity, where the anterior or ventral
aorta arises; the dorsal aorta passes up to the head behind the lobes of the liver.
On the large dorsal or posterior aorta there is a distinct bulbous enlargement, as in
Nautilus. This is probably the commencement of the bulbus arteriosus, which in higher
classes of animals allows the aorta to be divided during the development of the vas-
cular system, into the great pulmonic and systemic trunks. The great systemic ven-
tricle is extended nearly in a longitudinal direction, and not, as usual, transversely.
The two branchial veins! form slight bulbous enlargements before they enter near its
upper and more dilated part ; and the anterior or smaller aorta, going to be distributed
chiefly on the anterior parietes of the mantle, has also a slight enlargement at its origin
from this rounded extremity of the ventricle. The large dorsal aorta, coming from
the inferior narrow apex of the ventricle, passes first downwards and backwards to
gain the dorsal surface of the mantle, then runs upwards, behind the liver and eso-
phagus, along the middle of the back, between two large nervous cords, to the head,
giving off numerous branches in every part of its course. These two large parallel
nervous cords® descending along the middle of the back, like the two columns of the
spinal marrow of Vertebrata, arise from the two great ganglia placed close together at
the upper and back part of the mantle, and can be traced downwards, preserving their
parallelism, and giving off numerous nerves in their course, to the base of the mantle
below the organs of generation. They take their course along the middle of the dorsal
lamina.

The specimen was a female, and the developed condition of the ovaria and ova showed
that, though a small animal, it had arrived at maturity. The ovarial sac, closely at-
tached to the base of the stomachs, though filled with completely developed ova, oc-
cupied but a minute portion of the capacious cavity of the mantle; all the wscera
together did not occupy nearly a quarter of this cavity. The ova‘, of a pyriform shape
and nearly of the same size, hanging in dense clusters which distend their sac, are at-
tached by their tapering end, and exhibit a darker-coloured opaque central yolk sur-
rounded by a thinner and more transparent fluid. The capsule of each ovum does not
present the white opaque reticulate markings so common in the larger Cephalopods ;
and the usual large glands of the oviducts appear to be wanting.

This little animal constitutes a new form in the class of Cephalopoda, a highly inter-
esting group, connecting, by obvious characters, the simple structure of Gasteropods

1 Fig. 8. 2 Figg. 5. 6. 3 Figg. 4. 5. * Figg. 9. 10.

AND ACCOUNT OF A NEW SPECIES FROM THE INDIAN SEAS. 27

and Pteropods with the more elevated forms of Vertebrata. It possesses characters
hitherto known only in the Testaceous Cephalopods, with others common in the Naked
species ; and it establishes on unequivocal characters the existence of a genus hitherto
regarded as doubtful. The structure of its eyes is not less remarkable than the con-
dition of the tentacula, and the great development of its longitudinal dorsal nerves. In
the smallness of the space occupied by the viscera in its capacious mantle, it more re-
sembles a Cho among the Pteropods than the ordinary forms of this class. No other
Cephalopod has yet presented a spiral stomach like that of Loligopsis, or similar tubercles
on the mantle; and the form and mode of termination of the pancreatic and hepatic
ducts in a capacious undivided stomach are also peculiar. In its fasciculus of vesicles
on each branchial artery, the want of appendix to the branchial auricles, the structure
and position of its systemic ventricle, and the origin and distribution of its arterial
trunks, it differs from any known form of Naked or Testaceous Cephalopods, though
partaking of the characters of both.

EXPLANATION OF THE FIGURES OF LOLIGOPSIS GUTTATA.

PLATE Ii.

Fig. 2. Entire animal, back view, natural size.

Fig. 3. Entire animal, front view, natural size.

Fig. 4. Front view of the digestive and other abdominal viscera. a. wsophagus ;
b. gizzard ; c. spiral stomach; d. anus; e. e. e. e. lobes of the liver; f. ink gland;
g. ovarium ; h. h. inner surface of the lateral tubercles ; k. syphon laid open; 1. 1. rudi-
mentary tentacula.

Fig. 5. Front view of the nervous and vascular systems in situ. a. cesophageal gan-
glia; b. great dorsal ganglia; c. great dorsal nerves; d. vena cava; e. its vesicles ;
f. f. branchial hearts preceded each by a cluster of vesicles; g. g. hepatic ducts ;
h. pancreatic glands.

Fig. 6. Nervous system, and organs of vision. a. supra-cesophageal or cerebral gan-
glion ; b. sub-cesophageal ganglion ; c. optic nerve; d. peduncle of the eye; e. e. great
dorsal nerves ; f. f. their ganglia.

Fig. 7. Hepatic and pancreatic organs. a. a. a. a. four lobes of the liver; b. hepatic
ducts ; ¢. pancreatic glands; d. opening of the hepato-pancreatic duct ; e. crop ; f. giz-
zard ; g. spiral stomach ; A. intestine.

Fig. 8. Vascular system. a. a. a. a. vesicular bodies of the vena cava and branchial
arteries ; b. b. cluster of vesicles surrounding the entrance of the branchial arteries into
the auricles; c. c. branchial auricles; d. d. branchial arteries; ¢. e. branchial veins ;
f. systemic ventricle ; g. anterior or ventral aorta going to the anterior parietes of the

E2

28 DR. R. E. GRANT ON THE GENUS LOLIGOPSIS.

mantle; h. dorsal or ascending aorta ; 7. 7. enlargements of the branchial veins at their
entrance into the systemic ventricle.

Fig. 9. Cluster of ova attached by their peduncles, and containing each a central
yolk.

Fig. 10. Structure of the ovum as seen through the microscope.

C2 pe 72.

ae : Vol. 1h

f.

ov
X00)

G 2
Al Wad. «

Fig.l b

SO are SEO a er

Te carla

rae Sag ©
seat ree

\

Ome aacatatane j

Zetlter sc.

[ 29 J

V. On the Characters and Description of a new Genus of Carnivora, called Cynictis.
By W. Ocisy, Esq., A.M., F.L.S., R. Ast. S., Z.8., &c.

Communicated March 12, 1833.

THAT the work of Creation was originally complete and perfect in all its parts, that
no hiatus existed among natural bodies, or, in other words, that no individual stood
completely apart from surrounding groups, but that all were connected by a uniform
gradation of intermediate forms and characters, is a law of natural history which every
day’s experience tends more strongly to confirm. It is true that, even at the present
time, many instances might be brought forward in the animal kingdom, of insulated
groups, apparently united by no connecting links ; and many others, more particularly
among the larger Hoofed Quadrupeds, in which we have no reason to suppose that any
such connecting links exist in the actual state of things: but in the one case we have
daily opportunities of verifying the general law by the discovery and introduction of
new animals from remote and unexplored regions ; and in the other, the combined re-
searches of modern zoology and geology have brought to light numerous genera and
species, long since swept from the surface of the earth by various convulsions of na-
ture and the consequent changes produced in the physical character of the globe,
which fill up the chasms that would otherwise appear among the forms and characters
of existing animals.

The little animal which forms the subject of the present memoir, affords a striking
illustration of the truth of these reflections. It forms, in truth, the type of a genus
which connects the family of the Civets with that of the Dogs, in all their most essential
characters ; participating with the one in its organs of mastication, and with the other
in those of locomotion, and consequently ranging, with the Proteles of M. Isidore
Geoffroy-St.-Hilaire, as a second genus intermediate between these two groups. The
Proteles, however, partakes, in some degree, of the characters of the Hyenas ; the pre-
sent animal, as we shall presently demonstrate more at large, is more immediately in-
terposed between the Dogs and Ichneumons, to the latter of which it bears a pretty close
resemblance in external form and appearance. The name Cynictis, by which I propose
to distinguish this genus, is intended to express the double relation which it bears, on
the one hand to the Dogs, and to the Viverre generally on the other. The legs are
high, and completely digitigrade ; the toes long, and well separated from one another ;
the claws long, curved, and moderately sharp, like those of the kindred genera Her-
pestes and Ryzena; the forms of the head and body are likewise similar; but in the
number of its toes the Cynictis is intermediate between these two genera, there being

30 MR. W. OGILBY’S DESCRIPTION OF CYNICTIS,

five toes on the fore feet, and four only on the hind, a combination not found in any
other genus of the Viverra family except the Proteles. The thumb, or inner toe of the
fore feet, is placed considerably above the line of the other toes, as in the Dogs and
other completely Digitigrade Quadrupeds, and does not touch the ground when the
animal stands or walks ; the hind heel is very much elevated, and, as well as the meta-
tarsus, completely covered with hair, the under part of the toes alone being naked and
of a black colour. This part of the foot is divided into separate little pads or tubercles ;
and there is a large one on the inner surface of the fore feet, considerably above the
others, which does not come in contact with the ground in ordinary progression, but
which, from its elastic nature, probably serves in this animal, as well as in the Dogs,
Cats, &c., to break the fall in jumping, and other violent actions. In other respects,
there is nothing remarkable to be observed about the feet, except that the claws are
long and moderately curved, very much compressed at the base, but broader towards
the point, and hollowed or scooped out beneath like a spoon, so as to adapt them
admirably to the purpose of burrowing beneath the soil. In their entire form and
structure, the organs of locomotion are thus in most respects perfectly similar to those
of Herpestes, only that they are more completely digitigrade, in which character, as
well as in the number of the toes, the Cynictis is more analogous to the Dog than to
any genus of the Viverra family.

But it is in the characters of its dental system that this new genus most closely ap-
proximates to the Civets, and by which its situation in the system of nature is deter-
mined to be in contiguity with that family. The following formula expresses the number
and arrangement of the teeth according to the plan followed by M. F. Cuvier in ‘ Les
Dents des Mammiféres’.

6 Incisors
QO SUPETIOL,-<. ae )si0/0 { 2 Canines. 6 False.
12 Molaro ee teri 2 Carnassiers.
38 Teeth. | (- 6 Incisors. L4 Tuberculous.
TS Inferior! <. <:<615) 1 <1 2 Canines. 6 False.
10 Molars......... { 2 Carnassiers.
2 Tuberculous,

The incisors present nothing remarkable. They are small, equal, and arranged in a re-
gular straight line ; those of the under jaw are in contact with the corresponding canine,
those of the upper separated from it by a vacant space, which, in the reciprocal position
ot the jaws, is occupied by the lower canine. The canines themselves are sensibly flat-
tened on the sides, with an obscure cutting edge behind ; those of the upper jaw are
nearly straight, those of the lower slightly hooked backwards. The first false molar of
the upper jaw is very minute, and in contact both with the canine and with the fol-
lowing false molar: it is a simple, irregularly conical rudiment, with a single root.
The second is also of a conical form, with a large pointed lobe in the centre, and a small
rudimentary lobe on each side of it: the third is about the same size as the second, and
in all respects similar, excepting that it has a large additional lobe on its inner surface,

A NEW GENUS OF CARNIVORA. 31

which adds considerably to its breadth, and at once distinguishes it from all the other
teeth. Next in succession follows the carnassier, which is as long as the second and
third false molars together. In its general form it resembles the third false molar, con-
sisting of a large trenchant lobe in the centre, with a smaller one on each side, and a
blunt tuberculous lobe of considerable dimensions on its inner surface. The lateral
lobes, however, are here much more developed than those of the false molars ; the pos-
terior one, in particular, occupies nearly half the entire length of the tooth, and from
its blunt, flattened form, appears to belong more properly to the tuberculous than to
the carnivorous part of the dentition; and the internal lobe, which exhibits the same
general characters, is likewise very large, and runs for a considerable way into the
palate. A section of the whole tooth would form an obtuse-angled triangle, of which
the anterior lobe would occupy the obtuse angle, and the interior and posterior lobes,
the two acute angles respectively. The first tuberculous tooth is nearly half the length
of the carnassier ; but its breadth, or dimensions measuring from the outer surface of the
jaw inwards, is nearly three times that length: it is perfectly flat on the crown, from
the effects of long use, but appears to have originally consisted of two distinct tubercles,
one on the outer, the other on the inner surface, separated from one another by a deep
depression. The second tuberculous tooth is, as to form, in all respects similar to the
first, but is little more than half its size.

In the under jaw the lateral incisors are separated from the canines by a vacant space,
which receives the upper canine in the reciprocal position of the jaws. The three false
molars are of the normal form of these teeth in general, resembling the second false
molar of the upper jaw, but rather larger and more developed, and differing from one
another in having the lateral lobes successively more distinctly separated from the
central, scarcely apparent in the first, but large and well-developed in the third. This
latter tooth wants the interior tuberculous’ lobe of its corresponding analogue above,
because the narrowness of the under jaw does not permit any development in that di-
rection ; there seems to be, nevertheless, a faint indication of it on the inner side of
the posterior lateral lobe, almost in contact with the carnassier. The carnassier, also,
owing to the same cause, is of a form essentially different from that of the upper jaw.
It is a long and tolerably thick tooth, with a deep transverse depression in the middle,
and a small furrow on the interior of the first half. This first part appears to have
originally consisted of three small but distinct tubercles, one on the outside and two
within, separated by the small furrow already mentioned. The heel of the tooth con-
sists of a single large, flat tubercle, which, in the reciprocal position of the jaws, is op-
posed to the first superior tuberculous tooth: there is no interior tubercle, as in the
upper carnassier, owing to the restraint imposed upon the development of the lower
teeth in this direction by the comparative narrowness of the under jaw. The single
tuberculous tooth is likewise influenced by the same cause. Its greatest dimensions
are in a longitudinal direction, and it appears equally to have consisted originally of

32 MR. W..OGILBY’S DESCRIPTION OF CYNICTIS,

two tubercles, separated from one another by a transverse depression : in other respects
it resembles the superior tuberculous teeth.

In their reciprocal position the crowns are not directly opposed to one another, as in
herbivorous animals ; but those of the lower jaw pass on both sides within those of the
upper, the tubercles of the one corresponding regularly to the depressions of the other,
and thus forming an admirable instrument for cutting, which acts precisely upon the
principle of a pair of scissors. The incisor and tuberculous teeth alone have their
crowns in contact with one another, and for this purpose the latter teeth are situated
considerably within the line of the other molars. The last tuberculous tooth of the
upper jaw fits into the depression of its lower analogue, and the first, as has been
already observed, into the depression which separates the tuberculous heel of the lower
carnassier from the anterior lobes. The skull from which this description was taken
being that of a very old animal, the sharp trenchant edges of the teeth were completely
worn away, leaving the lobes universally of a blunt, tuberculous form, and often ren-
dering it a matter of some difficulty to trace their original characters.

This system of dentition is, in most respects, extremely similar to that which is
common to the Viverre in general, and particularly to the genus Herpestes, from which
the Cynictis differs principally in the absence of the rudimentary false molar of the
lower jaw, in having that of the upper jaw in contact with the canine, and in a few
other circumstances of very minor importance when compared with the general cha-
racters of the organization. From the Ryzena or Suricate, on the other hand, the
dental system of the Cynictis differs in the presence of the superior rudimentary false
molar, being thus directly intermediate, in point of dentition, between this genus and
the Herpestes ; and it is not a little singular that it should bear precisely the same re-
lation to both these genera in the form and number of its toes. The Herpestes have
rudimentary false molars both in the upper and under jaws, and five toes both before
and behind ; the Cynictis has rudimentary false molars only in the upper jaw, five toes
on the fore, and only four on the hind feet ; the Ryzena has no rudimentary false molars
in either jaw, and four toes only, as well on the anterior as on the posterior extremities.
These traits of zoological character strongly point out the true natural relations of all
these animals, and demonstrate the relative positions which they occupy in the system
of nature. With the single exception of the Proteles, there is no other known genus
of the Viverra family which possesses the same number of toes and complete digitigrade
extremities which form so prominent a character in the Cynictis. Here, however, alk
analogy ceases between these two genera. It is true that we are at present ignorant of
the adult characters of the dentition of the Proteles ; when we become better acquainted
with this important part of its organization, we may perhaps discover additional points
of relation between it and the present genus ; but in all its most striking external cha-
racters it is completely different, and seems to occupy an intermediate station between
the Dogs, the Civets, and the Hyenas.

A NEW GENUS OF CARNIVORA. 33

In addition to these characters, the Cynictis may be readily distinguished by its ex-
ternal form and appearance from all conterminous genera. It has a short head, con-
tracted suddenly in front of the eyes, and forming a small naked muzzle, divided by a
longitudinal furrow ; the ears are short and elliptical, naked inside, and directed for-
wards ; the body long and slender ; the tail bushy, and two thirds of the length of the
body, and the whole external form and appearance not unlike that of a Ferret or Ich-
neumon. ‘The temporal fosse are separated from the orbits by a complete rim of bone.

I propose to distinguish the animal which has given rise to these observations, by the
specific name of Cynictis Steedmannii, in compliment to Mr. Steedman, to whose enter-
prise we are indebted for our knowledge of this unique species. The following are the
principal dimensions of this animal, taken from the skin, and measured along the cur-
vatures.

Length of the head from the muzzle to the root ofthe ear. . . . ts oy
LL QiVE LARGO) LATENT EGP RG ee Be IT pi: ai =
Breadth of the ear BPS Se ESOL AE a ee lz
Length of the body from the muzzle to the root of the tail. . . . 1 6
WETMORE YEE ee GEO aE SiG 2: de ae a Mee (|
=A EE) ARE AH PTOI oT 1ST eg i li 7
icaPot ab Gab eTOR Dime ee MER wn “4

The hair is of a moderately fine quality, much like that of a Dog, smooth and close
on the body, long and bushy on the tail. The general colour, as well as the whole ex-
ternal appearance of the animal, is precisely that of a small For, bright red over the
entire body, head and extremities, deep and uniform on the back, but mixed with silvery
grey on the cheeks, neck, sides and tail, arising from a mixture of hairs tipt with
grey, and dispersed through the fur of these parts. The breast, belly and legs, are
unmixed red; and the tail, which precisely resembles the brush of a Foz, is covered
with long bushy hairs of a sandy red colour at the roots, dark brown in the centre, and
grey at the points: the last two inches at the tip of the tail are uniform dirty white.
The hairs of the body are not annulated as in the Herpestes and Suricate, and they are
altogether of a finer and more furry quality. The external form and appearance of this
animal have been already compared to those of the Ferret and Egyptian Ichneumon ; but
it probably stands higher on the legs than either of these species, being more completely
digitigrade ; and its head is shorter and less pointed. The specimen here described was
procured in the neighbourhood of Uytenhage, on the borders of Caftraria.

In consulting the works of travellers through the Colony of the Cape of Good Hope,
I have been able to find but two notices which seem clearly to refer to this animal ; one
by Dr. Sparrman, the other by Mr. Barrow. The first of these authors, in the English
translation of his Travels, vol. ii. p. 184, has the following passage. ‘‘ Two other small
animals, which probably likewise belong to the Viverra genus, I had only a hasty

VOL. I. F

34 MR. W. OGILBY’S DESCRIPTION OF CYNICTIS, &c.

glimpse of in this Colony. The one we saw, and gave chase to between the two Fish
Rivers, made its escape from us, however, by running into a hole under ground, and
seemed to be somewhat less than a cat, though longer in proportion. The colour of it
was a bright red.” It is true that this passage records no observation by which we can,
with certainty, refer the animal to which it alludes to the Cynictis Steedmannii, but the
size, colour and habitat are so perfectly similar in both cases, as to render their identity
extremely probable. In the following extract, however, from Barrow’s Travels, vol. i.
p. 185, the characters are fully reported. ‘‘ Upon those parched plains” (those of Cam-
debo on the eastern confines of the Colony,) ‘‘ are also found several species of a small
quadruped which burrows in the ground, and which is known to the colonists under the
general name of Meer-kat. They are mostly of the genus of animals to which zoologists
have given the name of Viverra. An eagle, making a stoop at one of these, close to where
we were passing, missed his prey ; and both fell a sacrifice, one to the gun, the other to
the dogs. Both the bird and quadruped appeared to be undescribed species...... The
Viverra was wholly of a bright chestnut colour ; the tail shaded with black hairs, bushy,
‘straight, and white at the extremity; ears short and round; on the fore feet five, and
on the hind four toes ; the body and tail each one foot long.”

There can be no doubt of the animal to which this description refers,—a description
more minute and accurate than we generally find in the works of travellers. It agrees
in every point with the species which forms the subject of the present memoir, except,
perhaps, in the reported dimensions of the tail and body: but this difference most pro-
bably arises from the age or sex of the specimens, or from the measures of Mr. Barrow
being taken in a straight line, whilst mine followed the different curvatures of the head,
neck, and body. The name Meer-kat, by which it appears that this animal is known
to the colonists, signifies a monkey, and is of very general acceptation in South Africa,
being applied indifferently to the present species, the Cape Herpestes, Ground Squirrels,
and various other small burrowing animals.

Both the passages here quoted confirm the burrowing habits of the Cynictis Steed-
mannii, which I had already inferred from the form of the claws.

PLATE III.

Cynictis STEEDMANNII.

Fig. 1. Cranium seen laterally.
2. Cranium seen from above.
3. One half of the upper jaw seen from below.
4. One half of the lower jaw seen from above.

ss anya gz PUM ss ig . rponite pep ‘40ay i
= U Aree 7 o )

Hegde en

eury

rt

te gpg tig /, ¥ oF inne A eee .

[ 35

VI. On the Chinchillide, «@ Family of Herbivorous Rodentia, and on a new Genus
referrible to it. By E. T. Bennerr, Esq. F.L.S., Sec. Z.8.

Communicated May 14, 1833.

IN the well-defined division of the purely Herbivorous Rodentia, characterized by the
want of distinct roots to their molar teeth, which are continually growing by the ad-
dition of fresh matter to their base as their crown is worn away by attrition, the little
family which I propose to designate Chinchillide is deserving of peculiar attention.
This family (which may at once be distinguished by its teeth, consisting of either two
or three parallel and ribband-like bony /amelle, each surrounded by its own proper
coat of enamel, and connected to its neighbour by the intervention of cortical substance
alone,) consists at present of two genera, both established within the last five years,
Lagostomus and Chinchilla. Of the former, one species only, the Viscacha of the plains
of Buenos Ayres, has been described. Of the latter, besides the Chinchilla, long popu-
larly known for the extreme fineness and beauty of its fur, and of late scientifically de-
scribed by various writers, there appears to exist a second species, the mutilated skins
of which have not yet afforded sufficient materials for its complete definition. To these
I have now to add a third genus; which I have no hesitation in regarding as new to
science, although, if my conjecture as to the origin of the animal be correct, it has
been repeatedly noticed by travellers for a period of nearly three hundred years.

In describing, after D’Azara, the Viscacha of the Pampas of Buenos Ayres and Para-
guay, M. Desmarest! refers to an unpublished drawing by Feuillée of a Viscacha ob-
served by that author in Peru, and suggests the probability of its belonging to a distinct
species. A careful comparison of the scattered notices published by travellers and
naturalists of the Viscachas of the Eastern and Western sides of the Andes, had long
since led me to form a similar opinion as to their distinctness. This opinion was fully
confirmed on the acquisition by the Society, in the month of June last, of a living
animal, obviously nearly allied to the Viscacha of Buenos Ayres, but possessing the
distinguishing peculiarities of the Peruvian species ; and which consequently, although
no information could be obtained as to its native country, I did not hesitate to refer to
that obscure but highly interesting form. At the next Meeting of the Committee of
Science and Correspondence I made some remarks on its affinities, pointing out various
external characters by which it was distinguished from both Chinchilla and Lagostomus,
the only two genera with which it appears to come into immediate contact; and inti-
mated my intention of establishing on it, whenever its death might furnish the oppor-

' Mammalogie, p. 360, note.
F2

36 MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLID#.

tunity of examining its teeth and internal organs, a new genus, which, from the pecu-
liarly lengthened form of its ears, I proposed to call Lagotis ; dedicating its specific
name to the memory of the illustrious Cuvier, whose loss the world of science was just
then called on to deplore. The name of Lagotis Cuvieri was therefore placed upon the
cage in which the little animal was confined, together with the English synonym of the
long-eared Viscacha ; and the opportunity being now afforded of redeeming my pledge,
I propose to lay before the Society a full description of this new genus, including its
internal anatomy and the peculiarities of its bony skeleton. To this description I shall
add a comparison of its form and structure with both Chinchilla and Lagostomus, which
the materials now and heretofore at my disposal enable me to make in some degree
complete.

Before entering, however, into this more purely technical part of my subject, it may
not be uninteresting to take a review of the history of the two Viscachas, which appear to
have been long since indicated in the writings of South American travellers, although
one (the Lagostomus) was first characterized only five years ago, and the other has re-
mained until the present moment entirely unknown to science. In another place I have
given the history of the conterminous genus Chinchilla up to the year 1829; but the
progress of science has added, in the brief period that has since elapsed, several valuable
notices of that animal also, which, in order to make my account of the family more
complete, I shall enumerate in their proper place.

The earliest notice of the Peruvian Viscacha which I have met with, is contained in
Pedro de Cieca’s ‘ Chronica del Peru’!. An English version of this book was published
so late as the year 1709, under the title of ‘The seventeen years Travels of Peter de
Cieza through the mighty Kingdom of Peru’; and from this the following account of
the Viscacha is extracted. The original Spanish will be found ina note below. ‘‘ There
is another sort of creature they call Viscacha, about the bigness and resembling a
hare, but that it has a long tail like a fox; these breed in stony places and among
rocks, and many of them are shot with guns and cross-bows, and taken by the Indians
in gins [with the lasso], they being good to eat after hanging to tender; and of their
hair or wool the Indians make large mantles, cloaks, or blankets, as soft as silk, and
very valuable?.”

Father Joseph de Acosta, who wrote in 1590, also mentions the Viscacha of Peru as
an animal resembling a hare, but larger, which was hunted and eaten’. He is followed

1 Any. 1554. fol. 268 v.—Robertson mentions an edition published at Seville in 1533; but I have seen none
earlier than that quoted above.

2 « Ay otro genero de animal que Haman Viscacha del tamafio de una liebre y de la forma, salvo que tienen
la cola larga como raposa: crian en pedregales y entre rocas, y muchas matan con ballestas y arcabuzes, y los
Indios con lazos: son buenas para comer como esten manidas: y aun de los pelos o lana de estas Viscachas
hazen los Indios mantes grandes, tan blandas como se fuessen de seda: y son muy preciadas.””

3 «Otros animalejos Ilaman Vizcachas, que son a manera de liebres, aunque mayores, y tambien las cagan y
comen.”—Historia Natural y Moral de las Indias, Sevilla 1590. p. 288.

MR, E, T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLID. 37

by the Inca Garcilasso de la Vega, whose ‘Commentarios Reales’ were published at
Lisbon in 1609, and who describes the Viscacha as a kind of rabbit, with a long tail
like that of a cat, inhabiting desert places covered with snow. In the time of the Inca
monarchs, and for many years afterwards, he says, the natives were in the habit of
spinning its wool for the preparation of their robes of finer texture, such as were worn
only by the nobles. Its colour he describes as a light brown mixed with ash-grey ; it
is soft and smooth, and was held in great estimation'. The greater part of this account
is almost literally copied by De Laet, in 16332.

My next authority is Nieremberg, whose very brief notice of the Viscacha® is evi-
dently copied from Garcilasso, with a glance perhaps at Acosta or Cieca. He adds,
moreover, a figure (how obtained is not stated) which, though rude, is by no means a
despicable representation of the animal. It has long narrow pointed ears, and a bushy
tail; its habit giving the idea of the head and body of a rabbit, with the tail of a fox
retroverted over the back like that of a squirrel.

From this period the Peruvian Viscacha seems to have remained unnoticed for nearly
a century, when it was again observed by Feuillée’, who saw specimens of it domesti-
cated in the houses at Lima. He speaks of it as a kind of rabbit, usually inhabiting
the colder parts of the country, of a mouse colour, with a very soft fur, a long tail
turned upwards, and the ears and moustaches of the European rabbit, from which it
does not differ in size, while its sitting posture is also similar. In his Preface he
mentions his intention of figuring the animal, but he has neglected to do so. We
learn, however, from M. Desmarest*, that his original drawing still exists, in the
possession of M. Huzard.

' « Otra differencia de conejos ay que Ilaman Vizcacha, tienen cola larga como gato, crianse en los desiertos
donde aya nieve, y no les yale que alla van a matarlos. En tiempo de los Reyes Incas, y muchos afios depues
(que a un yo lo alcance) approvechavan el pelo de la Vizcacha, y lo hilavan de por si, para variar de colores la
ropa fina que texian. El color que tiene es pardo claro, color de ceniza, y el es de suyo blando y suave, era
cosa muy estimada entre los Indios, no se echava sino en la ropa de los nobles.” Part I. fol. 216.

» «Habent et aliam speciem cuniculorum, quam vocant Vizcacha, cauda oblonga instar felis, generantur in
solitudinibus nivalibus. Sub imperio Yncarum atque adeo postea, villos illorum ducebant in fila, quibus pannos
nobiles intertexebant elegantie gratia, sunt enim colore pardo diluto vel cinereo, blandique et tenues.””—De-
scriptio Indie Occidentalis, Lugd. 1633, p. 407.

3 Viscache contra dicuntur cuniculi genus, quod feles imitetur prolixitate caude. Amant nives, quos ibi
etiam inquirit gula. Plus olim gratus, in pretio et usu.”—Historia Nature, Antv. 1635, p. 161.

‘4 “Les Viscachos sont une espéce de Lapins sauvages, qui gitent ordinairement dans les lieux froids. J’en
vis dans des maisons de Lima, qu’on avait familiariséz; leur poil gris de souris est fort doux: ils ont la queue
assez longue, retrouss¢e par dessus, les oreilles et la barbe comme celles de nos lapins, ils s’accroupissent comme
eux, et n’en différent pas en grosseur. Durant le régne des Incas on se servoit du poil des Viscachos pour
diversifier les couleurs des laines les plus fines: les Indiens en faisoient alors un si grand cas, qu’ils ne les
emploioient qu’aux étoffes dont les gens de la prémiére qualité s’habilloient.”—Journal des Observations
Physiques, &c. tom. iii. (1725.) p. 32-3.

+ Joc. cit.

38 MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLID#.

In the year 1772, the celebrated traveller Antonio de Ulloa published his ‘ Noticias
Americanas’!, which contain a very particular account of the little animal in question.
As this is perhaps the best history that has been given of its habits and manners, and
as the book itself is scarce and little known, I have here translated it entire from the
original Spanish, which, as in other cases, I subjoin in a note below?. ‘‘ Taking the
place of the rabbit, which is wanting in Peru, there is another kind of animal called
Viscacha, which is not found in Quito. In form and in the colour of its fur it is similar
to the rabbit; but differs from it in having a long tail furnished with tufted hair (like
that of the squirrels), which is very thin towards the root, but thick and long as it
approaches the tip. It does not carry its tail turned over the head like the squirrels,
but stretched out, as it were, in a horizontal direction: its joints are slender and scaly.
These animals conceal themselves in holes of the rocks, in which they make their re-
treats, not forming burrows in the earth like rabbits. Here they congregate in con-
siderable numbers, and are mostly seen in a sitting posture, but not eating: they feed
on the herbs and shrubs that grow among the same rocks, and are very active. Their
means of escape do not consist in the velocity of their flight, but in the promptitude
with which they run to the shelter of their holes. This they commonly do when
wounded, for which reason the mode of killing them is by shooting them im the head,
as if they receive the charge in any other part, although much injured, they do not fail
to go and die in the interior of their burrows. They have this peculiarity, that as soon as
they die their hair falls off; and on this account, although it is softer and somewhat
longer and finer than that of the rabbit, the skin cannot be made use of for common
purposes. The flesh is white, but not well flavoured ; being especially distasteful at
certain seasons, when it is altogether repugnant to the palate.”

The Journal de Physique for 17793, contains numerous translated extracts from an
anonymous Italian work on the Natural History of Chili, sometimes attributed to the

1 Madrid, 1772.

2 « En correspondiencia de los Conejos que faltan en el Peru hay otra casta de animales, que llaman Viscachas,
de que el reyno de Quito carece enteramente: son en la figura y en el color del pelo lo mismo que el Conejo,
y se diferiencian de el en que tienen rabo largo, poblado de pelo esponjoso, al modo de las Ardillas: acia el
nascimiento es muy ralo, y acia la punta espeso y largo: no lo trahen buelto acia la cabeza como la Ardilla,
sino tendido quasi orizontalmente : las articulaciones so menudas y escamosas. Se esconden en los agugeros
de las peas, y en ellos tienen sus madrigueras, no haciendolas en la tierra como los Conejos: alli estan juntas
muchas, y lo mas del tempo se les vé sentadas sin comer: se alimentan de las yerbecillas, y de los arbustos que
se crian entre las mismas pefias: son de mucha viveza; su escapada no la tienen en la carrera, sino en la
prontitud di buscar la concabidad, y meterse en ella: de ordinario lo executan quando se sienten heridas, y por
esto el modo de matarlas es tirandolas 4 la cabeza, pues aunque reciban el golpe en otra parte, y les hagan
mucho dajio, no dexan de ir 4 morir a lo interior de la madriguera. Tienen la particularidad de que luego que
mueren se les cae el pelo, y por esta razon, aunque es mas suave, y algo mas largo y fino que el del Conejo, no»
se pueden aprovechar sus pieles para los usos communes. La carne es blanca, pero no de buen gusto, por ser

fastidiosa, con particularidad en ciertos tiempos, en los que del todo repugna.” p. 180-1.
3 Vol. xiv. p. 478-9.

MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLID#. 39

Abbé Vidauré, the original of which I have not at present an opportunity of consulting.
In these the Viscacha of the western slope of the Andes is again described as having the
size and nearly the shape of a large rabbit, but with shorter legs. Its fur is said to be
soft, and of a mixed grey and black colour; while its tail, which is like that of a fox,
is furnished with bristles so rigid as to resemble spines. By agitating this tail it defends
itself from its enemies. Its flesh is good to eat. It lives in burrows which it forms for
itself; and passes the night in carrying to the opening of its hole whatever it finds in
the adjacent country, insomuch that if a traveller loses any thing, he has only to look
for it at the entry of the burrows of the Viscachas, where he is almost sure to recover
it!. This account is in several particulars apocryphal, as well as dissimilar from those
of previous writers ; and it will be seen, on comparing it with the notices to be here-
after quoted of the Lagostomus, that the author has confounded the habits of the eastern
and western species, the former alone being actuated by that mania for collecting every
thing within its reach, which he has apparently transferred to the latter. It may there-
fore be doubtful, notwithstanding the locality assigned, to which of these animals the
notice in question actually refers.

The same may also be said of the notice of the Viscacha by the Abbé Molina, whose
work, originally published in 1782 and reprinted with considerable alterations in 1810,
contains a similar account, evidently copied in some of its parts from the preceding.
He describes the animal as resembling the hare in its head, ears, muzzle, moustaches,
dentition, toes, mode of eating, and upright posture in sitting ; while it approaches the
squirrel in colour, and in the form of its tail, which is long, curved upwards, clothed
with long rough hair, and serves as a weapon of defence against its enemies. He
speaks of the employment of its wool among the ancient Peruvians, and adds, that the
Chilians use it at the present day in the manufacture of hats. Its burrows, according
to the report of eye-witnesses, have two flats, communicating by a spiral staircase ; in
the lower it deposits its food, while it lives in the upper, which it seldom quits except
at night. It collects round the mouth of its burrow whatever has been left behind or
lost by travellers ; and its flesh, which is white and tender, is preferred to that of the
rabbit or the hare?.

Two other brief notices, from the pens of modern English travellers, complete the

1 «La Viscaque est de la grosseur et presque de la figure d’un grand Lapin, quoiqu’elle ait les jambes plus
courtes. Son poil est doux et mélé de gris et de noir. Sa queue, qui ressemble a celle du renard, est garnie
de soies si dures qu’ils ressemblent & des épines. Il se defend de ses ennemis en agitant sa queue. Sa chair
est bonne & manger. II vit dans des terriers qu’il se forme. I] passe la nuit a porter 4 l’entrée de son trou
tout ce qu'il trouve dans la campagne. Quand les voyageurs ont perdu quelque chose, ils vont la chercher
l'entrée des terriers des viscaques, et sont presque toujours stirs de l’y trouver.” p. 478-9.

2 «La Viscaccia secondo i caratteri naturali deve formare un genere a parte tra gli Scojattoli e le Lepri.
Ella si rassomiglia alla Lepre nella testa, nelle orecchie, nel muso, nei mustacchi, nella dentatura, nelle dita,
ed anche nella maniera di mangiare, e nel tenersi diritta a sedere; del resto poi s’ accosta allo Scojattolo nel
colore e nella coda, che é assai langa, ripiegata in su, e vestita di lungo e ruvido pelo, colla quale si defende da’

40 MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLID#..

history of this interesting animal, which has hitherto found no place in the works of
systematic writers. The first of these occurs in Schmidtmeyer’s ‘ Travels into Chile’?,
and adds nothing but the name of Peruvian Hare to the account of Garcilasso. The
other is contained in Stevenson’s ‘ Narrative of Twenty Years’ Residence in South
America’’, where the author, in enumerating the animals of the provinces of Huailas,
Caxatambo, Conchucos, and Huamalies in Peru, speaks of the Viscacha as inhabiting
the higher ranges of the mountains, and feeding principally on the moss which is nearest
to perpetual snow. He states that it is easily domesticated, and the heat of the valleys
does not seem prejudicial to its health ; and adds, like some of the previous authorities,
but in contradiction to others, that its flesh ‘‘is very savoury, and is considered a great
delicacy”. His description of the animal, together with the account which he gives of
the uses to which its wool was once applied, are wholly taken from Garcilasso.

It is singular that the Viscacha of the plains, the peculiar habits of which render it
so striking an object to travellers over the Pampas of Buenos Ayres and the interior
provinces east of the Andes, should have escaped mention until a much later period
than that of the mountains of Peru. Indeed the earliest notice that I have found of its
existence is of later date than any which I have quoted for the Peruvian animal, with
the exception of those of the two last-named travellers. This is contained in Dobriz-
hoffer’s curious History of the Abipones%, and is to the following effect*. ‘‘ The Bis-
cacha, called by the Abipones Neheldterek, is an animal resembling the hare, with a
tail like a fox, and in colour mixed black and white: its hairs are very soft. It digs its

suoi nemici. Tutto I’ altro pelo del suo corpo é fino, morbido, e atto benissimo a qualunque sorta di manifatture.
I Peruani al tempo de’loro Imperatori gl’ Inchi facevano delle belle stoffe con questo pelo. I Chilesi se ne
servono oggigiorno nella fabbrica dei capelli. La Viscaccia si propaga come il coniglio, e abita sotterra nelle
valle Andine in certe buche che scava nelle falde dei monti, ed anche nelle pianure adiacenti. Queste buche,
per quanto mi hanno detto quelli che vi sono stati, hanno due piani, che comunicano tra loro per mezzo di una
scala fatta presso a poco a chiocciola; nel piano d’ abbasso ripone |’ animale i viveri necessarj; nel superiore
abita egli stesso, ne d’ ordinario va fuori se non di notte tempo: allora col favore delle tenebre batte libera-
mente la campagna, e tutto quello che vi trova atto al suo cibo, o che vi si sia stato lasciato o perduto dai
passaggieri, lo raccoglie e porta d’ intorno alla bocca della sua tana. La sua carne, che é bianca e tenera, vien
preferita dagli abitanti a quelle del coniglio e della lepre.’—Saggio sulla Storia Naturale del Chili, ed. 2,
Bologna, 1810, p. 254.

' London, 1824, p. 88. 2 London, 1825, vol. ii. p. 82. 3 Historia de Abiponibus, Vienne, 1784.

+ « Bestiam foetidam ridicula sequitur Biscacha, Abiponibus Nehelaterek, lepori propemodum similis, vulpis
instar caudata, maculis tum nigris, tum candidis insignita. jus pili mollissimi. Per campos editioribus fere
in locis specus tanto sibi fodit artificio ut imbribus nulla ex parte pateant. Hi in varia distinguuntur conclavia,
cum plures eodem in loco familie soleant habitare. In terre superficie plures itidem ad specum patent porte.
Ad has sole accumbente turmatim consident, ac, num quis adventantium strepitus unquam exaudiatur, auscul-
tant diligenter. Quod si tranquilla omnia, nocte illustri pabulatum excurrunt, vicinisque agris stragem inferunt
deplorandam. Nam tritico seu Europeo, seu Turcico magnopere inhiant. Alterutrum si presto sit, gramen
fastidiunt. Hinc in campis desertis biscacharum stativa vix deprehendas, que iter agens quamprimum detexeris,
ab Hispanorum coloniis te parum abesse, nil dubita. Illud mirabar sepe, neque in Abiponum, neque Qua-
raniorum, etsi omni frugum genere consitis jam territoriis, Biscacham uspiam videri. Ad specus sui portas

MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLIDZ. 41

burrows in the more elevated parts of the plains with so much art, that no aperture is
left by which the rain can penetrate ; and these burrows are divided into distinct
settlements, numerous families inhabiting the same locality. On the surface of the
ground are several entrances to the burrow, at which, towards sunset, they are seen
seated in crowds, diligently listening for the sound of any person approaching. If
every thing remains quiet, they seek their food in the obscurity of the night, and com-
mit grievous devastation on the neighbouring fields, devouring both wheat and Indian
corn with extreme avidity, and when either is to be had despising grass. For this
reason the stations of the Biscachas are rarely to be seen in the desert plains, but in-
dicate with certainty the near neighbourhood of the Spanish settlements. I have often
wondered never to have seen the Biscacha in the territories either of the Abipones or
the Guaranis, although well supplied with all kinds of crops. They daily heap up at
the entrances of their burrow, dry bones, chips of wood, or whatever other refuse they
may meet with ; but for what purposes they collect such things it is impossible even to
conjecture.. The Spanish colonists sometimes amuse themselves with hunting them ;
pouring many buckets of water into their subterraneous retreats, until, to avoid drowning,
the animals come forth into the plain, where, no means of escape being afforded them,
they are killed with sticks. Their flesh, unless when very old, is not considered despi-
cable, even by the Spaniards.”

The Essay on the Natural History of the Province of Gran Chaco by the Abbé Jolis’,
appears to be so little known to naturalists, although containing much original and in-
teresting information, that I do not remember ever to have seen it quoted. Its author,
a Spaniard, dwelt for twelve years in South America, and made three journeys into the
remote districts of the interior. His account of the Biscacha, in many particulars, re-
sembles that of Dobrizhoffer, but differs so much in others, that it seems desirable,
especially considering the rarity of the work, to translate it at length, at the risk of
being a little tedious. ‘‘ The Biscachas,” he says, “‘ resemble our hares, but have their
bodies visibly somewhat curved and arched. They live in society in burrows under
ground, which they form for themselves, excavating in all directions to the extent of a
mile in circumference, with various exits, and separate retreats, in which the old live
distinct from the younger. The soil in which these are usually made, is that which is
hard and barren, and destitute of every thing, but with brushes at no great distance,
and pasture of tender grass, roots, and the bark of trees. They collect around their
retreats bones, dried leaves, and whatever they find in the neighbourhood. If any thing

ossa arida, lignorum segmenta, et quidquid quisquiliarum invenerint, congerunt quotidie. Sed quos demum in
usus sibi reservent talia, nemo unus vel conjectura assequatur. Illarum venatione tempus fallunt aliquando
Hispani ruricole. In earum subterranea latibula aque cantharos effundunt plurimos. Ne submergantur, in
campum prosiliunt bestize, et nullius effugii opportunitate sibi relicta, stipitibus necantur. Illarum carnem, nist
admodum vetule sint, ne Hispani quidem aspernantur.” Vol. i. p. 306-7.

' Saggio sulla Storia Naturale della Provincia del Gran Chaco, tom. i. Faenza, 1789.
VOL. I. G

42 MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLID#.

is missing in their districts, it is to be found with certainty piled up in these situations
the following day. As they are animals that avoid the light, having little power of
vision, they are not to be seen in the day-time, unless at dawn, or towards evening
after sunset. The night, and especially when the moon shines, is their proper time for
seeking their food. Those among the Biscachas which are called Chinchillas, and which
may be said to belong to the first species, inhabit only the mountains and cold situations:
in size they are equal to a rabbit, and are clothed with a fine long fur. Their agility is
surprising ; they are seen leaping from rock to rock, as if they had the faculty of flight.
The others indicated above inhabit the level country in warm situations. They are
equal in size to the hare, and some are even larger; but their fur is rough, their tails
are short, and their teeth and claws very strong. Fierce and courageous, they defend
themselves with all their might against the dogs, and sometimes even attack the legs of
the hunters. I shall speak,” concludes the author, ‘“‘in my travels, as a fitter place, of
the three curious modes in which they are driven out of their retreats ; that is to say,
with water, with fire, and by rubbing sticks together’.” These travels were never, I
believe, published: the work, which was intended to consist of four volumes, having,
as far as I am aware, stopped short at the conclusion of the first.

Jolis was followed, towards the latter end of the last century, by D’Azara, a French
translation of whose work on the Quadrupeds of Paraguay was published in 1801.
This book is so well known and so justly appreciated, that it is unnecessary to do more
than refer to the excellent notice of the Viscacha contained in it?, which for a long time
furnished the only materials consulted by zoologists for the history of this curious
animal. It agrees in most particulars with the accounts of Dobrizhoffer and Jolis, but

! «Le Biscache (o specie di Agoti, secondo ne dice il Buffon) somigliano le nostre Lepri; hanno pero il
corpo alquanto curvo yisibilmente, e inarcato. Viyon’ esse in societa sotto terra nelle tane, che si lavorano, e
cavano per ogni dove, fino a farne d’un miglio di circonferenza, con uscite diverse, e con appartiti ricoveri, in
cui abitano le vecchie separatamente dalle piu gioyane. I] terreno, nel quale pel comune use sono a formarli,
si é il duro e infecondo, e sgombro del tutto, ma con delle boscaglie a poca distanza, e con del pascolo d’ erba
tenera, di radiche, e scorze d’alberi. Le ossa, il seccume dei arboscelli, e quanto trovano nelle vicinanze de’
lor nascondigli, tutto ivi presso il radunano. Se alcuna cosa viene smarrita per que’ contorni, si @ sicuro di
incontrarvela ammucchiata nel di seguente. Siccome son esse animali lucifughi, che poco veggono, veder
percid non si lascian di giorno, se non sull’ ore prime della mattina, e sulla sera, dopo che tramontato gia e il
Sole. Di notte, soprattutto quando lucida fa vedersi la Luna, si @ per esse l’ opportuno tempo pit adatto a
cercarsi il sostentamento. Quelle tra le Biscache, dette Chinchillas, e che dir si possono della prima specie,
e abitatrici soltanto delle montagni, e de’ luoghi freddi, la grandezza uguagliano d’ un coniglio, e adorna vanno
di fino e lunge pelo. La lor leggierezza @ sorprendente; slanciar si veggono da una balza ad un altra, quasi
luogo avessero tra i volatili. L’ altre di sopra da noi accennate abitano le pianure, e i luoghi caldi. Son queste
in grandezza al par delle Lepri, e alcune ancor maggiori; ruvido pero n’é il pelo, corta la coda, e i denti for-
tissimi, non meno che le lor unghie. Fiere che sono, e dotate ancor di coraggio, difendonsi a tutto potere da’
cani, e talvolte alle gambe si avventano de’ Cacciatori. Parlero nei viaggi, luogo lor pit opportuno, delle tre
curiose maniere, onde si fan venir fuori da’ nascondigli, con dell’ acqua cioé, con del fuoco, e col rifregare

insieme de’ bastoncini.” p. 182-3.
Tom. ii. p. 43. &e.

MR, E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLIDA. 43

is much more precise in its description, although scarcely sufficiently technical for the
purposes of the systematic naturalist. Before proceeding, however, to the latter class
of writers, I shall conclude my account of what has been said of these creatures by
travellers in their native country, by referring to Proctor', Head®, Miers*, and Haigh‘.
The first of these gives nearly all the particulars which are to be found in the rest, and
I have therefore extracted his account in the note below®. Miers adds, that the skin
of the Viscacha is among the articles of commerce brought by the Pampa Indians to
Buenos Ayres®.

A specimen of this animal, which, in 1814, was living at the Menagerie at Exeter
’Change, was the first that came under the notice of European naturalists. It was
there observed by M. de Blainville and M. F. Cuvier, both of whom described it ; the
former in the ‘Nouveau Dictionnaire d’Histoire Naturelle’’, and the latter in the
‘Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles’’, under the name of Dipus maximus, Blainv.,
erroneously referring it to the family of the Jerboas, and not in the least suspecting its
identity with the Viscacha. This identity was also overlooked by the late Mr. Brookes,
who became possessed of the specimen in question after its death, and prepared from it
a stuffed skin and a skeleton, which formed part of his valuable Museum. These ma-
terials became the basis of a paper by that celebrated anatomist ‘On a new Genus of
the Order Rodentia’, read before the Linnean Society in June, 1828, and published in
their ‘ Transactions’ at the commencement of the following year’. To the new genus
thus established Mr. Brookes gave the name of Lagostomus, and to the species that of
trichodactylus: he described the animal and its skeleton (the latter at considerable
length), and gave a plate! containing figures of both, together with the details of the
teeth. The identity of this animal with the Viscacha of D’Azara became quickly ap-

1 Narrative of a Journey across the Cordillera of the Andes, &e. London, 1825.

2 Rough Notes taken during some rapid Journeys across the Pampas and among the Andes. London, 1826.
pp- 82, 84-5.

5 Travels in Chile and La Plata. London, 1826. vol. i. p. 68.

+ Sketches of Buenos Ayres and Chile. London, 1829. pp. 28-9. & 66.

5 «The whole country from Buenos Ayres to San Luis de la Punta, is more or less burrowed by an animal
between a rabbit and badger, called the biscacho, which renders travelling dangerous, particularly by night,
their holes being so large and deep, that a horse is almost sure to fall if he steps into one of them. The bis-
cacho never ventures far from its retreat, and is seldom seen till the evening, when it comes out to feed, and
hundreds may be observed sporting round their holes, and making a noise very similar to the grunting of pigs.
Their flesh is much liked by the people, and they are remarkably fat, and on that account when caught at any
distance from their holes are easily run down; they will, however, defend themselves from a dog a considerable
time. The holes of these animals are ‘also inhabited by vast numbers of small owls, which sit during the day
gazing at the passing travellers, and making a very ludicrous appearance. The parts of the road most fre-
quented by the discacho are generally overrun by a species of small wild melon, bitter to the taste; whether it
thrives particularly in the manure of the animal, or whether the biscacho chooses his hole near this running
plant, does not seem to have been ascertained.” pp. 18, 19.

6 Vol. i. p. 259. 7 Tom. xiii. p. 117. 8 Tom. xviii. p. 471. 2 Vol. xvi. p. 95. 10'Tab. 9.

G2

44 MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLIDZA.

parent, and was noticed in the course of the same year by Cuvier in the second edition
of his ‘ Régne Animal’! ; in the English translation of which work by Mr. Griffith, it
had also been previously figured and described from the same specimen, while living,
under the trivial name of the Marmot Diana. At the dispersion of Mr. Brookes’s Mu-
seum, both the skin and skeleton were sold, and passed, I believe, into the hands of
M. Temminck, who purchased them for the Leyden Museum.

In the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles’ for November 1830%, appeared a paper
by MM. D’Orbigny fils, and Isidore Geoffroy-Saint-Hilaire, ‘On the Viscacha and
the Chinchilla, regarded as the types of a genus named Callomys, together with the
description of a new species’. The authors of this notice seem not to have been aware
that they had been anticipated with respect to both the animals named, for they make
no reference to the various papers respecting them published in this country during the
two preceding years. The generic union which they proposed between the Viscacha
and the Chinchilla, was founded on an imperfect knowledge of the latter, of which they
knew neither the teeth nor the toes?. Of the former they possessed excellent materials,
and have given a good description ; together with additional particulars of considerable
interest relative to its geographical distribution, habits, and mode of life. The sup-
posed new species was known to them only by the skin, deprived of its feet, its ears,
and its tail: of it I shall have occasion again to speak.

In August, 1831, M. Lesson gave, in the ‘ Bulletin des Sciences Naturelles’’, an
extract from his ‘Illustrations de Zoologie’, containing a new description of the
Viscacha, under its original name of Lagostomus trichodactylus, which M. Kuhn had
previously (in a Notice of the paper in the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles’, con-
tained in the January Number of the ‘ Bulletin’,) restored to the animal. The
‘Tilustrations’ themselves have since appeared, and contain, in addition to the de-
scription, a figure of the animal, and representations of its feet and of its muzzle.
M. Goldfuss has subsequently published, in his ‘ Naturhistorische Atlas’, a figure of
the Viscacha, and representations of its teeth, copied from those given in the ‘ Linnean
Transactions’ by Mr. Brookes.

For the history of the Chinchilla down to August 1829, I must refer to my ac-
count of that animal, published in the first Number of the ‘ Gardens and Menagerie of
the Zoological Society’; to which I can add nothing of earlier date, except the slight
mention in the extract from Jolis already given, and a reference to a figure of the

1 Tom. i. p. 222. 2 Tom. xxi. p. 282.

3 During the passage of this paper through the press I have received, by the kindness of his venerable and
distinguished father, the ‘ Notice sur les Travaux de M. Isidore Geoffroy-Saint-Hilaire’, printed on the occasion
of his successful competition for one of the zoological chairs in the Academie des Sciences. From this I have
the pleasure to learn that M. Isidore Geoffroy has since seen reason to abandon his opinion of the generic
identity of the two animals.

+ Tom, xxvi. p. 186. 5 Th, iii. p. 262. t. 289.

MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLIDZ. 45

animal, unaccompanied by description, in Mr. Griffith’s Translation of the ‘ Animal
Kingdom’, of the existence of which I was not then aware.

In August, 1830, Mr. Gray published, in the second Number of his ‘ Spicilegia
Zoologica’, the generic and specific characters of Chinchilla lanigera, together with a
description and figure, the latter drawn by Col. Hamilton Smith from a specimen
brought to England in 1827, and lithographed in 1828. In this notice the skull and
teeth are particularly described; and an interesting account is given, obtained from
Mr. Hennah, the gentleman by whom the specimen figured was brought home, of its
domesticated habits.

A fourth original figure of the Chinchilla was giver. by M. F. Cuvier in the ‘ Histoire
Naturelle des Mammiféres’, under the date of November, 1830, after a drawing made
by a lady from the specimens in the possession of the Society. One of these having
subsequently died, Mr. Yarrell examined both its viscera and skeleton, and laid an ac-
count of the results of his investigation before the Committee of Science and Corre-
spondence at its first Meeting in February, 1831; an abstract of which was imme-
diately published in the ‘ Proceedings’ of that Committee’. From the ‘ Bulletin des
Sciences Naturelles’? for March, 1831, it appears that M. Van der Hoeven published,
about the same time, in the ‘ Bijdragen tot de Natuurkundige Wetenschappen’s, (a
Journal to which I regret that I have no present means of referring,) another figure of
the Chinchilla, and that he also, without being aware of what had been written on the
subject by English zoologists, regarded it as a distinct genus from Lagostomus, under
the name of Eriomys.

In the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles’ for August, 18324, Dr. Rousseau trans-
lated into French my account of the Chinchilla, from the ‘ Gardens and Menagerie of
the Zoological Society’, attributing its date to 1831, which some of the later published
copies of the volume bear upon the title-page, instead of 1829, when the number con-
taining the Chinchilla was published. There are, however, in this version numerous
inaccuracies, attributable probably to an imperfect acquaintance with the English lan-
guage. The paper by Dr. Rousseau himself, to which the translation is appended,
contains a good and detailed description of the animal and of its skeleton, which he
follows Mr. Gray, Mr. Yarrell, M. Van der Hoeven, and myself, in considering as a
genus necessarily distinct from, although closely allied to, the Lagostomus of Brookes,
and for which he also adopts the name of Chinchilla. A plate giving a front view of the
head, the skull in various positions, and the details of the teeth, accompanies this paper.

And lastly, M. Goldfuss, in his ‘ Naturhistorische Atlas’®, has given a sixth original
representation of the animal under the name of Lagostomus laniger, Wagl., referring as
a synonym to the Eriomys Chinchilla, Mus. Frankf.

Having thus brought down the history of these three remarkable animals to the
present time, I shall next describe at length the conformation, both external and in-

1 Part I. p. 31. 2 Tom. xxiv. p. 352, 3 Deel vi. No. 1.
4 Tom. xxvi. p. 349. 5 Th. iii. p. 263. t. 290. f. 1.

46 MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLIDA.

ternal, of Lagotis, comparing it as I proceed with the Chinchilla, and occasionally with
Lagostomus also. My materials for the description of Lagotis are derived from the ob-
servation of the living animal ; its anatomical examination after death ; and the study
of its preserved skin and skeleton, which now form part of the Society’s Museum. Of
Chinchilla the Society has exhibited, during the last five years, no fewer than four living
individuals ; two of which have lately died, and have thus afforded me the opportu-
nity of again investigating their internal structure, which I had previously observed in
the specimen, also from the Society’s Menagerie, formerly dissected by Mr. Yarrell.
Besides these I have seen two entire skins in the most perfect condition. My know-
ledge of Lagostomus is founded on a detailed comparison of Mr. Brookes’s account. of
the skeleton of that animal with the original while in his possession, an examination
which enables me to bear the fullest testimony to the accuracy of the statements con-
tained in his paper on the subject. I shall begin with the outward form, the peculia-
rities of the fur, and its colouring.

The Lagotis Cuvieri, or long-eared Viscacha, has the size and much of the general
form of the Rabbit. Its head is of moderate size, broad at the zygomata and narrowing
towards the muzzle, but considerably thickened out by the pads for implanting the very
numerous, closely set, and heavy whiskers. These are entirely of a jet black, and ten
or twelve of them on each side are exceedingly strong, rigid, and of great length, the
longest when turned backwards projecting more than an inch beyond the tips of the
ears, and measuring upwards of seven inches in length: they give a striking character
to the physiognomy of the animal. There is no naked muzzle, the whole circumference
of the nostrils, with the exception of their margins and an intervening slit, being covered
with short projecting hairs. The nostrils are simple and oblique; that is to say, di-
rected downwards and mesiad, so as to approach each other very nearly at their lower
extremities. In the upper lip the fissure is so deep as to correspond by its sinus to
the insertion of the incisor teeth. The eyes are not large, but full and prominent, and
their anterior canthus is nearly equidistant from the base of the ears and the extremity
of the muzzle. The ears have nearly the form of a long parallelogram regularly rounded
at the upper end, and equal in length the distance between their base and the muzzle.
Their breadth is about one third of their length, the respective measurements being one
inch and three inches. Their anterior margin is rolled round upon itself, sloping in-
wards from above downwards, and occupying at the lower end more than one third of
the breadth of the base of the ear. A corresponding fold, extending at the base ta
about the same distance inwards, commences a little lower down on the hinder margin.
Behind this there is a supplementary auricle accompanying it for two thirds of its
length. On the outside the ears are sparingly furnished with short scattered hairs, and
on the inside still more sparingly, and with hairs still shorter: those which fringe the
margin are rather longer, particularly on the anterior edge, where they are also more
copious.

The neck is short and thick, and the body somewhat heavy in its proportions ; or at

MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLID®. 47

least appearing so from the length and density of the fur, which during life was usually
puffed out so as to present the tips rather than the sides of the hairs to the observer.
The tail is moderately long and of a cylindrical form, unless when the hairs of the upper
surface are erected. These hairs are long and rigid; they occupy the whole middle
line of the tail above, and become gradually longer as they approach the tip, where they
finally project in a bristly tuft three inches beyond the extremity of the vertebra. On
the sides and under surface of the tail, the hairs are short and closely adpressed.

The anterior limbs are much shorter than the posterior, and like them terminate in
only four short toes, which are scarcely united at their base by an intervening mem-
brane. On the fore feet the outer toe is the shortest, and the length increases gra-
dually to the third, counting inwards ; the fourth is shorter than the third, and about
equal in length to the second. The claws are small, placed on the upper part of the
ungueal phalanz, and slightly sharpened; they are entirely concealed by long and
somewhat bristly hairs, which also pass down between the toes. On the sole there is
one large basal tubercle, internal to which, and ranging with it in front, is a much
smaller one ; and anterior to these are placed three others, of nearly equal size, forming
at the roots of the toes a curved line, the outer termination of which is somewhat pos-
terior to the inner. On the hinder feet the outer toe is placed far backwards ; it is
also somewhat shorter than the others, and its extremity consequently does not quite
reach the base of the next adjoining toe. Of the remaining three the middle is the
longest, and the two others are nearly equal. The claws are larger and more curved
than those of the anterior feet, and are, like them, concealed by long hairs. This de-
scription, however, does not apply to the inner toe, the claw of which is flattened,
curved inwards, and exposed to view; the hairs immediately adjoining it consisting of
a tuft of about eight rows of stiff, horny, curved bristles, approaching in their rigidity
to the comb-like appendage which is found in almost the same situation in the Cteno-
dactylus Massonii, Gray. The sole consists of a long and large basal tubercle, internal
to which is a smaller elongated one, extending further forwards; of a tubercle at the
base of the outer and shorter toe ; and of two tubercles ranging nearly with the tip of
that toe, and placed at the base of the three remaining toes.

The hairy coat is almost entirely composed of a beautifully soft and downy fur, of
considerable length, but loosely attached to the skin, and readily falling off, at least in
the specimen examined, unless carefully handled. This fur is of a dusky hue at the
base, and to within a short distance of the tip, where for a space of from one to three
lines in extent it is of a dirty white, more or less tinged with yellowish brown. Through
it protrude a few long hairs, which are entirely black, and are more numerous pos-
teriorly. The mixture of these colours gives the general effect of a mottled greyish ash-
colour. On the sides of the neck and body, where the tips of the fur verge more into
yellowish brown than on the back, and where they are also of greater length, as well as
on the haunches and beneath, this tinge appears rather more predominant. There is

48 MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLIDZ.

little of the dusky colour of the fur visible on the under surface. The hairs of the tail
below are entirely of a brownish black ; on the sides they are of two kinds, black and
white ; as is also the case with the long, rigid, and erectile hairs of the upper surface.
The very long bristly hairs of the tip are wholly black. On the upper and fore part of
the head and face, as well as on the limbs, the hair becomes much shorter than on the
body.

In form the Chinchilla nearly resembles the Lagotis ; but it is much smaller in size,
more slender in its limbs, with shorter and more rounded ears, and whiskers less nu-
merous, shorter, and less rigid. They are of two kinds, black and white, some few
being black in the lower half and white in the upper: the longest measure about four
inches. The face and muzzle are very similar to those of Lagotis ; but the large rounded
open ears measure in height little more than three fourths of the distance between their
base and the extremity of the muzzle; their sides have none of the parallelism so re-
markable in Lagotis; and their greatest breadth is little inferior to their length, or
about an inch and three eighths to an inch and three quarters. In their lobes and
mode of folding they differ in no material respect from Lagotis, and they are as scantily
supplied with hair both within and without. The tail has precisely the same character,
arising from short rigid adpressed hairs below, and long stiff erectile hairs on the upper
surface, the latter projecting at the tip in a bristly tuft which exceeds the vertebre by
two inches.

The anterior and posterior limbs have nearly the same relative proportions to each
other as those of Lagotis; but the former have an additional toe, corresponding to the
thumb, which is entirely wanting in Lagotis, and this forms a striking part of the
generic distinction between the two animals. The corresponding toes are similar in
their proportions to those of Lagotis, but slenderer, and of greater comparative length
in their free extent. On the anterior feet the thumb is much shorter than the rest, its
extremity ranging nearly its own free length behind the base of the adjoining toe. The
claws are small, flattened, ridged along the middle line, terminating in an obtuse point,
and concealed by long bristly hairs ; that of the thumb is less strongly ridged than the
rest. In the palm the basal tubercles nearly resemble those of Lagotis ; and the three
which are placed at the base of the four outer toes form a curved line, the posterior
extremities of which are nearly equally advanced. On the under surface the skin is
deeply marked with strong transverse callous wrinkles, and each toe is furnished with
a large cushion beneath its tip. The posterior feet have larger claws than the anterior,
but nearly of the same form, and equally concealed by long hairs, with the exception
of the inner, which in form and in the bristly comb-like appendage adjoining it, closely
resembles that of Lagotis. The tubercles of the sole are disposed as in the latter animal;
and the under surface of the toes is the same in every respect as in the fore feet.

The beautiful fur of the Chinchilla is still more soft and downy than that of the
Lagotis, having fewer of the long-black hairs passing through it and projecting beyond

MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLIDA. 49

its surface. It adheres to the skin with a tenacity which adds much to its value in a
commercial and economical point of view, and would alone give it a commanding su-
periority over that of the Lagotis. It has a similar dusky colour at the base, with short
tips of greyish white, and with scarcely a shade of the yellowish brown tinge, except
occasionally towards the haunches and on the croup, and then only very slightly
marked. The under surface is mottled like the upper, but with a much greater pro-
portion of white. On the under surface of the tail, the short adpressed hairs are of a
dirty yellowish brown, while the much longer and more bristly hairs of the sides and
upper surface are whitish at their base, brownish black from thence through the greater
part of their length, and yellowish brown at the tip, with the exception of the tuft at
the extremity, which appears of an almost uniform brownish black, the tips being less
distinguishable in colour than in the rest.

_ For the external characters of Lagostomus, as I have not at present the skin to refer
to and neglected formerly to take notes of it, I must refer to the paper of MM. Isidore
Geoffroy-Saint-Hilaire and Dessalines D’Orbigny fils, and to the work of M. Lesson
before quoted.

' It may be also proper to mention here the supposed second species of Chinchilla, de-
scribed by M. Isidore Geoffroy-Saint-Hilaire, in the paper just referred to, from skins
in the possession of some Parisian furriers, without legs, ears, or tail. This animal
would appear, from the description there given, to be indeed nearly related to Chin-
chilla, and even in some respects to approach my Lagotis. But the colours assigned
to it (yellow tinged with greenish and slightly undulated with black above, and bright
golden yellow shaded with reddish brown below,) are too strikingly different from those
of Lagotis to admit of their being regarded as the same. It is further said that in the
species in question, the Callomys aureus, Isid. G.-St.-Hil., the base of the fur is brown,
while in Chinchilla it is dark grey. In Lagotis, on the contrary, the base of the fur is
only a shade lighter than in the Chinchilla, and is of that peculiar hue which, from its
near approach to black, without partaking of any decided colour, I have generally been
in the habit of denominating dusky, or when deeper dusky black. It has not the
slightest tendency towards brown.

The anatomical examination of Lagotis and Chinchilla gave the following results. In
both animals, on laying bare the face, Meckel’s muscle appeared very distinct from the
masseter at its anterior termination, but was shown on further examination to be, as
usual, only a developed portion of that muscle. The parotid gland extended in a flat-
tened form along the neck ; the submaxillary was more compact. The digastric muscle
was strong, and had a slightly tendinous appearance in the middle, where it was con-
nected with the os hyoides. The sterno-mastoid and cleido-mastoid muscles were
distinct ; and the interarticular cartilage between the clavicle and sternum was remark-
ably long, although less so than in the Porcupine, measuring in Lagotis three eighths,
in Chinchilla about one quarter, of an inch. The thyroid gland ascended on each side

VOL, I. H

50 MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLIDA.

of the larynx in a flattened form, the two portions being united below by a thin trans-
verse band, which, in Chinchilla, was scarcely distinguishable. The lesser cornua of
the os hyoides were united by ligament to the tympanic bone. In the soft palate, the
lateral columns converged, and were placed near to each other in the posterior part of
the fauces, leaving a large cul-de-sac external to them on each side, and a very small
opening to the pharynx between them. The interior of the meatus auditorius was smooth
and white. In Lagotis the pupil was found contracted in an elliptical form, the long
diameter being obliquely downwards and forwards: in Chinchilla it was exactly circular.
The crystalline lens was in both cases large and more than usually convex, its antero-
posterior diameter in Chinchilla being to its lateral nearly as 4 to 5.

In Lagotis the epididymis was seen projecting through the external ring ; and the ex-
ternal oblique muscle in both exhibited very little of a tendinous expansion. The in-
testines of both had the tenuity common to the Rodentia. In Lagotis, the duodenum,
after descending to the right iliac region, made a fold by a sudden turn upon itself, and
returning upwards became free after crossing the spine in the epigastric region. Within
the fold, the aper of which was connected by a process of peritoneum to the right iliac
region, were contained at its upper part the descending lobes of the pancreas. This
organ was large, and extended, as usual, from the spleen behind the stomach, sending
off processes down the mesoduodenum. The cecum was of large size, and occupied the
left side of the abdomen: it was of a sacculated structure, like that of the colon, and
connected by a small process of peritoneum. Where the ileum entered the large intes-
tine, the latter offered a considerable enlargement, below which the cecum descended,
of nearly equal size with the colon, passed spirally downwards and backwards for nearly
a complete turn, and then bending upon itself returned in such a manner as to form a
second nearly complete turn, the end of which curved over and was directed downwards
at its termination in the blind extremity. The colon continued of the same sacculated
structure across the pubic region, and up the right side of the abdomen as far as the
hypochondrium, and then returned suddenly upon itself, the descending and ascending
portions of the fold thus produced, which was six inches in length, being intimately
connected together and attached to the same process of peritoneum. Towards the end
of this fold the feces began to be formed into pellets, and the sacculated character of
the colon became less marked. A second fold of a similar character to the last, with
its two portions similarly united, lying loose in the cavity of the abdomen, and measuring
a foot in length, succeeded. Beyond this the intestine was much contracted, its coats
becoming transparent in consequence of their extreme tenuity ; and the remainder of
the colon formed several convolutions on the left side of the abdomen. The entire length
of the small intestines was seven feet four inches, and that of the large, nine feet three
inches ; the distance between the mouth and the anus measuring one foot and an inch.

The intestines of Chinchilla were on the whole of similar character, and for the most
part disposed in the same manner: they offered, however, several peculiarities in detail,

MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLIDZ. 51

which are deserving of particular notice. In it the duodenum, after descending to the
right lumbar region, made a not very sudden turn upwards, crossed the spine, and then
became free. The cecwm, in form and structure nearly similar to that of Lagotis, had
its blind extremity concealed behind the first fold: it occupied the left iliac region. The
colon, arising from it posteriorly, proceeded behind and connected with it at the com-
mencement to the pubic region, whence it curved upwards and towards the left side,
passing partly in front of the cecum to the umbilical region, and then by a second and
very sudden fold upon itself again descended to the hypogastrivm. From this point it
reascended along the right side to the hypochondrium, where it was attached to the
duodenum by a fold of peritoneum, and again returning upon itself descended in a long,
loose, double fold, nine inches in length, the two portions forming the fold being, as in
Lagotis, intimately united by peritoneum. The formation of pellets began at the com-
mencement of this long fold, towards the end of which the intestine became more con-
tracted, and so continued to its termination. The total length of the small intestines
in this individual was about three feet nine inches, and of the large, exclusive of the
cecum, four feet nine inches; the length of the animal from mouth to anus measuring
nearly nine inches.

The form of the stomach in the two animals offered very remarkable modifications.
That of Lagotis represented a long linear-oblong bag, three inches and a half in length,
and about an inch and five eighths in breadth, into which the esophagus entered at a
distance of an inch and three quarters from the left extremity, and consequently very
near the middle of the cavity: the pylorus was situated near the right extremity su-
periorly, with a distance of about an inch between it and the cesophageal aperture. In
Chinchilla, on the contrary, the stomach was pyriform, its length being two inches and
a half, its greatest breadth towards the left, an inch and three quarters, and in the
middle, little more than an inch: the esophagus entered near the middle of the cavity ;
and the pyloric portion, which was much narrowed, formed a curve upwards, on which
the commencement of the duodenum made a sudden turn.

In both animals the xiphoid cartilage of the sternum was spade-shaped ; in Chinchilla
very broadly so. The inferior vena cava passed in Lagotis through the substance of
the liver, which was composed of a left lobe, a large cystic lobe, a right lobe partially
divided, and a lobulus Spigelii, the suspensory ligament not advancing to the anterior
margin of the cystic lobe. In Chinchilla the cystic lobe was deeply cleft, its sinus cor-
responding with the anterior edge of the suspensory ligament ; and the lobulus Spigelii
also presented a deep fissure. The gall-bladder in Lagotis measured three fourths of
an inch in length ; in Chinchilla about two thirds: it was of a pyriform shape, and only
partially invested by peritoneum. In its course the cystic duct was joined by three or
more hepatic ducts; it entered the duodenum about one third of an inch from the py-
lorus. The spleen was somewhat unciform in shape, broadest below, three-sided, and
transversely notched at about half an inch from its upper extremity ; it measured, in

H 2

52 MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLIDZ.

Lagotis, an inch and a half in length, with a breadth of an inch at its lower extremity.
The latter part was broader in proportion in Chinchilla, the corresponding measurements
being one inch, and seven eighths of an inch. The kidneys were of the usual form, the
right considerably higher than the left ; the tubuli urinifert terminating, as in most Ro-
dentia, in a single conical papilla: they measured, in Chinchilla, nearly three quarters
of an inch in length by half an inch in breadth. The renal capsules were oblong white
bodies, lying mesiad of the upper part of the kidneys, and measuring in Chinchilla
nearly half an inch in length. In Lagotis, the omentum, which was of moderate size,
as well as the mesentery, contained fat ; but this was wanting in Chinchilla, the indi-
vidual having died most probably of a deficiency of nutriment, in consequence of an
inability to masticate its food from the incisor teeth of the upper jaw having become
excessively elongated and incurved, as happens not unfrequently in rabbits, rats, and
other Rodentia.

In Lagotis the urinary bladder was large, a good deal distended, and contained a
firm, gritty, coagulated substance of a white colour, which Mr. Owen conjectured
might possibly be formed by inspissated semen thrown back into it. The plewus pam-
piniformis and spermatic omenta were well developed; and the vasa deferentia were
large. The vesicule seminales formed tubes of three inches in length, giving off nu-
merous ceca from one side. The testes were of the size of pigeon’s eggs, and the fibres
derived from the transversalis muscle, adhering to the upper part of the epididymis,
formed a sheath from which its extremity projected into the inguen. The prostate
gland was large and lobed ; and the penis furnished with a bone. Both the Chinchillas,
as well as that previously examined by Mr. Yarrell, were females: their organs pre-
sented little that was remarkable. The cornua uteri measured three inches and a half
in length.

On opening the thorax of Lagotis, the heart was seen to be nearly quadrate in its
form, with obscurely rounded angles; in Chinchilla it was more elongated and more
rounded at the apex. The two superior vene cave were distinct. The lungs on the left
side were divided into three lobes, of which the lowest was the largest ; and on the
right into four, with the lowest also largest, and in Chinchilla deeply bifid. The section
of the trachea was transversely oval, with the rings imperfect behind. The tongue, in
both animals, was broad at the base, becoming narrower anterior to the molar teeth,
from which point it was continued forwards nearly of the same breadth. It was rather
flattened, and rounded at the extremity; its surface being finely papillose, except
between the molar teeth, where it was smooth. Behind this part were two large oblong
papille fossulate, disposed obliquely, with their posterior extremities directed inwards
and towards the epiglottis.

My friend Mr. Owen, to whom I was indebted for assistance in the dissection of
Lagotis, and who has since examined another specimen of Chinchilla from the Society’s
Collection, has favoured me with his notes, in which he gives a much greater length

MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLID. 53

to the intestines of the latter than either Mr. Yarrell or myself: it is probable that he
took more pains in loosening them from the loops of peritoneum, for his accuracy of
observation is beyond question. He describes the small intestines as measuring four
feet six inches, and the large seven feet six inches, in length. On each side of the
ileo-cecal valve, internally, he notices an oval patch of glandule aggregate, about two
thirds of an inch in the long diameter. The cecum, he observes, is drawn up into
sacculi by two longitudinal bands: these sacculi being directed alternately from right
to left, and vice versd, give it at first the appearance of being spirally twisted, but on
cutting across the longitudinal bands the sacculi fall down and the spiral character is
lost. Connected with the extreme portion of the colon, he states that there is a lacteal
gland of large size, with numerous lacteals evidently converging towards it; a circum-
stance which, if further evidence were wanting, proves, he remarks, the share taken by
the large intestines in the process of chylification. The trachea was composed of
twenty-three imperfect rings ; the larynx formed two shallow sacculi ; and the epiglottis
was small, with a truncated aper. Mr. Owen adds, that Meckel’s muscle was furnished,
in its tendinous part, with a sesamoid cartilage.

In the general character of the skeletons of the two animals there exists a remark-
able conformity ; which admits, however, of very striking modifications, and particu-
larly in the form of the cranium. The occipital ridge is scarcely at all visible in Chin-
chilla, but is strongly marked and prominent in Lagotis ; the posterior boundary of the
skull is consequently transversely truncate, or even retusely concave in the former,
while in the latter it forms the convex segment of a circle. In Chinchilla the upper
surface of the whole skull is remarkably flattened, and may be subdivided into three
regularly graduated regions, the posterior of which, bounded anteriorly by the coronal
suture, is nearly square in its outline; the middle or inter-orbital, formed wholly by
the frontal bones, is a much narrower parallelogram, with the sides somewhat exca-
vated ; and the anterior, curved a little downwards and forwards, and formed by the
intermaxillary and nasal bones, is still narrower and more linear. In Lagotis the
posterior part of the frontal and parietal bones is strongly arched, and the narrowing
of the skull forwards is more gradual, the inter-orbital region being much broader in
proportion: there is a deep depression between the fore part of the orbits, contrasting
strongly with the posterior arching of the cranium; and the narrow and perfectly linear
projection, formed by the nasal and intermaxillary bones, is nearly horizontal, having
only a slight elevation near its middle and no downward curvature. The greater
breadth of the inter-orbital portion is principally owing to the spreading out of the
margins of the orbit, which also adds to the expanse of the zygomatic arch. In both
animals the infra-orbital foramen on each side is of great magnitude, its vertical diameter
equalling two thirds of that of the orbit.

But perhaps the most striking feature in the skull of the Chinchilla is the extra-
ordinary development of the tympanic cells, which occupy more than half of the

54 MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLID.

apparent capacity of the cranium, and present externally, in consequence of their mag-
nitude and the tenuity of their parietes, the appearance of three large vesicular pro-
tuberances on each side of the cranium. Of these the superior, placed immediately
mesiad of the upper margin of the external meatus,( which is a large open cavity, pene-
trating deeply from above downwards,) is nearly hemispherical: the posterior, situated
behind the meatus, is oblong, with its long diameter from above downwards: and the
inferior, which with its fellow occupies nearly the whole inferior surface of the cranial
cavity, is pyriform with its long diameter from before backwards, and its uarrowest
portion pointing backwards and outwards. At the point of junction of the posterior
and inferior of these protuberances, which have but a slight appearance of separation
from each other, the styloid process passes down, closely applied and firmly anchylosed
to their substance.

In Lagotis, on the contrary, the tympanic cells have little increased development,
and none of the vesicular appearance. Those of the upper surface of the cranium are
placed at some distance mesiad of the margins of the meatus externi, and are flat and
scarcely distinguishable: the posterior are long, narrow, and flattened: and the inferior
bear no comparison to the size of the same parts in Chinchilla, although resembling
them in shape. The external meatus is formed nearly in the same manner; but the
styloid process is free from any attachment to the outer parietes of the cells. The whole
tympanic apparatus of Lagotis does not equal one third of its proportional size in Chin-
chilla.

In both animals the rami of the lower jaw posterior to their union are remarkably
thick and strong, and its angular plates thin and delicate: the coronoid process is but
little developed, and that of the angle is much prolonged, especially in Chinchilla. It
terminates in a point, between which and the condyle there occurs a broad, deep, semi-
lunar excision. The condyle is small and longitudinal, and the glenoid cavity super-
ficial, admitting of great freedom of motion in the antero-posterior direction.

In both animals the number of cervical vertebre is, as usual, seven ; the dorsal and
lumbar are together nineteen ; but unless a rib on each side has been lost in the prepa-
ration of Lagotis, (and of this I can perceive no proof in the existence of an articular
surface,) its dorsal vertebre are only twelve, while in Chinchilla they are certainly
thirteen. Two anchylosed vertebre form the sacrum in each; but the number of caudal
vertebre differs, Lagotis having twenty-seven, and Chinchilla only twenty-three. In
both the atlas is broadly developed, and there is a considerable spinous process on the
dentata ; but scarcely any elevation exists at this part on the other cervical vertebra.
The spinous processes of the dorsal vertebra, from the third to the ninth inclusive, are
much elongated, and directed backwards ; the tenth has the same direction. Those of
the lumbar vertebre are directed forwards, and are remarkably strong and conspicuous
on the three last, as well as on the two sacral, where these processes resume a vertical
direction. The caudal vertebre, with the exception of the first seven, are long and

MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLID. 55

cylindrical ; and they are all, except the smaller terminal ones, furnished with V-shaped
apophyses. ‘The sternum is composed of six bony pieces, in addition to the xiphoid car-
tilage ; of these the manubrium is long, broadly expanded in its anterior half, and some-
what paddle-shaped ; the penultimate is by much the smallest. Seven pairs of the ribs
are directly articulated with the sternum.

The clavicle is perfect, but slender and slightly curved ; and the scapula small, with
the spine nearly median and little elevated posteriorly, but terminating in a long acro-
mion, the free portion of the spine being nearly equal to the whole attached length. On the
outer and upper part of the humerus there is a strongly marked deltoid process, from which
aridge is continued downwards. The olecranon is large; and the radius and ulna, although
distinct, are so closely applied to each other at their carpal extremity, as to appear an-
chylosed for one half of their length in Chinchilla, and one fourth in Lagotis. The four
fingers of Lagotis are composed of three phalanges, additional to the metacarpal bones,
and there is not the smallest vestige of a thumb. In Chinchilla the phalanges of the cor-
responding fingers are formed upon the same plan ; and the thumb has two distinct pha-
langes in addition to its proper metacarpal bone. The pelvis is long and narrow, the criste
of the ta being much extended forwards, and the great size of the obturator foramina
giving rise to a similar projection of the ischia backwards. The femur is straight and
cylindrical ; it is half as long again as the humerus. The tibia is twice the length of
the radius. The fibula is complete and detached, but very slender. The length of the
soles of the hinder feet, from the calcaneum to the tip of the longest toe, is nearly three
times that of the anterior from the carpal articulation outwards. The whole length of
the free portion of the posterior limbs is consequently about double that of the anterior.
The metatarsal bones are four in number ; and each toe has three phalanges, the outer-
most of the four just reaching the base of the next adjoining toe.

The comparative measurements of the bones in the two animals are as follow :—

Lagotis. Chinchilla.

No. Ft In. No. Ft In.
Length of the head . . . ...., 3:2 2°3
vertebre, cervical 7 . . 1:3 ES wae 8
dorsal 12 . . 3:3 1S aa ae 2°3
lumbar) (70252 3°6 Gra 2-2,
sacral GOs 8 Dyas: 5

caudal 27 . . 1 O4 Poe re: 6°
eval Tenet es bes taein atx 06 ee |
Renpthofitherskulll: .50 ene ey ye eal ou - 32 2:3
Breadth of do. at the meatus auditor. M5 le2

sygomata . . . 1:7 1:2

56 MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLIDA.

Lagotis. Chinchilla.
In, In.
Distance between the orbits above ! ‘8 “45
Diastematic distance, upper jaw 73) 5
lower jaw oa 4
Length of molar series in each jaw af 5
mastoid process, or inferior di-
vision of the tympanic cells . . . 6 7
Greatest breadth of do. . . . “45 5
Length of the lower jaw fradaine we
CELL) 4's vastus’ Kaecpeass daasl soak memel ies: 275) 18
Height of the coronoid process. . . . 8 7
Length of the clavicle . . . . . . “9 6
scapula) BOM): TANT Sem): 1:8 12
[imeris VIM). FE 2° 1:2
TODS) ANITA, ODA Mi lee Oe: 19 1:2
uma. . 2:4 16
fore-foot to the ~" af the
middle fingeene¥ IPT. AU, Mars 2 Led: “9
Length of the pelvis from the crista alu to
CHENPUUCTATSCHUUMN Pe tn i 33 22
Greatest breadth ofdo. . . . .. . leg 1:2
Ieeneth of the femur 7 3. t . 3 Leg
Ue ee ; 38 23
hind-foot from ke bate
neum to the end of the longest toe . 36 2:2

With the animals just described Lagostomus corresponds in the general composition
of its skeleton, and even in the form and proportion of most of the separate bones. It
is still larger in size than Lagotis ; and the figure accompanying Mr. Brookes’s de-
scription exhibits several very striking differences in the form of the cranium. As,
however, the details of that important part are not there made out with sufficient clear-
ness, and I possess no notes relative to its peculiarities, I can do no more than refer to
the plate itself. ‘The number of ribs on each side, and consequently of the dorsal ver-
tebre, was twelve, and that of the lumbar vertebre seven, corresponding in these par-

1 This and the zygomatic breadth depend in Lagotis on the less oblique and more lateral position of the eyes,
the orbits of which have their margins also much expanded, a structure perhaps connected with more nocturnal
habits.

MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLID. 57

ticulars with Lagotis, and differing from Chinchilla. The sacral vertebre are stated to
be three in number ; but in the plate, two only appear to be united to the ossa ilii by
the sacro-iliac symphysis, as in the other known animals of the family. Making this
allowance, the number of caudal vertebre is twenty-one. The anterior extremities have
little to distinguish them from those of Lagotis, with which they exactly correspond in
the number of the toes: as in Lagotis, there is no vestige of a thumb, The posterior
limbs bear the same proportion to the anterior, being just double their length ; but the
number of the metatarsal bones, and consequently of the toes, is only three, and the
claws, especially the middle one, are much larger, stronger, and more produced. In
this particular the figures given by Mr. Brookes are defective, as exhibiting the claws
far smaller and more curved than is natural.

I now come to the consideration of the teeth, which I have purposely reserved to the
last. With a general agreement in number and composition, these important organs
offer, in the three animals under consideration, differences so essential as to justify of
themselves, but more especially when considered in connexion with the striking modi-
fications in the form of the crania and in the organs of locomotion, the formation of a
distinct genus for the reception of each. In all, the incisor teeth have the number and
form which are common to nearly the whole of the order: they are two in each jaw,
chisel-shaped at the apex, and those of the upper jaw have their exserted portion nearly
vertical, while those of the lower pass obliquely forwards and upwards. The diastematic
space between them and the molars is considerable ; and the latter are four in number
on each side of both jaws. They are all constructed nearly upon the same model,
having no distinct roots, and being each composed of either two or three parallel,
ribband-like amine of osseous matter, each lamina surrounded by its own proper coat of
enamel, and united to its fellow by an intervening cortical substance. In Lagostomus
the lamine are two in number in each tooth, with the exception of the hinder one of
the upper jaw, which has a third but smaller lamina superadded posteriorly ; and the
lamine on the worn surfaces of the teeth are perfectly straight, and nearly equal. In
Lagotis the number of laming in each tooth is increased to three; the teeth of the
upper jaw have the posterior, and those of the lower the anterior, lamina smaller than
the others ; and these smaller lamine do not, in the former case, advance to the inner,
or in the latter case to the outer margin of their respective teeth. In consequence of
this arrangement the teeth of the lower jaw exhibit an appearance in some degree the
reverse of those of the upper, and this effect is still further heightened by. the latter
having its posterior, and the former its anterior, tooth prolonged into a triangular
shape, while all the rest are square. The two larger Jamine form on the worn surfaces
of the teeth regular curves with the convexity directed forwards in the upper jaw and
backwards in the lower ; and the crowns exhibit in the former two grooves externally
and one internally, marking the line of union of the separate lamelle, while in the latter
the grooves are, like the lamine themselves, reversed. In Chinchilla the number of

VOL. I. I

58 MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLID,

distinct lamin, except in the anterior tooth on each side of the lower jaw, is the same
as in Lagotis ; and the same apparent reversal of the teeth in the two jaws is manifest.
The posterior lamina of the teeth in the upper jaw, and the anterior in those of the
lower, is also the smallest of the three, and these smaller damine fall short of the
respective margins of the teeth, nearly as in Lagotis, giving rise to a similar anomaly
in the grooving of the inner and outer surfaces of the crowns. But instead of the
regular curve of the two larger lamine which takes place in Lagotis, those of Chinchilla
are nearly straight, with the exception of a sharp turn backwards of the inner extremity
of the intermediate /amina in the upper jaw, and a slight prolongation forwards of the
outer extremity of the same /amina in the lower. Add to this that a still more marked
difference occurs in the anterior tooth in the lower jaw, which, instead of being com-
posed of three distinct lamine as in Lagotis, has the line of enamel subdividing its two
anterior portions so abbreviated as to extend little more than half way across the tooth;
which consequently consists of only two distinct lamelle, the anterior bilobate inter-
nally, but with its osseous substance externally continuous. In all the family the
lamine of the teeth are directed obliquely backwards and inwards, and still more
obliquely so in the lower than in the upper jaw.

From this account of the dentition of the three animals, the differences between
Lagostomus and the other two will be at once obvious: those which distinguish Lagotis
and Chinchilla will be better observed in the figures than they can be conveyed in
words. The following, however, is a summary of the more remarkable points of dis-
crepancy between them. These consist, firstly, in the curvature of the anterior lamine
of the teeth of the upper jaw in Lagotis, as compared with the straightness of the same
lamelle in Chinchilla ; and in the curvature of the middle lamella taking place more
gradually, and not in the sudden manner in which it occurs in Chinchilla: secondly, in
the greater extent of the anterior lamella of the three posterior teeth of the lower jaw in
Lagotis, as compared with Chinchilla: thirdly, in the complete disjunction of the two
anterior lamine of the anterior tooth of the lower jaw in Lagotis, while in Chinchilla the
enamel advancing between them from within, extends on the surface of the crown but
little more than half across the tooth, and thus leaves a space in which the osseous
portions of the two lamell¢ run into and are continuous with each other.

I shall conclude with the technical characters of the three genera which constitute
the family of Chinchillide, and with a few observations on its place in the tribe to which
it belongs.

Ordo RODENTIA.
Tribus Hersrvora, F. Cw.

Dentes molares eradicati, per totam vitam pulpa persistente crescentes.

Fam. CHINCHILLIDA.
Dentes incisores 3, superiores simplices ; molares =, e lamellis osseis binis ternisve

MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLID. 59

teenialibus inter se parallelis substantia vitreaé omnino circumdatis, constantes ; coroni-
dibus invicem exacté oppositis, attritu complanatis. America Australis incole, gregarii,
subterranei, mites. Scelides antipedibus sub-duplo longiores. Cauda producta, ad apicem
superneque longé setosa.

Genus 1. Lacoris.

Dentes incisores 3, acutati; molares {, singuli e lamellis tribus completis obliquis

constantes. Cranium posticé supernéque arcuatum, tympani cellulis superioribus in-
conspicuis. Pedes omnes 4-dactyli, pollice omnino deficiente, unguibus parvis subfal-
cularibus. Auricule longissime. Cauda longa. Rupicole, (Peruviani,) vellere molli
caduco induti.

Lacortis Cuviert.

Genus 2. CHINCHILLA.

Dentes incisores 3, acutati; molares 4, singuli e lamellis tribus completis obliquis
constantes, preter anticum inferiorem bilamellosum lamella anteriore profundé biloba.
Cranium posticé retuso-truncatum, superné depresso-complanatum, tympani cellulis
conspicué inflatis. Antipedes 5-dactyli, pollice completo ; scelides 4-dactyli ; unguibus
parvis subfalcularibus. Auricule ample. Cauda longiuscula. Rupicole, (Chilenses et
Peruviani,) vellere mollissimo tenacissimo induti.

CuincHILLA LANicERA, Benn., Gard. & Men. Zool. Soc., i. p. 1. é. fig —Rouss.,
in Ann. Sci. Nat., xxvi. p. 337. t. 13. (cranium dentesque.)

Mus laniger, Mol., Stor. Nat. Chil., p. 267.

Cricetus laniger, Geoft.—Desm., Mamm., p. 313.

Chinchilla, Griff., Transl. An. Kingd., fig.

Chinchilla laniger, Gray, Spic. Zool., p. 11. t. 7. (fig. sup.)

“ Eriomys Chinchilla, Mus. Francof.,” teste Fisch., Syn. Mamm. Add., p. 592.—
“Van der Heevy., in Bijdrag. Naturk. Wetensch., Deel vi. No. 1. fig.,” fide
Bull. Sci. Nat., xxiv. p. 352.

Callomys laniger, Isid. Geoff., in Ann. Sci. Nat., xxi. p. 291.

Chinchilla, F. Cuv., Mamm. Lith., é. fig.

Lagostomus laniger, ‘‘Wagl.’’—Goldf., Natur. Atlas, Th. IIT. p. 263. t. 290. f. 1.

Genus 3. Lacostomus.

Dentes incisores 7, acutati; molares =, singuli e lamellis binis completis obliquis
constantes, postico superiore trilamelloso. Antipedes 4-dactyli, pollice omnino defi-
ciente, unguibus parvis falcularibus; scelides 3-dactyli, unguibus productis rectis
robustis. Auricule mediocres. Cauda mediocris. Campestres, (Bonarienses et Para-

guaienses,) vellere parum utili induti.
r2

60 MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLID#,

Lacostomus tricHopactyLus, Brookes, in Linn. Trans., xvi. p. 102. t. 9. (animal
et ejus sceleton.)—Less., Ill. Zool., livr. 3. pl. 8.—Goldf., Naturh. Atlas,
Th. III. p. 262. t. 289. f. 2. (tigg. Brookes.)
Dipus maximus, Blainv.— Desm., in Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat., xiii. p. 117.—
F. Cuv., in Dict. Sci. Nat., xviii. p. 471.
Marmot Diana, Griff., Transl. An. Kingd., iii. p. 170. ©. fig.
Callomys Viscaccia, Isid. Geoff., in Ann. Sci. Nat., xxi. p. 291,
Querendum adhuc est ubi referendum
Callomys aureus, Isid. Geoff., in Ann. Sci. Nat., xxi. p. 291.
An generis Chinchillze ?

The Herbivorous subdivision of Rodentia, as proposed by M. Fréderic Cuvier, em-
braces several strongly marked groups of forms, having an immediate affinity with each
other, although it must be confessed that several of them are also nearly related to
genera of the Omnivorous tribe. The persistence of the pulp of their molar teeth, and
the consequent unceasing growth of those teeth, indicate, however, an inferior degree
of development as regards those most essential organs ; and appear to me to offer a
sufficient bond of connexion between them.

Of the families composing this tribe, the Leporide, including Lepus and Lagomys,
and represented by the Hares and Rabbits, are characterized by their supplemental in-
cisors, and by the tendency to still further subdivision in the anterior pair, which in
Lagomys especially are so deeply grooved and have the two portions so different in size
and form, as to simulate two distinct teeth on each side of the symphysis of the upper
jaw. The molar teeth are not in these animals opposed crown to crown, but those of
the lower jaw pass, when the mouth is closed, almost entirely within those of the upper,
and a considerable degree of lateral motion is consequently requisite for the due masti-
cation of the food; which motion is much facilitated by the almost hemispherical form
of the condyles of the lower jaw, and the freedom of their articulation in small glenoid
cavities. By means of this organization the surfaces of the molar teeth are unequally
worn, and offer transverse projecting lines of enamel, with intermediate depressions of
the osseous substance.

To this family the Chinchillide are evidently very nearly related, in the lamellated
composition of their molar teeth ; in the general form of the body; in the nature of
the hairy covering; and in habits and mode of life. They differ, however, in many
essential particulars, such as the simplicity of their incisor, and the reduced number of
their molar, teeth; the elongated form of the condyles of the lower jaw, and the con-
sequent limitation of the process of mastication to a motion forwards and backwards,
wearing down the crowns of the molars (which are exactly opposed to each other) in
a perfectly equal manner; the depression of the upper surface of the head, which in
the Hares and Rabbits is very strongly arched throughout its whole extent; the deep

MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLID®. 6)

excisure of the posterior margin of the lower jaw, which in the latter animals is an ex-
tremely broad and rounded bony plate ; and many other equally striking, but less im-
portant, modifications in the bony structure of the head alone. In the possession of
perfect clavicles, and the substitution of a large open suborbital passage for the perfo-
rated bony plate found below the orbit in the Hares and Rabbits, they exhibit a more
immediate affinity to the genus Lagomys, in which both these modifications are stated
to occur,

Most nearly related to the Chinchillide on the opposite side is the genus Capromys,
Desm., (Isodon, Say,) in which the molar teeth (also four in number on each side, with
flattened crowns and surfaces exactly opposed to each other,) would appear on a super-
ficial observation to be subdivided in a nearly similar manner. On looking closer,
however, we observe that the processes of enamel do not, in Capromys, entirely traverse
the teeth, but form alternate indentations, corresponding with external sulci, of which
two are seen on one side of the tooth, and one only on the other. The anterior teeth
are also more elongated, and that of the lower jaw projects forwards in an angular
process, which has on its inner margin a third denticular fold of enamel. The cranium.
in Capromys is very narrow and much elongated, especially in its frontal and parietal
portions, the latter having a slight convexity at its anterior part ; the orbit is of small
capacity ; and the infra-orbital foramen is large and open, as in the Chinchillide. The
number of the ribs, which is no less than sixteen, is here a marked peculiarity ; and.
the great strength of the limbs, supported, as regards the anterior, by a complete cla-
vicle, and having the bones of the fore-arm nearly equally developed, and the jibula
strong and distinct, affords a characteristic difference, connected doubtless with the
scandent habits of the animals.

The peculiarity noticed in the anterior tooth of the lower jaw in Capromys leads us
by a natural transition to the typical Arvicolide, including Arvicola, Lemmus, and Fiber,
in which only the three anterior molar teeth are developed. These have their enamel
so folded inwards as to form on both the outer and inner side of each tooth a series of
distinct triangles alternating with each other, and giving rise to acute-angled projections
both externally and internally. In the genera of this family the increasing rounding of
the anterior surface of the lower incisors renders their points, when obliquely worn
down, either rounded or acute, instead of transversely truncate, as in the preceding
groups.

Nearly related to Arvicolide, with which they agree in general appearance and in
mode of life, are two genera, at present standing in some degree isolated, Ctenodactylus!
and Octodon®. The resemblance in the form of the molar teeth in these two curious
animals, (both of which have been very recently for the first time described,) one from
Africa and the other from Chili, is very remarkable. They differ, however, in number.
the latter having four and the former three only on each side of either jaw; and, be-

' Gray, Spicilegia Zoologica, p. 10. t, 10. . * Bennett, in Proc. Comm. Sci. Zool. Soc., Part II. p. 46.

62 MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLID&.

sides other minute differences in these organs, exhibit considerable discrepancy in the
form of the skull and in various particulars of their organization, into which I may
perhaps enter more fully on a future occasion.

At no great distance from these, if we are to judge alone by the characters of its
molar teeth as figured by M. F. Cuvier, is placed the genus Helamys, of which unfor-
tunately I possess neither skull nor skeleton for comparison. As far, however, as the
stuffed skin can be relied on for such a purpose, it seems in many of its characters to
approach Lagostomus ; while the differences in the relative proportion of its limbs, in
the elongated claws of its anterior extremities, in the character of its fur, and above all
in the structure of its teeth, forbid a close approximation. With no better materials
than I can at present refer to, it would be hazardous to attempt to assign its true
position.

Equally anomalous appear, in the present state of our knowledge of the tribe, two
North American genera, first established by Dr. Rafinesque, Geomys and Diplostoma ;
with which must be associated Aplodontia of Dr. Richardson. The teeth of Geomys and
Aplodontia, as figured by the last-named zoologist, are more simple in their structure
than those of any other genus of Herbivorous Rodentia; and, in so far, they seem to
approach the groups of which I have just been speaking. But the discrepancies in
other respects are so considerable, that further information must still be considered
necessary to determine their real affinities.

To the Arvicolide succeed the Caviide, comprehending Cavia, Kerodon, and Doli-
chotis (Cavia Patachonica, Shaw) ; in which the dental triangles are more distinct and
elongated, and form but one series instead of two, their acute angles projecting ex-
ternally in the lower jaw and internally in the upper: they are also fewer in number.
The number of the molar teeth is four; and here again, as in the Hares and Rabbits,
their crowns are not directly opposed to those of the opposite jaw. The order is in
these, however, the reverse of that which occurs in the genus Lepus, the teeth of the
upper jaw being received within those of the lower; and a degree of obliquity is given
to the insertion as well as to the surfaces of the teeth, sufficient to produce the effects
of a more perfect opposition.

The series is closed by Hydrocherus, which exhibits, in its dental character, a still
further complication of the structure observed in Arvicolide and Caviide, with much
that is aberrant in the order. Some valuable observations on this point by Mr. Owen
have been published in the ‘Proceedings of the Committee of Science and Corre-
spondence’ of this body!?.

The mere enumeration of the groups of this interesting little tribe may serve as an
illustration of the advances which the science of Zoology has made within a very few
years. Of the nineteen genera named, no less than eleven (including the whole family
of Chinchillide, Capromys, Ctenodactylus, Octodon, Geomys, Diplostoma, Aplodontia,

1 Part II. p. 187.

MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLID. 63

Kerodon, and Dolichotis,) were absolutely unknown, in a zoological sense, only twelve
years ago. Two of these, Chinchilla and Lagotis, were first fully described from speci-
mens contained in the Menagerie and Museum of this Society ; of a third, Octodon, the
only account yet extant is derived from the same source ; and to the history of two
others, Capromys and Ctenodactylus, most important additions have been made from
the examination of individuals formerly living in our Gardens.

In a department which has afforded, during so short a period, so many additions to
science, it is reasonable to anticipate, and probably for many years to come, repeated
and almost continual accessions. In various parts of the world which are comparatively
well known, the Rodentia are far from being exhausted as objects of zoological inquiry ;
and the vast continents of Africa and America (the latter, especially in its southern
half, apparently the metropolis of the order,) have hitherto, perhaps, furnished us with
only a foretaste of what may be expected from them, when their interior shall be opened
to the investigations of active and informed travellers. To the materials which will
doubtless be collected by the zeal and enterprise of such men we must look for the
means of correcting and completing the confessedly imperfect sketch of the Herbivorous
portion of the order, which I have ventured to submit to the consideration of the
Society.

PLATE IV.

Lacoris Cuvier.

PLATE V.

Fig. 1. Stomach of Lagotis Cuvieri.

2. Cecum of Lagotis Cuviert.
3. Stomach of Chinchilla lanigera.
4. Cecum of Chinchilla lanigera, less distended than that of Lagotis.
PLATE VI.
Skeleton of Lagotis Cuvieri, two thirds of the natural size.
Fig. 1. Cranium seen from above.
2. Cranium seen from below.
3. Lower jaw seen from above.
4. Crowns of the two anterior molar teeth of the lower jaw, enlarged.
5. Crowns of the two posterior molar teeth of the upper jaw, enlarged.

64 MR. E. T. BENNETT ON THE CHINCHILLID#,

PLATE VII.
Skeleton of Chinchilla lanigera, natural size.

The separate figures represent parts of the osseous structure of Chinchilla corre-
sponding with those of Lagotis represented in Puats VI., and are similarly numbered.

ep 400 T 7

,
AQP RAI ryobp <a
Ce Ee

’

oft 474 oD are a

> wee lee

_

| pt

) wages oven Serve, “>
2 hruUP) WY7YHUIYD. fo OC

BOPHL 77) PY} tO] ae a
o
5’ 4

Ld Vie GLAU) aoe ? “seb CUD?

—

Wp mepaiagy

Newlon ded.

\¢ Ode . :
Ohaprchilde lanigera.
é

{ 65

VII. On the sacculated Form of Stomach as it exists in the Genus Semnopithecus, F. Cuv.
By Ricuarp Owen, Esq., F.Z.8., Assistant Conservator of the Museum of the Royal
College of Surgeons in London.

Communicated June 11, 1833.

IN the dissections of the animals of the class Mammalia which take place at the Mu-
seum of the Society, it rarely happens that the more important organs are found to
present any remarkable deviations from the structures already known and described as
characterizing the genus or group to which the species under examination may belong.
Nor is it to be expected that novelties of much importance can often be detected in a
class which has been so extensively investigated. Nevertheless, the necessity of con-
tinuing these examinations at every opportunity that occurs, must be admitted by every
one : anatomical facts become more valuable to the physiologist as their authenticity is
confirmed by repeated examination ;—the means of forming conclusions as to the reci-
procity of function, and the relative value of different organs, from their varying pre-
ponderance in different animals whose habits as burrowers, swimmers, climbers, &c.,
may affect the different functions ;—these interesting and important deductions can
only be founded on extensive tabular arrangements of the weights and admeasurements
of the different organs. But whilst the anatomist is silently accumulating these data,
it does happen every now and then that unexpected modifications of important organs
present themselves, the discovery of which, while it serves as a healthy stimulus to his
exertions, at the same time teaches him how dangerous it is to draw hasty conclusions
as to analogy of internal structure from similarity of external form.

The singularly shaped stomachs which are now before the Society were taken from
two species of a genus of Monkey, the Semnopithecus, F. Cuv., which in the system of
Cuvier ranks only fifth in the descensive gradation from Man. This genus is of late
formation, and not entirely the result of newly discovered materials : several species, on
the contrary, were for a long time ranked with the Guenons, Cercopithecus, in which
the stomach is of the usual simple construction: and it is almost superfluous to remark
in this place, how slight is the essential zoological character, viz. an additional tubercle
on the last molar of the lower jaw, which distinguishes genera presenting such wide
discrepancies in the most important of their vital organs.

The larger of the two stomachs was taken from a full-grown female Entellus Monkey,
Semnopithecus Entellus, F. Cuv., which measured, from the end of the nose to the root
of the tail, 1 foot 8 inches. The admeasurements of the stomach, distended and dried,
are as follows :—

VOL. I. K

66 MR. R. OWEN ON THE STOMACH OF SEMNOPITHECUS.

Ft. In. Lin.
Length along the greater curvature, beginning at the left extremity 2 7 0
Length along the lesser curvature. . . ees Ll OO
Greatest circumference (a little to the right ar the sorden eel 40!
Smallest circumference (at about two inches from the pylorus) . . 3 8

This stomach may be regarded as consisting of three divisions: Ist, a cardiac pouch,
with smooth and simple parietes, slightly bifid at the extremity; 2nd, a middle, very
wide and sacculated portion ; and 3rd, a narrow elongated canal, sacculated at its com-
mencement, and of simple structure towards its termination. The latter division, from
its greater vascularity and the more abundant distribution upon it of the nerves of the
eighth pair, I regard as the true digestive stomach; the preceding divisions appear
to be preparatory receptacles or reservoirs.

The esophagus enters into the left or cardiac division, which is separated from the
middle division by a well-marked constriction. The diameter of this aperture of com-
munication, when the stomach has been forcibly dilated, does not exceed 2 inches:
so that-it seems highly probable, when no distending force is operating at this part,
that the circular fibres which surround the constriction may, by the act of contrac-
tion, render the separation complete, and thus form the cardiac pouch into a distinct
cavity. A similar tendency to a separation of the cardiac from the pyloric moiety
of the stomach has been observed to exist, in a greater or less degree, in stomachs
of a much more simple structure, as in those of Man and of the Carnivora. It is, pro-
bably, the possession of this power, in a greater degree, that enables some men to
regurgitate at will a small portion of the contents of the stomach, or to ruminate.
Such an action is therefore still more likely to take place, occasionally at least, in ani-
mals which possess the complicated stomach here described: and there is a provision
in these stomachs for the passage of ruminated food, or such as is of a fluid or easily
digestible nature, directly into the second or sacculated division.

A ridge is continued along the pyloric side of the cardiac orifice obliquely to the fold
in the middle division, which is situated next beyond the constriction : a second ridge
is continued from the right side of the cardia into the lower part of the septum that
separates the cardiac from the middle compartment: and consequently between these
ridges a shallow canal is continued from the esophagus to the middle division of the
stomach. Supposing the circular fibres which form the two ridges to contract simul-
taneously with those forming the constriction above, then the communication between
the esophagus and middle division of the stomach would be cut off; but, on the other
hand, if these fibres were relaxed, the food, and especially liquid food, would pass along
the oblique canal directly into the middle compartment.

Longitudinal fibres are continued from the esophagus upon the cardiac division ; but
they gradually converge towards its left extremity, and there begin to be collected into
the narrow band which traverses nearly the whole of the greater curvature of the stomach.

MR. R. OWEN ON THE STOMACH OF SEMNOPITHECUS. 67

The extremity of the cardiac division is thus slightly indented, reminding one of the
similar but more marked division of the same part of the stomach in the Kangaroo,
which in other respects bears so strong a resemblance to the present.

The length of the cardiac division is 3 inches ; its greatest diameter, 3 inches 4 lines.

The second or middle compartment of the stomach is composed of a double series of
sacculi of different sizes, puckered up upon the longitudinal band above mentioned.
Some of these sacculi have a diameter of 3 inches, others of 1 inch. They are
formed principally at the expense of the anterior parietes of the stomach, and are eleven
in number. The septa, by which they are divided from each other, are of a semilunar
form, and project into the cavity of the stomach to the extent of half an inch, and
a few to that of an inch.

The length of this part of the stomach, in a straight line, is 5: inches ; its greatest
diameter, 5 inches.

The third or pyloric division of the stomach commences a little to the right of the
esophagus, where the second longitudinal band begins. It is a narrow and almost
cylindrical canal, gradually diminishing in diameter to the pylorus, bent in a sigmoid
form, and terminating by making a complete turn upon itself. It is only this part of
the stomach which is puckered up on the two bands above described. The sacculi thus
formed are, however, by no means so large or so completely separated from each other
as in the preceding division; and they become gradually less distinct to within 5
inches of the pylorus, where they cease altogether. A similar gradual disappearance of
the sacculi is observable in the stomach of the Kangaroo.

The whole length of this division, taken midway between the two curvatures, is
1 foot 6 inches ; its greatest diameter is 2 inches; its smallest diameter, 1 inch.

In considering this stomach as being made up of three principal divisions, I must
not be understood to suppose them as being equally distinct with the different cavities
of a ruminant or cetaceous stomach: they are not characterized by any essential dif-
ference of structure, for none of them possess a cuticular lining. The three divisions
are, however, sufficiently obvious to justify their separate consideration for the facility
of the description of so complicated an organ.

In another species of Semnopithecus, Semn. fascicularis, (the Croo of Sumatra and
Semn. comatus of M. Desmarest,) the stomach presented precisely the same structure as
the preceding. Its dimensions were not, however, quite so large in proportion to the
size of the animal. The individual examined was younger than the Entellus, the stomach
of which has just been described.

From the disproportionate size of the stomach in these animals, some differences are
met with in the disposition of the other viscera of the abdominal cavity. The liver,
instead of crossing the epigastric to the left hypochondriac region, extends downwards
from the right hypochondriac to the right lumbar region; the whole of the opposite
side of the abdomen, with the epigastric region, being occupied by the enormous sto-

K 2

68 MR. R. OWEN ON THE STOMACH OF SEMNOPITHECUS.

mach. The liver is proportionately smaller in Semnopithecus than in Cercopithecus or
Macacus. The spleen is of a more regular triangular shape, and is attached ‘to the
omentum continued from the left side of the stomach. The pancreas, on the contrary,
is proportionately larger than in these genera. Both the biliary and the pancreatic
secretions enter the duodenum together, about 3 inches from the pylorus: were it not
for the insertion of these ducts, one might almost suppose that what has been regarded
as the true stomach was a portion of the intestinal canal.

With so complicated a stomach, it might also be expected that the intestines would
not be so long as in those Monkeys which have a simple stomach ; this, however, is not
the case. The small intestines are longer in proportion to the body in Semnopithecus
than in either Cercopithecus or Macacus, the ratio being respectively as 8 to 1, 6} to 1,
and4 tol. The latter genus evidently manifests in this respect its closer approxi-
mation to the Carnivorous type.

The following table exhibits the admeasurements :—

Semnopithecus | Semnopithecus | Cercopithecus Macacus
Entellus. fascicularis. | albogularis. Cynomolgus.
Length of the body from the nose Ft. In. Ft. In. Ft. In, Ft. In.
to the root of the tail . . . eS ee Ih fie Pos
Length of the small intestines .| 13 6 9 10 i eal 6 9
Length of the large intestines. 2 10 eG S hen eae
Length of the cecum . .. . 4 23 3 3

As in all the preceding animals the intestines were prepared for admeasurement in
the same manner, I believe the relative proportions may be relied upon. I mention
this because the admeasurements given by M. Otto of the Semnopithecus leucoprymnus,
would lead to the conclusion that the intestinal canal was much shorter. His admea-
surements of that species, as published in the ‘ Nova Acta, Bonn.’ tom. xii. p. 511. are,

Ft. In.
Brom the-nose to the root-er the tad... +. se eee ee
Leneth-or.the surall intestisics:... sy ope toy sans, ae oR
Length of the large intestines . cag Soesaeyisenn it sprees Is)
LESTE LW Gh 173072271 MP ey ae ws 2

It is in the description of the above species of Semnopithecus by this scientific natu-
ralist, that the first account of the sacculated form of stomach in Quadrumana ap-
pears :—a discovery which was made known to the English reader through the ana-
lysis of his paper contained in the third volume of the ‘ Zoological Journal’. The
leucoprymnus, which M. Otto marks doubtingly as being a Cercopithecus, is now by
common consent referred to M. F. Cuvier’s new genus Semnopithecus ; and the recur-
rence of this remarkable modification of the stomach in two other species of the same
group, renders it highly probable at least that it is a generic peculiarity.

MR. R. OWEN ON THE STOMACH OF SEMNOPITHECUS. 69

What then are the natural habits and food of this genus? Will future observers of
these slow Monkeys, as M. F. Cuvier denominates them, be able to ascertain that their
natural food is more strictly vegetable than that of the Cercopitheci, &c.? And that, like
the Sloths of the new continent, so remarkable for their complex stomachs, they also
crop the tender shoots and leaves of the trees in which they habitually reside? Cerco-
pitheci and Macaci are provided by nature with receptacles (the cheek-pouches) for storing
away ill-gotten food, hastily plucked from the cultivated grounds which they invade,
and which they are thus enabled to carry off in sufficient quantity, and masticate and
prepare for digestion in a place of safety. The complicated stomachs of the timid Ru-
minants are adapted to a similar end, allowing them to accumulate their requisite
quantity of herbage from exposed pastures, which they then carry off to more secure
situations and remasticate at leisure. Now in the Semnopitheci it is remarkable that
the cheek-pouches are very small, or are wanting altogether. I have often fed the Kn-
tellus Monkey with nuts, and have observed that while his more fortunate neighbours,
the green Monkey, Cercopithecus Sabeus, Geoff., and Chinese bonneted Monkey, Macacus
Sinicus, La Cép., were stowing them quickly away by the dozen into their cheek-
pouches, he could not cram more than two in the same situation, and was equally
averse to swallowing anything but the kernel. In this case the complicated stomach
did not serve him as a substitute ; but I think it very probable that it may compensate
for the want of cheek-pouches, when he is in a situation to collect together a quantity
of soft fruits or herbs. In the Gardens of the Society the Semnopitheci which have
been there exhibited, are fed exactly in the same manner as the other Monkeys; and
the Keepers have not observed anything like rumination in them. _

In both the species which I have dissected, where illness and gradual decay preceded
death, the stomachs were almost empty.

With respect to stomachs of an analogous structure in other animals of the class
Mammalia, I have hitherto limited my comparisons to that of the Kangaroo, so well
known for its remarkable resemblance to a sacculated colon and cecum. Between this
animal and Semnopithecus there is a wide interval in the natural series. Stomachs,
however, almost as complex as the preceding, are found in animals much more nearly
allied to the Quadrumana. In a large Bat of the genus Pteropus, Pteropus rubricollis,
Geoff., I found the cardiac moiety divided into two dilated compartments, of which
the left is again subdivided, and plicated within, while the pyloric moiety is extended
in an elongated tortuous form, proportionately exceeding in length that of Semnopithecus
Entellus. It is to a Pteropus doubtless, and not to a Vampyrus, that is to be attributed
a similarly complicated stomach described and figured by Sir Everard Home as be-
longing to the Vampyre Bat, and from which he draws the rather hasty conclusions
that ‘‘the Vampyre Bat lives on the sweetest of vegetables ; and all the stories related
with so much confidence, of its living on blood, and coming in the night to destroy
people while asleep, are entirely fabulous.” I suspect that the stomach of the true

70 MR. R. OWEN ON THE STOMACH OF SEMNOPITHECUS.

Vampyre Bat willbe found to accord with the bloodthirsty habits so repeatedly ascribed
to it; and in corroboration of which Professor Grant, in his late Lectures before the
Society, gave some additional observations.

The complicated stomachs of the Bradypode are also well known; they approach
in their external form more nearly to those of the true Ruminants. The chambers
into which the stomach of the Sloth is divided, are not, however, characterized by
the difference of texture of the lining membrane which exists in the Ruminants: they
present only a difference in the degree of vascularity and villosity, and in that respect
are analogous to the complicated stomach of the Quadrwmanous genus. .

To those who are more especially interested in investigating the natural affinities of
the animal kingdom, it must be highly gratifying to find the Quadrumana manifesting
new instances of relation to genera which the immortal Linnzus considered to be so
closely connected with them.

PLATE VIII.

Stomach of Semnopithecus Entellus: front view, natural size.

PLATE IX.

Fig. 1. Stomach of Semnopithecus Entellus: back view, half the natural size.

Fig. 2. Outline of the cardiac pouch laid open. a. esophagus ; b. cardiac orifice ;
c. groove leading to the middle sacculated compartment; d. d. productions of the
tunics of the stomach which form the constriction between the cardiac and middle
division ; e. e. similar productions separating the sacculi of the middle division. Na-
tural size.

Fig. 3. Outline of the cecum. a. ileo-colic orifice. Half the natural size.

c Jemnofutheci: ORME

wen

i,

Srans ill. he Mts LOI A Wid

freee]

VII. Description, with some additional Particulars, of the Apteryx Australis of Shaw.
By Wiiuiam Yarrext, Esq., F.L.S. & Z.S.

Communicated June 25, 1833.

A SINGLE specimen of this very singular bird, first described and figured by Dr. Shaw
in the 24th volume of the ‘ Naturalist’s Miscellany,’ under the name of the Serruginous-
grey Apteryx, was brought from the south coast of New Zealand by Captain Barcley,
of the ship Providence, about the year 1812. By Captain Barcley the specimen was
presented to Dr. Shaw, through the kind offices of W. Evans, Esq., who was the
mutual friend of both.

The notices of this bird, which have since appeared in the ‘ Manuel’ of M. Temminck,
(2nd ed. Anal. p. cxiv. 1820) ; in the continuation of Shaw’s ‘ General Zoology’, by
Mr. Stephens (vol. xiii. part 1. 1825) ; in the ‘Manuel’ of M. Lesson (vol. ii. p. 211.
1828); in the ‘General History of Birds’ by Dr. Latham (vol. x. p. 395. 1828); and in
the 2nd edition of the ‘Régne Animal’ (vol. i. p- 498, note. 1829) ;—have all been
derived from the original description first named ; but very different opinions have
been expressed on the subject of the bird itself.

M. Temminck, in his ‘ Analyse du Systtme Général d’Ornithologie’, has instituted
an order, which he has called Inertes, for the reception of the Dodo and the Apteryz ;
two birds differing decidedly from each other in their beaks, but in reference to their
imperfect wings, as also in the nature of their external covering, having obvious relation
to the species included in his order Cursores. But the situation chosen for this order
Inertes, at the extreme end of his systematic arrangement, leads me to infer that
M. Temminck considered as imaginary the subjects for which it was formed}.

M. Lesson seems to have still less faith in this bird, and at page 211, as before re-
ferred to, has the following paragraph :—‘‘ L’Apteryx de M. Temminck ne sérait-il pas
fondé sur les piéces de dronte [Dodo] conservées au Museum de Londres?” M. Lesson
appears not to have been aware at the time, that at page 210 of his ‘Manuel’, he
had described, as common in the forests of New Zealand, under the name Kivi Kivi,
the bird whose existence he questioned at page 211.

By Baron Cuvier this bird has only been referred to ina note in the ‘Régne Animal’,
(2nd ed. vol. i. p. 498.) and not admitted in the body of the work.

' Tlliger, in his ‘Prodromus,’ 1811, instituted his Order Inepti, for the reception of the Dodo alone, (the
Apteryx being then unknown,) but arranged it immediately before his Cursores, which contained the Struthious
birds.

72 MR. W. YARRELL’S DESCRIPTION OF APTERYX AUSTRALIS.

The specimen of the Apteryx, which formerly belonged to Dr. Shaw, and was sold
after his death with his other effects, was purchased by Lord Stanley. Doubts having
been thrown on the existence of such a specimen, it was sent by His Lordship for
exhibition at the Zoological Society; and the materials with which it was stuffed
having been previously removed, by his directions, the skin was exposed to a close
examination.

The figures of this bird in the ‘ Naturalist’s Miscellany’ being but little known, and
those of some of the minor parts deficient in character, it has been considered that a
second representation of the bird, and a more detailed description, might be acceptable
to zoologists.

The whole length of the bird from the point of the beak to. the end of the body
(for there is no tail,) is 32 inches; the beak is of a light yellow brown colour, long,
slender, smooth and polished, in form resembling that of an Ibis, but rather more
straight and depressed at the base; length from the gape to the point 6 inches and
three quarters ; the upper mandible is grooved on each outer side, near the margin,
throughout its whole length; at the end of this groove on each side the nostrils are
pierced, the apertures elongated, and covered by a membrane so suspended on the out-
side of each of them like a valve, that the slightest pressure against the outer surface,
when flexible, as during life, would render the nostrils impervious, and effectually defend
and cover them. A bristle introduced into the nostril, under and behind this defending
membrane, passes up the whole length of the beak. The upper mandible terminates in
a blunt truncated knob, projecting a little downwards, behind which, on its under sur-
face, the end of the lower mandible ranges when both are closed. The lower mandible
is also grooved slightly near the outer edges throughout its whole length. Both man-
dibles are broad and flat at the base, measuring full 1 inch across at the gape, and
only 7 lines in height. The breadth of the upper mandible at the point is 2 lines, the
under mandible still more narrow.

Throughout the whole length of the upper mandible and the distal three fourths of
the under one, the inner or opposed surfaces of both are perfectly flat, producing when
pressed together uniform and entire contact, and well adapted for compressing or
crushing such substances as may be selected for food. The proximal fourth of the lower
mandible is concave on its inner surface, affording space for the tongue, which must, in
proportion to the beak, be small and short.

The form of the body in this preserved specimen is that of an elongated cone placed
nearly upright over a pair of short and stout legs, and the bird is thus made to resemble
a Penguin. In the plate annexed to the present description, the position and character
assumed for it is that of the Struthious birds, in accordance with its real systematic re-
lations.

From the crown of the head to the lower end of the body, the length is 24 inches,

MR. W. YARRELL’S DESCRIPTION OF APTERYX AUSTRALIS. 73

and the circumference at the lower part 18 inches. The feathers on the top of the
head and forehead are short, and the skin, carried forwards over the base of the beak
to the extent of an inch, is covered by a mixture of dark feathers, bristles and hair.
About the gape on each side are also several long black bristles. The feathers of the
neck are somewhat longer than those on the head, and they increase in length gene-
rally in proceeding downwards over the body. Those of the head and neck are of a hair
brown colour, with the shafts lighter ; on the back, sides and rump, the shafts and inner
portions of the webs are reddish yellow brown, and the edges dark brown, producing
an agreeably variegated appearance. On the lower part of the neck in front, the breast
and the belly, the feathers are lighter in colour than on any other part of the body, the
shafts still lighter than the webs, and greyish white. The feathers generally are uni-
form in structure, and resemble those of the Emu; but each feather is much shorter,
the longest (those hanging over the rudimentary wings) not exceeding 4 inches and a
half. The webs are of greatest extent, most flocculent and silky at the base of each
feather, and become more linear and shorter towards its end ; the whole of the fibres
forming the web are disunited, and the shaft has no secondary or accessory plume.

On each side, about midway between the head and lower end of the bird, is a rudi-
mentary wing, consisting of three distinct portions.

The part of the humerus that remains is about 1 inch in length, and from the ap-
pearance of the fractured end of the bone, within the skin, was broken off clear below
the head ; the radial portion figured by Shaw appears to be made up, as far as can be
ascertained by present examination, of two distinct bones, each about 1 inch and
three eighths in length, covered with a corrugated skin, and ending at the carpal ex-
tremity in a small horny claw, supported on a short ungueal bone, the two portions in
conjunction measuring about three eighths of an inch.

To the radial portion of the wing several feathers are attached, of the same character
as those of the other parts of the body; but the feathers above and behind this rudi-
mentary wing are longer than those of any other part of the body, and being directed
forwards and downwards, entirely cover and conceal this small and useless wing.

As far as I am able to judge by the preserved skin, the femur was probably 3 inches
in length, the tibia about 5 inches ; the articulation of the tibia with the tarsus is 1 inch
and three quarters below the end of the body, and on a line with the pendent ends of
the plumage of that part. The tarsus is 3 inches in length, and measures 2 inches and
an eighth in circumference. The other bones of the leg appear to have been, like the
tarsal bones, thick and strong. The tarsi are covered with hard and dense reticulated
scales, larger in size, and arranged in transverse lines, in the front and behind, but
smaller and more irregularly distributed on the sides.

The toes are four in number on each foot, the three anterior toes entirely uncon-
nected. The middle toe is 2 inches and three eighths in length, the claw 1 inch; the

VOL. I. L

74 MR. W. YARRELL’S DESCRIPTION OF APTERYX AUSTRALIS.

inner and outer toes on each side are equal, and measure 1 inch and three eighths, the
claws very nearly as large and as long as that of the middle toe.

On their upper surface these toes are covered with a series of broad imbricated
scales, arranged in succession transversely; the under surface is defended by very
small reticulated scales, and the lateral linear junction of these two coverings is marked
by a well defined, but slightly prominent ridge, which appears to have been mistaken
for the remains of an interdigital connecting membrane.

The claws are slightly curved, and taper gradually to a point ; those of the middle toes
are convex above, concave beneath ; those of the inner and outer toes are also convex
above, but the worn edges of the under sides give them a convex form beneath also,
and they resemble a spur, curved downwards. The hind toe is placed on the inner
flattened surface of the tarsus; it is directed backwards, and almost perpendicularly
downwards. The connecting bones are articulated so high up on the tarsus, that the
extreme point of the claw scarcely reaches the ground. The whole length of the hind
toe is but 1 inch and an eighth, of which the claw measures three quarters of an inch.
In form it is nearly straight, round, tapering and pointed, and has much more the
appearance of the spur of a Gallinaceous bird than the claw of a hind toe. The tarsi
and toes are yellowish brown, all the claws of a shining whitish horn colour.

The decided rasorial nature of the legs and feet, with the very elongated form of
beak common to a different order of birds, thus combined in the Apteryx, present con-
siderations of the highest interest to the ornithologist ; and it is to be regretted that
little or nothing is known of the habits of a bird possessing parts and peculiarities of
such distinct and different character. Its short legs and divided toes prevent progres-
sion in water, and equally deny compensation for the want of the power of flight : it is
obvious that it possesses no efficient means either of escape or defence. Its food is un-
known ; but Col. Sykes having found beetles, grasshoppers, worms, seeds, and vege-
table fibres in the stomachs of some of the Indian species of Ibis, I am induced to con-
jecture that the food of the Apteryzx is probably similar, or perhaps even still more ex-
clusively insectorial.

No public or private collection is understood to possess another specimen of this sin-
gular bird; and it might reasonably be expected that so defenceless an animal must
soon fall, even to extermination, when assailed by powerful and ingenious enemies.

The accounts, however, of several travellers furnish interesting information on this
subject, from which future success may yet be confidently anticipated.

M. Lesson, in his account of the ‘ Voyage de la Coquille,’ Zoologie, (tom. i. p. 418.)
printed in 1828, has the following notice :—

“Les naturels [of the Bay of Islands] nous parlérent fort souvent d’un oiseau sans
ailes, dont ils apportérent des débris, qui nous parurent étre celles d’un Emiou ;
M. Kendal nous confirma cette pensée en nous aflfirmant l’existence de casoars ana-

eee

>

MR. W. YARRELL’S DESCRIPTION OF APTERYX AUSTRALIS. 75

logues 4 ceux de l’Australie dans les bois de la Nouvelle Zélande. Les naturels chas-
sent ces oiseaux avec des chiens, et les nomment Kivilivi. Nous ne doutons point
aujourd’hui que ce ne soit |’ Apterya Australis de Shaw figuré,” &c. &c.

M. D’Urville, in the ‘ Voyage de 1’Astrolabe’, (tom. ii. p. 107. 1830.) furnishes matter
for another extract :—

“«C’est ici—[this was in the Bay of Tolaga, or Houa-houa, on the east coast of the
most northern of the two islands]|—C’est ici que j’obtins les premiers renseignemens
positifs sur la nature du Kiwi, au sujet d’une natte garnie de plumes de cet oiseau, et
qui est un des premiers objets de luxe de ces naturels. Suivant eux le Kiwi serait un
oiseau de la grosseur d’un petit dindon, mais, comme l’autruche et le casoar, privé de
la faculté de voler. Ces animaux sont communs aux environs du Mont Ikou-Rangui.
C’est dans la nuit, aux flambeaux et avec des chiens, qu’on leur fait la chasse. [II est
probable que ces oiseaux appartiennent 4 un genre trés voisin des casoars, et je crois
qu'il a déja recu de quelques auteurs le nom d’Apteryz.”

MM. Quoy and Gaimard, in their history of the ‘ Voyage de l’Astrolabe,’ Zoologie,
(tom. i. p. 158, 159. 1830.) have inserted the following paragraph :—

** Tl nous a été impossible de nous procurer le singulier oiseau qu’a figuré Shaw sous
le nom d’ Apteryx Australis, dont les plumes tiennent de celles de casoar. Nous avons
rapporté le manteau d’un chef qui était recouvert des plumes de cet oiseau, que les
Zélandais de la Baie Tolaga connaissent sous le nom de Kiwi. Ils nous dirent qu’il
était commun aux environs du Mont Ikou Rangui.”

M. D’Urville again, in his account of the ‘ Voyage de l’Astrolabe,’ (tom. ii. p. 480,
481. 1832.) has the following statement :—

‘«‘Dans les occasions solennelles, dans les fétes, lorsqu’ils a des étrangers
de distinction, les Nouveaux Zélandais portent des nattes d’un tissu fin et soyeux,
tantot d’une biancheur éclatante, avec des bordures élégantes et variées ; tantét cou-
vertes de dessins sur toute leur surface ; tantot enfin garnies de poils de chien, ou des
plumes précieuses de l’oiseau nommé Kiwi. Cette derniére espéce de natte est la plus
estimée, et ne se fabrique qu’aux environs du Cap Est ou se trouve le Kiwi.”

On this subject M. D’Urville also refers to a Note in Cruise’s ‘ Journal of a Resi-
dence in New Zealand,’ (p. 318. 1822.) which is as follows :—

“‘The Emu is found in New Zealand, though we were never fortunate enough to
meet with one. The natives go out after dusk with lights, which attract their atten-
tion, and they kill them with dogs. Their feathers are black, smaller and more delicate
than those of the Emu of New Holland ; and a mat ornamented with them is the most
costly dress that a chief can wear.”

Our attention thus drawn to the exact localities inhabited by the Apteryz, we may
fairly indulge the hope, that the zeal and liberality of the numerous friends and Cor-
responding Members of this Society in that part of the globe, directed to the attain-

L2

76 MR. W. YARRELL’S DESCRIPTION OF APTERYX AUSTRALIS.

ment of this object, will yet be successful, and enable us at some future period, perhaps
not far distant, to supply the deficiencies which at present exist in our knowledge of
the natural history of the Apteryz.

PLATE X.

Apreryx Australis, Shaw.

OMY, wht vp, 2

KY tippy bE bP RTL Ny

.

IX. On the Anatomy of the Sepiola vulgaris, Leach, and Account of a New Species
(Sep. stenodactyla, Grant,) from the Coast of Mauritius. By Rosurr E. Grant, M.D.,
F.R.S. Ed., L.S., G.S., Z.8., §c. Professor of Comparative Anatomy and Zoology in
the University of London.

Communicated March 26, and July 23, 1833.

THE Sepiola vulgaris is one of the most minute and least known of the Naked Cepha-
lopods inhabiting the shores of Europe. It can scarcely, however, be considered as a
rare animal; it is known to occur in the Mediterranean, and other parts of the Euro-
pean coasts, and has been met with as far north as Davis’s Straits. I have met with it
in the Frith of Forth, and have often obtained recent specimens of it in London, brought
up with fishes from our eastern coasts. The specimens from the British coasts generally
measure from an inch and a half to two inches in length from the round base of the
body to the extreme points of the arms, the two tentacula being commonly as long as
the total length of the rest of the animal. This interesting little Cephalopod belongs to
that division of the class termed Decapoda, or Decacera, from the species possessing,
besides the usual eight arms around the head, two long pedunculated tentacula, which
extend from within the brachial disk. Like the animals of the genus Loligo, this De-
capod has a thin flexible transparent dorsal Jamina and fin-like organs, extending from
the sides of the body to assist in progressive motion ; and it has generally been ranked
as a species of Loligo by Cuvier, Lamarck, M. Blainville, and other systematic writers.
The shortness of its body and its rounded termination form, however, so remarkable an
exception to the usual form in the genus Loligo, that Dr. Leach was induced to esta-
blish a new genus for this peculiar type, retaining for it the original specific name of
Sepiola, which had been given to it from its external affinities to Sepia. This peculiar
form had been hitherto known only as belonging to the single species of the European
coasts, the Sepiola vulgaris.

It might have been expected that an external form differing so remarkably from that
of the other Loligines, would have earlier excited the curiosity of the anatomist to ex-
amine, in an animal so common on the coasts of Europe, whether or not there were
corresponding peculiarities of internal structure, particularly as the animals of this class
are known to present many interesting peculiarities in the different species. The small
size of the Sepiola appears, however, to have hitherto concealed it from anatomical ex-
amination, as no observations have been recorded, so far as I know, regarding any of
its internal organs. This little Cephalopod is remarkable for the great size of its head
and arms compared with the smallness and shortness of the body ; its lateral fins are

78 DR. R. E. GRANT ON THE ANATOMY OF SEPIOLA VULGARIS,

also unusually large, and are peculiar in their dorsal position and mobility on the back,
The body or mantle of the specimens obtained from our coast measures generally about
six lines in length, and as much in breadth ; the head measures only four lines in length,
and, from the magnitude of the eyes, is of equal breadth with the body ; the arms are
of unequal lengths, the largest being about an inch long, and the shortest about a line
less. The first or dorsal pair of arms are the shortest ; the second and fourth pairs are
of equal lengths, and are alittle longer than the first pair; the third pair are the longest.
This is the order of the comparative lengths of the arms most common in the Naked
Cephalopods. The third and fourth arms on each side are connected to each other by
a musculo-membranous fold, which extends to about a third of their length, and is
covered by the skin and subjacent coloured spots. The arms, which are allied to those
of Octopus in their length, agree with those of Loligo in being provided with numerous
long pedunculated suckers. The suckers are of a globular form, and are placed on long
thick conical muscular peduncles ; the suckers are arranged in two irregular rows on
each arm, the bases of their muscular peduncles being in contact with each other, and
placed alternately along the middle of the arms!. The general surface of the body has
a pale reddish tint, and the spots, of a very dark purple colour, rare and small, extend
over the mantle and dorsal surface of the fins, the head and arms, and partially over
the tentacula. These spots are interspersed with a few patches of a larger size, and of
the same deep purple hue. On removing a portion of the thick elastic epidermis from
the back or head of this animal, it is easy to perceive that the spots, which remain un-
injured on the surface of the subjacent skin and cellular tissue covering the muscles,
are flat hollow vesicles containing a thin colourless fluid, in which are small portions of
very dark coloured thick matter, imperfectly mixed with the thin fluid, and much re-
sembling the ink of the animal. There appear to be a few pores in the parietes of these
vesicles, of a dark colour, from which coloured matter can be pressed into the cavity of
the vesicle, and moved to and fro in the colourless fluid without being dissolved by it.
These coloured vesicles of Cephalopoda, situate in a cellular soft tissue covering the
surface of the skin, occupy a place analogous to that of the rete mucosum, the usual seat
of colour.

The tentacula, about an inch and a half in length, thin and cylindrical to near their
termination, where they expand a little and terminate in a point, proceed as in other
Decapods from between the third and fourth arms on each side. They take their origin
from the outer and fore part of the head, external to all the arms and to the disk which
forms them by its subdivision ; in ascending they pass inwards between the bases of
the arms just mentioned, which are the only two connected together by a membrane,
and they thus appear to extend from behind these arms and their uniting membrane.
When these two long and slender tentacula are retracted, they are concealed and pro-
tected by the folds as by two sheaths ; and as none of the other arms are thus provided

1 Plate XI. fig. 6.

AND ACCOUNT OF A NEW SPECIES OF SEPIOLA. 79

with connecting folds, they are probably developed here chiefly to sheath the tentacula.
The Octopods which have no tentacula have membranes extended between the bases of
all their arms to serve as organs of progressive motion, because they have no other fins.
The form of the two circular lips around the mouth, the structure of the horny man-
dibles, and the arrangement of the muscles which move them, agree with those of Lo-
ligo. Theskin of the head passes transparent over the pupil, presenting only a slight
looseness above the eye, which by folding produces the appearance of an upper longi-
tudinal eye-lid. The eyes are very large and prominent, and with a remarkable sub-
dorsal aspect. I have often found this animal broader across the eyes than at any other
part of the body. The back part of the head is continuous with the dorsal margin of
the mantle, where the dorsal /amina commences, for about a line in breadth, giving con-
siderable support to both parts of the body. The free margin of the mantle in all the
specimens I have seen, has a white band passing round the orifice of the sac. It is en-
tirely destitute of the usual spotted markings of the surface, and it appears as if the
spotted skin were forcibly retracted to the extent of half a line around the margin,
and thus drew out the white lining membrane of the interior of the sac. The body of
this animal.is scarcely ventricose, being generally as wide at the upper margin of the
sac as at its middle, and it is suddenly rounded and broad at the base. It is supported
feebly along the middle of the back by a thin, short, tapering dorsal lamina, lodged,
as usual, loosely in a capsule, without receiving any muscular insertions. It is broadest
at the upper end, where it measures about half a line in breadth, and tapers regularly
to a point as fine as a hair, extending only about a third of the length of the mantle!.
On removing the skin from the place occupied by this most minute dorsal lamina, a
dark line is seen extending along its course in the back. The existence of this short
dorsal lamina in Sepiola is the only anatomical fact regarding this animal recorded by
Cuvier, Lamarck, and other naturalists, and it forms a peculiarity by which it differs
from all the known Loligines with which this animal has been generally associated.
The two dorsal fins? are of great size and strength, though attached but loosely to the
back of the mantle near the median plane. They are attached obliquely to the trunk,
so as to strike the water most readily backwards and downwards during the act of
swimming ; they have a deep notch at their anterior point of junction with the mantle,
by which they have greater extent of motion, and they terminate in a very thin semicir-
cular free margin. The fins are supported by two firm crescentic cartilaginous plates, like
scapule, which play freely on the outer surface of the mantle, and thus give great extent
and effect to the motions of these powerful dorsal arms. An outer and inner layer of
muscles, in form of minute white fasciculi, are seen to pass from the middle of the dorsal
part of the mantle to be attached to these cartilaginous scapule, and singularly resemble
the mode of attachment of the anterior extremities of Vertebrata. The syphon is here
| Fig. 5. * Fig. 5.

80 DR. R. E. GRANT ON THE ANATOMY OF SEPIOLA VULGARIS,

of considerable size, and extends to a great length from the sac; the lateral valvular
prolongations of its base are broad, and pass deep into the cavity of the mantle. About
the middle of the dorsal surface of the canal of the syphon, is seen the usual tongue-like
valvular fleshy fold, extending forwards, with a cavity behind it like that of the semi-
lunar valves of the heart of Mammalia, and serving for the same purpose. This valve
of the syphon, and the lateral prolongations of the base of the funnel within the mantle,
serve to direct the currents of water in respiration ; and the former protects the viscera
of the sac from the impulse of the water when the animal is swimming forwards, as the
valvular nostrils of diving Mammalia.

The cavity of the mantle is comparatively small in this Cephalopod, and its whole
extent is occupied by the abdominal and pelvic viscera. The genital organs, as in higher
classes, occupy the bottom of the cavity, and the digestive organs, as usual, lie imme-
diately above them. The circulating and respiratory organs occupy the middle of the
sac, and the liver and ink gland its upper part. From the back part of the base of the
syphon, two strong muscular bands pass forwards and downwards on each side of the
anus, and are attached to the anterior portion of the sac on its inner surface. These two
strong muscles, which first present themselves on opening the sac, are calculated to act
as a frenum to limit the dilatation of the mantle. As the rectum passes up to the base
of the funnel between them, they may act as a sphincter to the anus; and as they pass
over the two lateral lobes of the ink gland, they also serve to compress powerfully that
organ, and expel the ink when required. All the viscera contained in the sac are
largely developed in this minute Cephalopod, particularly the digestive organs, the ink
gland, and the two glands of the oviducts. The entrance of the alimentary canal is
provided with powerful organs of prehension in the large muscular arms with their
pedunculated suckers, and with strong organs of mastication in the density of the man-
dibles, and the magnitude of their muscles. The tentacula, however, are not provided
with suckers at their extremities ; they present here a villous surface, on the usual place
of the suckers in Loligo and Sepia. The minute filaments of this villous part of the
tentaculum, when examined through a lens, present the appearance of very small soft
transparent suckers, incapable of performing their ordinary function. The mouth, sur-
rounded by the usual double muscular fold, is provided with a short, broad, fleshy
tongue, covered with strong white shining recurved teeth. Some of the larger teeth,
arranged like a comb on the anterior part of the tongue, have their points of a brown
colour, as we observe in the larger Cephalopods. On removing the oral apparatus from
the cup-like cavity which it occupies immediately above the cesophageal ganglia, we
perceive a large white nervous trunk passing from the anterior ganglion of the esophagus
to the base of each of the arms around the mouth. These eight large nerves pass in a
radiating manner along the floor of this cavity, and the nerves of the two tentacula come
from the same part by more than one trunk on each side. The tentacula themselves

AND ACCOUNT OF A NEW SPECIES OF SEPIOLA. 8]

arise from muscular fasciculi close to the anterior ganglion, between it and the orbit
on each side, and external to the brachial disk which forms the eight arms, so that
they are analogous in position to those of Gasteropoda and other Mollusca.

From the commencement of the esophagus! at the root of the tongue to its termina-
tion in the gizzard, it is narrow, cylindrical, without the usual longitudinal plice of its
mucous coat, and does not perceptibly dilate to form a crop; its parietes are thin,
smooth, and transparent. The inferior pair of salivary glands? are in contact with the
esophagus, of considerable size, and placed behind the upper margin of the two lobes of
the liver. The gizzard’, of a lengthened form, with distinct longitudinal muscular bands
strengthening its parietes, measures, when slightly inflated, about three lines in length
and two lines in breadth. It is extended in a longitudinal direction, and its muscular
fasciculi are chiefly confined to its middle portion: it is situate on the right side, im-
mediately above the ovarium, and close to the branchial heart of that side. From the
direction followed by the wsophagus downwards behind the liver and towards the right
side, and the course taken by the intestine upwards in front of the liver on the left side,
the gizzard in the Cephalopoda lies a little behind the spiral stomach on its right side,
and it is placed a little lower in the sac. The spiral stomach‘ of the Sepiola opens
from the gizzard by a passage wider than the esophagus ; and they are so continuous,
that the digested contents of the stomachs pass freely to and fro, from the one cavity
to the other, on the slightest pressure or motion of these sacs. This stomach is marked
with transverse plice of its parietes, producing the usual puckered appearance of its sur-
face and its internal folds. It forms only a semicircular curve, terminating abruptly
in a rounded shut extremity, and is about half the size of the first stomach. This cavity
receives the hepatic and pancreatic secretions, as in most of the known genera of Naked
Cephalopods. 'The intestine passes very wide and almost straight from the back part of
the spiral stomach over the fore part of the liver and ink bag, and terminates in the
anus, immediately above the ink bag, within the widely expanded base of the funnel.
The anus*, situate between the two longitudinal muscles above described, opens by a
circular aperture with thin loose parietes, and has two very small tentacular folds ex-
tending from its sides, as in most other genera of this class.

The liver ®, consisting of two lengthened lobes rounded above and tapering below, is
of a light yellow colour and very soft texture, and extends along the back of this short
animal from immediately under the orbits to the ovarium. The two lobes are united
at their upper and back part, and their component ceca are filled with a turbid yellow-
ish-white fluid. The hepatic ducts? come out from the lower part of the liver, one from
near the inferior apex of each lobe, and unite into one at a short distance from their
termination in the spiral stomach. Their oblique orifice in the spiral stomach is pro-
vided with the usual prominent valvular lips, which can be traced along the intestine

1 Fig. 8. a. a. 2 Fig. 8. 9. 9. 3 Figg. 7. 8. b. AE O76 Or Gs
SFig. 7ze: ® Figg. 7. 8. f. f. 7 Fig. 7. 9.
VOL. I, M

82 DR. R. E. GRANT ON THE ANATOMY OF SEPIOLA VULGARIS,

towards the anus. The hepatic ducts are surrounded during nearly their whole course
with a large cluster of regular ovoidal vesicular glands, filled with their light yellow
secretion. These glands exist in most of the genera of Naked Cephalopods, in Sepia,
Loligo, Loligopsis, §c. ; and from their analogies with the pancreatic glands of higher
classes, I was induced to consider them as these organs in 18251. There are about a
hundred of these glands in Sepiola: they present the usual subdivided cellular internal
structure, and terminate in the hepatic canals, each by a separate short duct. On
opening the hepatic ducts, the numerous orifices of these pancreatic glands are easily
perceived, like those of the vesicles opening into the veins in these animals. In several
specimens of Sepiola which I dissected, I found globules of oil, probably derived from the
food, mixed with the ordinary secretions in the hepatic ducts, in the pancreatic glands, in
both stomachs, and in the intestine. These appear to be the only glands in the Cepha-
lopods which have any analogy to the pancreas,—an organ which exists also in many of
the Gasteropods and in articulated classes, as well as in all the Vertebrata. The rectum
of Sepiola, passing up in front of the abdominal viscera to the base of the syphon, lies
over the middle of a very large quadrangular ink bag?, and is accompanied, for a short
space, by the duct of that gland before it penetrates its parietes. The ink gland is here
equally remarkable for its magnitude and its form. It lies almost within the base of
the funnel, and consists of three lobes placed transversely, and extending more in that
direction than longitudinally. The two lateral lobes are kidney-shaped, with thick
white glandular parietes in front, and of a deep purple colour with a dull surface behind.
Each of these reniform lobes has a rough black tubercle projecting from the middle of
its lateral margin. The depression between these lobes is occupied by a smaller third
lobe, over the front of which pass the vena cava and rectum; and from the upper part
of this lobe the duct of the gland arises*. This gland appears to be proportionally much
more developed in the smaller species of Naked Cephalopods than in the larger. In this
animal I have seldom detected a trace of that metallic lustre so common on the surface
of this gland in other Cephalopods ; and it is very loosely connected with the surface of
the liver, on which it rests. The two longitudinal muscular bands embracing the anus
act also as sphincters to the duct of the ink gland; and while the sides of the mantle
and the base of the syphon compress the large lateral lobes of the gland, these muscles
acting on the middle of the organ may press out forcibly the contained secretion.

The vena cava® passing down in front of the liver, along with the intestine, divides,
as usual, into two trunks, which are provided with large vesicular bodies opening into
their interior, and accompanying them to the branchial auricles. The veins are very
wide, and with thin soft loose parietes: their vesicles were found empty and flaccid.
The branchial hearts or auricles are here large cavities, of a white colour, and of a
lengthened ovate form: each of them is provided with the usual fleshy appendia, at-
tached to its lower surface and towards its branchial extremity®. These fleshy appen-

1 Edin. Phil. Journ., July1825. °Fig.13.c.c. 5% Fig.7.h.h. +¥Fig.7.k. °Fig.9.a. © Fig. 9. d.d.

AND ACCOUNT OF A NEW SPECIES OF SEPIOLA. 83

dices do not exist on the branchial auricles of Loligopsis, where the branchie are single
on each side as in other Naked Cephalopods. They consist here of a soft, white, fleshy,
round mass, attached by a very short broad peduncle, flattened outwardly and concave
in the middle, but without any internal cavity or any communication with that of the
hearts, to which they are attached. The branchial hearts', or the two portions of the
divided auricle of this class, have here the usual position at the base of the branchie,
on each side of the systemic heart, and propel the venous blood along the margin of
the ligament connecting each gill to the sides of the mantle. The branchie2 have the
usual structure and attachments, and each contains about twenty pectinated lamine on
each of its sides. The form of these pectinated branchie of Naked and Testaceous Ce-
phalopods, and their lateral position under the open mantle, correspond strikingly with
those of Pectinibranchiate Gasteropods, and have also obvious affinities with those of the
Cyclostome Fishes. They are double in these Gasteropods as in Nautilus, but are de-
veloped only on the left side, the right side being occupied with the terminations of the
digestive and the genital apparatus. These passages in Nautilus and in the Naked Cepha-
lopods terminate on the median plane under the funnel, and thus allow the two sides of
the body to become symmetrically developed, as in the higher classes of animals. The
arterialised blood coming along the free margins of the branchie in two very capacious
veins, is poured into the systemic ventricle at points not corresponding on the two sides.
The systemic heart? is of a lengthened compressed form, placed transversely between the
lateral hearts, and anterior to the stomachs : it is broadest in the middle, and tapers regu-
larly to the two extremities, which terminate in vessels of a very different nature. The left
apex of the systemic ventricle receives the left branchial vein, which, as well as the right,
is a little dilated before it enters the heart*. The right branchial vein, however, enters
this ventricle about a third from its right apex, and on its anterior aspect. The right
apew of this lengthened fusiform heart gives origin to the great dorsal ascending aorta*®
which winds round on the right side, behind the liver and esophagus, to ascend to the
head, along the middle of the back of the mantle. About a third from the left extremity
of the systemic heart, and from its lower margin, comes off the anterior descending
aorta®, which immediately gives off two large lateral trunks’ to the great glands of the
oviducts and to the ovary, and then bends forwards to ascend and ramify upon the an-
terior parietes of the mantle. The form of the systemic ventricle varies remarkably in
the Naked Cephalopods, as well as the direction in which it is extended ; but there is great
uniformity in the distribution of its vessels. Most generally it is extended transversely
across the body, receiving the arterialised blood by a single branchial vein on each side,
and sending out a large dorsal aorta, which ascends to terminate in the head, and a smaller
descending aorta, which bends forwards, after supplying the genital apparatus, to termi-
nate on the ventral surface of the mantle. In Nautilus, where the branchié are double
on each side, this ventricle receives the blood by four venous trunks instead of two.
Fig. 9c.c *Fig.9.f.f. °Fig.9.i 4 Fig. 9k. ° Fig. 9k. © Fig. 9.0. 7 Fig. 9. m.
M 2

84 DR. R. E. GRANT ON THE ANATOMY OF SEPIOLA VULGARIS,

The ovarium' is intimately united to the lower extremity of the first stomach, and
occupies the base of the sac. It consists of a thin membranous cavity, of an oval form,
filled with clusters of ova hanging from its upper part. The ova? exist in all stages of
development within the same ovariwm: the smallest are white, round and opaque ; the
largest, filled with a gelatinous substance which projects from the open extremities,
exhibit the same reticulate white markings on the surface which we observe in Sepia
and other large Cephalopods. All the ova are attached to the extremities of ramified
peduncles, till they are ready to pass out through the oviducts. The glands of the ovi-
ducts? lie above and before the ovary, and have here a rose-red colour, the usual lami-
nated structure, and a deep sulcus passing up along their anterior and posterior sur-
faces, almost dividing them into two parts. They are broad and rounded at their lower
extremity next the ovarium, and become much narrower at their upper end: they are
proportionally very large in this animal, and receive large arteries from near the origin
of the ventral aorta. In the female of this animal there is another glandular organ of
a crescentic form and opaque yellow colour, lying between the bases of the glands of
the oviducts, and which appears to communicate with a rose-coloured sac between the
upper extremities of the oviducts, containing numerous small convoluted ceca. In
the male, which is comparatively rare, the testicle‘, of a light purple colour, and lying
at the bottom of the cavity of the mantle, as the ovary of the female, consists of innu-
merable minute glandular ceca, contained in a loose sac, which sends out a vas deferens
to a wide convoluted epididymis. This terminates in a slender lengthened tubular penis °
on the left side, which appears to possess minute appendices at its termination, like the
rectum,

Thus the Sepiola, the minutest of the Naked Cephalopods, possesses a structure as
complex and elaborate as that of the largest Octopus or Loligo. By the magnitude of
its cephalic arms, and their numerous large pedunculated suckers, it compensates for
the want of developed suckers on its long tentacula. By the great development of its
ink gland, and the magnitude of its organs of vision, it compensates for the want of
more solid means of protection. The rounded form of its body required the dorsal
lamina to be shortened, which would have impeded the motions of the mantle had it ex-
tended, as in Loligo, to its extremity. The great muscular strength of its dorsal fins, and
the mobility of their scapule, give rapid and varied motion to this delicate and defence-
less animal; and they constitute the most perfectly developed arms of this class. Its
organs of secretion are all largely developed,—its salivary, hepatic, pancreatic, and ink
glands. Its digestive, circulating, and respiratory organs are constructed according to
the most perfect form of the cephalopodic type; and the great development of its gene-
rative apparatus is well adapted to repair the rapid destruction of its race.

A very large specimen of Sepiola, from the coast of the Mauritius', was lately sent to
the Zoological Society by Charles Telfair, Esq., the most active of our valuable cor-

1 Fig. 10. ¢. 2 Fig. 12. 3 Fig. 10. d. d. 4 Fig. 11. a. 5 Fig. 11. d.

AND ACCOUNT OF A NEW SPECIES OF SEPIOLA. 85

respondents there, which, though agreeing in general form with the European species,
presents peculiarities sufficiently marked and important to entitle it to be regarded as
the type of anew species. Its proportions are massive, short, and broad ; and its colour
is a deep purplish brown, extending to the points of the arms, and produced by large
closely set spots of that colour. It measures three inches from the base of the body to
the point of the arms, being about twice the ordinary length of the European species ;
the two tentacula themselves measure three inches and three lines in length. The length
of the mantle behind is one inch and one line, the length of the head is six lines, and
that of the longest arms one inch and three lines. The body measures one inch and one
line in breadth ; and the breadth of the head across the pupils is one inch. The tentacula
extend from within two muscular folds, connecting the third to the fourth pair of arms
in front, as in the Sep. vulgaris: they are small and cylindrical to near their extremity,
where they expand, and present a villous surface, but have no suckers developed. The
suckers of the arms are large and irregularly crowded, of a spherical form, and placed
on long thick peduncles. In place of being in two alternate rows, as in Sep. vulgaris,
the suckers are here? crowded seven or eight deep on the broadest part of the arms:
each sucker is provided with a circular dark-coloured osseous ring at its orifice. The
arms are proportionally much thicker and shorter than in Sep. vulgaris; and hence
they present a much broader inner surface for the attachment of numerous rows of
suckers. From this contracted form of the cephalic arms, by which it differs so
much from the European species, I have termed it Sep. stenodactyla. In some parts of
the arms the crowded arrangement of the suckers is seen to depend on the zig-zag
direction taken by the rows of peduncles on each side. The coloured markings on the
outer surface of the arms are in the form of transverse bands ; in Sep. vulgaris they are
generally minute detached spots. The white band around the upper margin of the
mantle, the lengthened form of the syphon and the position of its valve, the form and
the subdorsal direction of the eyes, the shape and the position of the dorsal fins, and
the rounded termination of the mantle, are like those of the common species. This
Indian species, however, is more than four times the size of any European specimen
which I have seen, and the form of the mantle is more ventricose. The specimen,
being the property of the Society, and the only one obtained, was not dissected.

PLATE XI.

Fig. 1. Sepiola stenodactyla, back view, natural size.

Fig. 2. Sepiola stenodactyla, front view, natural size.

Fig. 3. Sepiola vulgaris, back view, natural size.

Fig. 4. Sepiola vulgaris, front view, natural size. a. a. muscular fold extended be-

' Plate XI. figg. 1. 2. 2 Fig. 6. a.

86 DR. R. E. GRANT ON THE ANATOMY OF SEPIOLA VULGARIS.

tween the third and fourth arms on each side; 0b. b. spotless white band around the
orifice of the sac; c. c. villous surface of the expanded termination of the tentacula.

Fig. 5. Back view of the trunk with the skin removed. a. soft transparent dorsal
lamina ; b. b. cartilaginous scapule of the dorsal fins, with muscular fasciculi passing on
to them from the surface of the mantle; c.c. extensor muscles of the dorsal fins ;
d. longitudinal muscular fasciculi of the exterior of the mantle.

Fig. 6. a. alternate double series of pedunculated suckers of the arms of Sepiola vul-
garis ; b. one of these suckers with its muscular peduncle magnified ; c. crowded irre-
gular arrangement of the pedunculated suckers of Sep. stenodactyla.

Fig. 7. Front view of the digestive organs of Sepiola vulgaris. «a. @sophagus ; b. giz-
zard marked by longitudinal muscular bands ; ¢. spiral stomach ; d. d. intestine drawn
towards the left side; e. the anus, with its two minute tentacular folds; f. f. the two
lobes of the liver; g. the two hepatic ducts surrounded by the pancreatic glands in
their course to the spiral stomach ; A. h. trilobate form of the ink gland; k. duct of the
ink gland terminating in the rectum.

Fig. 8. Back view of the digestive organs of Sepiola vulgaris. a. a. course of the
esophagus along the middle of the back ; b. gizzard; c. spiral stomach; d. entrance of
the hepato-pancreatic duct into the spiral stomach ; e. intestine passing up on the an-
terior surface of the liver; f. f. the two lobes of the liver united at their upper part ;
g. g. the inferior pair of salivary glands; h. h. their ducts passing up behind the
esophagus.

Fig. 9. Circulating and respiratory organs of Sep. vulgaris. a. vena cava; b. b, vesi-
cular bodies on the two branchial arteries; c.c. two branchial hearts or portions of
the auricle; d. d. fleshy appendices of the branchial hearts ; e. e. branchial arteries ;
f. f. branchie ; g. g. branchial veins ; h. h. enlargements of the branchial veins at their
entrance into the systemic heart; 7. the systemic heart or ventricle ; k. the dorsal or
ascending aorta; 1. the ventral or descending aorta ; m. branches to the organs of ge-
neration from the trunk of the ventral aorta.

Fig. 10. Female organs of generation of Sep. vulgaris seen from before. The mantle
and the syphon are here cut open. a. valvular fold in the interior and back part of the
syphon ; b. 6. articular cartilages connecting the base of the syphon to the parietes of the
sac; ¢. ovarium filled with ova, and occupying the base of the sac ; d. d. two large glands
of the oviducts ; e. e. terminations of the two oviducts.

Fig. 11. Male organs of generation seen from before. a. testis; b. vas deferens ;
c. epididymis ; d. penis.

Fig. 12. Structure of the ova as seen through the microscope.

Fig. 13. Portion of the hepatic ducts laid open to show the oblique orifices of the
ducts of the pancreatic glands. a. a. hepatic ducts laid open; 0. b. pancreatic glands ;
c. c. their openings into the hepatic ducts.

‘ rams, Pools Soe. tol. Hh. tif 80

Fig.1

Figld.

Zeilter, $c.

a i ae as catty
: fig /-2 Sifola Menodacty la ae NGpFL3.. Jofccla erelgaes 4
C 7 J

¢ ¢

sat

[ 87 ]

X. On a new Genus in the Family of Corvide. By Mr. Joun Gourp, F.L.S. Commu-
nicated by the Secretary.

Read May 14, 1833.

In bringing before the notice of the Society three species of a natural group of birds
forming part of the Family of Corvide, one of which I have reason to believe is new
to science, I am actuated by two motives: the first is a wish to establish the right of
the present group to rank as a distinct genus, separate from that of Pica, to which
it has hitherto been assigned; and the second to delineate the characters of a species
which appears to have been until now unobserved.

The examples of the present group, although bearing a great similarity to the genus
Pica, may be easily discriminated by an attentive observer of the forms of Ornithology,
as possessing in common certain distinct characteristics, harmonizing with their habits
and manners, as detailed by observers in their native country, and which analogy would
lead us to anticipate.

Although the true Pies are classed among birds inhabiting trees, still their lengthened
and strong tarsi and powerful pointed bills endow them with powers for gaining their
subsistence almost exclusively on the ground ; their food, in fact, consists of such sub-
stances as are only to be acquired there, such as grubs, worms, snails, and occasionally
putrid animal matter. On the other hand, the birds of the group under consideration
possess characters of an almost opposite description, indicating their habitat to be more
exclusively the branches of trees: the tarsi are short and comparatively feeble ; the tail
is more elongated than in the typical species of the genus Pica (the Common Magpie,
for example), and its feathers are considerably more spatulate, and equally graduated,
excepting the two middle ones, which exceed the others nearly as much again as their
due distance. To this may be added, that the beak is also of a very different con-
struction, being much broader at the base, shorter, and of an incurved form, and ex-
cellently adapted for taking fruits and berries, but not for digging in the ground in
search of larve: the nostrils are only partially covered with hair-like feathers.

On account of the arboreal habits of the birds composing the group which is thus
distinguished, I propose for them the generic appellation of Dendrocitta.

Respecting the most common species of this genus, the Pica vagabunda of authors, it
may be observed, that this name has been given to it from its restless and wandering

88 MR. J. GOULD ON A NEW GENUS IN THE FAMILY OF CORVID<.

disposition ; for, unlike the common Magpie, which remains stationary, seldom travelling
from its accustomed haunts, it has been observed to be perpetually flitting from branch
to branch, and from tree to tree, instigated no doubt by the desire of procuring food,
and hence travelling through a circuit of considerable extent. These wandering habits
we may reasonably consider, from their similarity of form, to belong to the other
species also, all of which are natives of eastern Asia.

The nearest affinity of this Eastern group appears to be that which it bears to the
genus Crypsirhina! of M. Vieillot, with which it accords in the essential character of
the short and weakened tarsi. In the characters of the bill, however, it so materially
differs, as to render the line of demarkation between the two groups clear and
natural, and thus to authorize the separation of them. This member in Dendrocitia is
stronger and less regularly arched than in Crypsirhina, and it is entirely devoid of those
velvet-like appendages that cover the nostrils in the latter genus. In this respect it
accords more closely with Pica, as well as in the outline of the bill towards the extre-
mity ; still near the base of this member a gradual approach to the form as it exists in
Crypsirhina shows itself by a lateral swelling and by a considerable development in
breadth. Dendrocitta thus stands intermediate between Pica and Crypsirhina, and rests
its claim to the rank of a separate genus on the prominence of the station it holds in
nature, marking at once the distinction as well as the union between these two im-
portant groups.

The species of the genus Pica afford many subordinate modifications of characters
among themselves, which are for the most part accordant with their geographical distri-
bution. Those which approach most nearly to Dendrocitta, chiefly by the corresponding
characters of the bill, appear to be the Eastern species ; for instance, Pica erythrorhyncha,
&c. These, again, seem to have a near alliance to the American group whose chief habitat
may be considered to centre in Mexico, of which Pica gubernatrix (Garrule commandeur,
Temm., Pl. Col. 436.) and Pica Colliei, Vig. (Zool. Journ. vol. iv. pl. 12.) may be
given as examples. The European Pie, the type of the group, appears to succeed to
these: and from thence a South American tribe, exemplified in the Pie Ging of
M. Temminck (Pl. Col. 169.), and Pie Acahé of the same author (PI. Col. 58.), par-
taking in a great degree of the characters of both Pies and Jays, leads from the present
group to the conterminous one of Garrulus.

1 This is the Phrenothrix of Dr. Horsfield, well illustrated and compared with Pica in his ‘ Zoological Re-
searches’.

MR. J. GOULD ON A NEW GENUS IN THE FAMILY OF CORVID. 89

Classis. AVES.
Ordo. Insrssorgs, Vig.
Tribus. Conrrostres, Cuv.
Fam. Corvin, Leach.

Genus. DenprociTTa.

Rostrum capite brevius, ad basin latum, incurvum ; mandibula superiore culmine arcu-
ato, lateribus subtumidis.

Nares basales, plumis setaceis partim tecte.

Ale mediocres, remigibus 5ta 6taque longioribus.

Cauda cuneata, rectricibus spatulatis.

Tarsi breves, debiles. Digiti mediocres ; postico forti, ungue forti incurvo.

DENDROCITTA LEUCOGASTRA.

Dend. fronte, genis, gutture, femorum tectricibus, alis, rectricibus lateralibus, apicibusque
duarum mediarum atris ; capite posteriori, nuchd, abdomine, uropygio, maculdque medid
alarum albis ; rectricibus duabus mediis preter apicem albescenti-cinereis ; dorso, scapulari-
bus, crissoque castaneis.

Rostrum pedesque atri. Longitudo 183 unc.; caude, 114; ale, 53; rostri, 11;
tarsi, 1+.

Denprocitta SINENSIS.

Dend. fronte, alis, rectricibusque brunnescenti-nigris, guld, genisque pallidioribus ; occi-
pite, nuchd, uropygio, rectricibusque duabus mediis usque ad apicem cinereis ; dorso abdomi-
neque brunnescenti-griseis ; maculd medid alarum albd ; crisso custaneo.

Pica Sinensis. Gray, Illust. Ind. Zool. Hardw., Part iii. pl. 4.—Gould, Cent. Him.

Birds, pl. 43.

Rostrum pedesque brunnescenti-atri. Longitudo 15 unc.; caude, 93; ale, 54;

rostri, 14; tarsi, 1+.

DENDROCITTA VAGABUNDA.

Dend. capite toto, nuchd, colloque in fronte fuliginoso-griseis ; dorso, scapularibus, uro-
pygio, corporeque subtus sub-castaneis, hoc pallidiori ; alis rectricibusque atris ; tectricibus
alarum rectricumque basibus albis.

Pica vagabunda. Wagl., Syst. Avium.—Gray, Illust. Ind. Zool. Hardw., Part iv.

pl. 5.—Gould, Cent. Him. Birds, pl. 42.

VOL. I. . N

90 MR. J. GOULD ON A NEW GENUS IN THE FAMILY OF CORVID#.

Rostrum pedesque brunnescenti-atri. Longitudo 16 unc. ; caude, 10; ale, 53;
rostri, 14, tarsi, 14.

PLATE XII.

DeENDROCITTA LEU COGASTRA.

¢ Aran ie € ed VEC nt lif ‘

Y ¢ ge ll LL SOM 1a

SLE Goud ded ¢6 2A ) Tatomanan

so

Hoi]

XI. Characters and Descriptions of several New Genera and Species of Coleopterous
Insects. By the Rev. F. W. Horz, 4.M., F.L.S. & Z.S8.

Communicated May 28, 1833.

Ordo. COLEOPTERA, Linn.
Sectio. PENTAMERA, Lat.
Stirps. Gzoprruaga, MacLeay.
Fam. Bracuinipa, MacLeay.
Subfam. Lesipes.

Genus Aproa!,
Corpus depressum.
Mentum in medio edentulum.
Palpi subcylindrici.
Thorax margine postico recto,
Tarsi haud dilatati, unguibus simplicibus.

Antenne 11-articulate, articulo primo crasso, secundo minimo, tertio priores duos
longitudine zquante, reliquis longitudine zqualibus. Palpi mazillares externi
4-articulati, articulo ultimo subcylindrico, simplici: Jabiales articulo ultimo elon.
gato, subcylindrico, ad apicem truncato. Mandibule elongato-trigonz, dentibus
nonnullis minutis in medio armate. Labrum transversum, subemarginatum,
ciliatum. Mentum transversum, angulis acutis porrectis, dente medio nullo.

Caput ovale, oculis magnis prominentibus. Thorax cordato-truncatus, subconvexus,

‘ anticé capite latior, margine postico recto. Corpus latum, depressum. Elytra
abdomine breviora, abrupté truncata, thorace multo latiora. Pedes simplices.
Tite antice emarginate. Tarsi articulo primo majore, duobus proximis zequa-
libus, quarto minore, quinto basalem longitudine zquante. Ungues simplices.

The insect upon which I have established this genus belongs to a group which I
have termed Lebiides. The generic appellation of Aploa is derived from the simplicity

' "Amoos, simplec.
VOL, I.—PART II. 10)

92 THE REV. F. W. HOPE’S CHARACTERS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF

of its general structure. Its situation appears to be between Cymindis, Lat., and Plo-
chionus, Dej. It agrees with both those genera in the penultimate joint of the tarsi
being destitute of lobes ; and differs from both by having its claws toothless. In other
respects the characters of Aploa are very similar to those of Lebia, Lat.

APLOA PICTA.
Tab. XIII. Fig. 1.

Apl. flava ; elytrorum maculis tribus fascidque undulatd posticd nigris ; antennis extrorsitm
obscurioribus.
Long. corporis 53 lin. ; lat. 24.
Hab. in India Orientali, circa Poona.
Mus. Sykes.
Descr. Antenne fusce, articulis prioribus quatuor testaceis. Caput flavum ; oculi nigri.
Thorax flavus. Scutellum concolor. Elytra striata, interstitiis punctatis, punctis
vix distinctis; maculis tribus (quarum due humerales parve, tertia major scu-
tellum ambiens et ad medium disci descendens,) fascidque irregulari undulata ante
apicem sitd nigris notata. Corpus infra flaveolum, abdominis marginibus latera-
libus segmentoque postico nigris. Pedes flavi.

Fam. Carasivz, MacLeay.

Genus Catosoma, Web.

Catosoma ORIENTALE.

Cal. supra obscure viridi-eneum, infra piceum ; elytris crenato-striatis, interstitus equalibus
transversim rugosis punctisque impressis viridi-eneis in triplici serie dispositis ; tibiis
intermediis subincurvis ; unguibus rufescentibus.

Long. corporis 10% lin. ; lat. 43.
Hab. in India Orientali, circa Poona.
Mus. Sykes.

The only Calosoma allied to the present is Cal. chlorostictum, Klug, a species which
is found in Egypt, and which has been confounded by the Baron Dejean with Cal. ru-
gosum, an insect common at the Cape of Good Hope.

Cal. Chinense, Kirb., and Cal. Indicum, Hope, are, I believe, the only Indian species
hitherto described. The latter occurs in the collection of Major-General Hardwicke.

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF COLEOPTEROUS INSECTS. 93

Fam. Harparips, MacLeay.

Genus. CuLantius, Bon.

CHLANIUS SYKESII.
Tab. XIII. Fig. 2.

Chlen. ater ; capite metallicé tricolori ; thorace nigricante ; elytrorum maculis sex auran-
tiis ; antennis pedibusque nigris.
Long. corporis 9 lin. ; lat. 4.

Hab. in India Orientali, circa Poona.
Mus. Sykes.

Descr. Antenne nigre, articulis prioribus tribus rubris. Palpi picei. Caput punctu-
latum, anticé rubrum, in medio cyaneum, posticé viride. Thorax punctatissimus,
ater, marginibus lateralibus eneo-virescentibus. Elytra striato-punctata, inter-
stitiis striarum serie duplici punctorum elaboratis, maculisque sex aurantiis or-
natis, quarum prior humeralis minor, media maxima feré ad suturam extensa,
tertia rotundata ante apicem posita attamen margines elytrorum haud attingens.
Corpus infra nigro-piceum.

Ihave named this beautiful insect after my friend Lieut.-Colonel W. H. Sykes, in
whose cabinet it is preserved, and to whose kindness I am indebted for the free use of
the interesting collection formed by him during a residence of several years at Poona.
His zeal and exertions for the advancement of the zoology and geology of India are
deservedly appreciated by the naturalists of England.

Stirps. Necropuaca, Lat.
Fam. Sitpaip#, Leach.

Genus. Orcroptroma, Leach.

OIcEOPTOMA TETRASPILOTUM.
Tab. XIII. Fig. 3.
Orc. atro-violaceum ; thorace miniato, quadri-maculato ; pedibus nigro-cyaneis.
Long. corporis 9 lin. ; lat. 4%.
Hab. in India Orientali, circa Poona copiosé.
Mus. Sykes.
Descr. Caput atrum. Antenne picee, capitulo fusco tomentoso. Thorax subtilissimé
punctatus, ruber, maculis quatuor nigris posticé notatus. Elytra nigro-violacea,
02

94 THE REV. F. W. HOPE’S CHARACTERS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF

subacuminata, versus apicem obliqué truncata, fortissimé punctata, suturé lineisque
elevatis, linea tertiad ad medium disci descendente tuberculoque cum linea secunda
connexa. Corpus subtis violaceum. Femora tibieque nigro-cyanee. Tarsi un-
guesque brunneo-picel.

A common opinion prevails among entomologists, that the typical Silphide are rare
in warm countries. My own collection contains, however, several African and tropical
species. Necrophagus Nepalensis, Hope, and Silpha melanaria, Hj., are from India ; as
is also Necrodes osculans, Vig.

I may add, that I have recently received from Japan two species of Silpha, one of
which I have named, from its locality, Silpha Japonica, and the other in honour of the
celebrated Dr. Siebold.

Fam. Enerpa, MacLeay.

Genus. Laneuria, Lat.

LANGURIA CYANEA.
Tab. XIII. Fig. 4.

Lang. cyanea ; antennis piceis ; elytris punctato-striatis.

Long. corporis 3 lin. ; lat. 1.
Hab. in agro Nepalensi.
Mus. Hope.

Descr. Caput ruga transversa inter oculos impressum. Antenne picee, long, articulis
tribus ultimis dilatatis. Thoraz glaber, subtilissimé punctatus, posticé contractus.
Elytra punctato-striata, cyanea. Corpus infra concolor. Pedes elongati. Tarsi
subtis fusci, flavo-pubescentes.

This insect recedes from the type of Languria, and will probably form at some future
period a subgenus with other Indian species. The antenne are long, with a slightly
incrassated club of three joints only ; the legs are comparatively long; the tarsi are
narrow ; and the posterior part of the thorax is contracted: characters by which it
differs from the usual form of Languria.

The Brazilian species of this genus appear also to form another subgenus.

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF COLEOPTEROUS INSECTS. 95

Stirps. Maracopgermarta, Lat.
Fam. Titiipm, Leach.

Genus. Opiuus, Lat.

OPILUS AURIPENNIS.
Tab, XIII. Fig. 5.

Op. ater ; thorace ngro ; elytris auratis nitidissims ; pedibus nigricantibus.

Long. corporis 7 lin. ; lat. 2.
Hab. in Brasilia, juxta Rio Janeiro.
Mus. Hope.

Descr. Antenne nigre, pubescentes, articulis tribus apicalibus maximis interné valdé
productis. Palpi nigro-picei. Thorax ater nitidus, foveolaé media impressa, sub-
tilissimé punctatus, ante medium contractus, lateribus pone medium rotundato-
dilatatis. Elytra viridi-aurata nitidissima, anticé fortissimé punctata, posticé gla-
berrima nitoreque flammifero fulgentia. Corpus subtis nigrum, punctatum. Pedes
pilis albidis obsiti. Tarsi infra flavi, spongiosi.

Variat thorace rubro ; antennis pedibusque rufescentibus. Forté specimen immaturum.

This Brazilian insect is most nearly allied to Opilus: it will, however, probably form
a subgenus. Its chief differences consist in the variation of the joints of the club of
the antenne, and in the bluntness of the mandibular teeth as compared with those of
Opilus. The last three joints of the antenne in the latter genus are widely diferent ; the
ninth and tenth are trigonate, and the eleventh is obliquely truncated: in the present
insect the ninth and tenth are trigonate with a deep incision, and the eleventh is ovate
and depressed. Another remarkable distinction exists between this insect and the
Opili generally : its tarsi are only four-jointed, the basal articulation usually found in
that genus not being here observable. With these exceptions, its characters are those
of the other Opili.

Stirps. Lame.iicornes, Lat.
Fam. Scarasazip£, MacLeay.
Subfam. Copripzs.
Genus. Cortoruina!.

Caput magnum, ecorne: clypeo profundissimé inciso (scil. dente forti utrinque
porrecto).

' Kérrw, scindo ; piv, nasus.

96 THE REV. F. W. HOPE’S CHARACTERS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF

Thorax anticé declivis.
Elytra ad latera basin versus sinuata.

The insects forming this group differ so materially from the type of Copris, Fab.,
that I have not hesitated in considering them as forming a distinct genus, to which I
have applied the name of Coptorhina, in allusion to the deeply notched clypeus. Those
species of the great group Ateuchus of Fabricius which have a strong emargination of
the elytra at their lateral edge near the base, were separated from that genus by Illiger,
who gave them the generic name of Gymnopleurus. A corresponding emargination had
not before been observed among the Coprides, and its existence in the insects which I
am about to describe, authorizes their separation on precisely similar grounds to those
on which the genus Gymnopleurus rests.

Coptorhina is apparently the connecting link between Copris and Gymnopleurus ; and
I have little doubt that in tropical Africa many species of this form will be found, and
probably also a subgenus connected with it, having the clypeus entire, and the elytra
sinuated near the base. The connecting link between Copris and Ateuchus appears to
me to be still wanting, for I cannot consider as such the genus Circellium, Lat. It is
more difficult to connect Copris with Onitis, Fab. ; but it is probable that in India, or
in some of the islands adjacent to it, such a link may be found, assuming the form of
Onthophagus, Lat. It is most likely that such a form should occur where Onitis is not
a prominent group.

1. CoprorHInA AFRICANA.
Tab. XIV. Fig. 1.

Copt. nigra; thorace anticé retuso, postice valdé elevato; elytris convexis, tenussime
punctato-striatis.

Long. corporis (dentibus clypei inclusis) 8 lin. ; lat. 5.
Hab. in Sierra Leone.
Mus. Hope.

Descr. Insectum totum nigrum, punctatissimum. Clypeus profundé incisus, seu melius
dentibus duobus magnis armatus. Thorax recurvus, anticé retusus, posticé pro-
minentia lata foveolé media impress4 lineaque utrinque impressa vix distincta
neque ad marginem posticum extensd. Elytra ad latera sinuata, undique punctis
minutissimis sparsis instructa, striisque septem punctorum majorum octavaque
laterali curva ad apicem excurrente cumque stria dorsali secunda conjuncta.
Scutellum nullum. Corpus magnum, gibbum. Elytra abdomen longitudine equantia.
Pedes breves, antici 5-dentati.

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF COLEOPTEROUS INSECTS. 97

2. Coproruina Kuve.

Copt. nigra ; clypei dentibus subreflexis ; thoracis prominentid medid indistincté foveolatd.
Long. corporis 6 lin. ; lat. 4.
Hab. ad Caput Bonz Spei.
Mus. Hope.

Dedicated to the distinguished Klug, the first of German entomologists.

Except in the particulars noticed in the specific character, Copt. Klugii agrees
generally with the preceding species. It is, however, considerably smaller,

A third species of Coptorhina has also come under my notice, the locality of which I
believe to be the Soudan.

Fam. Meroronruwwz, MacLeay.
Genus. Pyznomeris!.

Antenne 9-articulate, articulo septimo duobus sequentibus majore.
Elytra abdomen haud tegentia.

Cove postice maxime, pone abdominis margines protense.
Ungues quatuor anteriores bifidi, postici duo simplices. ‘

Antenne 9-articulate, articulo basali elongato ad apicem dilatato, secundo globoso,
duobus proximis zqualibus, quinto breviore, sexto brevissimo, tribus ultimis mag-
nitudine decrescentibus capitulumque rotundum formantibus. Labrum trans-
versum, a capite sutura transversa divisum. Palpi macillares 4-articulati, articulo
primo minimo, proximis feré zqualibus, extimo ovato-elongato ad apicem conico :
labiales 2-articulati, articulo primo brevi, secundo subreniformi. Mazille 5-den-
tate. Mentwm subquadratum, ad basin dilatatum.

Caput oblongiusculum, angulis anticis rotundatis. Corpus ovato-elongatum. Thorax
longitudine latitudini inaequalis, angulis anticis rotundatis. Scutellum isoscele.
Elytra abdomine breviora, segmentis duobus abdominalibus denudatis trigonis.
Coxe femoribus xquales. Pedes anteriores quatuor femoribus simplicibus, anti-
corum tibiis brevibus in spinam productis, tarsorum articulis equalibus, unguibus
bifidis dentibus acutis ; postici duo robusti, femoribus incrassatis externé paullo
rotundatis, tibiis 2-spinosis, obliqué truncatis, fovearumque impressarum serie
instructis, tarsorum articulis inzequalibus, articulo primo majore trigono, secundo
minore, proximis duobus inter se zqualibus, ultimo longissimo, unguibus sim-
plicibus.

1 baivw, ostendo; pnpos, femur.

98

THE REV. F. W. HOPE’S CHARACTERS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF

PHAZNOMERIS MAGNIFICA.

Tab. XIII. Fig. 6.

Phen. viridis ; capite nigro; thorace aurato; elytris igne micantibus, punctato-stréatis ;

pedibus bicoloribus.
Long. corporis 7 lin. ; lat. 3.

Hab. in Africa.
Mus. Hope.

Descr. Caput nigrum, subrugosum, margine antico rotundato elevato, linea sinuata

feré inter oculos sita, margine antico lateribusque auratis. Antenne articulo primo
viridi, sequentibus quinque nigro-cyaneis, capitulo obscuriore. Thoraw glaber,
fovea utrinque impress4, lateribus punctatis, punctisque aliquot posticis sparsis.
Scutellum sparsim punctatum. lytra flammifera, punctato-striata, striis novem
in singulis fortiter impressis. Abdomen segmentis supra viridi-auratis puncta-
tissimis; infra anticé nigro posticé viridi variegatis, punctorum impressorum serie
interposité. Corpus reliquum subtis viride, nitidum, punctatum. Mesosternum
anticé productum, crassum, pilis albis obsitum. Pedes bicolores, femoribus
tibiisque supra viridibus subtis cyaneis, tarsis saturaté cyaneis.

This beautiful insect was sent to England from the Soudan by the unfortunate

Ritchie.

Fam. Cretronupa, MacLeay.

Genus. Macronota, Wied.

Macronotva TETRASPILOTA.

Macr. nigro-olivacea, punctata ; thoracis lateribus pallide stramineis ; elytris olivaceis,

maculd medida irregulari alterdque apicali minore notatis.
Long. corporis 8 lin. ; lat. 42.

Hab. in India Orientali, circa Poona.
Mus. Sykes.

Genus. Ceronia, Fab.

CETONIA CRETOSA.

Cet. picea ; thorace utrinque maculd albd notato ; elytris albo variegatis.

Long. corporis 8 lin. ; lat. 4.

Hab. in India Orientali, circa Poona.
Mus. Sykes.

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF COLEOPTEROUS INSECTS. 99

Descr. Caput punctatum, nigrum, posticé album. Thorax piceus nitidus, margine
utrinque cretaceo, punctatus, punctisque duobus albis posticé prope scutellum im-
pressis. Hlytra albo variegata, macula utrinque media majore difformi alteraque
minore ad apicem posita. Corpus infra piceum, pectoris lateribus lineisque ab-
dominis duabus incurvis a pectore ad anum ductis albis. Anus, seu abdominis
segmentum ultimum, maculis duabus albis insignitus. Pedes picei.

Fam. Lucanip, Leach.

Genus. Lucanus, Linn.

1. Lucanus Downssi1.
Tab. XIII. Fig. 7.

Luc. ater; thorace elytrisque ferrugineo-brunneis ; mandibulis multidentatis, femoribus,

tibtisque piceis ; tarsis nigris.
Long. corporis, mandibulis inclusis, 31 lin., mandibulis exclusis, 21; lat. tho-
racis 8, ad humeros 7.
Hab. in Africé, apud Fernando Po.
Mus. Hope.

Descr. Antenne palpique nigri. Caput magnum, atrum, in medio depressum, anticé
2-spinosum. Mandibule valdé exserte, ad apicem acute, longitudine elytra
equantes, dentibus majoribus tribus quorum unus ad apicem feré latissimus, mi-
noribus plurimis. Thorax capite latior, utrinque dentatus, ferrugineo-brunneus.
Scutellum atrum, posticé rotundatum. lytra ferruginea, sutura marginibusque
nigris. Corpus subtis nigro-brunneum. Pedes antici infra nigricantes, reliquorum
femoribus tibiisque rubro-corallinis, geniculis, tarsis, unguibusque nigris.

Ihave named this magnificent insect in honour of my much-valued friend Com-
mander Downes, R.N., an officer whose gallantry at sea is equalled only by his de-
votion to science at home.

2. LuUCANUS EZRATUS.
Tab. XIV. Fig. 2.

Luc. eneo-virens ; mandibulis dentatis nigrescentibus ; tarsis flavo-pubescentibus.
Long. corporis, mandibulis inclusis, 10 lin., mandibulis exclusis, 9 ; lat. thoracis 4,
elytrorum 4.
Hab. in India Orientali ad litus Tenasserim.
_ Mus. Hope.
Descr. Caput quadratum. Antenne picee. Mandibule 3-dentate, nigro-virescentes.
VOL. I. P

100 THE REV. F. W. HOPE’S CHARACTERS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF

Corpus supra zratum, viridi tinctum. Thorax confertissimé punctatus. Elytra
linea longitudinali impressa vix distincta, punctatissima, sutura marginibusque
virescentibus. Corpus infra cupreo-brunneum. Tibie antice 2-spinose. Tarsi
subtus flavo-pubescentes.

This species of Lucanus is remarkable for its metallic colour, quadrate head, ciliated
tarsi, and semicircular mentum. In other respects it may be arranged under the genus
Dorcas, MacLeay.

Genus Puoxipotus, MacLeay.

PHOLIDOTUS IRRORATUS.
Tab. XIV. Fig. 3.

Phol. ater ; thorace albo irrorato ; elytris lined elevatd instructis alboque variegatis. (2)
Long. corporis 54 lin. ; lat. 2.

Hab. in Brasilia, apud Rio Janeiro.

Mus. Hope.

Descr. Caput transverso-quadratum. Antenne picee. Mandibule |-dentate, nigre.
Thorax lineis duabus elevatis mediis anticé conjunctis nigris, granulisque albis
notatus. Hlytra nigra, linea elevataé nigra ante apicem terminata, angulis anticis
posticisque albo granulatis, granulisque aliquot albis per discum totum sparsis.
Corpus infra nigrum, punctatum. Tibie antic multi-dentate ; intermediz 3-spi-
nos, dente medio majore, reliquis vix distinctis; posticee 2-dentate. Ungues sim-
plices.

Mas adhuc latet.

This insect is certainly referrible to Pholidotus, which genus may be divided into two
sections, depending on the form of the head in the female, and on that of the thorav.
The distinction may be thus expressed :

* @ Capite trigono ; thorace orbiculari.
** @ Capite transverso-quadrato ; thorace transverso.

Sectio. HETEROMERA, Lat.

Fam. ANTHICIDE.

Genus. Antuicus, Fub.

ANTHICUS CYANEUS.
Tab. XIV. Fig. 4.

Anth. cyaneus ; capite nigro ; antennis pedibusque atris.

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF COLEOPTEROUS INSECTS. 101

Long. corporis 2 lin. ; lat. +.
Hab. in Nova Hollandia,
Mus. Hope.
Descr. Antenne nigre, articulo basali crasso, reliquis extrorsim sensim crassioribus.
Thoraz ovalis, anticé posticéque contractus, nigro-cyaneus. Elytra cyanea, nitida,
glaberrima. Corpus subtus nigrum. Pedes concolores.

As the structure of this insect recedes in many respects from the typical formation
of Anthicus, I propose the name of Anthelephila', to designate a subgenus for its re-
ception. The maxillary palpi are unusually large, while the labial are scarcely longer
than the labiwm, and are terminated by a cup-shaped articulation.

Fam, HeLopipaz.
Genus. Lyprops?.
Labrum transverso-quadratum, anticé emarginatum.
Mandibule breves, valide, ad apicem 2-dentate.
Palpi mazillares articulo ultimo securiformi: labiales articulo ultimo ad apicem
attenuato.
Antenne sub capitis margine inserte.
Caput angulis anticis lateraliter subproductis.

The insect possessing the above characters differs so much from all the Helopide with
which I am acquainted, as to induce me to separate it under the name of Lyprops,
having reference to its dull appearance. The insertion of the antenne beneath the
produced anterior angles of the head is a remarkable feature. The labial palpi resemble
in their form those of Helops as figured by Mr. Curtis in his ‘ British Entomclogy.’

Lyprors CHRYSOPHTHALMUS.
Tab. XIV. Fig. 5.
Iypr. ater ; oculis auratis ; thorace elytrisque punctatissimis ; tarsis infra flavo-pubescen-
tibus.
Long. corporis 5 lin. ; lat. 1+.
Hab. in India Orientali.
Mus. Hope.
Descr. Antenne nigre. Caput punctatum, marginis antici punctis paullo elevatis.
Oculi auro micantes. Thorax convexus. Elytra profundé punctata, ad latera
indistincté striata. Pedes nigri. Tarsi subtis flavo-pubescentes, spongiosi.

' "AvOndn, flosculus; pédos, amator. ® Aumpos, tristis; dw, vultus.

pP2

102 THE REV. F. W. HOPE’S CHARACTERS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF

Sectio. TETRAMERA, Lat.

(Ruyncuoruora, Lat.)
Fam. Atrre.asipa, Lat.

Genus Isacanrua!.
Rostrum longum.
Antenne ante rostri medium insert, versus apicem incrassate, haud pecti-
nate.
Elytra ad basin rotundata paulloque supra thoracem producta.
Pedes antici maximi, femoribus dentibus duobus equalibus versus apicem
instructis.

Antenne 11-articulate, extrorsim crassiores, rostro paull6 ante medium insidentes,
articulo primo longiusculo subarcuato extrorsim crassiore, secundo brevi obconico,
tertio quartoque subzqualibus, quinto prioribus duobus breviore, insequentibus
quinque magnitudine crescentibus obconicis extrorsim crassioribus, ultimo pre-
cedenti paulld longiore ad apicem conico. Labrum vix distinctum. Labium anticé
productum, ad basin transversé dilatatum. Mandibule 3-dentate, dentibus feré
‘gequalibus. Mazille aperte. Palpi brevissimi, conici. Mentum subtransversum,
quadratum.

Thorax parim convexus, anticé angustior. Corpus elongatum, posticé dilatatum, alatum.
Femora antica longiora, reliquis crassiora, versus apicem 2-spinosa. Tibie antice
ad basin subarcuate. Tarsi pulvinati. Ungues simplices.

This genus appears to unite Rhinotia, Kirby, with Belus, Schénh. All the three
groups are from New Holland?.

IsACANTHA RHINOTIOIDES.
Tab. XIV. Fig. 6.
Is. grisea ; elytris punctatissimis.
Long. corporis 5+ lin., rostro incluso, 7 lin. ; lat. 2.
Hab. in Nova Hollandia.
Mus. Hope.

1"Ioos, equalis; dxavOa, spina. The two spines on each of the anterior femora are of equal size.

* To another nearly allied and novel genus, lately received from the same country, I have given the name of
Pachyura: it may be thus briefly characterized :—

Isacanthe affinis; antennis extrorstm crassioribus ; rostro deflexo ; thorace anticé angustiore ; elytris posticé
valde dilatatis ; pedibus inermibus.

The species on which this genus is founded I have named Pach. Australis.

i

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF COLEOPTEROUS INSECTS. 103

Descr. Caput punctatum. Rostrum porrectum, teres, caput thoracemque longitudine
equans, anticé glabrum, posticé punctulatum. Antenne rostro longiores, ad
basin attenuate, articulis ultimis subpubescentibus. Oculi hemispherici, pro-
minuli, pilis albidis cincti. Thorax obconicus, antice angustatus, posticé latitu-
dine longitudinem aquans, ad latera rotundatus, supra parm convexus, lined
dorsali vix distincta, tuberculis numerosis obsitus. Scutellum breve, flavidum.
Elytra anticé supra thoracem paulld producta, posticé dilatata, rotundata, tuber-
culata, piloso-albida, maculis quibusdam fulvo-aureo-pilosis. Femora antica ma-
jora, 2-spinosa, spinis zqualibus; posteriora mediocria. Tibie posteriores feré
recte, subspinose. Tursi tibiis paulld breviores, subtis Spongiosi, articulo primo
subobconico, secundo subtrigono, tertio latiore bilobo, ultimo elongato 2-un-
guiculato. Corpus infra griseum, albido-pilosum, abdominis segmentis maculis
fulvo-aureo-pilosis triplici ordine dispositis. Pectus pilis longioribus auratis
balteatum.

(Loneicornsgs, Lat.)
Fam. Lamupa.

Genus. Lamra, Fab.

1. Lamia Royuit.
Tab. XV. Fig. 1.

Lam. nigra ; antennis corpore longioribus ; elytris mucronatis, ad basin scabris, maculis
albis octo notatis.
Long. corporis 28 lin. ; lat. 82.

Hab. in Indiz Orientalis montibus Mussoonee dictis.
Mus. Royle.

Dezscr. Antenne nigre, serrato-spinose, articulo ultimo elongato sublineari. Caput
cum oculis latitudinem thoracis anticé feré equans, fronte depresso, nigro-fuscum,
maculis linearibus albis pone oculos. Thorax longitudine latitudini inzqualis,
utrinque spina acuta armatus, macula alba dorsali lineam elevatam nigram inclu-
dente. Scutellum album. Elytra ad basin thorace multd latiora, humeris elevatis
subspinosis, singula maculis albis quatuor notatis, quarum anteriores majores
Sequentes magnitudine decrescentes. Corpus infrd fuscum, vittd alba balteatum.
Pedes nigri. Tuarsi flavo-pubescentes.

I have named this fine insect in honour of J. F. Royle, Esq., by whom it was col-
lected, and whose researches in the upper provinces of British India have furnished
him with ample materials for his interesting ‘Illustrations of the Botany and other

104 THE REV. F. W. HOPE’S CHARACTERS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF

branches of the Natural History of the Himalayan Mountains, &c.’ now in course of
publication.

It is distinguished by having the basal joint of the antenne terminated internally by
a strong spine, and each of the succeeding joints beautifully fringed at its extremity
by down. The anterior ¢ibie are grooved, and have a spine near the apew; the inter-
mediate are slightly tuberculated.

2. Lamia Crux NIGRA.
Tab. XV. Fig. 2.

Lam. straminea ; thorace ngro, vittis tribus luteis ; elytris maculd cruciformi nigrd, alteris-
que duabus rotundatis awrantiis.
Long. corporis 11 lin. ; lat. 4.

Hab. in Sierra Leone.
Mus. Hope.

Descr. Species pulcherrima. Antenne corpore longiores, supra nigre subtis griseex.
Caput atrum luteo variegatum, maculis aurantiis duabus infra oculos notatum.
Thorax niger, macula utrinque aurantia, vittis duabus lateralibus tertiaque dorsali
luteis, hac anticé interrupta posticé ante scutellum concolorem desinente. Elytra
pallidé straminea sparsim aurantio variegata, cruce nigra, guttis aurantiis duabus
mediis, maculisque totidem albis ornata. Corpus subtis unicolor. Pedes supra
nigri, subtis grisel.

This beautiful insect was captured by Mr. Palin during his residence at Sierra Leone.
It is almost impossible to describe accurately its play of colouring ; a pale straw colour
predominates, which passes into lemon as well as into light and dark orange. The
underside of the antenne is of a light greenish grey.

It is probable that this insect is an Aphelocnema of Mr. Stephens ; but this I cannot
accurately determine, as the characters of that genus are not yet published.

Fam. Prionipz.

Genus. Prionus, Fab.

1. Prionus Hayesi1, Downes, MSS.
Tab. XVI.
Pri. nigro-brunneus ; thorace marginato, multispinoso ; mandibulis porrectis, quadriden-
tatis ; pedibus anticis valde elongatis.
Long. corporis 43 unc. ; lat. ad humeros 12 lin., elytrorwm 17.

.NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF COLEOPTEROUS INSECTS. 105

Hab. in Africa Occidentali.
Mus. Nay,-Mil.

Descr. Antenne nigre, corpore longiores, articulis omnibus aculeato-spinosissimis,
septimi sequentiumque (preter ultimi) lateribus ad apicem dilatatis, ultimo elon-
gato subensiformi. Mandibule variolose, 4-dentate, dente interno majore, ceteris
apicalibus, externé 1-tuberculate. Thorax niger, margine spinis acutissimis ar-
mato, disco tuberculis difformibus scabroso-varioloso. Elytra ad apicem mucronata,
nigro-brunnea, ad basin variolosa, posticé quasi vermibus erosa (scilicet disci
variolis apicem versus minoribus), singula lineis quatuor elevatis quarum interna
sequenti posticé conjuncta. Pedes antici ceteris longiores, scabri, femoribus
densissimé spinosis, tibiis aculeatis ad apicem hamis inflexis quatuor armatis ;
posteriorum femoribus supra infraque aculeatis, tibiis supra infraque subarmatis.
Tarsi supra picei, subtis brunnei, pulvinati. Ungues picei, simplices.

This magnificent insect is remarkable on account of the outer portion of its tro-
chanters being pubescent. In size it is not surpassed by any coleopterous species with
which I am acquainted. Many of the spines of the antenne are curved at the tip; and
the hooks at the extremities of the tibie are evidently for the purpose of enabling the
insect when at rest to support its weight. I am not aware that similar hooks have
been hitherto noticed, except in the insect constituting the genus Chiasognathus, Steph.
Their existence in the Chias. Grantii, and in the present insect, leads to the presumption
of an affinity between the Lucanide and the Prionide.

It was captured at West Bay, Prince’s Island, in the Bight of Biafra, and received
from the sailors, on account of its gigantic size, the whimsical appellation of King of
the Cockroaches. It is now in the Naval and Military Museum, to which it was pre-
sented by Capt. J. Hayes, R.N., C.B., in honour of whom it has been named by
Capt. Downes.

2. Prionus Cuminell.
Tab. XIV. Fig. 7.

Pri. ater ; thoracis bifoveolati angulo antico utrinque dilatato hamato ; elytris varioloso-
tuberculatis.

Long. corporis 27 lin. ; lat. ad humeros 8, elytrorum 12.
Hab. in Chili.
Mus. Hope.

Descr. Antenne nigre. Palpi picei. Mazille arcuate, 1-dentate, dente fer medio.
Caput nigrum, punctatum, anticé depressum, ad antennarum insertiones elevatum,
linea longitudinali inter oculos profundé impress’. Thorax anticé posticéque mar-
ginatus, pilis aurantiis obsitus, angulis anterioribus in hamum productis, foveolis

h

A

106 THE REV. F. W. HOPE’S CHARACTERS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF

duabus rotundatis dorsalibus. Scutellum posticé rotundatum, punctatum. Elytra
coriacea, varioloso-tuberculata, lineis tribus longitudinalibus vix distinctis. Corpus
infra piceum. Pedes atri.

This insect was obtained at Concepcion and Valparaiso, on the trunks of trees, by
Mr. H. Cuming, in honour of whom I have named it. The success of his indefatigable
exertions in various branches of Natural History, is well known by the extensive and
interesting collections which he has recently brought to this country.

The species is remarkable for the form of its armed thorax; and also on account of
the under surface of the basal joints of the tarsi being smooth and cylindric, and en-
tirely destitute of the pulvination which exists in most of the Prionide. These consi-
derations induce me to regard it as the type of a subgenus, to which the name of Acan-
thinodera! may be applied.

3. Prionus Pertti.
Tab. XV. Fig. 3.

Pri. ater ; capite oblongo ; thorace nigro ; elytris castaneis ; femoribus piceis ; tarsis fer-
rugineis.

Long. corporis 12 lin. ; lat. 4.
Hab. in India Orientali.
Mus. Sykes.

Descr. Antenne nigre, corpus longitudine equantes. Mandibule incurve, acutissime.
Palpi picei, pilis flavis vestiti. Caput oblongum, nigrum, punctatum, tuberculis
ad antennarum insertiones, foveolaque inter oculos posita. Thorax subquadratus,
lateribus in spinas duas productis. Scutellum nigrum. Elytra rubro-castanea,
nigro marginata, lineis quibusdam vix distinctis. Corpus infra nigro-piceum.
Prosternum inter pedes anticos productum, anticé valdé incisum, posticé atte-
nuatum et infra mesosternum extensum; hoc etiam paullo porrectum. Femora
antica parim incrassata, picea. Tibie concolores, ad apicem rufescentes. Tarsi
ferruginei; anticorum articulus tertius bilobus, intermediorum sub-bidentatus,
posticorum bifidus bidentatus.

I have named this insect in honor of Dr. Maximilian Perty ; and propose for it the
subgeneric designation of Dissosternus?, in allusion to the very remarkable structure of
the sterna of its prothorax and mesothoraz. :

Fam. STENocorID&.
Differing from the greater number of entomologists, I regard the genus Stenocorus,

'AxavOwos, spinosus; dépn, collum. 2 Avoods, duplex; orépvoy, sternum.

ae.

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF COLEOPTEROUS INSECTS. 107

Fab., as a family ; and compared with Lepturide, it has certainly stronger claims to
rank as such, both from its widely extended geographical distribution, and the numerous
forms included in it. The Lepturide are chiefly confined to a northern latitude, and the
metropolis of the family is probably North America, or Northern Europe. There are,
it is true, a few species found in South America; but these recede, according to my
views, from the type of Lepturide. Stenocorus affects warmer climates, and has not
yet, I believe, been found in Europe. It is widely dispersed in North and South
America, and is met with in various parts of the Continent of India and in Java, as
well as in New Holland. The following table will give a concise view of the Stenoco-
ride, the family being divided in the first instance into two sections, depending on the
armature of the antenne.

Sectio 1. Antenne spinis plus minusve armatz.

Genus ‘Thorax Elytrorum apex Typus et species Patria
1, Stenocorus, Fab. utrinque armatus 2-spinosus semipunctatus, Fab., Nova Hol-
obscurus, punctatus, landia.
Don., alizeque sex.

2. Acanthinomonus. utrinque armatus 1-spinosus spinicornis, Fab. Brasilia ?
3. Cycliopleurus, lateribus rotundatis 2-spinosus irroratus, Fab., ali- America Bor.
zque duodecim. et Mer.
4. (Nondum detectum) lateribus rotundatis 1-spinosus ———_——- America Me-
ridionalis?
5. Tmesisternus, Lat. lateribus rotundatis truncatus biguttatus, alieque Nova Hol-
duz. y landia.
Sectio 2. Antenne plus minusve pubescentes, haud spinosz.
6. Tetracanthus. 4-spinosus 2-spinosus festivus, Fab., ali- | America Me-
zeque quatuor. ridionalis.
7. Dissacanthus. 2-spinosus 2-spinosus quadrimaculatus,Fab., America Me-
alizque decem. ridionalis.
8. Uracanthus. subspinosus, anticé an- 2-spinosus trianguluris, et se- | Nova Hol-
(Antennz 11-articulate) gustatus constrictus riceus. landia.
9. Scolecobrotus. subspinosus, anticé an- 2-spinosus Westwoodit. Nova Hol-
(Antennz 12-articulate) gustatus constrictus landia.
10. Strongylurus. lateribus rotundatis, rotundatus scutellatus. Nova Hol-
(Antenne 1}-articulate) anticé angustatus landia.
11. Coptopterus. lateribus rotundatis, acuminatus, subob- cretifer. Nova Hol-
(Antennz compress) anticé angustatus liqué incisus landia.
12. Piesarthrius. lateribus rotundatis acuminatus, extror- marginellus. Nova Hol-
(Antenne compress) sium rotundatus landia.
The above twelve genera seem to embrace the whole of the Stenocoride; but the
VOL. I. Q

108 THE REV. F. W. HOPE’S CHARACTERS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF

family will admit of yet more subdivisions. Stenocorus discoideus, Sturm, for instance,
with Sten. rufipes, Klug, both from Mexico, must at some future time be formed into
a subgenus.

Of the new genera and species indicated in the preceding table, I propose at present
to illustrate but two. The illustration of the others would amply repay any one for the
time and patience which he might devote to their attentive investigation ; and I should
be happy to aid him in such an undertaking. All the insects referred to are con-
tained in my collection, on which the table is, in fact, entirely founded.

Genus. Uracantuus!.

Elytra lineari-oblonga, ad apicem 2-spinosa.
Antenne 11-articulate, corpus feré longitudine zquantes.
Thorax obconico-truncatus, ad latera subspinosus.

Antenne filiformes, articulo primo majore basi angusto apice incrassato, secundo
minimo feré orbiculari, ceteris zqualibus, ultimo ad apicem acuto. Labrum trans-
versum. Mandibule cornee, acute. Palpi mavillares 4-articulati, articulo primo
minimo, secundo tertioque qualibus, externo crassiore ovato truncato: labiales
3-articulati, articulo primo minimo, secundo obconico, tertio elongato ovato
truncato.

Caput porrectum, oblongiusculum, inter oculos canaliculatum, ante antennas declive.
Oculi prominuli, reniformes. Thorax latitudine posticé longitudinem zquans,
anticé valdé angustatus. Pedes simplices.

URACANTHUS TRIANGULARIS.
Tab. XV. Fig. 4.

Ur. brunneus ; thorace tuberculato, albo lineato ; elytris albo-pubescentibus, apicibus biden-
tatis lateribusque purpureo-fuscis.
Long. corporis 14 lin. ; lat. 3.

Hab. in Nova Hollandia.
Mus. Hope.

Descr. Antenne fusco-brunnee, articulo primo saturatiore. Caput anticé rubrum,
posticé brunneo-sericeum. Thorax concolor, tuberculis duobus mediis armatus,
rugis transversis constrictus, vittis duabus dorsalibus totidemque lateralibus albo-
pilosis. Elytra anticé brunnea, lneis elevatis quatuor partm distinctis ; posticé,
preter apices, albo-sericea; in singulis eminet triangulum laterale brunneum.
Corpus infra brunneo-sericeum, pedibus concoloribus.

' Oipa, cauda; adkavOa, spina.

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF COLEOPTEROUS INSECTS. 109

I possess another species of this genus, which is also from New Holland, and which
I have designated Ur. sericeus.

Genus. ScoLecosrotus!.

Antenne 12-articulate, corpore longiores, articulis prioribus tribus Uracanthi
similibus, sequentibus zqualibus serratis erosis, externo breviore scal-
pelliformi subserrato.

In ceteris Uracantho simillimus.

This genus possesses many characters in common with the preceding, but is at once
distinguished from it by the antenne, which in Uracanthus have eleven joints, whereas
in Scolecobrotus there are twelve, all of which, except the first three, are serrated ; the
last joint also is shorter than those which precede it, and resembles the blade of a
pen-knife slightly serrated: they appear as if eroded by worms, whence the name of
the genus. The thorax is transversely channelled; and the elytra are extremely sca-
brous at the base.

ScoLtEecosrotus WESTWOODII.
Tab. XV. Fig. 5.

Scol. flavo-ferrugineus ; elytris ad basin punctulatis, ad apicem bidentatis.

Long. corporis 14 lin. ; lat. 3.
Hab. in Nova Hollandia.
Mus. Hope.

Descr. Antenne ferruginee, articulis prioribus tribus glabris, ceteris serrato-dentatis
dente apicali in singulis fortiore, externo breviore subserrato. Caput oblongius-
culum, anticé rubrum, lined longitudinali inter oculos impressa, pilis flaveolis
obsitum. Thorax tuberculis duobus feré mediis ornatus, rugisque transversis
balteatus. Elytra ad basin punctatissima, posticé flavo-pilosa, 2-dentata. Corpus
infra unicolor. Pedes supra rubescentes, subtis flavo-pubescentes.

I have much pleasure in naming this singular species in honour of J. O. West-
wood, Esq., whose tact in dissecting and delineating insects is not surpassed by any
entomologist, either British or foreign.

' TkwAnxopwros, vermibus erosus.

Q2

110 THE REV. F. W. HOPE’S CHARACTERS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF

PLATE XIII.
Fig. 1. Apioa PicTa.
a. Anterior part of the head, seen from above; exhibiting the labrum,
mandibles, and basal joints of one of the antenne.
b. Anterior part of the head, seen from beneath; exhibiting the labium
and its palpi, the mentum, and the maaille and their palpi.
c. Anterior tarsus.
2. CHLANIUS SYKESII.
d. Head and trophi, seen from below.
3. OIcEOPTOMA TETRASPILOTUM.
e. Head, seen from above.
4. LANGURIA CYANEA.
f. Anterior part of the head, seen from above; exhibiting the labrum,
mandibles, and one of the antenne.
g- Mazilla and palpus attached.
h. Posterior tarsus.
5. OPpILUS AURIPENNIS.
i. Labrum.
Mandible.
Mawilla and palpus.
Trophi, seen from below, including the labium with its palpi and the
mentum.
m. Antenna.
n. Posterior tarsus.
6. PH#ZNOMERIS MAGNIFICA.
o. Head and trophi, seen from above.
. Mandible.

>

~F>-

P
q. Maailla and palpus.
r. Head and trophi, seen from below.
s. Labium and palpi.
t. Antenna.
u. Anterior tibia and tarsus.
v. Intermediate tarsus.
w. Posterior femur, tibia, and tarsus.
zx. Terminal segments of the abdomen, seen from below.
7. Lucanus Downesu.

Fig.

SI

el

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF COLEOPTEROUS INSECTS.

PLATE XIV.

. Coprornina AFRICANA.

a. The insect, seen from below.
b. The insect, seen laterally.
c. Head, trophi, and one of the antenne, seen from below.

. Lucanus aratus.

d. Trophi and antenna, seen from below.

. PHoLipotus 1rRoRATUS.

e. Head, trophi, and antenna, seen from above.

. ANTHICUS CYANEUS.

Ff. Labrum.

9. Mazilla and palpus.
h. Labium and palpi.
2. Anterior tarsus

j. Posterior tarsus.

. Lyprops curysopHTHALMUs.

11]

k. Anterior part of the head, seen from above ; exhibiting the labrum,

mandibles, and basal joints of one of the antenne.
l. Mawilla and palpus.
m. Mentum, labium, and palpi.

. IsAcANTHA RHINOTIOIDES.

n. Antenna.
o. Anterior femur, tibia, and tarsus.
Prionus Cuminerr.

PLATE XV.
Lamia Roy ur.

Lamia Crux nigra.

. Prionus Perri.

a. Anterior portion of the insect, seen laterally.
b. Prosternum and mesosternum.

c. Trophi, seen from below.

d. Posterior tarsus.

. Uracantuus TRIANGULARIS,

a. Head, seen from above, exhibiting the trophi and the insertion of one

of the antenne.

112 THE REV. F. W. HOPE’S CHARACTERS OF COLEOPTEROUS INSECTS.

f. Trophi, seen from below.
g. Labium with its palpi, and mentum.
5. Scorecoprotus Westwooptl.
h. Eleventh and twelfth joints of the antenna.

PLATE XVI.
Prionus Hayesit.
a. Head and trophi, seen from below.
b. Prosternum and mesosternum.

[In these Plates the insects are represented of the natural size, except where a line is placed near the figures:
whenever a line is so placed, its length indicates that of the insects.
The details throughout (except in Prionus Hayesii) are magnified in various degrees. }

oa)

“— i an in 7 oe

y ys a e. < : “ESS ie wr Sane
ore See Lindel ica see Bi 6 ee hist my «

ded

Zz
0
Wes
Iw
ood,
EF
CL

4S

yp
PU.

be al > = Lw™ Y, ae Ke Se aoe Soe ey

- K x x
' Pe > .
we
s » a ,
_ é
.
oy
. . ~
. ba ts
4 ,¢ a
} ‘i
}
A ‘
- - ’
.
> :
5
- bf ¥
+
.
~ al ‘
‘
.
:
ia -
Yo?
‘
> :
- L, o ; '
:
“
= . e
, ‘
1 a»
v
) a
4 i
i
a 7 . a >
=
Q ® ’
y™ (3 1
=~ -
: “ie "
; 0
; {
Fa a ‘ ’
* : , ;
oe 7
= a ‘
‘
»
«
<-
‘ P)
4
» 4 - <“-
¥ 7 a -
re
<3 +”
» , ay
. . oy Na
. Wn 7
= qQurss
r a . ye
‘ ¥
¥ ‘
rq .
4 + .
e .
¥ ‘
rh -*
; a ‘ . . :
i ¥ + +
7
E ¢ « “as
' tn ; p o .
F ‘
‘ 1
w i ~~
- .
4 ) ‘ .

‘ .
.
\ ee
ah
= . ’ 2
‘ oi. : ~ =
d ; ’
’ s .
7 i
. ¢ ad i
a P .
4 :
“
ee ‘
: : a
‘ z
2 Fi :
ed y
; ng 7) ©
a
‘ aS

a

Pods J

XII. Observations on the Neck of the Three-toed Sloth, Bradypus tridactylus, Linn. By
Tuomas Bett, Esq., F.R.S., L.S., G.S., § Z.8.

Communicated August 13, 1833.

THE laws which regulate the numerical variations in the different systems of organs
in animals, are perhaps less defined, or at least less understood, than those which relate
to many other conditions of their existence. In some cases, indeed, these variations
appear to be wholly anomalous ; but in others the normal number of parts is so strictly
adhered to, as to be absolutely without any known exception in a whole group.

Amongst these, one of the most obvious and remarkable is the restriction of the
cervical vertebre in the whole of the class of mammiferous animals, to the number seven.
That this number should be found equally in the short interval between the cranium
and the thorax, scarcely deserving the name of a neck, which we see in the Cetacea,
and in the long flexile neck of the Camel and the Giraffe, is indeed a striking and in-
teresting fact, and may be viewed as an important illustration of that law which pro-
vides for the most considerable variations in the offices or functions of a part, rather by
a modification, in form or size, or even situation, of organs already existing and es-
sential to the type of the group, than by the production of new organs on the one hand,
or, on the other, by the abstraction of any which appertain to the normal form.

To this normal number, however, the Ai, Bradypus tridactylus, Linn., has for many
years been considered as an exception ; as by the examination of numerous specimens,
the neck was found to possess nine vertebre, which were all believed to belong to the
cervical class.

An isolated exception to a rule so general, and obtaining in cases of such diversified
forms as those to which I have alluded, presents itself to the mind of every one accus-
tomed to look at the general harmony of the established laws of formation, as a vio-
lation of that unity of design which constitutes one of the most interesting objects of
our investigation, especially as the exception itself is abrupt and sudden, and without
any of those intermediate gradations of structure by which the mind is prepared, as it
were, for considerable diversities of form, and which so generally soften the transitions
which the different offices of the same organ in different groups may render necessary.
It was from this consideration, rather than as merely correcting a generally received
error, that I found, with feelings of no ordinary satisfaction, that in truth this nume-
rical law is not departed from in the present instance, and that the animal in question
forms no such exception to the general rule as had been asserted; the two vertebre
which have hitherto been considered as the eighth and ninth cervical, being in fact the

114 MR. T. BELL’S OBSERVATIONS ON THE NECK

first and second dorsal, each of them bearing a pair of rudimentary ribs, moveably arti-
culated to their transverse processes by a true articular surface. This fact I have ascer-
tained by the examination of two skeletons in my possession, one of which is an adult,
and is artificially articulated, the other very young, and preserved as a natural skeleton
in spirit.

In the adult animal we find the eighth and ninth vertebre, which I shall now call the
first and second dorsal, having the transverse processes longer and narrower than those
of the cervical, and each terminated with a perfect articular surface, which is slightly
depressed ; and to these are attached the heads of the rudimentary ribs just mentioned.
The first of these rudiments is small and slender, about +,ths of an inch in length,
having a distinct rounded head at the articular extremity, becoming then abruptly
smaller, and tapering to the apex. The second is considerably larger, and assumes
more of the character of a short rib. It is about 6 lines in length, and nearly 2 in
breadth. Its head is oblong and rounded, and there is a tubercle on the upper and
anterior side. ‘Towards the extremity it becomes broader and flatter, with an excavated
surface inwards, and a convex rough prominence on the outer side, apparently the
point of muscular attachment. Immediately behind and beneath the head of the bone
is a minute foramen for the passage of intercostal vessels.

The character of the transverse processes of these two vertebre differs very materially,
as might be expected, from that of the true cervical. In the superior vertebre this
process is transverse and slightly bifid. In the seventh cervical it stands obliquely
forwards, and the apex is broad and oblong. In the first dorsal each transverse process
is completely divided into an anterior flattened process, which is turned forwards, and
a true lateral or transverse one, which supports the little rudimentary rib. The trans-
verse process is smaller, but considerably longer than those of the true cervical, and
stands more in a lateral or transverse direction. In the second dorsal vertebra the an-
terior processes do not exist, and the body assumes the form of the succeeding ones.
The transverse processes are simple and obtuse, and the articular surface is slightly
excavated.

In the natural skeleton to which I have referred, the rudimentary ribs are very ob-
vious, though, from the early age of the subject, they are of course much smaller than
in the former. The first, indeed, consists only of a minute particle of bone, not much
larger than a pin’s head, but connected with the vertebra by a capsular ligament, and
perfectly moveable ; the second is of more considerable size, and, like the former, has
its capsular ligament inclosing its head, and holding it on to the articular cavity of the
transverse process of the vertebra.

Cuvier appears to have seen the moveable costal rudiment in the young animal ; he
has, however, evidently confounded it with the long transverse process in the adult,
and has wholly passed over the obvious analogy which I have here endeavoured to
trace. He says, ‘‘ Les apophyses transverses du cou sont courtes, larges au bout, qui

OF THE THREE-TOED SLOTH. 115

est oblique, se baissant un peu en avant, et y rentrant un peu endedans. La huitiéme
ala sienne un peu fourchue. La neuvieme l’a prolongée en une petite pointe qui se
porte en avant et en dehors. Dans le jeune individu cette partie n’est pas soudée a la
vertébre ; seroit-ce un petit vestige de cote ?’’!

In the second edition of the ‘Régne Animal’ occurs the following observation,
showing what were the latest views of Cuvier on this subject. ‘‘C’est le seul mam-
mifére connu jusqu’a ce jour qui ait neuf vertébres cervicales.’’2

The nearest approach which has hitherto been made to the true bearing of the fact,
is contained in the following passage from Meckel. Speaking of the points of ossifi-
cation or nuclei in the cervical vertebra, he says, ‘‘ In the last are found a fourth and a
fifth [nucleus], constituting, as it were, rudiments of ribs, projecting from the sides. In
Man this elongated bone forms the anterior root of the transverse process, and extends
from the body to the posterior root of that process. In the Ai a very considerable bony
nucleus is articulated by means of a broad cartilage to the end of the transverse process
of the ninth cervical vertebra ; by means of which this vertebra becomes suddenly much
broader than the rest. In the other Mammalia which I have examined, this bony nu-
cleus is wanting. It is remarkable that in the Ai an analogous but much smaller bony
nucleus is found attached to the same situation in the eighth cervical vertebra ; so far as
this goes, these two vertebre become similar to dorsal, and thereby the exception which
the Ai makes in this particular to other Mammalia is lessened.’3

From this passage it is evident that Meckel still considered the two vertebre in
question to be truly cervical, though approaching to the character of dorsal vertebre.
The fact, however, that the rudimentary ribs remain permanently moveable, of which it
would appear that both Cuvier and Meckel were ignorant, at once proves that these
vertebre are not only approaching to the dorsal form, but are essentially dorsal, if it be
a true character of a rib, as distinguished from a transverse process, that it is perma-
nently moveable. This is a question certainly of considerable interest, but one into
which it is not necessary on the present occasion to enter, as the fact of the permanent
mobility of the rudimentary ribs in the 4%, the perfect construction of the capsular
ligament, and the cartilaginous surfaces of the joint are sufficient, joined with the ex-
istence of a foramen for the passage of vessels and other circumstances in their struc-
ture and situation, to establish their character beyond all doubt. The rule therefore
which assigns seven cervical vertebre to the whole of the Mammalia, is thus left with-
out a single exception.

The interesting paper of Professor Buckland on the habits of the Sloth, lately read at
the Linnean Society, precludes the necessity of my entering into any lengthened specu-
lations on the utility of this singular structure ; I may, however, remark, that the fact

1 Ossemens Foss., tom. v. p. 83. * Régne Anim., (ed. 2.) tom. i. p. 252,
8 Syst. der Vergleich. Anat., B. ii. pl. 2. p. 294.

VOL. I. R

116 MR. T. BELL ON THE NECK OF THE THREE-TOED SLOTH.

that these vertebre are dorsal instead of cervical, does not in the least affect the question
of their office. The object of the increased number of vertebre in the neck is evidently
to allow of a more extensive rotation of the head; for as each of the bones turns to a
small extent upon the succeeding one, it is clear that the degree of rotation of the ex-
treme point will be in proportion to the number of moveable pieces in the whole series.
When the habits of this extraordinary animal are considered, hanging, as it does, sus-
pended from the under surface of boughs with the back downwards, it is obvious that
the only means by which it could look down towards the ground must be by rotation
of the neck; and as it was necessary, in order to effect this without diminishing the
firmness of the cervical portion of the vertebral column, to add certain moveable points
to the number possessed by the rest of the class, the necessary additional motion was
acquired by modifying the two superior dorsal vertebre, and giving them the office of
cervical, rather than by infringing a rule which is thus preserved entire, without a
single known exception.

PLATE XVII.

Fig. 1. The two last cervical and four first dorsal vertebre of Bradypus tridactylus.
a. the first rudimentary rib; b. the second rudimentary rib.

Figg. 2 and 3. The two rudimentary ribs enlarged to three times their natural mag-
nitude.

I

—
rant Lol oe Lt AGG Gf Ub

Fig. 7

JaneS Bed det,®

po rAoy

XIII. On the Anatomy of the concave Hornbill, Buceros cavatus, Lath. By Ricuarp
Owen, Esq., F.Z.8., Assistant Conservator of the Museum of the Royal College of
Surgeons in London.

Communicated August 27, 1833.

THE bird on which the following observations were made had been exhibited at the
Society’s Gardens for about eight weeks, and died on the 15th of August last. It had
attained nearly its full size, but had neither the plumage nor the configuration of the
bill which characterize the adult ; the large quill-feathers of the wing and tail were in
progress of development, while the warm and downy covering which defends the young
bird had been in great measure lost by moulting: its death may therefore be attributed
to the exhaustion consequent on the unfavourable circumstances, as to climate and
captivity, in which it was placed, while undergoing a process so extensive and im-
portant in its economy as the acquisition of the adult plumage.

It measured from the end of the bill to the vent 2 feet 2 inches; the length of the
bill was 7 inches.

On the mandibles being separated the tongue is seen at the back part of the mouth ;
its tip being 6 inches distant from the extremity of the jaws. It is of a triangular
form, with the posterior angles produced backwards on either side of the laryngeal
aperture ; measuring in length 1 inch, and in breadth at the base 8 lines. Its apex
and surface are smooth. In texture, in configuration and in size, it consequently
differs considerably from that of the Toucan, in which bird the tongue can be pro-
truded from the mouth, and from its peculiar structure is evidently adapted for more
extensive and varied actions than in the Hornbill.

The air-cells are remarkably developed in the Hornbill. They may be observed ex-
tending along the under side to the extreme point of the bones of the wings. The en-
tire neck is occupied by a large cell, in which the esophagus and trachea are contained.
The air-tube is connected throughout its whole length with the esophagus by a dupli-
cature of the membrane of the air-cell, resembling a mesentery. This duplicature
varies in breadth from 1 to 2 inches, allowing a free motion of the trachea from side to
side. The nervi vagi, the cervical arteries and veins, and the esophagus, are as clearly
exposed by the simple opening of this air-cell, as if they had been displayed by an ela-
borate dissection. At the upper part of the neck the cervical air-cell communicates
with others, partly surrounding the joint of the lower jaw and continued into the in-
terior of that bone, and extending also to the back of the occiput to communicate
with the cranium and cellular structure of the superior mandible.

R2

118 MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE CONCAVE HORNBILL.

The esophagus, when inflated, is 1 inch in diameter, and is continued, as in the
Toucan, of nearly the same width to the gizzard. Two inches of its termination are
occupied by the zone of gastric glands, composed of two closely aggregated oval groups
which are continuous with each other. The glands are simple cylindrical follicles, about
a line and a half in length.

The gizzard is thicker in its coats, and of a more elongated form than in the Toucan.
It measured, when distended with fluid after death, 2+ inches in length, and 13 in its
greatest diameter. Its cuticular lining is very tough, and disposed in longitudinal
ridges. The muscular coat is 3 lines in thickness at the middle of the gizzard, but
this thickness does not prevail over more than a third part of the cavity; the rest of
this tunic is less than a line in thickness.

The duodenal fold extends 7 inches from the pylorus. 'The remainder of the intes-
tinal canal is disposed in two similar folds, and then extends along the middle line of
the back part of the abdomen to the cloaca. There are no ceca. The coats of the
intestinal canal are stronger than is usual in Birds, and the diameter more consider-
able. The ileum at its commencement measures 2 inches 2 lines in circumference: it
gradually narrows to the commencement of the straight portion, or rectum, which again
becomes wider to its termination.

The whole length of the intestinal canal is 5 feet.

The villi are very long and numerous, but diminish in both respects as they approach
the rectum, where they degenerate into small obtuse papille. A great part of the lining
membrane appeared to have been in a state of subacute inflammation.

The liver is composed, as usual, of two lobes, the right being the larger. The duct
of the night lobe emerges from the right side of the transverse portal fissure, and be-
comes attached to the fundus of the gall-bladder ; after running upon it for half an inch
it receives the cystic duct by an oblique aperture directed downwards or distad. ‘The
common or cyst-hepatic duct then passes onwards, and terminates in the duodenum at
the extremity of its fold, 14 inches from the pylorus. The duct of the left lobe of the
liver terminates separately in the duodenum about half an inch from the preceding. The
gall-bladder is 12 inch long, and 1 inch in diameter.

The pancreas commences from the lower end of the spleen by a small oval enlarge-
ment, which soon contracts to the size of a crow-quill. This attenuated portion of the
gland passes down within the duodenal fold, gradually enlarging, and terminates in a
flattened oblong mass, forming the head of the pancreas: from this part a second elon-
gated lobe is continued upwards, ascending along the opposite side of the fold of the
duodenum to within an inch of the pylorus. The pancreas is thus seen to correspond
with the form of the duodenum, being, as it were, similarly folded upon itself; but not
occupying the whole fold of the duodenum. Its secretion is conveyed into the intestine
by three ducts, one from the head of the pancreas, which enters the duodenum at the
bend of the fold; and a second and third from the elongated lobes, which ducts terminate

ee

MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE CONCAVE HORNBILL. 119

close together at the end of the fold between the insertions of the hepatic ducts. On
referring to the table of the insertions of these ducts in Cuvier’s ‘ Anatomie Com-
parée’', the arrangement in the Hornbill will be found to correspond with that in the
Heron there given, and may be expressed thus: Ist p. — H.— 2nd and 3rd p. — C. H:

The spleen is situated at the right side of the upper end of the gizzard.

The trachea has a single pair of muscles.

The heart and kidneys present the usual peculiarities of the class.

The ureters emerge from the inner side of the lower end of the third lobe. Where
they emerge, a large vein from the tail enters a deep groove, which continues along the
inner sides of each lobe, receiving the renal veins by large orifices. A vein from the
posterior extremity enters the third lobe on its outer aspect, and ramifies in the gland.
This I conclude to be the vein from which, as Jacobson has shown, the urine is in part
secreted.

The supra-renal glands, of the usual bright yellow colour, are closely attached to the
coats of the inferior vena cava. The testes are situated anterior to the above glands,
and were of minute size, not exceeding that of a grain of rice.

On laying open the cloaca anteriorly, the division into which the ureters open, or
rudimentary bladder, is seen to be formed by two transverse semilunar folds about a
line in breadth, and gradually lost on the anterior part of the rectum. The space
between these ridges is little more than a line. The bursa Fabricii (which I regard as
analogous to the anal glandular scent organs of the Mammalia,) opens into the back part
of the outer vestibule. It is of a triangular form, two thirds of an inch in length, and
is surrounded by a capsule of muscular fibres. The common vestibule is half an inch
in length ; and closed as usual by a strong sphincter.

The mechanism by which the movements of the immense mandibles of this singular
bird are effected, was next examined. The os quadratum and the other bones forming
the articulation of the jaws, are accurately described by Cuvier?. The digastricus, or
its analogue, which in Birds has no middle tendon, arises from the whole occipital de-
pression, and descends vertically to be inserted into the angle of the lower jaw, which
projects posteriorly to the articulation. We occasionally find a similar simple dispo-
sition in the Mammalia, even in the Orang Utan.

The temporal muscle does not exceed half an inch in breadth ; it arises from the
temporal fossa, passes within the zygoma, and is inserted into the slightly developed
coronoid process immediately anterior to the articulation. The pterygoider externt and
interni are proportionately more developed than the temporalis: they assist that muscle
in closing the bill, whilst they draw the inferior mandible forwards, and perform the
lateral motions: these and the muscles of the os quadratum have the usual attach-
ments. A strong ligament occupies the place of the masseter; it passes from the
sygoma to the outer side of the condyle of the lower jaw, immediately in front of the

1 Tom. iv. p.55. * Anat. Comp., tom. iii. pp. 63, 64.

120 MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE CONCAVE HORNBILL.

quadrato-maxillary articulation; and would at all times, when not drawn over the
centre of motion by the backward movement of the lower jaw, contribute materially to
support that part, and relieve the temporal muscle. Another strong ligament is destined
to prevent dislocation backwards ; its origin from the zygoma is concealed by the pre-
ceding ; it passes directly backwards to the posterior part of the condyle, or articular
depression, of the lower jaw.

On contemplating the maxillary muscles in situ, the first impression that arises is
surprise at the disproportion they seem to bear to the vast apparatus they have to move ;
but this disproportion is more apparent than real. The jaws, notwithstanding their mag-
nitude, are rendered extremely light by the air-cells which are continued into them;
their bony parietes do not exceed a line in thickness, except at the points, and the
delicate columns by which these parietes are supported are themselves hollow. The
disposition of these columns is remarkably beautiful; they are always perpendicular,
or nearly so, to the part of the outer parietes in which they are implanted; and at the
expanded base of the mandibles they radiate from a central cylinder, which is formed
by a delicate osseous net-work ; and thus while the requisite strength is gained, light-
ness is combined with magnitude. With respect to the attachments of the muscles,
we may conclude that any apparent disadvantage in their insertion is sufficiently com-
pensated by the superior energy of contraction with which the muscular fibres of birds
are endowed.

The bones and muscles of the cervical region of the spine have, however, an obvious
adaptation in their development to the bulk of the entire head.

The apparatus for flight! is more perfect than in the Toucan. The clavicles, which
are separate in that bird, are here joined, forming a complete furculum, which, how-
ever, is slender, being about a line in thickness at the junction. The sternum has two
notches posteriorly, one on either side the keel, as in the Corvide, but they are shal-
lower than even in that tribe: the greatest depth of its keel is an inch; the inferior
margin of this part forms an almost straight line, and is not expanded laterally.

I have already alluded to the extension of the air-cells among the soft parts ; and on
an examination of the skeleton it appears that every bone, from the mandibles to the
last of the coccygeal vertebra, from the clavicles and scapule to the last phalanw of the
wings, from the femora to the last joint of the toes, and even every rib, is permeated
by air.

On comparing the anatomy of the Hornbill with that of the Toucan, we find a close
resemblance in the structure of those organs which relate to the assimilation of nutri-
ment. In both birds a simple gullet corresponds in its diameter with the capacity of
the beak ; the proventriculus and gizzard in both equally manifest their adaptation to
an omnivorous diet, the latter being neither so membranous as in the carnivorous birds,
nor so muscular as in the granivorous. The short but ample intestines deprived of

1 The noise of this action is heard from a considerable distance.

MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE CONCAVE HORNBILL, 121

c@ca, appear to be adapted only for birds which, like the Hornbill and Toucan, live
in the midst of plenty, and can select their food from both kingdoms of organized
nature, so abundant and so prolific in a tropical clime.

With respect to the differences observable between these remarkable genera, the
principal instances are met with in the locomotive organs; and their affinities to
other tribes, indicated by the obvious modifications of these parts, are confirmed by
the differences observable in the internal organs. The Toucan resembles the Psit-
tacide and other Scansores in the absence of a gall-bladder, while the Hornbill, in the
capacity of that receptacle, manifests its affinity to the Corvide. I may also observe,
that the same disposition of the intestinal canal in long and narrow loops, is met with
in the Raven as in the Hornbill. It is well known that in treating of the modifications
of the tongue in Birds, comparative anatomists derive their most remarkable examples
from the Scansorial order: its superior organization for the sense of taste, from the
Psittacide ; its remarkable structure as an organ of prehension, from the Picide ; and
a third modification, equally curious, is presented by the Toucan, although the pur-
poses for which this structure is adapted are less understood. The Hornbill, however,
in the simplicity of this organ, resembles the carnivorous birds.

The individual from which the preceding description was taken, was fed at the Gar-
dens with small birds, mice, and pulpy fruits ; but it showed a decided preference for
the animal diet, and would leave any kind of food if a dead mouse was thrown to it.
This, after two or three squeezes with the beak, was gorged entire. It was never seen
to regurgitate any castings; but I once observed it bring up repeatedly a portion of
apple, which it endeavoured to crush with the points of the mandibles, and then again
swallowed. Petiver gives direct testimony as to its regurgitating habits, for which, as .
in the Toucan, the structure of the esophagus is well adapted. ‘‘ Calao vel Cagao In-
dorum, Volucris & Montana est Avis, vivens fructibus Baliti s. fictis Ind. Sylv. Pilis,
s. Amygdalo-Pistaceis, Volvuli Colyat, et aliis, quos integros ingurgitat ; confecto verd
cortice carnoso, putamina ossea illzsis nucleis egerit.”! In sleeping, the bill is not dis-
posed as ordinarily beneath the wing, but lies along the middle of the back with its
point directed forwards, the cervical vertebre being acutely bent upon the dorsal: the
Pelican disposes in a similar manner of its huge beak when asleep. The part of the
wings corresponding ¢o the carpal joints overlap and defend the bill from cold.

The Hornbill accommodates its habits and diet to the country in which it lives;
being frugivorous in the Tropics, and feeding, like the Vultwres and Crows, on carrion in
the desert plains of Abyssinia. We are told by MM. Quoy and Gaimard, that in the
Papou Islands the Hornbill sits on the summit of the Nutmeg-tree, and with its
large beak seizes the fruit, and swallows it entire. The length and wedge-like form
of the mandibles are well adapted for pushing through thick and interwoven foliage
without endangering the eyes and other soft parts about the head. I should consider

1 Phil. Trans., vol. xxiii. p. 1394.

122 MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE CONCAVE HORNBILL.

the beak, both from its form and size, and from the disposition of the articular liga-
ments, to be more especially destined to overcome the resistance offered to its progress
in the last-mentioned action, which the Hornbills must often be stimulated to practise,
both to reach fruit, and, like the Toucans of South America, to get at the eggs and.
callow young of other birds: and it is highly probable that these singular genera per-
form in the continents which they inhabit the same office of restraining the increase
of the smaller frugivorous birds, which the Jays and Pies do in more temperate climes,
but in a manner more effectual, inasmuch as they are better provided with the means of
penetrating to the retreats and hiding-places selected for the purposes of nidification.

PLATE XVIII.

Fig. 1. Posterior view of the biliary and pancreatic organs of the concave Hornbill.
a. esophagus ; b. proventriculus ; c. gizzard; d. d. duodenal fold; e. left, ¢. right, lobe
of the liver; f. gall-bladder ; g. right hepatic duct ; 4. termination of the cystic duct ;
2. cyst- Mi ctiatie duct; k. left hepatic duct; 7. 1. pancreas; m. m. m. pancreatic ducts ;
n. Spleen, drawn aside.

Fig. 2. Gastric glands. a. a section of one, magnified. °

Fig. 3. a. fold at the termination of the rectum; b. rudimentary urinary bladder ;
. vestibule ; d. orifice of the bursa Fabricii.

Fig. 4. Posterior view of the cloaca; a. bursa Fabricit.

Fig. 5. Outline of the cranium (young), two thirds of the natural size. a. the tem-
poral muscle which closes the bill; b. the analogue of the digastricus of Mammalia
which opens the bill; c. a ligament which assists in supporting the lower mandible ;
d. a ligament which prevents dislocation backwards.

°

ip IA eS Lal | MM p 122

Snted by C Hakimandedl.

yy
MNtcevod Cw ALA

XIV. Description of a New Genus of Acanthopterygian Fishes. By the Rev. R. T.
Lowe, B.A., Corr. Memb. Z.S. (In a Letter to the Secretary.)

Communicated August 27, 1833.

My dear Bennett,

T HAVE been so fortunate as to procure a second specimen, this year, of my Alepi-
saurus. It was captured off the town in the bay on the 21st of May by some fisher-
men, and appears, by its violence and ferocity when taken into the boat, to have well
substantiated its title to the specific appellation I had before given it. I owe to the
kind attention of my friend G. B. Leacock, Esq., both the acquisition of the specimen,
and an opportunity of seeing it very shortly after death, while still perfectly fresh, and
with the colours unchanged and vivid. Though it has suffered considerable injury
from the blows the fishermen affirm they were obliged to inflict in self-defence,—for it
attacked them furiously when pulled into the boat,—the dorsal fin was fortunately in
such good condition, as to enable me to correct a little inaccuracy as to this organ in
my former sketch of last year. When first brought on shore, yet scarce dead, this fin re-
mained for some time erect and completely extended, presenting a very fine appearance
from the beautiful iridescent dark steel-blue hues of the connecting membrane, This
last is of such extreme tenuity and delicacy, that in drying it very quickly loses all its
beauty ; and the rays are at the same time so long, and so strong in proportion, that
it is susceptible of injury, when once out of the water, from almost the slightest touch.
I do not feel, therefore, fully confident that the rays are really not prolonged beyond the
membrane in the fish while living and perfectly uninjured ; though such is my impres-
sion from an examination of the present specimen apart from other considerations.

I am indebted to the able pencil of Miss Young for the beautiful coloured drawing
which accompanies my letter, taken from this specimen, while fresh, in its general
tints, and reduced to one sixth the natural size, from measurements made by myself.
The injured parts, chiefly the anal fin and the lower jaw (in which some teeth were
broken), are restored from a careful sketch taken last year by me from the former
specimen now in the collection of the Zoological Society. The lobes of the tail are
left unfinished ; for in both specimens they were too much injured to decide whether
they are properly rounded or pointed at the tips.

In the idea that the accompanying drawing well deserves a place in your Trans-
actions, I subjoin the essential characters of this curious new genus, and remain, dear

Bennett, ;
Yours ever sincerely,

Madera, June 23, 1833. R. T. Lowe.
VOL. I. Ss

124 THE REV. R. T. LOWE’S DESCRIPTION OF

Ordo. ACANTHOPTERYGII, Cuv.
Fam. VIII. Taniorpss, Cuv.

Genus. ALEPISAURUS.

Rostrum productum, cum capite compressum: rictus magnus, pone oculos longé
diductus: maxille dentibus uniseriatis, validis, subrecurvis, quibusdam prelongis,
armate.

Corpus elongatum, attenuatum, cum capite omnind nudum.

Pinne dorsales due; prima alta, a nucha longé per dorsum producta; secunda
parva, trigona, adiposa: ventrales parve, abdominales: analis parva, anticé alta:
caudalis magna, furcata.

Membrana branchiostega sex- vel septem-radiata.

ALEPISAURUS FEROX.
Hab. in Mari Atlantico, Maderam alluente, rarissimus.

This new and very singular genus appears, notwithstanding some anomalies, to be-
long to Cuvier’s eighth family of Acanthopterygian Fishes, the Poissons en ruban ou
Tenioides. In habit, shape of body, smoothness of skin, compressed head and muzzle,
wide gape, and long formidable teeth,—which are both pointed and have their edges
sharp and keen almost as lancets,—it approaches so near to Lepidopus, Gouan, or
Trichiurus, Linn., that the propriety of its collocation in the same group seems un-
questionable. Its relation of affinity thus established, a very remarkable one of analogy
remains to be indicated ; namely, its relation to the Salmonide in general by the small
adipose second dorsal fin. A curious link of analogy hitherto unnoticed is thus sup-
plied between an Acanthopterygian and a Malacopterygian group, in other respects so
widely separated.

In respect to its relations of affinity, Lepidopus and Trichiurus are the only two
genera from which any particular discrimination can be necessary. From the former
it differs chiefly in the regularly well-formed and perfect, though rather small, ventral
fins (which are placed far behind the pectorals, close before the anus), and in the smaller
number of rays in the branchial membrane :—from Trichiurus, (with which it agrees
in the number of branchial rays,) it differs by the presence of ventral fins, a regular
and well-formed anal, and a large forked caudal fin. From both it is remarkably
distinct in the large high first, and small fatty second dorsal fin.

It is a fierce, voracious fish, of very rare occurrence.

[The entire fish is destitute of scales, much elongated, thin, slender, and tapering
from the gills both backwards and forwards. The head and face are produced, and

A NEW GENUS OF ACANTHOPTERYGIAN FISHES. 125

measure one seventh of the total length: the height of the head is one half of its
length. ‘The head is compressed on the sides and flat above. Its upper surface is
narrow, the breadth of the cranium behind the eyes being scarcely one fifth of its
length: from behind the eyes it becomes gradually narrower as it advances forwards
to the nose, which is almost pointed. This surface is irregularly striated by ridges of
bone, covered only by a thin skin, which radiate on each side from a point above the
orbit. At the junction of the upper surface with the flattened sides of the head a
strong keel or ridge is formed. In the small space intervening between this keel and
the orbit the bone is cavernous, forming at its lower part, just behind the eye, a re-
markable prominence. From behind this prominence there pass downwards to near
the angle of the mouth, a series of small bones, producing on the smooth skin the ap-
pearance of a double row of lengthened tubercles. The preoperculum is simple, forming
aright angle with the upper line of the head. The operculum and suboperculum are
strongly striated in a radiating manner. From the lower part of the series of small
bones above noticed, the suborbital bones extend forwards to the nose in a narrow two-
ridged line. The maxillary bone forms a line nearly parallel to the last ; is situated,
like it, beneath the skin ; and borders the intermaxillary which constitutes the edge of
the mouth. 7

The intermaxillary bone on each side is slender and slightly toothed throughout its
whole length: the anterior teeth, about six in number, are conical and stronger than the
remainder ; those immediately succeeding are very small and very numerous ; they are
followed by others of a larger size (but smaller than the anterior ones), to the number
of about one hundred and ten, forming a single series, and resembling the teeth of a
fine saw. The palatine bones, extending forwards to the front of the mouth and lying
immediately within the intermaxillaries, are armed with very large and powerful lancet-
shaped teeth, all of which have their points directed backwards. The anterior of these
teeth are the largest: they equal in length one sixth of the entire length of the head.
Of these there remain two on one side and one on the other ; and it is probable that
their number has been two only on each side. Behind these, at an interval nearly equal
to their length, succeed two teeth on each side, about half the size of the preceding.
These are followed by six others of much smaller size, of which the anterior is the
least ; they gradually increase in size, and the last of them is about one third of the
length of the tooth immediately preceding the series. The posterior unarmed portion
of the palatine bone in advance of the gape is about one eighth of the length.

The lower jaw ceases to be armed nearly at the corresponding point. Its teeth, like
those of the upper, are lancet-shaped. The anterior tooth is somewhat conical and
is sharply pointed. It is succeeded by six others, of more compressed form, and of
smaller size. These are followed by three large lancet-shaped teeth, increasing in size
backwards, the hindermost equalling the largest of the two intermediate ones of the
upper jaw. ‘These three larger teeth correspond, when the mouth is closed, with the

s2

126 THE REV. R. T. LOWE’S DESCRIPTION OF

interval between the anterior and middle palatine teeth of the upper jaw: their points
are equally directed backwards. A range of similarly shaped but much smaller teeth,
to the number of eleven, immediately succeeds them.

The vomer is devoid of teeth.

The lower jaw is radiately striated externally from its angle: its plate is longitudi-
nally striate: and oblique stri@ occupy its lower part anteriorly.

The branchiostegous membrane is narrow and free: it is supported in one individual
by six, and in the other by seven slender short rays. It opens forwards as far as the
middle of the lower jaw.

The cheeks are covered with smooth skin.

The eye is very large; its diameter being one sixth of the length of the head, and
more than one third of the depth at the part at which it is situated. It is placed mid-
way between the nose and the extremity of the operculum, and close to the upper
margin of the head.

The pectoral fins immediately adjoin the head, and almost equal it in length. They
are placed so low down as to be nearly on the ventral surface. They have each at
their base, externally and posteriorly, a small pouch. Their form is lengthened and
acute, and somewhat falcate. Their rays are fifteen in number: of these the first
is the longest. It is simple, compressed, and somewhat serrated along its anterior
margin.

The first dorsal fin commences immediately over the edge of the operculum, and is
continued for more than two thirds of the length of the body. It is very high, being
at its middle, which nearly corresponds with the situation of the ventral fins, three
times as high as the body at that part. Its outline is regularly rounded, the anterior
ray being about one fourth of the greatest height, and the posterior gradually dimi-
nishing to less than one half of the length of the first. The termination of this fin
corresponds with the commencement of the anal. The rays supporting it are forty one
in number, and the whole of them are simple. They are comparatively slender, but
appear to be also very brittle: they do not terminate in stiff points. The anterior ray
is somewhat serrated along its front edge.

The second dorsal fin is placed midway between the termination of the first and the
caudal. It is destitute of rays, and is entirely fatty. Its base is narrow, and it be-
comes much wider outwardly ; its length at its external part exceeding its height. Its
termination is a little anterior to the termination of the anal fin.

The caudal fin is very large and powerful. It is forked nearly to the base, and is
supported by nineteen rays, of which ten are in the upper and nine in the lower di-
vision. Besides these there are numerous smaller rays both above and below, which
do not reach to the extremity of the fork. The lobes are mutilated at the tips, but
they must have exceeded one eighth of the total length of the fish.

The anal fin equals at its base one tenth of the total length. It is supported by

A NEW GENUS OF ACANTHOPTERYGIAN . FISHES. 127

seventeen rays, the three anterior of which are simple. The first seven exceed very
considerably in length those which succeed them, and the fin at this point decreases sud-
denly in height ; the remaining rays are all nearly of equal length with each other, and
little more than one fourth of the length of the first ray.

The ventral fins are placed rather nearer to the pectoral than to the anal. They re-
semble the pectoral in form ; but are not quite one half of their length. Each is sup-
ported by nine rays, the first of which is simple and slightly scabrous.

The anus is situated a short distance behind the ventral fins, and is exactly inter-
mediate between the pectoral and the commencement of the anal.

The lateral line commences near the base of the anterior ray of the first dorsal fin ;
descends gradually to the middle of the side; and is continued to the base of the
caudal fin, Its hinder portion, and consequently the tail, is destitute of any particular
armour. ;

The above description is taken from the specimen first captured, which is now in
the Museum of the Zoological Society, with occasional reference to the second spe-
cimen (the one figured) for parts which are in the other more or less mutilated. The
length of the original specimen, which is somewhat the largest, is nearly 5 feet.

Between the two individuals there are some differences in the number of the teeth,
which it is desirable to mention. The posterior series of palatine teeth, which in one
consists of six, is extended in the other to eight on each side; and in this latter spe-
cimen there is, on one side, a single small tooth remaining in the hinder portion of
the palatine bone which in the first is altogether unarmed. In the lower jaw of this
second individual the number of the smaller teeth immediately succeeding the anterior
one is also greater than in the first, the series consisting of nine, instead of six, on
each side. These differences may be regarded as of minor importance, and as pro-
bably dependent on the accidental removal of some of the teeth, to which (from their
extremely penetrating character and retral direction) these organs must be peculiarly
liable in a fish of such ferocious habits.

A second difference between these individuals has been already mentioned in the
description: it seems, however, deserving of more formal notice, as it has hitherto
been generally considered by ichthyologists that the number of the rays of the branchi-
ostegous membrane might be regarded as offering a fixed character, even in a natural
genus : its fixity in a species ought consequently to be looked upon as altogether un-
questionable. In the present instance, however, the number differs in the only two
specimens yet seen. In one there are six, and in the other seven, rays of the bran-
chiostegous membrane. On comparison of the specimens it would seem that in the
one which has the smallest number of rays, the deficiency occurs among the anterior
of them, the extent of the membrane supported by its first two rays being about equal
to that which is supported in the other by three. The occurrence is probably to be
regarded in the light of a monstrosity merely.—E. T. B.]

128 THE REV. R. T. LOWE’S DESCRIPTION OF ALEPISAURUS.

PLATE XIX.

ALEPISAURUS FEROX, one sixth of the natural size.

Fig. 1. Head, seen laterally, one half of the natural size.
2. Head, seen from above, reduced similarly with Fig. 1.

OLD

Zo

nooripy) )

SCS op “WY Via 474 eB is Sas

- wel hi

sana eth, Rapayes a eet

Reali
Sy egee pwhl bs
BO a me

rnc iabog tok

{129° ]

XV. On the Anatomy of the Cheetah, Felis jubata, Schreb. By Ricuarp Owen, Esvq.,
F.Z.8., Assistant Conservator of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons in
London.

Communicated September 10, 1833.

N. ATURALE, si ullum, genus felinum est, is the expression of Hermann when about to
enter upon the relations of this group in his ‘ Affinitates Animalium’; and yet the
number of species which were then known was very considerable. Forster!, who had
ascertained the existence of twenty one distinct species of the feline Carnivora, attempted
to arrange them in three subdivisions; but the characters which he selected for that
purpose were too artificial to ensure their adoption. Thus, for example, he associated
the Cheetah, the subject of the present communication, with the Lion, on all hands
acknowledged to be the type of the genus, and to manifest the peculiarities of the
feline structure in the highest and noblest degree: but if we trace the deviations from
this type as manifested by the gradual weakening of the legs and feet, and the deterio-
ration of the claws as destructive and prehensile weapons, the Cheetah will be furthest
removed from the Lion. If, on the other hand, we consider the deviation from the
same type in the form of the ears, in the form of the pupil, and in the proportions of
the tail, the Lynces of Forster are farther removed than the Cheetah, and indicate in
these particulars the passage to the Genets.

In their internal structure the differences of the Feles one from another are less
easily appreciable than in their outward form. Perhaps the most marked among the
anatomical variations obtains in the mode of attachment of the os hyoides to the cra-
nium ; and this difference is evinced in the living animal by a difference in the variety
and power of the voice. In the Lion an elastic ligament, about 6 inches in length, con-
nects on each side the lesser cornu of the os hyoides with the styloid process: the liga-
ment can be stretched to 8 or 9 inches. The larynex is consequently situated at a con-
siderable distance from the posterior margin of the bony palate ; but the soft palate is
prolonged backwards to opposite the aperture of the glottis, and the tongue is propor-
tionately increased in length; thus a gradually expanding passage leads from the
glottis, where the air is rendered sonorous, to the mouth; and it is not unlikely that
the strong transverse ridges upon the bony palate may contribute, with the preceding
trumpet-like structure, to give to the voice that intonation which is so aptly denomi-
nated ‘‘ the roar of the lion.”

» Phil. Trans., yol. lxxi: p. 1.

130 MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE CHEETAH.

In the domestic Cat, in Felis planiceps, Vig. and Horsf., and in Felis Caracal, Schreb.,
the os hyoides is connected to the cranium, as in the Genet and the Dog, by an unin-
terrupted chain of bones: this structure, indeed, has afforded Professor Geoffroy one of
his illustrations of the essential composition of an os hyoides. The same structure
obtains in the Cheetah. From the difference in the voice, the feline animals might have
been expected, a priori, to present some differences in that part of their anatomy which
relates to it.

A vertical elliptic pupil (which is so well calculated to exclude a too strong light
from a retina adapted to crepuscular vision, and at the same time to admit of a rapid
and sufficient expansion for the exercise of sight in the gloom of the evening,) is that
form which is met with in all the smaller and weaker species of the feline genus: but
in the more powerful and bolder species, which dare to attack a larger prey in the face
of day, the pupil is of a circular form. The Cheetah agrees in this respect with the
Lion, the Tiger, the Leopard, and the Jaguar ; and, from its natural docility and habits,
may be regarded as the most strictly diurnal of the whole genus.

The soft parts of living prey forming the food of the whole tribe, a consequent corre-
spondence prevails in the structure of the digestive organs. The esophagus is remark-
able for its width and its loose mode of connexion in the chest, both of which facilitate
the passage of the coarsely divided flesh. The lower half of this tube is characterized
by transverse rug@ ; and the muscular fibres, which are at first disposed spirally,—the
two layers in opposite directions,—assume at this part a disposition analogous to that
in the human subject, the outer layer being longitudinal, the inner one transverse.
I have also discovered at this part of the wsophagus a third layer of muscular fibres,
which is longitudinal, and more internal than the transverse: this layer does not extend
beyond that part of the esophagus in which the transverse rug of the lining membrane
exist ; and as it adheres closely to the membrane, I am inclined to believe that it pro-
duces the rugous disposition peculiar to that part: a preparation demonstrating this
muscular layer in the Lion, is in the Museum of the College of Surgeons. A similar
structure exists in the Cheetah.

The esophagus is not prolonged into the abdomen in any of the feline tribe, but ter-
minates at once in the stomach. This viscus, compared with the human stomach, pre-
sents a less extent of the left blind extremity, or saccus cecus of Haller; the pyloric
half is more tubular, and is more abruptly bent upon the cardiac; the lining mem-
brane presents fewer rug@; and the disposition of these, when the stomach is con-
tracted, is more regularly in the longitudinal direction. But the most marked cha-
racteristic of the feline stomach is the mode in which the lesser omentum is continued
upon it: this duplicature is not attached in a regular line to the lesser curvature, but
extends in a scolloped form upon the anterior surface, upon which the branches of the
coronary artery are further continued before penetrating the muscular coat. The Cheetah

MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE CHEETAH. 131

agrees in all these particulars with the rest of the genus; but as far as I could judge of
the form of the stomach, which had been laid open, it was narrower, longer, and less
bent upon itself than in the Lion. The duodenum has an entire investment of peritoneum
throughout its whole course, and makes a gentle sweep or curve before passing behind
the root of the mesentery. The cecum and large intestines have also a looser con-
nexion to the abdominal parietes than in man, so that it is difficult to assign a precise
situation to the cecum. The whole intestinal canal varies in its proportion to the length
of the body from twice to four times, being, so far as I know, longest in the Lion, and
shortest in the Lyna: in the Cheetah it measures 10 feet 3 inches, the length of the
small intestines being § feet, of the large 2 feet 3 inches, and that of the cecum 1+ inch.
The large intestines in all the Feles are about two thirds of the length of the body, ex-
clusive of the tail. In the Genets, the Civets, and the Suricate, they are much shorter.
In the Dog the cecum is convoluted, and the large intestine equals or exceeds the length
of the body: but in the Cheetah the cecum is simple and the colon short, as in the rest
of the genus Felis'!. Two round follicles open within the verge of the anus ; the diameter
of each is about an inch. The anus is retracted and protruded by two muscles, one
arising from the middle of the os sacrum, and inserted into the sides of the anus; the
other coming from the third and fourth caudal vertebre, and passing forwards to ex-
pand on the posterior surface of the rectum. This structure I believe to be common to
the Cat tribe, but do not know how far it is peculiar to them.

The liver in all the Cat tribe is composed of four principal divisions : a left lobe, which
is entire ; a middle or cystic division, which is deeply cleft in two places, the left fissure
containing the coronary ligament, the right the gall-bladder ; a third or right division,
which is also partially cleft ; and in addition to these, a small lobulus Spigeli, fitting
into the lesser curvature of the stomach, and making in all seven lobes: occasionally,
however, the middle and right divisions are further subdivided. The gall-bladder is
elongated, and more or less bent or tortuous, especially at the neck. Occasionally in
the Cat its fundus is buried in the substance of the cystic lobe, and appears through a
cleft on the convex surface: Mr. Martin found this structure in the Jaguar also. [
am informed by my friend Mr. Kiernan, who has so successfully investigated the inti-
mate structure of this important gland, that the constituent lobules of the liver are
more angular and distinct from each other in those of the genus he has examined than
in the Hare or Rabbit among the Rodentia: they are remarkably distinct in the Cheetah,
and for the most part six-sided. The gall-bladder in this species has a complete in-
vestment of peritoneum, is disposed in three flexures, and the cystic duct is tortuous

‘I may here observe that in the Cheetah which I dissected the small intestines were much contracted, con-
taining only a grey inodorous mucus, apparently in consequence of an ulcerous opening in the duodenum, which
prevented the passage of chyme into them. The force of the contraction of the muscular fibres was such, that
they were drawn into a wavy form, and the longitudinal fibres were observed to form a strong band along the
attachment of the mesentery.

VOL. I. T

132 MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE CHEETAH.

before joining the hepatic. The common duct enters the duodenum 1 inch from the
pylorus, joining the pancreatic between the coats of the intestine. The form and
divisions of the liver are as above described.

The pancreas in the feline tribe is composed of two parts, both having an entire in-
vestment of peritoneum. One passes from the spleen to the duodenum behind the sto-
mach, lodged between the layers of the posterior part of the great omentum ; the other
follows the curve of the duodenum, describing a circle, and inclosed between the layers
of the duodenal mesentery. The gland is conformable to this type in the Cheetah.

The spleen in the Cats is invariably of a compressed elongated form, of nearly uni-
form breadth, and its cells are much smaller than in herbivorous Mammalia. In the
Cheetah this part is 7 inches in length, and 14 inch in breadth, with the lower end bent
out of the long axis.

The kidneys in the Cheetah are prominent, with the same proportion of the venous
blood returned by arborescent superficial veins as in the rest of the feline tribe: a
structure which is also found in the Swricate, Genets, Civets, and Hyenas, (and in
connexion with the feline form of cecum); but which does not exist in the Dog.

The chest in the Cheetah has not the same proportionate size as in the Lion. The
lungs are on the right side divided into three lobes and the lobulus impar; on the left
into three: the superior cleft on this side varies in depth in the different species.
The trachea is large, as in all the Cat tribe, with the cartilages dilated and sometimes
bifid at their posterior extremities ; the muscular and membranous interspace in the
Cheetah is an inch in breadth; andthe number of cartilages 41. The heart is 3+ inches
in length, and 2+ in breadth. The aorta gives off the left carotid with the right carotid
and subclavian by a common trunk, the left subclavian coming off separately. This
disposition I have found in all the feline animals which I have examined at the Society’s
Museum ; but it is not peculiar to the genus Felis. There is one superior vena cava.

The testes in the Cheetah are situated in a sessile scrotum 4 inches from the anus:
they are each 10 lines long, and 7 lines broad: the epididymis is large in proportion to
the gland. The penis in the unretracted state is 4 inches in length, the glans pointed
and armed with retroverted papilla, as in all feline animals, and without any bone.

The tongue is beset with retroverted cuticular papille, occupying its anterior third,
but not extending to the margin. The lytta, or rudiment of the lingual bone, so con-
spicuous in Dogs, is here reduced, as in the other feline animals, to a small vestige.

The elastic ligaments of the ungueal phalanges exist in the same number and rela-
tive position as in the Lion, but are longer and more slender : if the last joint is forcibly
drawn out, they retract it to a certain extent ; but this, as is well known, is insufficient
to preserve the claws so sharp as in the rest of the Feles.

It will thus be seen, that in the circulating, respiratory, digestive, and generative
systems, the Cheetah conforms to the typical structure of the genus Felis.

In the nervous system the same correspondence appears also to exist; but with

MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE CHEETAH. 1338

respect to the brain of the Cheetah, I am disposed to offer my remarks somewhat more
in detail.

A remarkable uniformity in the structure of this organ prevails throughout the
genus Felis, so far as I have yet had the opportunity of observing it ; and this uniformity
obtains not only in the general form of the cerebral hemispheres and of the cerebellum,
and in the relative proportions of these parts to the bigeminal bodies and medulla ob-
longata, but in the number and disposition of the convolutions of the cerebrum. The
brains which I have compared for this purpose, are those of the Lion, Tiger, Puma,
Cheetah, and several of the domestic Cat.

The hemispheres of the brain cover about the anterior half of the cerebellum, having
an osseous tentorium intervening: the mass of cerebrum posterior to the corpus callosum
exceeds that which is anterior to the same by about one fifteenth part of the longi-
tudinal diameter of the cerebrum. The superior vermiform process occupies a little
more than one third of the transverse diameter of the cerebellum. Of the bigeminal
bodies the posterior pair is the largest, while, as Tiedemann has observed, the contrary is
the case in the Rodentia, Ruminantia, and Solipeda. The corpora candicantia are blended
into a single mass, as in most of the Mammalia inferior to Man. The transverse tract
posterior to the tuber annulare, and bisected by the corpora pyramidalha, from which the
seventh and auditory nerves arise, called corpus trapezoideum, is of remarkable size in all
the species of the genus Felis above mentioned. The outer root of the olfactory nerve
is of great size, and emerges from a remarkably prominent natiform protuberance.

After premising these leading characters in the feline brain, I shall proceed to de-
scribe in detail the disposition of the superimposed cerebral matter of the hemispheres :
and as this is extended from before backwards in the process of growth, I shall begin
with the fissures on the anterior part. In the common Cat the principal fissures, or
anfractuosities, are less obscured by fissures of the second degree, and by vascular
grooves, than in the higher Feles.

The first or most anterior anfractuosity on the superior surface of the brain is lon-
gitudinal, and being the continuation and termination of the principal one on the in-
ferior surface, it extends a very short distance from before backwards!. The next an-
fractuosity behind this is a transverse one®, extending from the middle line about two
thirds across the hemisphere. At a short distance behind this fissure an anfractuosity
commences, which extends backwards parallel with the falz cerebri, and which follows
to a greater or less extent the outline of the posterior lobe of the hemisphere. The ante-
rior end of this anfractuosity? is crossed by an oblique fissure, which varies in extent.

Parallel to the mesial longitudinal anfractuosity, and at the same distance from it as
the latter is from the falz, a second longitudinal anfractuosity* is seen, which does not
extend so far forwards or backwards, but bends outwards and downwards at both ex-
tremities. The mass of cerebrum external to the second longitudinal anfractuosity is

1 §, Figg. 1—5, Plate XX. 21. Figg. 1—6. 32. Figg. 1. 2. 4. & 5. 43. Figg. 1. 2,4. & 5.

T2

134 MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE CHEETAH.

traversed perpendicularly or transversely by three principal anfractuosities!, so that each
hemisphere posterior to the first transverse fissure is composed of two mesial longitudi-
nal convolutions with their deflected extremities (a. & b.), and four lateral perpendicular
convolutions (c. d. e. & f.), which may be called principal or primary convolutions.

In the Cheetah the first longitudinal convolution a. is traversed longitudinally by an
interrupted fissure?, which, in the individual examined, extended further in the right
than in the left hemisphere ; and I have observed that these secondary fissures are in
general less symmetrical than the primary ones. In the Cat there is no increase of the
surface of the brain by a secondary fissure of this kind. In the Lion there is a slight
trace of it at the middle, and again at the posterior end of convolution a. In the
Cheetah, Lion, Tiger and Puma, there are a few irregular transverse intersections®,
extending about half way across this convolution from both sides.

The convolution 6. in the Cheetah differs from that in the Lion, Tiger, Puma, and
Cat, chiefly in its elevation above the plane of the hemisphere. In both the Cheetah
and Lion it is broader in proportion to a. than in the Cat. The mass formed by the
blending together of the convolutions a. and b. posteriorly, presents more partial fissures
in the Cheetah than in the Lion or Cat; the continuation outwards of the secondary
fissure 7 is constant in all the Feles.

Of the lateral convolutions the middle ones d. and e. are the smallest in all the Feles,
and do not project so far out as f. In the Cat the difference is but slight; in the
Lion it is greater; and in the Cheetah the proportionate size of these convolutions is a
little more increased.

The small convolution g. is of about the same proportionate size in all the Feles ;
but the brain at the part where b. and c. meet is broader in the Cheetah* than in either
the Lion or the Cat. The cerebrum is also proportionately broader than the cerebellum
in the Cheetah than in any of the Feles which I have examined.

At the base of the hemispheres the principal and most constant anfractuosity is lon-
gitudinal, extending along the outside of the olfactory nerve, and terminating ante-
riorly in 8. Fig. 1.

Another longitudinal fissure, posterior to the preceding, separates the natiform pro-
tuberance from the blended convolutions e. and f.

On the mesial surface of the hemispheres the anfractuosities are the same in number
in the Cat and Cheetah, but are of greater extent in the latter. The transverse anfrac-
tuosity® extends in both species downwards and backwards, to opposite the middle of the
corpus callosum. Ihave found the same disposition of this convolution in the brains of
two Lions; but Tiedemann, in his view of the brain of the Lion®, does not represent it

14.5. & 6. Figg. 2. & 5. 27. Fig. 1. 39. Fig. 1.

4 This difference is expressed in the form of the cranium, which, as Cuvier has observed (Ossemens Foss.,
tom. iv. p. 446.), is the shortest, most convex, and proportionately the broadest, of any of the species of Felis.

51. Figg. 1. &3. 5 Icones Cerebri Simiarum, &c. Tab. iii. fig. 5.

MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE CHEETAH. 135

as extending so far backwards. The mass of cerebrum anterior to this anfractuosity is
slightly indented with a fissure, which is of greater extent in the Cheetah than in the Cat.

Posterior to anfractuosity 1. a second! commences in the Cheetah and Lion from the
anterior intersection of convolution a., and extends downwards and backwards to the
posterior part of the hemisphere. In the Cat this anfractuosity does not extend so far
at either extremity, but its direction is the same.

The posterior anfractuosity® runs parallel with and above the preceding; it termi-
nates at the posterior part of the hemisphere, but does not extend to the upper surface
at its anterior extremity in any of the Cat tribe.

The general disposition of the convolutions in the brain of a Dog is sufficiently
similar to that in the brain of the Cat tribe for the purposes of comparison.

In the brain of the Jackal the convolutions a. and b. occupy nearly the same extent
and position, but b. is half as broad again as a., so that the Cheetah in the difference
manifested by the superior bulk of this convolution, approximates to the Dog, although
it is but in a slight degree. A further difference is observable, and more especially
in the domesticated Dog, in the additional cerebral matter anterior to the transverse
fissure 1, and in the greater extent'to which the cerebellum is covered by the posterior
part of the cerebrum; but with reference to these differences, the Cheetah strictly ad-
heres to the feline type.

That the disposition of the superimposed mass of the cerebrum varies in the different
orders of Mammalia, and in some of the orders is found to vary also in the different
genera, is now well known to comparative anatomists. In the great work of Gall and
Spurzheim, the disposition of the hemispheric substance is in part delineated as it ap-
pears in the brains of the Sheep, Kangaroo, Lion, Tiger, Cat, Rhesus Monkey, Guenon,
Elephant, and Orang-Utan: and different examples from the Quadrumana, Carnivora,
Marsupiata, Rodentia, and Edentata, are given by Tiedemann in his ‘ Icones Cerebri
Simiarum §c.’, all of which sufficiently prove this fact.

Of the constancy of the disposition of the convolutions represented by Gall and
Spurzheim in the Lion and Tiger as characteristic of the brain of the feline genus, I
was first assured by our fellow Member H. H. Holm, Esq., Lecturer on Phrenology?,
whose attention has long been directed to this part of anatomy.

19. Figg. 3. & 6. 210. Figg. 3. & 6.

° The following note contains Mr. Holm’s opinions of the functions of the different convolutions in the brain
of the Cheetah, after a comparison of it with the human brain and that of some other animals.

“Tn the human brain the convolutions of the posterior lobe appear formed in three longitudinal masses
meeting behind, and diverging in their progress forwards :

The internal mass Inhabitiveness, Self-esteem.
The middle mass contains—Philoprogenitiveness / Adhesiveness, Love of Approbation.
The external mass Combativeness, Destructiveness, Alimentivenses.

These masses have very frequent interconnexions, are much convoluted in their course, and have great numbers
of subconvolutions.

“In the common Cat we see the same type prevails, but the masses are simple. The internal mass dilates

136 MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE CHEETAH.

In the description of the outward configuration of the cerebral hemispheres in the
Cheetah and other feline species, I have limited myself to noting those convolutions only
which, after a careful comparison of the materials at my disposal, appeared to be sub-
ject to least variety. But even with this limitation a very small portion of the cerebral
surface remains undescribed; and the constancy manifested in the disposition of the
remainder, as to the form, extent, and symmetrical arrangement of the convolutions,
argues strongly in favour of the conclusion that the folding of the hemispheric sub-
stance in the progress of its development, follows a determinate law; and that the
tracing of the additional convolutions, as they successively present themselves in suc-
ceeding complexities of the cerebrum, may not only tend to advance zoology by bringing
to light additional instances of affinities between the different groups of Mammalia, but
ultimately lead to the determination both of the amount and locality of the convo-
lutions in the human brain which are analogous to those of the inferior animals.

PLATE XX.

Fig. 1. Superior view of the brain of the Cheetah.

2. Side view of the same.

3. Mesial surface of the right hemisphere of the same.

4. Superior view of the brain of the domestic Cat.

5. Side view of the same.

6. Mesial surface of the right hemisphere of the same.

A. The cerebrum; B. the cerebellum; C. the medulla oblongata; D. the spinal cord.

The smaller letters and figures are explained in the text.

anteriorly, and forms a large portion of the anterior lobe: the middle one turns outwardly, and joins particu-
larly the external lateral mass, which does not extend farther forwards than about two thirds of the whole
extent of the cerebrum: the external or lateral mass is subdivided by two transverse perpendicular fissures into
three conyolutions, of which probably the posterior may be Combativeness, the middle Destructiveness, the
anterior Secretiveness and Alimentiveness; these three all unite below.

«The under surface of the anterior lobe is divided by a fissure extending nearly in the direction of the outer
margin of the olfactory nerve, as in Man, in whom the mesial convolution contains Individuality: this in the
Cat may perhaps include other organs.

“The brains of the whole genus Felis are similar as to these general divisions, though the convolutions vary
as to their relative proportions in each species, and frequently in individuals of the same species.

“Tn comparing the genus Felis with the Dog tribes, the posterior internal longitudinal mass is much smaller
than the middle; and in the Jackal the middle mass is half as much more voluminous as the internal mass,
while in most of the Cats these parts are nearly equal, and in some the internal preponderates. The posterior
division of the external lateral mass, Combativeness, is smaller than the middle one, Destructiveness, in the
Cats, while the opposite fact appears in the Dogs: in this respect the Lion approaches more to the Dag tribe
than any of the genus Felis.” —H. H. H.

« * = ==

LR Sines ded. @ Schaaf tidheg

7-3. As eles yulala

Goons Cot ee Vill t YEU A136

A
a
A
we,

ww:
Cen
ae

Tnnied by C udimande

ae
FO Heled dometlicit

Dei | Lar

a ©

.
: <

a’ Ge

® ‘
:

« 4

es

Ts

7 >
r

, AG

f ;

[ 137]

XVI. Notice of a Mammiferous Animal from Madagascar, constituting a New Form among
the Viverridous Carnivora. By E. T. Bennerr, Esq., F.L.S., Sec. Z.8.

Communicated April 9, 1833.

MR. TELFAIR, the President of the Mauritius Natural History Society, and a most
active and liberal Corresponding Member of our body, has recently presented to us an
animal obtained by him from Madagascar, which exhibits a combination of characters
hitherto unnoticed. I hasten, therefore, to lay before the Society some account of it,
although, owing to the youth of the individual, my description of it must at present be
in some respects incomplete. ;

It belongs to the family of Viverride among the Carnivorous Mammalia, having the
prickly tongue, the two tubercular molar teeth in the upper jaw, and the other characters
by which the Civets are distinguished from the Cats on the one side, and from the Dogs
on the other. It approaches more nearly than most of the other forms of this family
to the Felide, having the claws on both feet truly retractile, and furnished with the
retractile ligaments ; those of the anterior limbs being also acute both at their points
and edges. In these respects it agrees with Paradoxurus, F. Cuv., as it does also in
the nakedness of the soles of its feet, and in the union of the toes almost to their ex.
tremities by an interdigital membrane. From Paradorurus, however, it differs by its
short, smooth, and adpressed fur, giving it an appearance remarkably distinct from
animals covered by loose, spreading, and soft hairs; by the uniformly haired coat of its
slender cylindrical tail, the equal covering of which on all its surfaces appears to indi-
cate that this organ is not capable of being curled in the manner so remarkable in the
Paradozuri; and especially by the possession of a pouch surrounding the anus, which
does not exist in that genus. In Paradorurus Typus, F. Cuv., there are instead of anal
pouches two bare patches in the female; one surrounding the anus, composed of nu-
merous small follicles ; the second, surrounding the vagina, and of the size of a crown
piece, barer, and of a similar glandular nature. In the Madagascar animal there is, on
the contrary, no naked space surrounding the anus or the vagina; the skin covering the
intervening space is equally hairy withthe adjoining parts; and there is a pouch sur-
rounding the anus, of moderate depth, and of half an inch in diameter. The posterior
margin of this pouch is more distant from the anus than the anterior ; and the anterior
edge is united to the anus by a fold of the naked skin of the pouch, forming a frenum.
On account of its possessing an anal pouch, I propose to designate the genus, of which
this animal may be regarded as the type, by the name of Cryptoprocta. The species
may be named Cryptoprocta ferow.

138 MR. E. T. BENNETT’S NOTICE OF CRYPTOPROCTA,

The body is slender, and the limbs robust and of moderate length ; the head narrow
and slightly elongated ; the glandular muzzle small; the nostrils with a deep lateral
sinus ; the moustaches numerous and stiff, the longest exceeding the head in length;
the eyes rather small, and placed above the angle of the mouth, the opening of which
is not much prolonged backwards; the ears unusually large, rounded, with a fold on
the posterior margin and one or two sinuosities within, hairy both within and without,
except in the auditory passage; neck slender; anterior limbs somewhat shorter than
the posterior ; tail, which appears to be mutilated at the extremity, as long as the body,
reaching when retroverted to between the ears, perfectly cylindrical, and uniformly
hairy ; soles of the anterior feet naked to the whole extent of the carpus, of the poste-
rior nearly to the heel ; claws retractile, five on each foot ; on the anterior sharp pointed
and edged, compressed, curved, short, and cat-like; on the posterior rather larger,
compressed, less curved, and obtuse. The toes are united nearly to the tips; on the
fore feet the middle is the longest ; those on each side are scarcely shorter, and nearly
equal to each other ; the innermost and outermost also nearly equal to each other, but
still shorter than the adjoining ones: on the posterior feet the third and fourth toes are
nearly equal and somewhat longer than the second and fifth, the thumb being consi-
derably shorter.

The colour of the whole upper and outer surfaces is of a somewhat light brownish red,
resulting from a mixture of brown and straw colour, in rings of greater or less extent,
on each hair; below and internally on the limbs it is less deep, the individual hairs
being of a more uniform colour.

The hairs are short, smooth, and even soft to the touch, and slightly crisped ; mea-
suring on the body and tail from three quarters of an inch to an inch in length, and
becoming shorter on the head and limbs. The moustaches are black at the base and
become lighter at their tips. At the base of the ears externally the hair is rather long
and somewhat darker coloured, but shorter and thinner at their tips; the anterior part
of their inner surface has a tuft of much longer hairs than the rest.

The measurements are as follows :

Inches.

Length from the tip of the nose to the root of the tail . . . . 1345

of the tail (probably not quite entire) . . . .. . ILS

heddhas of} 07 saute seth sale eee Get ext pr ases

loneestimoustachelja <4). jive Valet cee wl SOs gY Ee

Cal sh dog ns -e e base (ie Sa ieeet 2D alieey oR

Breadthiotithevear ot) ads alan oft ayarl daciey ORR ePlo sors nlrb;

head at the base of the ears 4 sane. ot, ot parle

Length ofthiemeninns GF aescsta.1 |isicou deter we wiiees=io. 2th Wo ty
arin ja cite its. 9c. cert malta bobiecs of nage 2

forearm > +) geese Sy. sare ote wit ess

A NEW GENUS OF VIVERRIDZ. 139

Inches

Length of the anterior foot to the end of the longest claw. . . 144
thigh . 2c

leg Reid sae chen ca one nod call vial o's i nical eR

posterior foot to the end of the longest claw . . 2,5,

In its internal anatomy, as in many of its external characters, the Cryptoprocta feror
approaches the Cats. The stomach is a long pouch, strongly bent upon itself at its
posterior third, and slightly contracted at its first third, where it lies upon the trihedral
elongated spleen. Its rounded end extends left of the esophagus about half an inch,
the diameter of the stomach being three quarters of an inch at the cesophageal entrance;
it then contracts to about five eighths of an inch, becomes again dilated to its previous
dimensions, and bends upwards, gradually narrowing to the pylorus: the length of the
first portion is two inches and a quarter, of the second, one and three quarters: fol-
lowing the middle line of the stomach, its length is three inches and a half. Along its
first or descending portion the stomach is furnished externally, both dorsad and ven-
trad, with strong longitudinal muscular fibres: these scarcely extend to the curved
part, and are not visible on the ascending portion. The length of the small intestines
is four feet and three inches ; of the cecum, an inch and a sixth; of the large intestines,
five inches and a half. The cecum at its base is broader than the small intestine ad-
joining it, the two together about equalling the colon in capacity of tube: from its base
it narrows gradually to its extremity, which is only slightly obtuse ; its direction is
parallel to the small intestine.

The teeth in the individual examined are of the deciduous class only, and conse-
quently cannot furnish permanent characters. It may, however, be desirable to de-
scribe them. They consist, in the upper jaw, of six closely set incisors, of which the
four intermediate are small, with their crowns a little flattened and somewhat impressed
transversely ; the outer incisors are much larger than the intermediate ones, and have
on their external surface somewhat the appearance of canines ; they have an internal
process, against which the crowns of the corresponding teeth of the upper jaw close.
The canines are distant from the incisors, and project from the jaw about twice the
length of the outer incisors; they are curved backwards. Immediately adjoining to
the canine on each side are two small false molars ; the first nearly cylindrical, with a
slight process on the outer and posterior part of its crown; the second having a slender
lengthened crown, and two roots. A space, equal in length to the second molar, in-
tervenes between it and the third, which is large and composed of three sharp, longi-
tudinally disposed, tubercles ; the anterior having a small process behind ; the second,
twice the length of the preceding one, is simple and directed somewhat backwards ; the
third forms a long transverse ridge: the middle tubercle is, at its base, somewhat
lengthened inwards, but is without process or spur in this direction. The fourth
molar, adjoining the third, is irregularly triangular ; its outer and broadest portion is

VOL. I. U

140 MR. E. T. BENNETT’S NOTICE OF CRYPTOPROCTA.

flat, the inner is much smaller, and is considerably lower in the crown than the outer.
Behind this is a closed cavity in the jaw, evidently containing the rudiment of a fifth,
or second tubercular, molar tooth. In the lower jaw the six incisors are nearly of equal
size, the outer one on each side being acute at its top. The canine adjoins the external
incisor ; is more than twice its length, strong and broad at the base, narrower upwards,
and curved somewhat backwards. Two false molars succeed, placed close to each
other, similar to those of the upper jaw, and separated by a small interval from the
canine anteriorly and the third molar posteriorly. The third molar has four acute
tubercles succeeding each other longitudinally ; the first is small and short, ranging
scarcely higher than the second false molar ; the second, much stronger, and twice the
length of the first; the third, corresponding nearly with the first, and separated by a
notch from the fourth, which is small and much lower. The fourth molar has also four
sharp tubercles, of which the first two are strong and cutting, the second being the
largest, and having behind it and somewhat internally the third, which is small and
acute ; the fourth resembles the fourth tubercle of the third molar. An enlargement
of the bone behind this tooth shows that the pulp of a fifth molar is inclosed within
the jaw.

Mr. Telfair states that this animal was sent to him lately from the interior and
southern part of Madagascar, and that he has not seen in Mauritius any of the Mada-
gascar people that were acquainted with it. He remarks, ‘‘It is the most savage
creature of its size I ever met with: its motions and power and activity were those of
a tiger: and it had the same appetites for blood and destruction of animal life. Its
muscular force was very great, and the muscles of the limbs were remarkably full and
thick. It lived with me for some months.”

In conclusion I may add, that it is not impossible that the Cryptoprocta ferow may be
identical with the animal described and figured by M. F. Cuvier, in the ‘ Mémoires du
Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle’!, as a species of Paradowurus, with the trivial name of
aureus ; the anal pouch, which distinguishes it from Paradowwrus, having, perhaps, been
overlooked by that distinguished zoologist. The colours, form, and proportions appear
to be the same. M. F. Cuvier’s specimen was young, though not so young as the one
in the Society’s Museum: the country from which it was obtained was not recorded.

1 Tom. ix. p. 46. tab. 4, fig. inf.

PLATE XXI.

CryPTOPROCTA FEROX.

; anol moor, fla)
é ( )

OP TF? “3 QoOoO >> ?
aL 3

f 141 j

XVII. Descriptions of some new Species of Cuvier’s Family of Brachiopoda. By
W. J. Broverir, Esg., Vice-Pres. of the Geological and Zoological Societies,
F.R.S., L.S., &e.

Communicated November 26, 1833.

AMONG the great additions to our zoological information contributed by Mr. Cuming,
some of the species about to be described will hold a distinguished place, in consequence
of the opportunity which their preservation in spirit has afforded to my friend Mr. Owen
for giving the details of the anatomy of Cuvier’s family of Brachiopoda, with that
acuteness and accuracy which mark his researches.

This family is, moreover, very interesting from its geological relations. The dif-
ferent species of Terebratula assist in the identification of strata from the supracreta-
ceous group to some of the lowest formations in the grauwacke series, both inclusive ;
Orbicula is said to have been found in the lower green-sand of Sussex, in the Speeton clay
of Yorkshire, in both the great and the inferior oolite, in the carboniferous limestone,
and in the Ludlow rock below the old red sandstone ; and Lingula in the inferior oolite
of Yorkshire, in the old red sandstone formation, and in other old fossiliferous beds.
That the organization of the recent animals is the same with that of those species which
lived and died thousands of years ago, there can be no doubt ; and we may thus form
some conclusion as to the nature of those most ancient seas wherein the fossils existed.

Genus. TerEBRATULA, Brug.

1. TEREBRATULA CHILENSIS.
Tab. XXII. Fig. 1.

Ter. testa suborbiculari, gibbd, albente, radiatim striata, striis latioribus, margine subcre-
nulato, subflecuoso. .
Long. 1+ poll., lat. 14, crass. <.
Hab. in sinu Valparaiso.
Mus. Cuming.

This species varies much in size and appearance. In the older shells the radiated
strie almost disappear; and very young individuals are nearly smooth and oblong ;
while those of intermediate growth have the strie strongly marked. The specimen
of which the anatomy is given is a very young one, and the dimensions above
recorded are those of the largest which I have seen. The length is taken from the ex-
treme end of the perforation to the opposite rim, the breadth from an imaginary line

u2

142 MR. BRODERIP’S DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW SPECIES OF

bisecting it, and the thickness from another imaginary line, supposed to be drawn
through the middle of the two valves and the included space.

Mr. Cuming found this Terebratula in the Bay of Valparaiso, at a depth ranging from
sixty to ninety fathoms. The older shells were attached to rocks, and the younger to
Corallines and Fuct.

2. TereBRATuLA Uva.

Tab. XXII. Fig. 2.

Ter. testd ovato-oblongd, ventricosd, subglabrd, subdiaphand, lineis concentricis substriatd ;
valvd perforatd subelongati.
Long. 1 poll., lat. s, diam. +7.
Hab. in sinu Tehuantepec.
Mus. Cuming.
This Terebratula was found by Captain Dare, while dredging for Meleagrine margari-
tifere, attached to a dead sea-worn bivalve, at a depth of from ten to twelve fathoms,
and on a bottom of sandy mud.

Genus. Orspicua, Cuv.

1. OrpicuLa LAMELLOSA.
Tab. XXIII. Fig. 2.
Orb. testd corned, fuscd, suborbiculari, subdepressd, lamellis concentricis elevatis rugosa.
Long. 1-4, poll., lat. 1.

Hab. ad Peruvie oras. (Iquiqui.—Bay of Ancon.)

Mus. Cuming.

This species was found by Mr. Cuming in groups, the individuals being in many
instances piled in layers one over the other on a sandy bottom, at a depth ranging
from five to nine fathoms. At Ancon they were found attached to dead shells, and
also clinging to the wreck of a Spanish vessel of about 300 tons, which went down in the
Bay about twelve years ago. The sunken timbers (for the sheathing was gone to decay,)
were covered with these shells, much in the same way that beams on land are some-
times invested with flat parasitic Fungi. At Iquiqui they were taken adhering to a
living Mytilus.

It is to be observed, that the bearded appearance round the border of many of the
specimens is produced by the dried remains of the cilia of the mantle. The lower valve
varies very much according to circumstances, being thinnest and smoothest when it is
least exposed: in those instances where the adhesion is co-extensive with the surface,
it is very thin. Generally it is convex where it rises from the depressed area of the
perforated part ; but this convexity depends so much on position and other accidental
circumstances, that it cannot be relied on with any safety as a character.

The measurement merely relates to the extent of surface of the upper valve, the

CUVIER’S FAMILY OF BRACHIOPODA. 143

length being taken from the extreme edge of the border above the perforation to the
opposite rim; and the breadth following an imaginary line, bisecting the former at
right angles.

2. OrsicuLta Cuminaii.

Tab. XXIII. Fig. 1.

Orb. testd subconicd, suborbiculari, crassiusculd, striis ab apice radiantibus numerosis ;
epidermide fuscd.
Long. +2, poll., lat. 32,.
Hab. ad Paytam Peruvie, ad Sanctam Elenam, et ad Panamam.
Mus. Cuming.

The concentric lines of growth in this species are crossed by the numerous stri¢ which
radiate from the apex of the upper valve. The under valve, which varies from con-
vexity to flatness, is much the thinnest, and is only marked by the concentric lines.

Found by Mr. Cuming at the localities above given, attached to the lower sides of
stones in sandy mud at low water, and in some instances at a depth of six fathoms.
The remains of the cilia give a bearded appearance to the border of the shell in many
of the dried specimens, as in Orb. lamellosa.

Orb. Cumingii approaches nearest to Orb. striata, described by Mr. G. B. Sowerby in
the ‘ Transactions of the Linnean Society’.

3. OrBICULA STRIGATA.
Tab. XXIII. Fig. 1*.

Orb. testd crassiusculd, subrotundd, substriatd, radiatim castaneo strigatd ; epidermide
tenui, fused.
Long. +7,, lat. vix +2,, crass. -2; poll.
Hab. ad Guatemale oras. (Isle of Cafia.)
Mr. Cuming dredged two individuals of this species at the depth of eighteen fathoms.
They were attached to rocks. The dimensions are taken from the largest specimen ;
but the smallest is figured on account of the superior brilliancy of the stripes.

Genus. Lineuta, Brug.

1. Lincuta AupEBARDU.

Tab. XXIII. Fig. 14.
Ling. testd oblonga, glabra, corned, pallidé flava, viridi transversim pictd, limbo anteriore
rotundato, viridi.
Long. 12 poll., lat. +5.
Hab. ad Insulam Punam. (Bay of Guayaquil.)
Mus. Cuming.

144 MR. BRODERIP ON SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHIOPODA.

The rounded anterior edge of this shell is green, and the transverse lines of that
colour are produced by the progressive increase of the shell, which is smooth and parch-
ment-like. In all the dried specimens the thin anterior edge is contracted into a square
form, so as to produce a resemblance to a very square-toed shoe; but in its natural
state this edge is rounded. A general contraction, moreover, gives the dried shells a
narrower and more ventricose character than they really possess; and the remains of
the cilia of the branchie give to their anterior edges a bearded appearance. The di-
mensions above given were taken from the largest specimen which I have seen: the
individual dissected by Mr. Owen is comparatively small.

Mr. Cuming found this species, which bears the name of the Baron de Férussac, at
about half-tide, in an extensive bottom of hard coarse sand, from four to six inches
below its surface. The extent of the sand was about twelve miles long, and two miles
wide.

2. Lineuta SEMEN.

Tab. XXIII. Fig. 17.

Ling. testé ovato-oblongd, crassiusculd, pland, albidd, levissimé, politd, limbo anteriore
rotundato.
Long. » poll., lat. +4.
Hab. ad Insulam Platam.
Mus. Cuming.

This shell, the only one I have seen, was dredged by Mr. Cuming in fine coral sand
from a depth of seventeen fathoms. It may be a young individual ; but the shell is so
much firmer than it usually is in Lingula (so firm, indeed, as not to have contracted at
all in drying), that I cannot but look on it as an undescribed species. In size and ap-
pearance it bears a near resemblance to a melon seed.

Mr. Cuming informs me that he found another specimen, about a line longer, at the
same time and in the same place, but that he has unfortunately mislaid it.

PLATE XXII.

Fig. 1. TerepratuLa CHILENSIS.
2. TEREBRATULA Uva.

PLATE XXIII.

Fig. 1. Orsicuta Cuminait.
1*,. ORBICULA STRIGATA.
2. ORBICULA LAMELLOSA.
14. Lineuta AuUDEBARDII.
17. Lineuta SEMEN.

[ 145 ]

XVIII. On the Anatomy of the Brachiopoda of Cuvier, and more especially of the Genera
Terebratula and Orbicula. By Ricuarp Owen, Esq., F.Z.S., Assistant Conservator
of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons in London.

Communicated November 26, 1833.

IT is to Cuvier that we are indebted for the knowledge of that interesting form of the
respiratory organ of the Bivalve Mollusks, by which the mantle, in addition to its se-
creting the shelly defence of the viscera, and constituting their immediate covering, is
made subservient also to the renovation of the circulating fluids. The dissection of
Lingula anatina, Brug., which first brought to light this structure, is among the early
labours of that great anatomist, and forms the subject of his first paper in the ‘ Annales
du Muséum.’ He observed in Lingula that in the situation occupied by the branchie in
ordinary Bivalves, there were instead two fringed and spirally disposed arms, and that
the branchie themselves were arranged in oblique parallel lines along the internal sur-
face of both lobes of the mantle; that the lobes of the mantle were further charac-
terized by large vessels returning the blood from the respiratory organs; and tha!
these vessels (the branchial veins) terminated in two systemic hearts, which were
symmetrically disposed, thus forming a new type of circulation, corresponding to the
modification of the respiratory system.

For the Mollusks possessing these important modifications of structure, Cuvier
founded a distinct class, which, according to his system of orismology for that di-
vision of the animal kingdom, he denominated Brachiopoda, considering the fringed
arms as being in place of the foot in the Cockle, Muscle, &c.

From the analogy of Terebratula to Lingula in its pedicellate mode of attachment to
foreign substances, and from such notices of the construction of the soft parts as he
had then met with, he concluded that its organs of respiration were similarly situated,
and that what had been taken for branchie by Lamanon!' and Walsh®, were in fact the
analogues of the fringed arms of Lingula.

It is remarkable that Cuvier in no part of his Memoir, nor in either of the
editions of the ‘ Régne Animal,’ should allude to the concise description which Pallas
has given of the animal of Terebratula in the ‘ Miscellanea Zoologica’’. Under the old
name of Anomia, which, since the Linnean character is applicable only to the modern
Terebratule, ought to have been retained for them, Pallas notices the limited situation
of the viscera. He describes the arms with his usual minuteness and accuracy, but
considers them as branchie, comparing them to those of a fish (piscium branchiis

' Voyage de la Pérouse, p. 146. ® Naturforsch., tom. iii. p. 88. ’ P. 182. (Anomiarum Biga.)

146 MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE BRACHIOPODA.

simillima). He enumerates three pairs of muscles belonging to the shell, and notices
the situation of the mouth and stomach, but not that of the anus. The cloak, probably
from its close adherence to the valves, he calls periosteum.

Another account of the organization of Terebratula is given by M. de Blainville in
the ‘ Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles’!. After noticing the symmetrical character
of the soft parts, and their general relation to the valves, he proceeds to speak of the
arms, and, preferring the opinion of Pallas to that of Cuvier, considers them as the
respiratory organs. With respect to the intestinal canal and liver, nothing is added to the
description given by Pallas. The branchie M. de Blainville supposes to have the power
of projecting outwardly, though not to the same extent as the arms in Lingula, and thus
to contribute to open the shell. Of the muscular apparatus of Terebratula he conjectures
part to belong to the visceral mass, and was unable to distinguish more than two pairs
belonging to the valves. The extremities of both these pairs he describes as attached to
the valves, but considers it very probable that some of the fibres may pass through the
orifice of the perforated valve, or be attached to the membrane which closes that orifice.
From the particulars he was enabled to ascertain concerning the organization of Tere-
bratula, and with the conviction that the branchie@ are not attached to the mantle, he
considers that genus as intermediate to the true Palliobranchiata (Lingula, e. g.,) and
the Lamellibranchiate Bialves.

In the latest edition of the ‘Réegne Animal’ Cuvier retains his original opinion
respecting the nature of the fringed or pinnate labial processes of Terebratula, still
calling them arms: his description, however, of the muscles of the valves is liable to
the same objection as those of the preceding authors, since, with the exception of
one pair, they do not go from one valve to the other. He describes the ovaries as
ramified productions adherent to each valve, but is doubtful as to the position of the
branche.

On account of the peculiar interest attached to this genus, both from its anatomical!
and geological relations, and from the contrariety of opinions entertained respecting
some of its most important organs, I felt considerable pleasure at receiving from
Mr. Cuming a small, recent, and well preserved specimen of Ter. Chilensis, Brod. ;
and I am much gratified in having this opportunity of acknowledging the liberality with
which he has submitted to me the numerous specimens of the animals of rare and in-
teresting species of shells collected by him.

From observations on the young specimen of Ter. Chilensis, I was at first inclined
to suppose that the coagulated contents of the branchial veins might have been mis-
taken for the ova ; but having subsequently received three full-grown specimens, con-
taining two distinct species of Terebratula?, through the kindness of Capt. P. P. King,
and having more recently dissected a well preserved Ter. psittacea, Brug., taken by

1 Tom, li. p. 130. 2 Ter. dorsata, Brug., and Ter. Sowerbii, King, Zool. Journ., vol. v. p. 338.

MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE BRACHIOPODA. 147

that gallant and scientific officer Commander James C. Ross, R.N.!, I find that the
situation of the ova in dried specimens when the mantle-lobes adhere to the shell, would
be such as Cuvier has described.

It is from the above-mentioned materials that the following account of the anatomy
of Terebratula has been derived.

On separating and removing the valves of Terebratula, the soft parts of the animal

appear as in Figg. 5., 6., 14. & 15. Plate XXII. The arms and viscera, as in Lingula,
are inclosed between the lobes of the mantle, which are precisely adapted to the inner
surface of their corresponding valves, and are in such close contact with them as to
require great care in separating the valves from them. That lobe of the mantle which
corresponds to the perforated valve, is traversed longitudinally by four large vessels? ;
the opposite lobe is similarly traversed by two such vessels. These appearances were
constant in the four specimens examined.
' The margins of the mantle are thickened, as is commonly observed in the Lamelli-
branchiate Bivalves ; but which in this case results less from contraction than from a
peculiar structure, presently to be described. In Lingula and Orbicula the same margins
are distinctly and beautifully ciliate ; but in Terebratula the marginal cilia are so minute,
as only to be perceptible by means of a lens.

At the posterior part of each of the lobes the expanded fleshy extremities of the
muscles are seen ; those which were attached to the perforated valve being nearer the
hinge by their whole length, than the anterior pair of the opposite valve. Each of the
oval muscular disks is composed of an anterior larger muscle, and a posterior smaller
one. Through the transparent mantle may also be seen the green-coloured follicular
liver intervening between and surrounding the muscles, and the folded ciliate arms.

As the visceral mass occupies but a small space near the hinge, the lobes of the
mantle can be reflected to a greater extent than in Lingula. On examining in this
way the inner surface of the lobes of the mantle, another important difference between
Terebratula and Lingula is perceived. In the latter genus the branchie consist, as
described by Cuvier, of narrow elongated vascular productions, which are attached to
the inner surface of the lobes of the mantle; whereas in Terebratula there only appear
the venous trunks above mentioned. These vessels I first perceived in Mr. Cuming’s
small specimen, where they were sufficiently conspicuous from the outside of the
mantle, owing to their being distended with coagulated blood; but on the inner side
they are more distinctly seen, commencing by numerous branches from the margins
of the pallial lobes, from the union of which, at about two lines distance from the

‘ This gentleman, having learned from my friend Mr. Broderip that J was engaged in the investigation of the
anatomy of Terebratula, submitted for my examination, in the most liberal manner, the largest of the few
specimens which the untoward circumstances attending the late perilous expedition permitted him to bring
safely to this country. It was fished up from adepth of twenty-two fathoms near Felix Harbour, in lat. 70°N.
on the east side of Boothia Peninsula.

2m. m. Figg. 5. 7. 3m. m. Figg. 6. 8.

VOL. I. x

148 MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE BRACHIOPODA.

margin, are formed the large trunks above described. The size of these vessels at
once suggests their subserviency to other purposes than that of merely returning the
blood necessary for the nutrition of the mantle. The four vessels of the perforated
lobe of the mantle form two trunks near the visceral mass, which pass exterior to the
muscular disks, and joining those of the opposite lobe, enter the two hearts, or dilated
sinuses, which are situated exterior to the liver, and, in Ter. Chilensis and Ter. Sowerbii,
just within the origins of the internal calcareous loop. Corresponding to the large
branchial veins there appear under the microscope much smaller vessels, which I
regard as the branchial arteries ; these run parallel with the middle of the branchial
veins, and terminate in the margins of the mantle from which the veins commence.
These margins present the following appearances when viewed with a high magnifying
power :—they are puckered at regular distances, the puckerings being apparently
caused by the insertions of delicate cilia, which pass as far within the mantle as they
project beyond it: in the interspaces of the cilia the margin of the mantle is minutely
fringed: and within this fringe is a canal, which extends along the whole circumference
of the lobe, and from which the branchial veins appear to take their origin: the
marginal canal is contracted where the cilia are inserted into it, which gives it a
sacculated appearance, like that of the canal of Petit in the human eye.

The uniform results of repeated observations on all the specimens of Terebratula
which I had at my disposal, convinced me that the vascular mantle was the chief, if
not the sole respiratory organ ; and the utility of the marginal cilia in reference to this
function can now be readily appreciated, in consequence of the discovery of the remark-
able property which cilia possess of exciting determinate currents in the surrounding
water,—a discovery for which the scientific world is indebted to the observations of
Dr. Grant!, Dr. Sharpey?, and M. Raspail*.

The imperforate valve in many species of Terebratula is characterized, as is well
known, by a peculiar, complex, and extremely delicate testaceous apparatus, attached
to its internal surface: now, as in those recent specimens with the soft parts which I
have examined, and in which this structure existed, it was found to give attachment
to the arms, it becomes necessary to describe it before speaking of those parts.

The principal part of this internal skeleton, as it may be termed, consists of a
slender, flattened, calcareous loop, the extremities of which are attached to the lateral
elevated ridges of the hinge; the crura of the loop diverge, but again approximate to
each other as they advance for a greater or less distance towards the opposite margin
of the valve; the loop then suddenly turns towards the perforate valve, and is bent
back upon itself for a greater or less extent in different species. When the loop is very
short and narrow, as in Ter. vitrea, Brug., there is but a small tendency towards a re-
flected portion ; but where the loop is of great length and width, as in Ter. Chilensis,

1 Edinburgh Phil. Journal, vol. xv. p. 150. Brewster’s Journal, vol, vii. p. 121.
* Edinburgh Journ. of Nat. and Geogr. Science, vol. ii. p. 334. ° Chimie Organique, p. 247.

MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE BRACHIOPODA. 149

Ter. dorsata, Ter. dentata, Lam., and Ter. Sowerbii, the reflected portion is consider-
able. The loop, besides being fixed by its origins or crura, is commonly attached to
two processes going off at right angles from the sides, or formed by a bifurcation of the
extremity, of a central process, which is continued forwards to a greater or less extent
from the hinge; but it is sometimes entirely free, except at its origins, as, e. g., in
Ter. vitrea. This reflected loop, forming two arches on either side the mesial plane,
towards which their concavities are directed, I have figured as it exists in Ter. Chi-
lensis' and Ter. Sowerbii?. It is represented of a similarly perfect form in Ter. dentata,
by M. de Blainville in his ‘ Malacologie’’: and the same apparatus in Ter. dorsata is
very well figured by Chemnitz‘; by Sowerby®; and more recently by G. Fischer de
Waldheim®. A similar form is also figured in another species of Terebratula by Poli’.

The arches of the loop are so slender, that, notwithstanding their calcareous nature,
they possess a slight degree of elasticity, and yield a little to pressure; but, for the
same reason, they readily break if the experiment be not made with due caution. The
interspace between the two folds of the calcareous loop is filled up by a strong but
extensile membrane, which binds them together, and forms a protecting wall to the
viscera: the space between the bifurcated process in Ter. Chilensis is also similarly oc-
cupied by a strong aponeurosis. In this species the muscular stem of each arm is
attached to the outer sides of the loop and the intervening membrane. They com-
mence at the pointed processes at the origins of the loop, advance along the lower
portion, turn round upon the upper one, and are continued along it till they reach the
transverse connecting bar, where they advance again forwards, and terminate by making
a half spiral twist in front of the mouth. It is these free extremities which form the
third arm mentioned by Cuvier’. These arms are ciliate on their outer side for their
entire length ; but the cilia are longer and much finer than the brachial fringes of Lin-
gula ; and except at the extreme ends, which have a slight incurvation, they are uni-
formly straight. There is thus an important difference between Lingula and those
species of Terebratula which resemble Ter. Chilensis in the powers of motion with which
the arms are endowed; since from their attachment to the calcareous loop they are
fixed, and cannot be unfolded outwards as in Lingula. Owing to this mode of con-
nexion, and their ciliated structure, their true nature was much more liable to be mis-
taken by the early observers, though it appears not to have escaped the discrimination of
Linnzus, who, as Cuvier has observed, founded his character? of the animal of Anomia
on the organization of one of the Terebratule, which he included in that genus.

| Fig. 4. 2 Fig. 16: 3 Pl. li. La. * Conchyl. Cabinet, band viii. tab. bexviii. fig. 711.

5 Genera of Shells. 6 Notice.sur le Charpente Osseux des Térébratules, fig. 3.
7 Testacea utriusque Siciliz, vol. ii. pl. 16. 8 Régne Anim., (nouy: ed.) tom. iii. p. 171.

9 Anomra. Animal Corpus Ligula emarginata ciliata, ciliis valvule superiori affivis. Brachiis 2, linearibus, cor-
pore longioribus, conniventibus, porrectis, valvule alternis, utrinque ciliatis, ciliis affixis valvulis utrisque.—Syst.
Nat., (ed. xii.) vol. i, pars 2. p. 1150.

x2

150 MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE BRACHIOPODA.

The arms in Ter. Chilensis, when detached from the supporting processes and un-
folded, exceed the length of the shell by two thirds of that length; and their length
is to their breadth as eight to one. Their stem, from which the cilia arise, as it has
not to execute the movement of JLingula, so it is much more slender. The cilia,
therefore, are proportionately increased, in order to excite the necessary currents in
the water; which, being directed between the folds of the arms towards the mouth,
as to a focus, carry thither the nutrient molecules, which are retained by the natural
sieve formed by the decussating cilia of the terminal processes in front of the mouth ;
and though this apparatus be apparently less perfect than in Lingula, it is evidently
adjusted in due relation to the support of so small a mass of body as exists in Tere-
bratula. The muscular stem, by means of its attachment to the calcareous loop, has
the power of acting upon that part to the extent its elasticity admits of, which is suffi-
cient to produce such a degree of convexity in the reflected part of the loop, as to cause
it to press upon the perforated valve, and separate it slightly from the opposite one.
This elastic internal apparatus thus compensates for the absence of the thick protruding
arms which push open the valves in Lingula, and for the want of the elastic fibres which
constitute the ligament of the hinge in ordinary Bivalves ; and it is apparently the only
means this and similar species of Terebratula possess of divaricating the valves.

In other species in which the loop is wanting, as in Ter. rubicunda, Sow., there is a
compensating structure; the furcated extremity of the central calcareous process is
developed to a great size, and the forks can be approximated and separated from each
other to a small extent, to effect the same purpose as the loop in the normal Terebratule.
In Ter. vitrea, however, the loop, though perfect, is too small to be capable of being
made to press upon the perforate valve in the way in which I suppose it to act in the
more depressed species, as Ter. dorsata, Ter. dentata, Ter. Sowerbii, and Ter. Chilensis,
in all of which it is largely developed for that purpose. It is probable, therefore, that
the arms in this species have a different disposition, and possess greater powers of ex-
tension to compensate for the small development of the internal skeleton.

It is by such a modification of the structure of the soft parts that the opening of the
shell is effected in Ter. psittacea. ‘The internal skeleton in this species is reduced to
two small processes, curved slightly outwards, which are continued from the sides of
the hinge of the imperforate valve. From these processes arise two spiral arms', fringed
on their outer margin, as in the other species, but quite free, excepting at their origins.
When contracted they are disposed in six or seven spiral gyrations, decreasing towards
their extremities ; and when completely unfolded they extend beyond the shell twice
its longitudinal diameter. The cilia are more curved than in Ter. Chilensis, and the
stem which supports them is more muscular. The mechanism by which the arms are
extended is simple and beautiful: the stems are hollow from one end to the other, and
are filled with fluid, which, being acted upon by the spirally disposed muscles com-

1 Fig. 14*,

MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE BRACHIOPODA. 151

posing the parietes of the canal, is forcibly injected towards the extremity of the arm,
which is thus unfolded and protruded outwards.

My opinion of the uses of the complex internal testaceous apparatus of Ter. Chilensis
and its congeners, was at first shaken by observing that it was wanting in the more
globose species, as Ter. vitrea, Ter. rubicunda, and Ter. psittacea, where it ought rather to
have been proportionately developed, in order to act upon the valves. But the re-
lations of the soft parts to the loop, as exhibited in Ter. Chilensis, showed that the
increase of that part requisite to perform the same office in the globose species, would
have been incompatible with the limited proportion of the soft parts which characterizes
the genus Terebratula, and the opening of the shell is therefore effected by other means.
It is interesting to observe that the globose figure is assumed by those species which
have the weakest valves, in order to enable them to resist surrounding pressure, while
in Ter. dentata, Ter. dorsata, Ter. Sowerbu, and Ter. Chilensis, in which the imperforate
valve is more or less flattened, the whole shell is characterized by its superior thick-
ness and strength.

Under the microscope the brachial cilia are seen to be of a transparent horny texture;
and the muscular stem to have no vascular trunk accompanying it, which would cer-
tainly be the case if the blood of the animal was distributed through this part for its
renovation: so that the absence of the adequate organization in the brachia, together
with the above-described structure of the mantle-lobes, leaves no doubt as to the true
position of the branchie.

Although the pedicle is the fixed point to which the muscles are attached, I shall
consider the extremities going to that part as the insertions. Two pairs of muscles
arise from each valve. Those of the imperforate valve arise at a distance from each
other: the anterior pair come off just behind the middle of the valve, fleshy ; they soon
diminish to thin shining tendons, which converge and unite below the stomach, and
then again separate and pass through the foramen of the perforated valve to be inserted
in the pedicle. The posterior pair are very short, and wholly carneous ; they arise
from the lateral depressions in the base of the central process of the hinge, and are
inserted into the pedicle. The muscles of the perforated valve arise close together,
so as to leave only a single muscular impression on either side'. The anterior pair
soon diminish to slender tendons, which are inserted into the base of the imperforate
valve ; the posterior pair pass exclusively to the pedicle.

The pedicle is surrounded, except where it is attached to foreign substances, by a
tubular prolongation of the superior lobe of the mantle. When this membrane is de-
tached, the surface beneath is found to be smooth ; and the fibres, when separated, ex-
hibit some of the lustre of the tendons of which it seems to be composed. At its ex-
tremity these become partially decomposed, are of a black colour, and separated irre-
gularly from each other, so as to form an expanded base of attachment.

! Fig. 3.

152 MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE BRACHIOPODA,.

The alimentary canal commences by a small puckered transverse mouth', which is
situated, as before mentioned, immediately behind the folded extremities of the arms,
and opens opposite the middle line of the perforated valve. The esophagus, after having
passed through the membrane inclosing the viscera, makes a slight turn upon itself, and
advances straight towards the opposite valve; it then suddenly expands into a large
oval stomach, from the sides of which the canals branching out into the hepatic follicles
are continued. ‘The intestine returns in a direction towards the perforated valve, in-
clines to the right side, and makes a slight bend forwards before perforating the cir-
cumscribing membrane, in order to terminate between the mantle-lobes on that side.
The whole alimentary canal thus forms a loop, whose convexity is turned towards the
imperforate or upper valve. This description is taken from Ter. psittacea.

The liver is a bulky gland, of a green colour and minute follicular texture ; it is
disposed in two principal masses, which lie on each side the alimentary canal, and
between the two lateral arches of the testaceous loop in those species of Terebratula
which possess that appendage. In none of the specimens dissected could I perceive
any trace of a salivary gland; all the glandular structure in connexion with the ali-
mentary canal bore the green tint characteristic of the liver. In Ter. psittacea the
ramifications of the hepatic follicles resemble those of Gorgonia flammea ; the ultimate
sacs, when viewed with a high magnifying power, exhibited plainly the net-work formed
upon their parietes by the minute hepatic arteries and veins.

In two of the larger specimens of Ter. Sowerbii, the ova were lodged external to
the liver, and had also insinuated themselves between the layers of the mantle-lobes,
in close proximity to, and partly surrounding the branchial vessels. They are pro-
bably discharged in this way from the mantle, having previously been exposed to the
influence of the branchial currents. It is their situation, when so far advanced, which
has tended to prevent the discovery of the organization of the mantle that adapts it to
the office of respiration ; but if sufficiently young specimens are obtained?, the branchial
vessels are seen unobscured by the ova. In Ter. psittacea the ova were very distinct,
and arranged in elongated loops, but did not extend so far along the mantle as in
Ter. Sowerbii, They projected from the external surface of the mantle. No structure
that could be supposed to be distinct male or fecundating organs was present ; and
the generation of Terebratula, therefore, as in the ordinary acephalous Bivalves, must
be regarded as the simplest kind of hermaphroditism.

In dissecting a Terebratula I have found it most convenient to cut transversely through
the perforated valve, so as to leave the orifice and the pedicle connected to the opposite
valve, by which means the disposition of the muscles is satisfactorily seen, and the
delicate parts within are less liable to be disturbed than by attempting to separate the
entire valve.

1a, Fig, 12. 2 As in Figg. 5 to 9.

MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE BRACHIOPODA. 153

On the Anatomy of Orbicula.

I have not been able to find any account of the anatomy of this Brachiopod, beyond
the statement of its possessing the spiral arms peculiar to the order. Cuvier, indeed,
refers the soft parts to Poli’s genus Criopus!; but the animal so denominated belongs,
as Mr. Sowerby observes®, to aspecies of Crania (Cran. personata, Sow.), a genus, how-
ever, which, in its internal organization, is without doubt closely allied to Orbicula.

Four recent and well preserved specimens of the species which Mr. Broderip in the
preceding Memoir has termed Orb. lamellosa, were submitted to me for examination.

The margin of the shell is of a soft texture and thickened, and the edges of all the
layers of increase are more horny than calcareous. The layers of increase are large
in proportion to the size of the shell, and are very irregular in their contour; the
inside of the shell is smooth and polished. The flattened valve is perforated by a
longitudinal fissure, measuring nearly three lines in length, and about half a line in
width, and situated in the middle of an oval depression. Through this fissure the organ
of adhesion, or the foot, passes, and immediately expands into a round sucker or disk,
which fills up the whole of the depression, and conceals the margins of the slit. Im-
mediately anterior to the fissure a longitudinal plate, about a line in length, projects
into the interior of the shell for the extent of half a line; beyond this a broader ele-
vated ridge is continued to within two lines of the anterior margin of the valve*.
Along the whole circumference of the valves shining cilia are seen projecting for an
extent varying from two to four lines. These arise all round the margins of both
lobes of the mantle; they are much longer than in Terebratula and Lingula anatina,
and are rather longer than in Ling. Audebardii, Brod., a new species discovered by
Mr. Cuming.

On carefully removing the imperforate valve, the vascular mantle is seen with the
margin entire in the whole of its circumference. The muscles and viscera form a rounded
mass, situated in the posterior half of the shell. First are seen the extremities of two
muscles‘, of an oblong figure, converging anteriorly, and measuring two lines by nearly
one: in the triangular space between these muscles is situated the green liver®, behind
which is the grey ovary®; and at the posterior part of the circle are the extremities of
two smaller muscles’. The four impressions of these muscles are observable on the
interior of the shelly valve.

On removing the lower valve, which should be cut through from either side as far as

1 Testacea utriusque Siciliz, vol. ii. pl. xxx. Figg. 21-24. 2 Linn. Trans., vol. xiii. p. 471.
’ This I regard as a rudimentary form of the internal calcareous apparatus of Terebratula; it represents the
central process of support (c. Fig. 4. Plate xxi.). The mantle-lobe with two vessels, and the position of the
alimentary canal, prove that the flattened valve of Orbicula, although perforated for the organ of adhesion, is
really analogous to the imperforate valve of the Terebratule.
4 f. f. Figg. 5. 7. 8. Plate xxi. 5 v. Figg. 5.11. 6 w. Figg. 5,11. 7g. g. Figg. 5.7. 8.

154 MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE BRACHIOPODA.

the fissure in order to avoid disturbing the soft parts, the vascular lobe of the mantle
with similar free margins is exposed, but the viscera are quite concealed by the dilated
disk or foot’.

Each lobe of the mantle can be reflected from before backwards to the extent of five
lines, and from behind forwards to the extent of half a line, but they adhere too closely
to the visceral mass to be detached without laceration. When so reflected, the branchial
vessels may be seen in rich profusion on their inner surface.

On the lobe? of the mantle which lines the imperforate valve, these vessels are
seen converging from the respiratory margin to four trunks, which are much shorter
than the corresponding ones in Terebratula: on the opposite mantle-lobe* the branchial
vessels form only two such trunks‘.

The principal trunks in both mantle-lobes unite, and terminate in two sinuses or
hearts, situated close to two strong tendinous membranes®, which circumscribe the
visceral mass, and to which the mantle-lobes firmly adhere. The arteries continued
from the hearts pass obliquely through the membrane, and may be plainly seen distri-
buting ramuli over the liver and ovary. In one of the specimens I succeeded in in-
jecting the vessels of one lobe of the mantle from one of the ventricles in the retrograde
course of the circulation: the solution of carmine which I used pervaded the numerous
small ramuli given off from the larger branches of the veins, to the extent shown in
the magnified view (Fig. 11.) of the recent preparation, which is now in the Museum
of the Royal College of Surgeons.

In subjecting this injected preparation to high magnifying power, there evidently
appeared a small uninjected line’, as in the Terebratule, accompanying each of the
larger branchial veins, running along the centre of every trunk; and these lines I
conclude to be branchial arteries: if they were retractile muscles of the mantle, they
might be expected to have a straighter course. At the margins of the lobes, near the
roots of the cilia, lateral ramulets are given off at right angles, which form a chain or
circular vessel all round the margin.

The cilia, besides being longer and more closely set than in Terebratula, are seen
under a high magnifier to be themselves beset with smaller sete, a structure which
probably gives them greater power in exciting the respiratory currents’.

In this profuse distribution of vessels over a plain membranous expansion, we
perceive the simplest construction of the water-breathing organ, or branchia; and,
while it proves the close affinity of the Brachiopoda to the Ascidie, it presents, at the
same time, a beautiful analogy with the elementary forms of the air-breathing organ,
as it exists, for example, in the pulmoniferous Gasteropods.

The muscular system of Orbicula differs in some respects from that of Terebratula.
Eight distinct muscles may be perceived, without including the labial arms. The four

1 Fig. 6. 2 ¢. Fig. 5. 3 a, Fig. 6. 4n. Figg. 7. & 8.
5 o. Fig. 11. ® z. z. Figg. 7. 8. 7 n. Fig. 13. * Fig. 13.

MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE BRACHIOPODA. 155

thick and strong muscles which form the anterior and posterior pairs above noticed,
do not decussate each other, but pass a little obliquely from one valve to the other.
On the lower valve they are attached to the margin of the elevation caused by the
oval depression noticed on the exterior of the shell. Some of the fibres of the large
anterior pair pass through the chink in the perforated valve, and expand into the organ
of adhesion. Within the space included by the above pairs of muscles, there are two
slender pairs of muscles which decussate each other. The superior pair! take their
origin from the anterior part of the strong membrane that circumscribes and protects
the viscera below the stomach, and between the insertions of the anterior shell-muscles ;
they then ascend, diverge on either side the alimentary canal, and are inserted into
the opposite valve outside the posterior shell-muscles. The inferior pair? arise from
the sides of the membranous circle, and converge, as they pass below the preceding, to
be inserted into the perforated valve on the inner side of the posterior shell-muscles.
While, therefore, the larger muscles have the more important office of guarding the
animal by closing the shell, the smaller muscles would admit the water by sliding the
margin of one valve over the other; and they are also calculated to produce a com-
pression of the viscera.

The labial processes, or brachia, are scarcely more adapted to protrude externally than
in Terebratula Chilensis, the only parts that are free being the short spiral extremities ;
but in the more muscular character of their basis or stem, they exhibit a closer affinity
with Lingula. Considering the arms as a pair, the stems are then joined below the
mouth, forming on that aspect a transverse semilunar fleshy basis, fringed and convex
anteriorly. This is attached to the anterior part of the tendinous belt of the viscera.
At the sides of this basis the arms make a sudden bend upon themselves towards the
mouth, above and in front of which the extremities make a spiral turn and a half’.
The bent portions are closely adherent to each other, not free as in Lingula. These
parts of the arms, by contracting from the angle of flexion towards the mouth, would
necessarily become thicker, and so press upon and open the shell a little way, in a
manner analogous to what I have supposed to take place in the calcareous loop of Ter.
Chilensis ; the arms in Orbicula are not, however, supported by an internal calcareous
process. The muscular basis, when cut into, exhibits on each side a well-defined cylin-
drical cavity®, which commences near the mesial plane in the transverse part below the
mouth, and is continued into the spiral extremity. I injected these canals, but could
not in that way perceive that they had any connexion with the vascular system: no
part of the fluid entered the filaments composing the fringe. The parts being hardened
by long maceration in spirits, prevented the unfolding of the arms by any force I could
use ; but I conclude, nevertheless, that the canals serve to extend outwards the free
spiral extremities, by being forcibly distended with fluid propelled along them,—a

th. Figg. 7. 8. 24, Fig. 7. 8. 3K. Fig. 8. + 1. Figg. 9. 10. 5 m, Figg. 9. 12.
VOL. I. s

156 MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE BRACHIOPODA.

species of animal motion of which we find examples in the erectile tissues of higher
organizations.

The brachial filaments, when viewed through the lens, presented an equal cylindrical
figure, and an entire surface ; they are less transparent, and of a more muscular tex-
ture than those of Ter. Chilensis; they are also thicker and shorter, and more incur-
vated. Their bases are covered on the inner side of the arms by a small fold of
membrane’.

The mouth, a small puckered orifice?, is best seen by dissecting away the transverse
base of the arms. The wsophagus* passes obliquely through the tendinous wall of the
viscera, ina direction towards the upper or imperforate valve; having then passed
between the anterior shell-muscles, it becomes slightly dilated, and surrounded by the
liver, forming a less capacious stomach than in Terebratula*. The intestine? is con-
tinued straight to the opposite end of the visceral cavity, and is there again contracted,
and making a sudden bend upon itself, passes in a slight sigmoid curve to the middle
of the right side of the visceral belt, which it perforates obliquely, and terminates
between the lobes of the mantle about half a line below the bend of the arm®, The
liver’ is of a beautiful green colour ; it is a congeries of elongated follicles closely com-
pacted together, which communicate by numerous orifices with the stomach. There
is no gland, analogous to a salivary gland, anterior to the liver ; nor was any gland but
the liver perceptible in Terebratula; and in this respect they resemble the ordinary
Bivalves, the mouth being, as in them, destitute of any hard parts for comminuting or
seizing alimentary substances, and therefore not requiring the superaddition of salivary
glands. The coats of the stomach and intestines are thick and pulpy, and apparently
glandular. “

Posterior to the liver the whole of the visceral cavity not occupied by the muscles
and vessels is filled with grey masses of ova. In these masses the distinct granules
could not be seen; but between the membranes circumscribing the wscera, ova of a
browner colour could be more distinctly made out. These, I suspect, were on their
passage to the mantle-lobes, where probably in older specimens they would be seen.
Poli has beautifully figured the ova of Crania personata, following the course of the
branchial vessels and obscuring them. He consequently calls these the ovaries, and
observes that they agreeably ornament the mantle®.

In Terebratula all my attempts to trace the nervous system were unsatisfactory ; but
in one of the Orbicule, dissected expressly for that purpose, I succeeded in detecting
two small ganglia on the side of the wsophagus next the perforated valve, from which
two filaments accompanying the esophagus through the membranous wall immediately
diverge and pass exterior to the anterior shell-muscles, accompanying corresponding

1 Fig. 12. 2 q. Figg. 9. 11. 37, Fig. 11. 4s, Figg. 7. 8. 9.11.
5 ¢. Figg. 7. 8. 9. 11. 6 u. Figg. 9. 10. 11. 7 v. Figg. 5. 11.
8 Testacea utriusque Sicilie, vol. ii. pl. xxx. fig. 24. Criopus.

MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE BRACHIOPODA. 157

arteries to near the hearts, beyond which I could not trace them. I can speak posi-
tively that there is no longitudinal ganglionic cord on either aspect of the viscera,
corresponding to the nervous system of the Cirripeds. A single small ganglion is situ-
ated on the opposite side of the wsophagus, but on a plane posterior to the preceding.
This, however, I suspect to be the cerebral ganglion, and believe it gives off the nerves
to the free spiral extremities of the arms, close to the base of which it is situated.

Some Observations on the Anatomy of Lingula Audebardii, Brod.

The structure of this species corresponds in all essential particulars with that of Ling.
anatina as given by Cuvier. The differences appear first in the length of the cilia,
which in the present species are three or four times longer than those of Ling. ana-
tina. The subdivisions of the branchial vessels project from the inner surface of the
mantle, in linear series similar in their direction to those of Ling. anatina: but the
lines are not continuous; they are composed of distinct and separate folds of the
mantle, of a minute size, along the convexity of each of which a single vascular loop
is extended without giving off lateral ramulets, the whole structure affording a beautiful
example of the first stage in the composition of a complex lamellated gill’.

All the glandular masses communicating with the alimentary canal bear the green
‘colour characteristic of the liver, especially that central one surrounding the stomach,
which Cuvier has marked as the salivary gland in Ling. anatina. Now as the speci-
mens examined by that great anatomist had been long preserved in spirit, one of them
having in fact formed part of the collection of Seba, the colour of the parts had pro-
bably been discharged. Iam therefore inclined to think that Ling. anatina agrees in
this respect both with the newly added species of the same genus, and with the other
Brachiopodous genera, and indeed exhibits, in the absence of salivary glands, as of
dental organs, a correspondence with all the Acephalous Mollusks. With respect to
Ling. Audebardii, { shall only add, that the distal end of its pedicle is dilated and
rounded, and in the small specimen dissected did not present any appearance of having
been attached to a foreign substance.

General Remarks.

On comparing together the three genera of Brachiopoda above described, we find
that although Orbicula in the muscular structure of its arms, and the proportion of the
shell occupied by its viscera, is intermediate to Lingula and Terebratula, yet that in the
structure of its respiratory organs, its simple alimentary canal, and its mode of attach-
ment to foreign bodies, it has a greater affinity to the latter genus. The modifications
that can be traced in the organization of each of these genera, have an evident re-
ference to the different situations which they occupy in the watery element.

Lingula, living more commonly near the surface, and sometimes where it would be

1 See Fig. 16.
¥2

158 MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE BRACHIOPODA.

left exposed by the retreating tide were it not buried in the sand of the shore, must
meet with a greater variety and abundance of animal nutriment than can be found in
those abysses in which Terebratula is destined to reside. Hence its powers of pre-
hension are greater, and Cuvier suspects it may even enjoy a species of locomotion
from the superior length of its peduncle. The organization of its mouth and stomach
indicates, however, that it is confined to food of a minute description ; but its con-
voluted intestine shows a capacity for extracting a quantity of nutriment proportioned
to its superior activity and the extent of its soft parts. A more complex and obvious
respiratory apparatus was therefore indispensable, and it is not surprising that the
earlier observers failed to detect a corresponding organization in genera destined to a
more limited sphere of action.

The respiration, indeed, as well as the nutrition of animals living beneath a pressure
of from sixty to ninety fathoms of sea water, are subjects of peculiar interest, and
prepare the mind to contemplate with less surprise the wonderful complexity ex-
hibited in the minutest parts of the frame of these diminutive creatures. In the still-
ness pervading these abysses they can only maintain existence by exciting a perpetual
current around them, in order to dissipate the water already loaded with their effete
particles, and bring within the reach of their prehensile organs the animalcula adapted
for their support. The actions of Terebratula and Orbicula, from the firm attachment
of their shells to foreign substances, are thus confined to the movements of their
brachial and branchial filaments, and to a slight divarication or sliding motion of
their protecting valves; and the simplicity of their digestive apparatus, the corre-
sponding simplicity of their branchie, and the diminished proportion of their soft to
their hard parts, are in harmony with such limited powers. The soft parts in both
genera are, however, remarkable for the strong and unyielding manner in which they
are connected together: the muscular parts are in great proportion, and of singular
complexity as compared with ordinary Bivalves; and the tendinous and aponeurotic
parts are remarkable for the similarity of their texture and appearance to those of the
highest classes. By means of all this strength they are enabled to perform the requi-
site motions of the valves at the depths in which they are met with. Terebratula, which
is more remarkable for its habitat, has an internal skeleton superadded to its outward
defence, by means of which additional support is afforded to the shell, a stronger
defence to the viscera, and a more fixed point of attachment to the brachial cirri.

The spiral disposition of the arms is common to the whole of the Brachiopodous
genera whose organization has hitherto been examined; and it is therefore probable
that in that remarkable genus Spirifer the entire brachia were similarly disposed, and
that the internal calcareous spiral appendages were their supports. If, indeed, the
brachia of Ter. psittacea had been so sustained, this species would have presented in a
fossil state an internal structure very similar to that of Spirifer.

Tn considering the affinities of the Brachiopoda to the other orders of Mollusca, 1

MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE BRACHIOPODA. 159

shall compare them in the first place with the Lamellibranchiate Bivalves, to which they
present the most obvious relations in the nature and forms of their organs of defence.
To these they are in some respects superior. The labial arms are more complex pre-
hensile organs than the corresponding vascular /amine on either side the mouth of the
Lamellibranchiata. The whole muscular system is more complex; and the opening
as well as the closing of the shell being regulated by muscular action, indicates a higher
degree of organization than where the antagonizing power results from a property of
the cardinal ligament, which is independent of vitality, viz. elasticity. With respect,
however, to the respiratory organs, the modifications which these have presented in
Orbicula and Terebratula show the Brachiopods to be still more inferior to the Lamelli-
branchiata than was to be inferred from the structure of the branchie in Lingula: and
notwithstanding the division of the systemic heart, I consider that there is also an
inferiority in the vascular system. Each heart, for example, in the Brachiopoda is as
simple as in Ascidia, consisting of a single elongated cavity, and not composed of a
distinct auricle and ventricle, as in the ordinary Bivalves: for in these even when, as
in the genus Arca, the ventricles are double, the auricles are also distinctly two in
number ; and in the other genera, where the ventricle is single, it is mostly supplied
by a double auricle. The two hearts of the Brachiopoda, which in structure resemble
the two auricles in the above Bivalves, form therefore a complexity or superiority of
organization more apparent than real.

Having been thus led to consider the circulating as well as respiratory systems as
constructed on an inferior plan to that which pervades the same important systems in
the Lamellibranchiate Bivalves, I infer that the position of the Brachiopoda in the natural
system is inferior to that order of Acephala.

Among the relations of the Brachiopoda to the Tunicated Acephala, and more especially
to the Ascidie, we may first notice an almost similar position of the extended respiratory
membranes in relation to the mouth, so that the currents containing the nutrient mo-
lecules must first traverse the vascular surface of that membrane before reaching the
mouth; the simple condition also to which the branchie@ are reduced in Orbicula and
Terebratula indicates their close affinity to the Ascidie. But in consequence of the form
of the respiratory membranes in the Brachiopoda, which is so opposite to that of the
sacciform branchie of the Ascidie, the digestive system derives no assistance from that
part as a receptacle for the food, and the superaddition of prehensile organs about the
mouth became a necessary consequence. The Brachiopods again are stationary, like the
Ascidie, and resemble the Boltenie in the pedunculated mode of their attachment to
foreign bodies.

With the Cirripeds their relation is one of very remote analogy; their generative,
nervous, and respiratory systems being constructed on a different type, and their brachia
manifesting no trace of the articulate structure. In all essential points the Brachiopoda
closely correspond with the Acephalous Mollusca, and I consider them as being in-

160 MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE BRACHIOPODA.

termediate to the Lamellibranchiate and Tunicate orders; not, however, possessing, so
far as they are at present known, distinctive characters of sufficient importance to
justify their being regarded as a distinct class of Mollusks, but forming a separate
group of equal value with the Lamellibranchiata.

PLATE XXII.
Anatomy of Terebratula.

Fig. 1. Terebratula Chilensis, Brod., natural size.
2. Terebratula Uva, Brod., natural size.
3. Perforate valve of Terebratula Chilensis.
a. The perforation, or groove, through which the tendons of the muscles
pass to form the pedicle.
b. The teeth of the hinge, which are locked in the depressions 0. b. of fig. 4.
c. The muscular impressions.
4. Imperforate valve of the same specimen.
a. The middle depression of the hinge.
b. b. The lateral depressions.
c. The mesial process, or ridge continued from the hinge.
d. The lateral processes of the same, which are attached to the bends of
e.e. The elastic calcareous loop.
f.f. Small processes at the origins of the crura of the loop.
g.g- Impressions of the anterior pair of muscles.
h. h. Impressions of the posterior pair.
Figg. 5. to 9. are dissections of a smaller specimen of Ter. Chilensis magnified two
diameters.

5. The soft parts corresponding to the perforate valve.

6. The soft parts corresponding to the imperforate valve. The branchial ves-
sels, brachial filaments, and liver, may be distinguished through the semi-
transparent mantle.

7. The soft parts viewed from the same aspect as in Fig. 5, with the mantle-
lobe reflected, showing more distinctly the branchial vessels, and ex-
posing the arms in their natural position.

8. The soft parts viewed from the same aspect as in Fig. 6., with the mantle-
lobe reflected, exposing part of the visceral mass, and the bend of the
arms following the bend of the calcareous loop.

9. The mantle-lobes further separated, the calcareous loop broken through and
removed, and the arms dissected off and displaced, to show the decus-
sation of the muscles, and the small visceral mass.

MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE BRACHIOPODA. 161

Fig. 10. A small portion of one of the arms, magnified.
11. A small portion of the edge of the mantle, highly magnified.

a. The branchial cilia.

B. The marginal fringe.

y. The marginal canal.

8. The branchial artery.

e. The branchial vein.

Z. Ova.

12. The alimentary canal, as seen from above or behind, and a portion of the

liver of Terebratula psittacea, Brug., magnified.
a, The mouth.
B. The esophagus.
y. The stomach, with the parietes imperfect where the liver has been re-
moved: it is turned towards the left side, to show
8. The intestine.
e. The anus.
z. A portion of the liver.

13. A few of the hepatic follicles, highly magnified, showing the vascular net-
work upon their parietes formed by the hepatic vessels.

14. Terebratula psittacea, with the greater part of the imperforate valve removed
to show the soft parts.

14*. Terebratula psittacea, with the perforate valve and lobe of the mantle re-
moved to show the arms, one of which has been artificially unfolded.

15. Terebratula Sowerbii, King, natural size: the greater part of the perforate
valve has been removed to show the ova accompanying and obscuring the
branchial vessels, seen through the mantle.

16. The separated valves of Terebratula Sowerbii: in the imperforate valve the
arms, and one lobe of the mantle have been removed, to show the cal-
careous loop, visceral mass, muscles and ova, surrounding the vessels of
the opposite mantle-lobes.

The following letters indicate the same parts in each figure.

a. The mantle-lobe of the imperforate valve.
b. The mesial fissure, corresponding to the mesial process of that valve.
c. The mantle-lobe of the perforate valve.

d. d. The fringed margins of the mantle.
e. The tubular prolongation accompanying the pedicle.

f.f. The anterior pair of muscles arising from the imperforate valve.

g.g. The posterior pair of muscles arising from the imperforate valve.

g'.g'. Fig. 16. The insertion of these muscles into the pedicle.

h. h. The anterior pair of muscles arising from the perforate valve.

162 MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE BRACHIOPODA.

h’. hk’. Fig. 16. The insertions of these muscles into the opposite valve.
i.i. The posterior pair of muscles of the perforate valve.
k. k. The fringed brachia, or labial arms.
l.l. Their free spiral extremities.

m.m. The branchial vessels ramifying upon the mantle-lobes.

n. The two systemic hearts.

o. The mouth.

p. The stomach.

q. The liver.

r. The ova.

PLATE XXIII.

Anatomy of Orbicula.

Fig. 1. Orbicula Cumingii, Brod., natural size.

1*. Orbicula strigata, Brod.

2. Group of Orbicula lamellosa, Brod., natural size.

3. External surface of the lower or flattened valve of Orbicula lamellosa.

4. Internal surface of the same.

a. a. The muscular impressions.
b. The fissure through which the pedicle passes.
c. The central process, or ridge of the perforated valve.

5. The soft parts of Orbicula lamellosa, in situ, after the removal of the convex
valve ; showing the ciliated and vascular mantle, the shell-muscles and
visceral mass.

6. The soft parts of Orbicula lamellosa, exposed by the removal of the flattened
and perforated valve, showing a similarly organized mantle-lobe, and the
expanded base of the pedicle, or foot.

7. The soft parts, as in Fig. 5, farther exposed by reflecting the mantle-lobe.

The stomach and decussating visceral muscles are shown by the removal
of the liver and ovary.

8. The soft parts, as in Fig. 6, similarly exposed by the reflection of the mantle-
lobe, and the removal of the liver and ovary. The whole course of the
intestinal canal is here seen.

9. The visceral mass and reflected portions of the arms, with their spiral ex-
tremities, and the cavities in the muscular stem exposed. The alimentary
canal, with the mouth and anus, and the liver and ovary, are shown.

10. A side view of the soft parts, with the mantle-lobes separated to show the
anus just below the bend ef the right arm, the spiral extremity of which
is unfolded.

MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE BRACHIOPODA. 163

Fig. 11. A magnified view of the superior mantle-lobe injected, with the hearts,
ovary, digestive and nervous systems.
12. A highly magnified view of a small portion of the brachial tentacles and stem.
13. A highly magnified view of a small portion of the edge of the mantle, show-
ing the terminal divisions of the branchial vessels, and the setose cilia.
The same letters indicate the same parts in each figure.

RSee SS (eS ee SoS

. The mantle-lobe of the flattened or lower valve.

. The mesial fissure corresponding to the mesial process of the valve.
. The shell-secreting edge prolonged beyond the roots of the cilia.

. The mantle-lobe of the convex or upper valve.

. The fringed margins of the mantle.

. The long setose cilia.

. The shorter cilia.

. The expanded peduncle.

. The anterior pair of shell-muscles.

. The posterior pair of shell-muscles.

. The anterior superior visceral muscles.

i. The posterior inferior visceral muscles.

. The fringed brachia, or arms.

. The transverse basis.

. The free spiral extremities.

. The canals in the fleshy basis of the arms.
. The branchial vessels. These are figured as injected at fig. 11. the

dark lines n’. being the arteries.

. The two hearts. (The letters are placed in the orifices of communi-

cation with the veins of the opposite mantle-lobe.)

. The arteries going to the liver, ovary, &c.
. The mouth.
. The esophagus.

The stomach.

. The intestine.

The anus.

. The liver.

The ovary.

. The subcesophageal ganglia.
. The filaments from them.
. The circumscribing aponeurosis of the viscera.

14. Lingula Audebardii, Brod.
15. The soft parts of the same species, exposed by the removal of the upper

VOL. I.

Z

164 MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE BRACHIOPODA,

valve, or the one which corresponds to the imperforate valve of Orbicula,
and to the perforate valve of Terebratula.

k. k.
Lt.
m. M.

. The shell-secreting margin of the mantle.

. The cavity containing the roots of the cilia.

. The same laid open.

. The branchia.

. The branchial vein.

. The interbranchial space of the mantle, which is also vascular.

. The anterior muscles, attached at one extremity only to the shell.

. The anterior pair of shell-muscles analogous to the anterior shell-

muscles of Orbicula.

. The third pair of muscles analogous to the decussating muscles of

the viscera in Orbicula.

. The posterior shell-muscle.

The liver seen through the mantle.
The straight portion of intestine.
The ovaries.

Fig. 16. A magnified view of the respiratory organs of one of the mantle-lobes.
a, b, b', c, d, e, signify the same parts as in the preceding figure.
17. Lingula Semen, Brod.

SES = Sh Oe

R.Owen, & 6Sowerby, del.

Vy ama 770 eee
7 f FH), Hv Lie

“a

2

-t

a

— Vv , 2
€ ED x ot, Sa (Ae — WM. 22. tO4..

Zettter. sc.

i Peesbectds 4

7;
Ch. Al

GF : Gr ="
a. VIM et. fttlitd’. 18-Wb.. 4 och ty?

y pe ae

aN

ty
a) Atal

ROwen. & GSowerby, del.

Lt ee 5: ery Dig. ial
7. ME tamenge: 7" Ls co PO SG a PS V4 M6 Ling. Adele bia

MMI: 23. f.. 104

Zette7; sc.

PY, Va Paes

XIX. Some Account of the maneless Lion of Guzerat. By Capt. Waxrer Saez, of the
Bombay Army, F.Z.8.

Communicated December 10, 1833.

In bringing under the notice of the Society the accompanying skins of a Lion and
Lioness killed by me in Guzerat, I esteem myself fortunate in being enabled to demon-
strate, by their exhibition, that there exists a race in which the king of beasts is desti-
tute of the flowing mane which constitutes the most remarkable of his regal ornaments.
That such a race existed in ancient times, and that in more modern days it was still to
be met with, has, I am aware, been very generally believed by zoologists: but the
belief has hitherto rested on the testimony of authors, and has not until now been con-
firmed in Europe by the only evidence which can, in such cases, be regarded as con-
clusive,—the production of the animal itself, or of its skin. The skins now before the
Society are selected from among eight which I have brought to England: the total
number of such Lions killed by me in the district in which they were obtained having
been eleven. In none of them was the mane more extensive than in the male now ex-
hibited ; and in none of them was it in any degree pendent.

The epithet of maneless, as applied to this Lion, is, however, rather comparative than
positive: it is maneless as compared with the Lion of Africa, in which the long and
dense and flowing hairs that spring from the hinder part of the head, from the neck,
and from the shoulders, conceal completely the form of these parts, and envelope the
whole of the anterior part of the animal except its face: it is maned as compared with
the Tiger, the Leopard, and other large species of the genus Felis,—maned even in a
greater degree than the hunting Leopard or Cheetah, to which the designation of jubata
has been specially appropriated. As in the last-named animal so in the Guzerat Lion is
the back of the neck ornamented by a broad longitudinal line of erect hairs of greater
length than those of the adjoining parts ; as in it the sides of the neck are also furnished
with longer hairs; but the throat has in addition hairs of still greater length, which
hang downwards in loose silky locks. It is therefore only as a Lion that it can be
regarded as maneless, but as a Lion it is well entitled to this distinction.

The nature and appearance of the mane will be best understood by describing with
some little detail the covering of the anterior part of the body. On the top of each
shoulder there is a point from which the hairs diverge in all directions in a whorled
manner: adjoining to this point they are all equally short with those on the body

z2

166 CAPT. W. SMEE ON THE MANELESS LION OF GUZERAT.

generally. Those which pass from the whorl downwards and backwards have the usual
direction over the anterior limbs and sides, and are uniformly short, close, and ad-
pressed. Those which pass from the whorl forwards become gradually lengthened, but
still remain adpressed on the side of the neck; along the middle of the side of the
neck they are straight and directed forwards, while both the lower and the upper ones
are curved, the former downwards and the latter upwards. The lower ones in passing
downwards are very much elongated, soft, and not closely set ; they consequently hang
loosely in silky tufts along the lower part of the sides and the whole under surface of
the neck. The upper ones, curved in an upward direction, are somewhat less elon-
gated and are much more firm and closely set than the lower ones ; along the middle
line of the back of the neck, where they meet those of the opposite side, they are, by
the resistance thus offered, directed away from the surface, and they form in this situation
a dense longitudinal erected crest, nearly four inches in height, and extending from
before backwards through a space of about ten inches in length: the tips of the hairs
composing this crest are generally curved backwards, and the crest itself is continued
posteriorly into a reclining and gradually disappearing series of lengthened hairs which
are also directed backwards. ‘This series is derived from the gradual lengthening of
the hairs directed upwards from the whorl on the shoulder, and from their meeting
with those of the opposite side, and is terminated (at a distance behind the whorl about
equal to that of its commencement from the front of the whorl) by another series of
hairs, reversed in their direction, which extends along the middle line of the back
from near the shoulders to the loins: on the loins and behind them the hairs of the
middle line again resume their usual and backward direction. In front the cervical
crest is continued forwards to the interspace between the ears, where it is terminated
by the gradual running into it of the short hairs of the upper part of the face, which
have the usual backward direction. In front of the ears and below them tufts of loose
projecting hairs form a boundary between the face and the neck.

Such is the fur on the anterior part of the body of the Guzerat Lion. In the Lioness
the covering consists of short and almost adpressed hairs, except in front of and below
the ears; and there is consequently only a bare vestige of the cervical crest, and no
pendent tufts exist beneath the neck. The whorl remains, however, precisely similar to
that of the male, and the direction of the hairs from it corresponds exactly in both sexes:
both too have equally a reversed direction in the hairs of the middle part of the middle
line of the back. In both there occur three ridges of short erect hairs along the face,
one of which is abbreviated and mesial, being situated between the anterior angles of
the eyes, and the two others extend in a wavy form, one on each side, from the angle
of the eye to the nose.

In the African Lion the hairs of the anterior part of the body radiate also in a

CAPT. W. SMEE ON THE MANELESS LION OF GUZERAT. 167

similar manner from a point on the shoulder on each side. In the adult male, whose
shoulders and neck are covered with his copious mane, the direction of the hairs in this
part can scarcely be traced with certainty: but in the female it is readily observable,
though less strongly marked than in either the female or the male of the Guzerat Lion.
The female of the African Lion has along the middle line of the back of her neck a
vestige of mane, corresponding with that of the Lioness of Guzerat; and both the
male and female have ridges of hair passing down the face, which seem, however, to
be less constant and regular than those observed in the Lion of Guzerat.

In the African Lion also the reversed direction of the hairs from behind forwards
along the middle line of the back from the loins to near the shoulders, obtains equally
as in the Lion of Guzerat. This latter character is, however, subject to variation; but
whether from individual peculiarities or as indicative of the existence of different races,
I am not in possession of sufficiently numerous facts to enable me to determine. In a
skin, (preserved in the Museum of the East India Company and marked as having been
obtained in India,) the reversed direction of the hair is limited to about one half of the
usual extent, reaching forwards from the loins no farther than to near the middle of
the back, where it is met by the prolonged termination of the ordinary series of back-
wardly directed hairs'. In one other skin which I have had occasion to examine it
does not exist at all, there being no reversed hairs whatever along any part of the
middle line of the back: the animal from which it was obtained lived formerly in the
Society’s Menagerie, but I have not been able to ascertain the locality from which it
was originally procured.

The sutures and various direction of the hairs which have just been described appear
to be peculiar, in the genus Felis, to the Lion. They do not occur in any other species
that I have examined, in all of which the hairs are directed regularly from the head
towards the extremity of the body and tail and limbs. This is equally the case in the
Leopard, destitute of the slightest appearance of mane, and in the Cheetah, the maned
hunting Leopard. In the Cheetah, to which I have already compared in these respects
the Lion of Guzerat, the mane of the back of the neck and that of the sides are occa-
sioned solely by the elongation and crispation of the hairs of these parts, by means of
which they are thrown off from the skin ; but the hairs are all directed backwards, and
have in this respect nothing in common with the mane of the Lion.

The quality of the fur in the Guzerat Lion corresponds generally with that of the
African race, being short, firm, and adpressed. The under surface in both is furnished
with hairs of greater length than the upper; but in the Guzerat Lion these are only so

' This skin is also remarkable for the beautiful manner in which it displays the whorling of the hairs from
the point on the shoulder; the mane is sparing, but the long hairs of which it is composed commence imme-
diately from the whorl and radiate in all directions.

168 CAPT. W. SMEE ON THE MANELESS LION OF GUZERAT.

much longer as they are in the Feles generally, and have none of that floccose character
which is given to the middle line of the belly in the African Lion by the extreme length
of the hairs on this part,—a length almost equal to that of the hairs composing the
lower portion of the mane. In both animals the hairs at the extremity of the tail are
lengthened, forming a tuft or brush, which is the more remarkable owing to its colour
being different from that of the adjoining parts: but in the Guzerat Lion this tuft is
considerably larger and more dense than in the African. In the latter the brush does
not greatly exceed in diameter the tail itself: in the former its diameter is more than
twice as great, and its length is increased in proportion to its thickness. In this tuft
there existed, subsequently to its arrival in England, in the oldest of my Lions, a
short horny claw or nail, similar in form to, but somewhat larger in size than, the one
described by Mr. Woods in the ‘ Proceedings of the Committee of Science and Corre-
spondence’ of this Society! as having been obtained from the tail of a young Lion from
Barbary still living in its Menagerie. My specimen has since been deprived of this
appendage, probably in consequence of its having been handled somewhat roughly.

Both the African and the Guzerat Lion are subject to considerable variation in in-
tensity of colouring. In both the colour is fulvous; but in some individuals this is
much paler than in others, and in the darker specimens there occurs a tinge of red.
The middle line of the back is the most deeply coloured part, and the under surface is
much paler and almost white. Among the hairs there is an intermixture of some
which are entirely black, and the greater or less proportion which these bear to the
paler ones is the principal cause of the variations in depth of colour that occur in
different individuals. Of the Guzerat Lions the oldest individual is the lightest in
colour. The tail becomes gradually paler towards its extremity, passing into greyish
white ; its terminal brush consisting of black hairs slightly tinged with brown. Above
each eye there is a pale space, in which is included a darker coloured spot for the im-
plantation of the supraciliary vibrisse, from twelve to fifteen in number, and of which
the longest reaches nearly to the ears. Inthe African Lion these vibrisse are implanted
in a darker spot, but this spot is less defined and is only partially bounded by a paler
space. In both the points of insertion of the moustaches are darker than the sur-
rounding parts.

Of the form of the maneless Lion of Guzerat, as compared with that of the Lion of
Barbary, I cannot venture to speak with confidence, from not having possessed an
opportunity of observing them together in the living state. The recollection which I
retained of the African Lion was too indistinct to aid me in this comparison while the
Lion of Guzerat was before my eyes: my recollection of the Lion of Guzerat, as to its
form and proportions when entire, may perhaps have in some measure faded before I

1 Part II. p. 146.

CAPT, W. SMEE ON THE MANELESS LION OF GUZERAT, 169

had again the opportunity of observing the various living Lions from Africa now or
lately to be seen in London. My impression, however, is that the Lion of Guzerat is
comparatively more rounded and bulky in its body, and rather shorter in its limbs ;
and that its head especially is shorter, has less of the square form which distinguishes
the open face of the male African Lion, and is more rounded on the fore-head. But it
is by no means impossible that this difference in physiognomy may be chiefly owing to
the existence in the one case of long hairs concealing the upper part of the fore-head,
which in the other is defined and visible, having on it none beyond the ordinary co-
vering of the animal.

The cranium of the Lion of Guzerat generally resembles that of the African race,
being less rounded in its contour than that of the Tiger: its fronto-facial suture has
also the form that it possesses in the former, the frontal processes of the nasal and
maxillary bones being both prolonged backwards to the same level’. But the space
between the postorbital processes is flattened only, and not concave; and the facial
plane of the bones is comparatively longer than the cranial, and is also somewhat

1 It is to Mr. Owen that I am indebted for the knowledge of this important distinctive character between the
crania of the two largest of the Carnivorous Mammalia; and he has kindly allowed me to add the following
remarks from his pen

“ On the Differences observable in the Skulls of the Lion and Tiger.

“ On comparing together the crania of seven Lions with those of thirteen Tigers, the first character of the
Lion’s skull assigned by Cuvier (the straightness of the outline from the midspace of the postorbital processes
to the end of the nasal bones in one direction, and to the occiput in the opposite,) is to a certain extent appre-
ciable; the occipital and interparietal crest forms a concave line in the Tiger, and is generally straight in the
Lion: but the difference is so slight on comparing the skull of a large male Tiger where the crest is strongly
developed, that it would be an unsatisfactory ground of distinction if unsupported by any other character.

«The flattening of the interorbital space in the Lion, and its convexity in the Tiger, especially in the trans-
verse direction, occasioned by the down-sloping of the supraorbital ridges, is a more constant and appreciable
character, and I think would serve alone to distinguish two crania of similar dimensions of the Lion and Tiger.

«But there is in the extent and contour of the nasal processes of the maxillary bones, a difference which is
constant and well marked.

«In eight Lion’s skulls, of which five were accurately certified to be Lion, and the remaining three I no
longer doubt to be such from their accordance with the other five in this and other distinctive characters, I
find that the nasal processes of the maxillary bones extend to the same transverse line which is attained by the
coronal or superior ends of the nasal bones, never falling short of this line, and in six out of the eight passing
beyond it; the terminal contour of the nasal processes of the maxillary bones being, moreover, rounded, but
more or less tending to a point.

“The nasal processes of the maxillary bones in the Tiger never extend nearer the transverse plane attained
by the nasal bones than one third of an inch, and sometimes fall short two thirds of an inch; terminating
broadly in a straight or angular outline, just as if the rounded ends, which we see in the Lion, had been cut off.

“ This character is so obvious and constant, and the comparison with reference to it is so easily made, that I
regard it as the most unfailing and valuable means of distinguishing the skulls of these giants of the Carnivora,

170 CAPT. W. SMEE ON THE MANELESS LION OF GUZERAT.

convex, its highest point being at the upper part of the junction of the nasal with the
maxillary bones. These differences, however, it is to be remarked, are deduced from
the examination of a young skull only of the maneless Lion. In this there exists on
one side a double infraorbital foramen; and the existence of the same structure in
another skull contained in one of the skins has been ascertained. It is interesting to
mention this fact, although no great stress can probably be laid on it: but it would
seem that the double foramen, either on one or both sides, is generally constant in the
Guzerat Lion, as in two skulls from that country, preserved in the Museum of the
Royal College of Surgeons, the same structure occurs which I have found to exist in
the two individuals of my own collection that have been examined.

Among the differences which I have endeavoured to describe as existing between the
Lion of Guzerat and that of Africa, there seem to be none of sufficient importance to
authorize their distinction as species originally separate. The variation in the form of
the cranium, perhaps not sufficiently made out, would probably, even were it certain
and constant, be scarcely adequate to establish a specific distinction: and the other
differences to which I have adverted are all, as it will have been observed, differences
in degree alone. I feel, therefore, unwilling to regard the maneless Lion of Guzerat as
a species distinct from the maned Lion of Africa and India, of which I propose rather
to consider it as a variety to be designated

Fexiis Leo GoosraTENsIs.

Juba maris cervicali brevi erectd, ventre ejubato ; caude flocco maximo.

the Lion and the Tiger, that has been discovered. My attention was first called to it by a scientific visiter of
the Hunterian Collection some months back, whose name I regret that I have been unable to learn, and I am
not aware that it has been given to the public in any form.

«‘ There are some minor differences observable in the skulls of the Lion and Tiger, which may also be noticed.

“The infraorbital foramina are proportionally larger, chiefly in their transverse diameter, in the Lion.

“In the crania of two Lions, the only ones known to be Asiatic in the Museum of the Royal College of
Surgeons, it is remarkable that this foramen is double: in one, which was killed in North Guzerat, this occurs
on both sides; in the other, which was killed near Assund, it is found on the left side only.

“Two skulls may be selected out of the twenty crania, one of a Lion and the other of a Tiger, in which the
nasal aperture is nearly of the same dimensions; but is, however, perceptibly narrower at the lower part in the
Tiger. All the other skulls of the Lion deviate from the one selected in the enlargement or squaring of the
nasal aperture ; all the other skulls of the Tiger equally deviate from the one selected in the opposite direction,
the nasal aperture growing narrower below, or more triangular. On comparing, therefore, the whole together,
the nasal aperture is seen to be obviously narrower in proportion to its length, and smaller in relation to the
size of the whole cranium, in the Tiger than in the Lion. This, however, can only be regarded as an accessory
character, to be noticed after ascertaining the more important ones above mentioned.

“The coronal extremities of the nasal bones of the Tiger are sunk deeper in a longitudinal depression than
in the Lion; and in most of the Tiger’s crania this depression is bounded above by a small but distinct semi-
lunar ridge, which has its concavity directed forwards. This ridge does not appear in the Lion’s crania.”—R. O.

CAPT. W. SMEE ON THE MANELESS LION OF GUZERAT. 17]

A male killed by me on May 13th, 1830, measured 8 feet 9. inches in total length,
including the tail: its height was 3 feet 6 inches. A female killed at the same time
was 8 feet 7 inches long, and 3 feet 4 inches high. The impression made by the paw
of the male on the sand measured 61 inches across. His weight, exclusive of the
entrails, was 35 stone of 14 lbs to the stone: the head and neck weighed 33 seer (the
seer being equal to 2 lbs avoirdupois) ; the body and limbs, 244+ seer; the fore-
leg, 24, and the hind-leg also 24 seer. His liver was more subdivided than that of
the female: in the former I counted eleven, and in the latter nine lobes.

These Lions are found in Guzerat along the banks of the Sombermuttee near Ahmed-
abad. During the hot months they inhabit the low brushy wooded plains that skirt
the Bhardar and Sombermuttee rivers from Ahmedabad to the borders of Cutch,
being driven out of the large adjoining tracts of high grass jungle (called Bheers) by
the practice annually resorted to by the natives of setting fire to the grass, in order to
clear it and ensure a succession of young shoots for the food of the cattle upon the first
fall of the rains. They extend through a range of country about forty miles in length,
including various villages, and among others those of Booroo and Goliana, near which
my finest specimens were killed. They are so common in this district, that I killed no
fewer than eleven during a residence of about a month; yet scarcely any of the natives,
except the cattle keepers, had seen them previously to my coming among them. The
cattle were frequently carried off or destroyed, but this they attributed to Tigers: the
Tiger, however, does not exist in that part of the country. Those natives to whom
they were known gave them the name of Ontiah Baug, or Camel-Tiger ; an appellation
derived from their resemblance in colour to the Camel. They appear to be very de-
structive to domesticated cattle, and the remains of a considerable number of carcases
of bullocks were found near the place at which my specimens were killed: about ten
days previously, four donkeys had been destroyed at the village of Cashwah. I could
not learn that men had ever been attacked by them. When struck by a ball, they ex-
hibited great boldness, standing as if preparing to resist their pursuers, and then going
off slowly and in a very sullen manner; unlike the Tiger, which, on such occasions,
retreats springing and snarling.

In addition to the district in which I have met with them, these Lions are also found
on the Rhun near Rhunpor, and near Puttun in Guzerat. Some persons who saw
them in Bombay stated that they also occur in Sind and in Persia. How far this latter
statement may be correct I cannot determine ; but I may remark that the Persian Lion
which is at present exhibited at the Surrey Zoological Gardens, has none of the cha-
racteristics of the maneless Lion of Guzerat, and seems to me to differ but little from
individuals known to have been brought from Africa.

Although it has fallen to my lot to introduce this animal to the notice of zoologists,
VOL. I. 2a

172 CAPT. W. SMEE ON THE MANELESS LION OF GUZERAT.

I am aware that its existence in Guzerat had been previously, although by no means
generally, known. My friend Lieut.-Col. Sykes knew, many years since, that there
were found in Guzerat Lions destitute of mane; but his information on the subject has
never been published. Sir Charles Malet also had seen Lions on the banks of the
Sombermuttee in Guzerat ; and (as I am not aware of the existence of any others in that
locality,) they in all probability belonged to this maneless race, although he makes no
mention of its most striking peculiarity. It may be remarked in confirmation, that he
attributes to his Lion the same native name as that which I have mentioned above!.

I am not aware that any distinct account of a maneless Lion has hitherto been
published, except by Olivier?. His description, however, though clear in this parti-

1 « This beast was called by the country people oontia-baug, or camel-tiger, and is by them esteemed to be
the fiercest and most powerful of that race. His colour was that of a camel, verging to yellow, but without
spots or stripes; not high in stature, but powerfully massive, with a head and fore parts of admirable size and
strength. He was killed near the village of Coora, on the banks of the Sabermatty, fifteen coss from Cambay.

*‘ Nearly five quarts of oil were extracted from this animal, which the peasants of that country consider to be
very efficacious in rheumatic complaints; and it is used externally in those and some other disorders. The oil
of the lion was extracted by stewing the flesh, when cut up, with a quantity of spices: the meat was white,
and of a delicate appearance, and was eaten by the wangrees, or hunters, who extracted the oil.”—Sir Charles
Malet, in Forbes, Oriental Memoirs, vol. iii. pp. 94, 95.

Gesner (de Quadr., Ed. 2. Francof. 1620. p. 590,) enumerates at great length the virtues ascribed to the fat.
of the Lion in various disorders by Greek, Roman, Arabic, and more modern European writers.

2 « Le Lion qui habite la partie de l’Arabie et de la Perse, voisine du fleuve des Arabes, depuis le golfe Per-
sique jusqu’aux environs de Hellé et de Bagdad, est probablement l’espéce de Lion dont Aristote et Pline ont
parlé, et qu’ils regardoient comme une espéce différente, sous plusieurs rapports, de celle qui est répandue dans
Vintérieur de l'Afrique. Le Lion de ]’Arabie n’a ni le courage, ni la taille, ni méme la beauté de l'autre. Lors-
qu'il veut saisir sa proie, il a plutét recours a la ruse qu’a la force: il se tapit parmi les roseaux qui bordent le
Tigre et l’Euphrate, et s’élance sur tous les animaux faibles qui viennent s’y désaltérer, mais il n’ose attaquer
le sanglier, qui est ici fort commun, et fuit dés qu'il appercoit un homme, une femme, un enfant. S’il attrape
un mouton, il s’échappe avec sa proie; mais il l’abandonne, pour se sauver, lorsqu’un Arabe court aprés lui.
S’il est chassé par quelques cavaliers, ce qui lui arrive assez souvent, il ne se défend point, 4 moins qu'il ne soit
blessé, et qu’il n’y ait pour lui aucun espoir de salut par la fuite. Dans ce cas, il est capable de s’élancer sur
Vhomme et de le mettre en piéces avec ses griffes; car c’est encore plus le courage que la force qui lui manque.
Achmed, pacha de Bagdad depuis 1724 jusqu’en 1747, en eut été déchiré aprés avoir rompu sa lance dans une
partie de chasse, si son esclave Suleiman, qui lui succéda au pachalik, ne fat venu promptement @ son secours,
et n’eiit percé d’un coup de yatagan le lion déja blessé par son maitre.

‘« Nous avons vu dans la ménagerie du pacha de Bagdad cinq individus de cette race; ils y etaient depuis cing
ans, et avaient été pris jeunes aux environs de Bassora: il y avait trois males et deux femelles; les premiers
étaient un peu plus gros que les autres, et tous ressemblaient beaucoup a 1’espéce d’Afrique, si ce n’est qu’ils
étaient plus petits, et n’avaient point de criniére. On nous assura quils n’en auraient jamais, et qu’aucun
lion de ces contrées n’en obtenait. Nous avons souvent regretté de n’en avoir pas demandé deux au pacha,
un male et une femelle, pour les comparer de prés a ]’espéce d'Afrique, et nous assurer si le lion d’Arabie doit
étre régardé comme une espéce distincte de l'autre, ou comme une race dégénérée.”—Olivier, Voyage dans
l’Empire Othoman, ]’Egypte et la Perse, tom. iv. pp. 391-3.

CAPT. W. SMEE ON THE MANELESS LION OF GUZERAT. 173

cular, is far from being sufficiently detailed to allow of the satisfactory identification of
his animal with that of Guzerat. Should subsequent inquiries prove that he was cor-
rectly informed as to the locality from which the maneless Lions seen by him at Bagdad
were obtained, and prove also their identity with those of Guzerat, a more extensive
geographical range will be established for this curious race than I am at present dis-
posed to regard as probable.

One other notice of a maneless Lion remains to be added: it is the latest that has
been published, but sufficient time having elapsed since its announcement to have al-
lowed of full details having been given to the world (details which as regards so inter-
esting a subject would scarcely have been deferred), it is by no means impossible that
some error may have occurred respecting it. I refer to the announcement in Mr. Grif-
fith’s English Edition of Cuvier’s ‘Régne Animal’!, that a maneless and brownish
coloured species of Felis, larger than a Lion, had been forwarded from Nubia to the
Frankfort Museum.

Having alluded, in the commencement of this communication, to the opinion that a
maneless Lion was known to the ancients, it might be expected that I should here
bring forward and discuss the several passages which have been looked upon as sup-
porting this view. Where, however, the critics are at fault, it would be presumptuous
in me to attempt to decide. I own that I do not find in the passages usually referred
to any evidence at all satisfactory as regards the existence of Lions destitute of mane ;
and I am even far from willing to admit that the crisped hairs noticed by Aristotle? as
distinguishing one race of Lions from another in which the hairs were either dense or
straight, must of necessity be considered as those of the mane rather than of any other
part of the body. The language of Oppian is equally obscure, and even the expressions
used by him are warmly contested by the critics*. Another Greek writer, Agatharchides‘
the peripatetic, speaks of the Arabian, and especially the Babylonish Lions, in terms
that recall Olivier’s description of those of Bagdad, but still with no definite application
to the want of a mane. Pliny® alone, so far as I am aware, mentions the absence of
mane as a distinctive mark of one race of Lions; but to this race he attributes a
monstrous generation, and he was probably altogether misled with respect to it.

Pliny, however, in many of his fables has had his followers ; and it is by no means
improbable that the maneless feline beast which occurs in the older armorial bearings
may have been intended to represent a Lion leoparded. This term is still in use among
the heralds of France, but is employed by them with reference only to the position of
the head ; if the full face is shown, the animal, whether maned or maneless, is in their

1 Vol. ii. p. 428. 2 Arist. Hist. Anim., Ed. Scal. Tolos. 1619, p. 1154.
3 Oppian., Ed. Schneid., pp. 234 & 365.—Ed. Belin., pp. 108 & 318, 319.
* Agatharch, Hist., Oxon. 1597, p. 41. 5 Hist. Nat., lib. 8. cap. 16.

242

174 CAPT. W. SMEE ON THE MANELESS LION OF GUZERAT,

language a Leopard; if the side face alone is seen, it isa Lion. Hence, with them,
the Lions passant and gardant of the arms of the Kings of England would be either
Lions leoparded, or Leopards maned. The omission of the mane, in rude tricking,
would indeed reduce them to Leopards, and as such they were originally regarded ; for
the earliest present to a National Menagerie in England,—that made by the Emperor
Frederic IT. to Henry III.,—consisted of three Leopards, in allusion, as Matthew Paris
expressly states, to the bearing of the royal shield, ‘‘ in quo tres leopardi transeuntes
figurantur.” The bearing may, however, have been intended to represent the Plinian
and heraldic hybrid between the two races,—a being altogether imaginary, and there-
fore a fit companion for the griffins and the unicorns, and the rest of that marvellous
and monstrous fraternity.

PLATE XXIV.

Fexis Leo GoosraTEnsis.

. rnuypoTorl

v7)

ORs tg

é

Se

rrp

‘iV 161g tpg ye por riey

PUTTY

XX. Description of a New Species of the Genus Eurylaimus of Dr. Horsfield. By
Mr. Joun Goutp, F.L.S. Communicated by the Secretary.

Communicated December 10, 1833.

THE genus Eurylaimus, established by Dr. Horsfield for the reception of a bird dis-
covered by him in Java, has since received the accession of a second species, obtained
in Sumatra by the late Sir T. Stamford Raffles. To these I am now enabled to add a
third, derived from a different though neighbouring locality, and especially remarkable
for the elegance of its plumage.

M. Temminck has, I am aware, referred to this group two other species ; and a third
has recently been added to it by M. Lesson, who has, at the same time, proposed the
removal from it of one of those placed in it by M. Temminck. On each of these I
shall venture to offer a few observations.

The first of M. Temminck’s additions is the only species which has at any time been
referred to the Eurylaimi from among the birds known previously to the researches of
Dr. Horsfield and Sir T. S. Raffles in Java and Sumatra: it is the great-billed Tody of
the first edition of Dr. Latham’s ‘ General Synopsis of Birds’', a name translated by
Gmelin, shortly after its appearance, into Todus macrorhynchos®. This trivial name was
not adopted by the original describer of the species, who, in his ‘ Index Ornithologicus’®,
applied to his great-billed Tody the appellation of Todus nasutus ; and nasutus appears
since to have been employed by all ornithologists, with the exception of M. Desmarest,
who has given to the bird the name of Platyrhynchus ornatus. With M. Temminck it
became the Eurylaimus nasutus. But the largeness and convexity of the bill in this
bird, the oval form of the nostrils, their position near the middle of the bill, and
other characters deviating from the structure of the typical Eurylaimus, afford reasons
against its being associated with that genus, and in favour of regarding it as constituting
a distinct type of form. As such it has been regarded by Dr. Horsfield and Mr. Vigors,
who, in the Appendix to the ‘ Life of Sir T. Stamford Raffles’*, have characterized under
the name of Cymbirhynchus, the genus to which it belongs. It is consequently the
Cymbirhynchus nasutus, Vig. and Horsf.

M. Temminck’s second addition to the genus is the Eurylaimus Sumatranus, Vig. and
Horsf., originally described under the name of Coracias Sumatranus, by Sir T. Stam-
ford Raffles in his ‘ Descriptive Catalogue of a Zoological Collection made in Sumatra’,
published in the ‘ Transactions of the Linnean Society’®. In figuring this bird M. Tem-

Vol. ii. p. 664. t. 30. 2 Linn., Syst. Nat. Ed. 13, p. 446. 3 P. 268.
+P. 654. 5 Vol. xiii. p. 303.

176 MR. J. GOULD’S DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES

minck has altered its specific name, and has designated it as the Eur. Corydon.
M. Lesson has remarked on the extraordinary breadth and strength of its bill, on the
dilatation and swelling posteriorly of the margins of this organ in such a manner as to
render the lower mandible entirely thin at its base, on the keel and the uniform con-
vexity of the bill, on the rounded and indistinct nostrils in some degree hidden by the
hairs and the small feathers of the front, on the naked circle surrounding the eyes, &c.,
as on characters sufficient to distinguish it as the type of a subgenus, for which he pro-
poses the name of Corydon; the species being designated by him Corydon Temminckii?.
It would, however, be preferable to retain the original specific name, and to call the
bird Corydon Sumatranus.

The third addition to the genus to which I have alluded is that by MM. Lesson and
Garnot, who have figured and described in their beautiful work, the Zoological Portion
of the ‘ Voyage de la Coquille’?, a bird obtained by M. Lesson in New Guinea, to
which they have given the name of Hurylaimus Blainvillii. As I have had no oppor-
tunity of examining this bird, and am acquainted with it only through the medium of
the figure published in the work just quoted, I must speak with diffidence respecting it:
but I cannot venture to regard it as really a Eurylaimus, possessing as it evidently does
characters at variance with all others of that group. Its lengthened and forked tail, its
feeble tarsi, and its narrow bill furnished with stiff bristles, appear to indicate its natural
position to be among the true Flycatchers.

There remain then, in the defined genus Eurylaimus, only the Eur. Horsfieldii, Temm.°,
the type of the genus, and described as such by Dr. Horsfield in the ‘Transactions of the
Linnean Society’ under the name of Eur. Javanicus®:—the Eur. ochromalus, Rafil.®,
of which Eur. cucullatus, Temm.’, is a synonym :—and the species for which I propose
the name of Eur. lunatus. The latter presents, it is true, some minute differences from
the two previously mentioned birds ; but as these differences consist principally in the
filamentous termination of the primary and tail-feathers, and in the singular crescent-
shaped row of silvery feathers which adorns the neck of the male, they are by no means
likely to exercise any influence over the habits of the bird, which may consequently be
placed with the true Eurylaimi. It may be thus characterized :

EvuryLAIMUS LUNATUS.

Eur. capite cristato ; cristd genisque brunneis ; fascid supraciliari nigrd ; guld cinerascente ;
collo, interscapulio, pectore, abdomineque cerulescenti-cinereis ; tergo uropygioque cas-

' Manuel d’Omithologie, tom. i. p. 177. 2 Atlas de Zoologie, Oiseaux, Pl. 19.

3 Planches Coloriées, pl. 130, 131. 4 Vol. xiii. p. 170.

° Dr. Horsfield having withdrawn the cJaim of priority in naming this species, and having allowed another
name to be substituted for that originally given, the one substituted by M. Temminck and allowed by Dr. Hors-
field will probably be generally adopted.

6 Linn. Trans., vol. xii, p. 297. 7 Planches Coloriées, pl. 261.

OF THE GENUS EURYLAIMUS. 177

taneis ; parauchenio lund albd notato ; scapularibus nigris ; alis lazulinis, ad apicem
fascid latd nigra notatis, remigibus prioribus quatuor albo apiculatis acutis, secundariis
abruptis tribus interioribus castaneis ; caudd nigrd, rectricibus tribus externis apices
versus albis.

Foem. lunuld ad colli latera nulld.

Long. tot. 64 unc. ; rostri, a rictu ad apicem, 3; rostri ad basin lat. 4; long.

ale, 31; caude, 2; tarsi, 4.
Hab. apud Rangoon, Peninsule Indiz ulterioris.

The bill is dark olive, inclining to black, lighter at its edges and along the culmen of
the upper mandible. The head is furnished with a thick crest, composed of long silky
feathers of a dull chestnut brown, beneath which a black band extends to the occiput,
beginning just above the base of the bill, and passing over the eye; the cheeks and
ear-coverts are of the same colour as the crest. The throat is greyish white, passing
off into deep bluish grey, which covers the whole of the under surface ; on the sides of
the neck this grey is interrupted by a beautiful semilunar mark, consisting of silvery
white feathers elevated above the rest, and abruptly terminated as if clipped by scis-
sors. The upper part of the back is bluish grey, passing off into bright chestnut,
which occupies the rump and upper tail-coverts. The shoulders are black, succeeded
by a broad band of lazuline blue, which is the colour of the wings ; beyond the blue a
black band succeeds, which terminates the wing, with this exception, that the first four
primaries are tipped with white: in these feathers the shafts are prolonged in the form
of slender filaments, giving them a remarkably pointed appearance. The rest of the
primaries, and all the secondary quills, have, on the contrary, a broad, indented, and
abrupt termination, barely edged along the tip of the outer vane with white, the inner
vane being chestnut, which latter colour occupies the whole of the three last secon-
daries. The tail is black, with the exception of the three outer feathers, which are
white at their extremities, the outermost being nearly altogether white: each feather,
like the four first primaries of the wing, has the shaft projecting beyond the lateral
vanes. The thighs are black. The tarsi are brownish black.

The female resembles the male in her plumage, except that she wants all trace of the
beautiful lunated silvery mark, which is so great an ornament to the male.

Several examples of this beautiful bird were shot in the neighbourhood of Rangoon
by Major Godfrey, and I am indebted to that gentleman for the opportunity of placing
on record the interesting species which he has thus added to science. He informs
me that it inhabits the thickest jungles, and that its food was found, upon minute ex-
amination, to consist entirely of berries and fruits: he did not ascertain any particulars
respecting its nidification. How far its range extends to the southward, or in other
words whether it approaches to or actually inhabits either of the islands in which the
other Eurylaimi are found, cannot at present be stated: it is, however, probable that it

178 MR. J. GOULD ON A NEW SPECIES OF EURYLAIMUS.

may hereafter be met with in Sumatra, or even in Java, especially as the conterminous
Cymbirhynchus nasutus extends from those islands as far northwards as Rangoon, where
specimens of it were shot by Major Godfrey, and always in similar situations to those
frequented by Eur. lunatus.

The precise position of the genus Eurylaimus in the natural system will probably not
be determined with certainty until we obtain more complete accounts than we yet pos-
sess of the habits of the birds comprised in it. It appears to be almost equally entitled
to rank with the Fissirostres on the one hand, and with the Dentirostres on the other.
The compressed form and breadth of the bill, together with its wide gape destitute of
bristles at the angles (in the typical species at least), imply a relationship both to the
true Fissirostres and to the berry-feeders, such as the Ampelide ; while the short and
rounded wing, and the strong tarsi and claws, militate against habits like those of the
exclusive Flycatchers, lengthened wings and small feet being essential to their aérial
mode of life. Still, however, as in the case of the birds composing the genus Bomby-
civora, which feed at one season of the year almost exclusively on insects, and at other
times on mountain berries and fruits, the birds of the present group may partake of
the same varied diet, consisting of fruits and such insects as are obtained with little
exertion on the wing ; as the character of the toes, particularly of the hinder one, which
is longer than those in front, and equals the tarsus in length, clearly indicates that they
seldom quit the branches which constitute their native locality.

PLATE XXV.

EvuryLAIMus LuNaTUuS, male and female.

ae tet 7 Of Z - iy
Hand co Tee, Ud + St BA Ge

©
Srnted by C Eantlmeandel
Ee ay lacmed cna we .
(“4

XXI. A few Remarks tending to illustrate the Natural History of two Annulose Genera,
viz. Urania of Fabricius, and Mygale of Walckenaer. By W. S. MacLeay, Esq.,
F.Z.S., &c.

Communicated January 28, 1834.

AS the following remarks may possibly be of use in our attempts to solve a problem
which has long interested entomologists, I mean the true situation in nature of the
genus Urania, they are now placed with all due respect at the disposal of the Zoolo-
gical Society.

Fabricius instituted a genus of Lepidoptera under the name of Urania’, a term by no
means inappropriate, as it designates perhaps the highest fliers and most richly orna-
mented insects of that very brilliant order. Before Fabricius these animals had been
placed in the great Linnzan group called Papilio, although they differ, in fact, from all
Butterflies in the form of their antenne, which, at least in the American species of the
genus, instead of being in any degree clavate, are at the base filiform, and then become
gradually setiform or attenuated towards their extremity. Latreille referred these in-
sects to the same section of the Linnean group Papilio as Hesperia, and here they still
remain. My object at present not being to enter on the investigation of their affinities,
I shall with little farther preface give the natural history of one species, which appears
to me to be possibly new. But it must be recollected that I have here, in Cuba, no
general cabinet for reference, and consequently want the most indispensable of all
guides towards the accurate determination of new species.

As far as I have been able to ascertain, the only known Uranie with which my in-
sect can be confounded are the Ur. Sloanus of Godart, a Jamaica species, so called from
having been first described by Sir Hans Sloane, and the Ur. Boisduvalu of M. Guérin.
A figure of this last is published in the ‘ Iconographie du Régne Animal de M. Cuvier;’
but as the larva and imago of Uranie vary in their size and colours, the Ur. Boisduvalii
may very probably be found eventually to be merely a small variety of the well known
Ur. Sloanus ; nay, farther, my insect, of which I am about to give the history, may
even turn out to be the same species with both. Unfortunately, as I said before, I
have no Jamaica specimens of Ur. Sloanus at hand to refer to; but had there been
given with the figure a scientific description of the Ur. Boisduvalit, distinguishing it from
Ur. Sloanus, or even had its country been mentioned, we might have been more certain
of our facts. Two slovenly practices at present prevail, which threaten to destroy all

' Urania is also a name given by Schreber to a genus of Monocotyledonous plants, previously called Rave-

nala by Adanson, Jussieu, and Sonnerat, and which belongs to the same natural family with the Banana.
VOL. I. 2B

180 MR. W. S. MACLEAY ON THE NATURAL HISTORY OF URANIA,

accuracy in nomenclature, namely, the attaching a name to a published figure without
any description ; or, which is quite as bad, giving a loose untechnical description in
some modern tongue. Our neighbours, the French, are the most to blame for these
doings, which proceed from sheer indolence ; for surely it does not require a week’s
study of the lowest rudiments of Latin to word a precise technical description, that
will both determine the species and be intelligible in every part of the civilized world.
Let those who approve of the vague diffuseness of their mother-tongue, give, if they
please, a description in this also; but the Latin character is indispensable if we wish to
secure credit for our labours.

I shall now cite Godart’s description of Ur. Sloanus from the ‘ Encyclopédie Métho-
dique,’ tom. ix. p. 709, in order that we may compare it more readily with my insect,
which for the present I shall call Urania Fernandine, in compliment to Her Excellency
the Condesa de Fernandina, a lady whose varied accomplishments comprehend the
study of natural history.

“Urania SLOANUS, Godart.
“« Uran. alis nigris ; anticis utrinqué lineis transversis fascidque aureo-viridibus : posticis
supra fascid serratd cupreo-rubrd.
“« Papilio Sloanus Cram. pl. 85. fig. E. F.
‘* Papilio Sloaneus Herbst, Pap. tab. 51. fig. 3. 4.
‘« Sloane Jamaic. Hist. 2. tab. 239. fig. 11. 12.

‘* Cette Uranie ... . a entre deux pouces et demi et trois pouces d’envergure. Ses ailes
sont noires. Les supérieures ont de part et d’autre six 4 sept lignes transverses d’un
vert-doré brillant, entre lesquelles il y a une bande bifide ou trifide du méme vert.

‘Le dessus des ailes inférieures est traversé dans son milieu par une bande d’un
rouge-cuivreux luisant. Le dessous est d’un vert-doré, avec des mouchetures noires
sur la céte et vers l’extremité. Les queues sont noires, ce qui distingue encore cette
espéce de l’Uranie Leilus.

“« De la Jamaique.”

Our Cuban insect may be described as follows :

Urania FERNANDINE.

Ur. alis nigris ; anticis utrinque lineis transversis auro-viridibus, supra undecim septimd
bifidéd, subtus sex humeralibus latis septimd bifidd octavd longissimd trifidd reliquis
apicalibus filiformibus : posticis supra fascia haud serrata et lineis octo brevibus late-
ralibus transversis auro-viridibus.

This Urania attains from four to four and a half inches of expansion of wing. The

head is small and black, with a golden green V in the middle, and a narrow short line
of the same colour bordering the eye, which has a black coppery lustre. The tergum

MR. W. S. MACLEAY ON THE NATURAL HISTORY OF URANIA. 181

of the prothorax is golden green, with the exception of two dorsal spots of velvety
black.. The fergum of the rest of the thorax and abdomen is also black, but marked by
three longitudinal golden green lines, one on each side of a medial one. ‘The pectus of
the mesothoraz is black, marked at least by one oblique white fascia on each side. The
wings are velvety black, with an undulated rim, the hollows of which are more or less
slightly tipped with white.

The upper side of the upper wings has eleven golden green transverse lines, which are
narrowest towards the posterior angle'. The seventh of these lines from the humeral
angle is bifid towards the anterior margin of the wing; and between the second and
third line on the same anterior margin are two golden green linear dots, and a longer
one between the ninth and tenth.

The under side of the upper wings has the interior margin brown, but all the rest
velvety black, with transverse lines of a bluish green colour. Of these the first six
from the humeral angle are parallel ; and the seventh line, which is somewhat bifid at
the anterior margin, meets at the anal angle of the wing the eighth line, which is trifid
or even quadrifid at the anterior margin, and is by far the longest. The three or four
apical lines are filiform, the ninth generally meeting the tenth at the anterior margin
of the wing.

The upper side of the under wings is velvety black, with a longitudinal broad discal
band of a golden green colour, reaching from nearly the middle of the anterior margin
to the anal angle, and which is only interrupted by two or three black spots towards the
anal angle. The interior margin, fringed with blackish down, is also lined by a broad
obscure green fascia, which meets the former band towards the anal angle, and which
is interrupted by four, or even more, black transverse spots towards the same angle.
The posterior margin has at least eight transverse golden green abbreviated lines, of
which the fourth and eighth are the shortest, and the fifth is the longest. The tail of
the wing is long, tapering, black, with the central line bluish green.

The under side of the under wings is golden green, becoming more bluish towards the
tail. The interior margin is fringed towards the scutellar angle with a cinereous down,
and has four abbreviated parallel black transverse spots towards the anal angle. The
anterior margin has eight abbreviated transverse black bands, of which the shortest are
the first and sixth, counting from the humeral angle, and the longest the eighth, while
the third and fourth, the seventh and eighth, meet each other towards the disc of the
wing. The posterior margin has two black bands, of which the superior one is furcated
towards the posterior angle.of the wing; and four or five large black spots towards the
anal angle, which sometimes coalesce into two bands, of which the upper is abbreviated.
The tail is bluish green, with the margins black.

' For the technical terms expressing the limits of a Lepidopterous wing, I use the nomenclature given by
Messrs, Kirby and Spence, Introduction, vol. iii. p. 727. Pl. x1v.

232

182 MR. W. S. MACLEAY ON THE NATURAL HISTORY OF URANIA.

The feet are blackish, with tne edges of the femora and tibie more or less tipped with
bluish green. The antenne agree in figure and colour with those of Ur. Sloanus.

It is therefore evident that my insect differs from Godart’s description of Ur. Sloanus
only in the larger size, in having more transverse golden green lines on the upper!
wings, in the under wings having no coppery red colour, and in the discal band of these
last not being serrated.

From Ur. Boisduvalii, which I only know by M. Guérin’s figure, my insect differs also
in being of larger size, in having the tergum of the abdomen with longitudinal green
bands, and in the seventh bifid line of the upper side of the upper wings not meeting
the sixth line at the anal angle. The under wings, and the whole under side of the
wings, are wholly different.

For the present, therefore, and deprived as I am of the power of referring to any
cabinet, I think I am to a certain degree justified in considering the insect I have so
fully described under the name of Urania Fernandine to be a distinct species, and I shall
now give its economy.

On approaching from the sea any open sandy part of the coast of Cuba, it will ap-
pear girt, close above the coral reefs, with a copse wood composed of almost one species
of tree. This is the Coccoloba uvifera of Linnzus, or Uvero? of the Spaniards, which
instantly attracts a European eye by the novelty of its aspect, the large thick leaves
being almost orbicular, or, to speak more accurately, shaped somewhat like a horse-
shoe, while their shining green is beautifully relieved by blood-red veins. This tree
produces an astringent fruit called, from its colour and growing in racemes, the sea-
side Grape; and a close and nearly impenetrable belt of it, which is merely varied by
a few Chrysobalani?, almost touches high-water mark. At the base of this belt grow
the genera Cactus, Euphorbia, Heliotropium, Tribulus, Coreopsis, Pancratium, Crinum, &c.;
the leaves of these various genera becoming more thick and fleshy as they approximate
the sea. Convolvuli with succulent leaves and with large red‘ and white® flowers,
creep around on the sand, mingling themselves with the Dolichos roseus of Swartz®, so
conspicuous for its immense pods and lovely pale purple blossom.

' However, in Ur. Fernandine we find the size to vary considerably, as also the number of transverse golden
green lines on the upper wings.

2 Oviedo, in his admirable ‘ Coronica de las Indias,’ describes this tree under the Indian name of Guiabara,
and gives eyen a good figure of one of the leaves, which, he says, being written on with a pin or needle, often
served the first Spanish settlers instead of paper. The leaf of the Copey (Clusia rosea, Linn.), another sea-side
tree, serves this purpose still better, as it will preserve the writing for years.

3 Chrysobalanus Icaco, Linn., from the fruit of which, or sea-side Plum, a favourite sweetmeat is made in
Cuba, and exported under the name of ‘ Dulce de Icaco.’ The fruit itself is insipid, but the kernel has an ex-
quisite flavour.

* Convolvulus Brasiliensis, Linn., or the Aguinaldo de la playa of the Spaniards.

5’ Convolvulus repens, Jacq. 6 Canavalia rosea, De Cand.

MR. W. S. MACLEAY ON THE NATURAL HISTORY OF URANIA. 183

Immediately behind such a belt as I have described, which may be from ten to twenty
yards broad, we find amidst a variety of smaller plants, such as Russelia sarmentosa,
Sophora Havanensis, Plumbago scandens, &c., many sea-side shrubs growing in the
parched sand, of which the most remarkable are the odoriferous Plumeria alba, on the
bright leaves of which crawls the enormous black and yellow caterpillar of Sphinx
Asdrubal, Cram. ; the curious Suriana maritima, Linn., which has its rugged hard red
trunk perforated by the larva of a Cossus (Cossus Suriane, mihi) ; several species of

2

Cordie, the bunched flowers of which vary through every shade, from the purest white
to the most vivid orange and scarlet ; the elegant sea-side Fan-Palm, or Thrinaz par-
viflora, Swartz; with Duranta Ellisia, Omphalea triandra, Cesalpinie of various species,
Cactus tetragonus, Cactus grandiflorus, and many more humble species of the same
Linnean genus!, &c. All this variety of foliage is in general festooned with the flowers
of different species of Convolvulus, Ipomea, Echites, Paullinia, and other climbing ge-
nera; while those leaves more exposed to the sea breeze are each studded with small
terrestrial shells? inhabited by their native Mollusca, and large sea shells? brought from
their original element by the singular Paguri* which have usurped them, cluster round
the short stunted trunks. Here, when grey lizards® of different sizes, with yellow

' Oviedo describes three kinds of West Indian Cardones, viz. las Tunas, los Cirios and las Pitahayas. Under
the name of Tuna he certainly meant to designate certain prickly species of De Candolle’s genus Opuntia; and
los Cirios (so called ‘‘ porque parescen cirios o hachas de cera excepto en las espinas,”) certainly coincide with
De Candolle’s subgenus Cereastri of the genus Cereus. The Pitahaya of Oviedo appears to have been the Cereus
tetragonus, whereas the Pitahaya of the Spanish creoles of the present day is certainly the Cereus grandiflorus,
or night-blowing Cereus. This has the ripe fruit yellow, whereas Oviedo describes the fruit of his Pitahaya as
being of a colour “carmesi rosado.” Nopal appears to have been a name adopted from the Mexicans, and to
have been applied to the smooth species of Opuntia, such as Op. cochenillifera.

® Belonging to the genera Phasianella and Pupa, but principally the latter.

5 Chiefly Turbo Pica, Linn.

‘ Principally Pagurus Diogenes, known in Cuba by the name of Macao; on the habits and history cf which
curious Crustacea some most interesting remarks have been published by my friend W. J. Broderip, Esq., in
the ‘ Zoological Journal’, vol. iv. p. 200.

5 There is a rude but sufficiently correct representation of these Lizards given by Rochefort, under the name
of le Roquet. He says, ‘‘ Les Roquets....ont le peau de couleur de feuille morte, qui est marquée de petis
points jaunes, ounoiratres. Ils sont portez sur quatre pieds, dont ceux de devant sont asses hauts. Ils ont les
yeus etincelans et vifs au possible. Ils tiennent toujours la teste élevée en l’air, et ils sont si dispos, qu’ils
sautelent sans cesse, comme des oiseaus, lors qu’ils ne veulent pas se servir de leurs aisles. Leur queiie est
tellement rétroussée sur le dos, qu’elle fait comme un cercle et demy. IIs prennent plaisir 4 voir les hommes,
et s‘ils s’arrétent au lieu ou ils sont, ils leur jettent a chaque fois des ceillades. Quand ils sont un peu poursuivis,
ils ouvrent la gueule, et tirent la langue comme de petits chiens de chasse.”—Hist. Nat. et Mor. des Antilles,
p. 131.

This description makes me almost certain that the Roguet belongs to the same genus as the Cuban Lizard
mentioned in the text, although probably it is a different species. It does not change its colour, nor, as far as
I know, does it distend the throat like the genus Anolis; neither are the toes, as in that genus, supplied with
oval disks for climbing, so that it is never seen on trees. Nevertheless Cuvier gives the name of Roquet to a

184 MR. W. S. MACLEAY ON THE NATURAL HISTORY OF URANIA.

bellies, and tails turned up in spiral, peep from under the dusky flat stones, which are
generally sea-broken and time-worn pieces of Madrepores,—when those beautiful Land-
crabs, Gecarcinus ruricola!, Desm., and Grapsus pictus?, Desm., are running about over
the sea-weed that has been left by the tide,—and finally, when every object to the
dazzled eye seems quivering under the broiling sun,—the entomologist will have a
tolerably correct specimen of what may be termed the general appearance of a sandy
sea-shore in the island of Cuba. The whole scene is harmoniously sultry.

Here order in variety we see,
And here, though all things differ, all agree.

In such a situation, for many miles at least on each side of the Havana, not a sound
breaks on the ear except the melancholy roar of the surf as it dashes on the iron-bound
coast ; no quadruped, in short, is to be seen, and scarcely a bird. Here, nevertheless,
have I managed to pass several solitary scorching hours with pleasure, as many valuable
insects may be collected, and among them Urania Fernandine.

But to return to the vegetation of such a place. Of all the shrubs above mentioned,
perhaps the Omphalea triandra, Linn., or Omphalea nucifera, Swartz, is the most in-
teresting. It is the Cob or Hog-nut of Jamaica, and Avellano of the inhabitants of
Cuba. Although belonging to the poisonous family of Euphorbiacee, it affords a most
delicious and wholesome kernel, from eating which in plenty I have never experienced

species of his genus Anolis, which, by the way, is not the Anolis of Rochefort, but his Gobemouche, so that
the confusion is almost inextricable. Our Cuban Lizard resembles the genus Anolis in no respect farther than
having a thick, fleshy, and not extensible tongue, and so belongs to Cuvier’s group of Saurian Reptiles, which
he calls Iguaniens. As its toes are free and unequal, it belongs to the group Stelliones of Cuvier, or to Mr. Bell’s
tribe of Stellionina; and as it has no teeth in the palate, and the toes are simple, it appears to agree with the
last-mentioned naturalist’s family Stellionide. As the tail has very small scales, and there are no femoral pores,
while the toes are 5—5, it may be referred to Mr. Gray’s genus Agama. It appears moreover to connect Cuvier's
subgenera Trapelus and Calotes, having all the scales very minute, and no dorsal crest like the former, yet
agreeing with the latter, in that the imbricated scales are slightly carinated, and terminated in point so as to
make the body appear to the naked eye as if longitudinally sulcated. Unfortunately I have no book in the
Hayana that will enable me to determine whether it be a described species; but the following description will
probably make it known to those naturalists who are conversant with Reptiles. The under side of the belly and
legs is of a dirty cream colour, becoming yellowish toward the extremity of the long tail. The under side of the
head and breast is marbled-grey, as is the upper side of the head, and about twenty six or twenty eight trans-
verse faint dorsal bands, which on the dirty cream-coloured ground become more conspicuous as they approach
the extremity of the tail, Its colouring, in short, is exactly that of the grey Madrepores which it haunts, and
into the cavities of which it retires when alarmed. The largest I have seen have been more than a foot long.

\ Gecarcinus ruricola I have never seen farther from the sea than two leagues. It never makes its holes in
sand, always preferring a muddy soil at some distance from the salt water.

* Grapsus pictus inhabits an open, sandy, or rocky coast, while Gecarcinus ruricola inhabits the muddy mouths
of rivers, or mangrove marshes in bays; hence this last species is the true Crabe des Paletuviers of the French.
Both the species are exceedingly suspicious and active, Grapsus pictus running swiftly for shelter to the sea,
and Gecarcinus ruricola into the holes which it forms in the mud.

MR. W. 8S. MACLEAY ON THE NATURAL HISTORY OF URANIA. 185

the slightest harm. I have somewhere indeed read that its cotyledons preserve a portion
of the emetic and purgative power of the nut of a Jatropha ; but all I can say is, that I
never heard of the nuts of Omphalea triandra injuring any of the persons whom I have
seen eat them; and my mouth, when parched, having many a time and oft derived re-
freshment from a due discussion of its produce, I shall always view this plant and the
Cacti, or Prickly Pears, with a sort of gratitude, as being among the few hospitable
vegetables which adorn that most scorching of all sublunary regions,—a sandy sea
coast in the West Indies.

The Omphalea triandra! is a tree which I have seen as high as fifteen feet, but the
trunk is in that case very thick in proportion to its height. This trunk is excessively
gnarled, and the branches are also rugged, drooping downwards, and supporting on
long footstalks large thick heart-shaped leaves of a leathery texture, and which have a
scabrous surface of a pale green colour, and are not in the least degree shining. The
young leaves, and the leaves of the young plants, are of a quite different form, being,
although of the same texture and colour as those just described, deeply incised, with
their divisions long and narrow, particularly the middle one, and all more or less den-
tated at the sides. As on the same plant we see the two kinds of leaves, the older ones
below and entire, and the younger above and incised, it would appear to me that these
incisions gradually fill up, and so form the mature and heart-shaped leaf.

Now the upper side of the entire leaves of this tree may often be observed to be coated
in the middle by a transparent web, through which appears a caterpillar torpidly re-
posing under cover. At night, however, our caterpillar, no longer sluggish, quits the
silky shed which served to protect it from the powerful rays of the-sun, and greedily
strips the Omphalea of its foliage, so that I have often seen whole trees without a leaf.
This caterpillar is also active in the day-time when disturbed from under its web. It
can then run about as quick as the larva of any Bombycide, and shows little affinity to
the caterpillars of other diurnal Lepidoptera, which usually have a slow motion.

Having carried some of these caterpillars home, I supplied them for some days with
fresh food, when they spun about the withered or dead leaves in the box an oval cocoon
of a loose dirty yellow silk. Within this cocoon, the meshes of which were so few and
lax as to allow the inmate to be easily seen, it changed to a chrysalis, which, after
about three weeks repose in a horizontal position, produced, to my great satisfaction, a
beautiful specimen of Urania. Since that time I have bred several.

In February, and the ensuing months of spring and summer, that is, as long as the
Omphalea continues throwing out young shoots, the egzs of Urania may be found glued
to the tender incised leaves. These eggs have a pearly lustre, and are of a pale green

‘ In Browne’s Jamaica it is called Omphalandria in the text; and a figure of it is given, which is as unlike
to the Cuban plant as anything well can be. May not this Cuban plant, therefore, be a different species? For
my own part, however, I doubt it exceedingly.

186 MR. W. S. MACLEAY ON THE NATURAL HISTORY OF URANIA.

colour, sometimes turning to yellow, bearing considerable resemblance in form to those
of the genus Catocala of Schrank, particularly Cat. nupta!. They vary in shape from
an ovate to an oblate spheroid, but in general are truly spherical. A circular space
on their summit is smooth, but from the circumference of this circle proceed about
twenty four longitudinal ribs, the intervals between which are crossed at right angles
by obsolete striae.

The young larve just emerged from the egg appear of nearly the same pale green
colour, and have seven longitudinal black lines, which the microscope shows to be so
many rows of long black hairs. The head of these young larve is of a dirty yellowish
colour, but after the first month it assumes its true appearance. This caterpillar
scarcely ever rolls itself into a ring, and when full grown is about 14 to 2 inches long,
of a regular cylindrical form, with the more usual sixteen feet. Its head is now red,
polished, and sessile, that is, not set on the body by means of a narrow neck, as in the
larve of true Hesperide. This head has black mandibles, and is besides irregularly
sprinkled with some black spots, of which four placed close together nearly at the apex
of the triangle which crowns the clypeus, and one on each side marking the site of the
ocelli, seem to be tolerably constant. The other spots on the head are merely black
points, generally about twelve. The first segment of the thoraz, or prothoraa, is, as in
many Lepidopterous larve, of a more corneous texture than the other segments, and
more or less of a velvety black colour, which is diversified by a white dorsal line, and
two or three white irregular spots at the sides. ‘This, however, is only the typical
colouring of the prothoraz; for in many specimens the white is more predominant than
I have described, and is accompanied with a slight red spot on the back of the seg-
ment.

The true feet are red; and the ten false feet are of the same, only somewhat paler,
tint as the body, which varies from a pale yellowish green to a flesh colour, with five
paler longitudinal lines, of which the middle one is dorsal.

The mesothoracic segment is rarely spotted, but all the others are often marked more
or less with black spots, particularly the antepenultimate segment, which scarcely ever
occurs without two lateral black spots placed immediately above the penultimate
stigma. These spiracles are usually black, and the whole body moderately hairy, that
is, having on each segment about six hairs, which are white and about one fifth as
iong as the whole body.

It is by no means easy to make a tolerably accurate description of this caterpillar,
because there are few larve of the same species which differ so much from each other
in colour, size, and marking, as those of Ur. Fernandine. «It is perhaps most readily

1 This, in fact, appears to be a very common form of Lepidopterous egg. To this form I assign those eggs
figured badly by Reaumur, vol. ii. tab. 3. figg. 6. & 7. These, however, appear to want the clear circular space
on the summit, and besides are not so spherical as the eggs of Urania.

MR. W. S. MACLEAY ON THE NATURAL HISTORY OF URANIA. 187

recognised by its red head and spotted black prothorar. In form it agrees very closely
with the caterpillar of Agarista, as figured by Lewin, but is more simple, having no
hinder protuberance on the penultimate segment.

The pupa of Ur. Fernandine is not at all angular, like that of most diurnal Lepido-
ptera, but agrees with them in being rather gaily coloured. It is of a yellowish brown
colour, the thorax being of a rather paler tint, and the wings of a darker hue than the
rest of the body. The antenne, proboscis, eyes, legs, and nervures of the wings, being
of a dark brown hue, are particularly visible in this chrysalis. The head is rounded,
and is marked with three or four black spots. The mesothoraz has four or five very
conspicuous black spots interspersed with points, and the abdominal segments are each
marked transversely with from about twenty five to thirty five black linear dots.

The perfect butterfly is truly diurnal, and very swift in its flight. It is not found in
the interior of the island, but it may be seen in plenty to haunt gardens as far as two
or even three leagues from the coast, sporting in the sun and sucking the flowers of
Cestrum diurnum, Ehretia tinifolia, and other odoriferous trees of small stature. In hot
weather and about midday it flies particularly high, and may be even observed sur-
mounting the tops of the highest members of the forest. In the afternoon I have often
seen it sport about some capriciously chosen spot, such as a particular branch of Mango,
where it would always return to alight on almost the same leaf, in a manner that has
sometimes reminded me of a well known habit of the Muscicape!. Thus does our insect
spend whole hours until sunset, when the bats? usually terminate its diversion and life.
On the approach of winter it may be seen at times alighting on hedges, when specimens
are more easily captured. The flight, however, of Ur. Fernandine is always strong,
and in starts like that of Fringillde, When it alights on a leaf all the four wings are
expanded horizontally, and rarely, if ever, take a vertical position like thosé of other
species of the Linnzan genus Papilio when at rest’.

1 And also of Apatura Iris among the true diurnal Lepidoptera of Great Britain.

* Principally the Phyllostoma Jamaicense, Horsf. By the way, in the second edition of Cuvier’s ‘Régne
Animal’ this author says of the Phyllostomes, ‘« Ce sont des animaux . .. . qui ont l’habitude de sucer le sang des
animaux.” I can only say that this is not only quite untrue as respects the Cuban species, but perfectly im-
possible. The Phyll. Jamaicense, for instance, lives on fruits and winged insects, in search of which last
it will often be found in bed-rooms. The Vampire Bat of South America is also a Phyllostoma of Cuvier and
Geoffroy ; but until some person having pretension to the name of naturalist shall establish the fact on personal
observation, I shall as readily believe that it sucks the blood of men as that the Caprimulgus sucks the milk of
goats. I should not be surprised if the mischief now attributed to the Vampire shall be found to be the work of
some Annulose animal, perhaps an Annelide, like that which infests Ceylon, Sumatra, &c. Time will show; but
I have travelled enough to know that if natives are bad observers of nature, the great majority of travellers are
still worse.

5 There is in all probability, therefore, an error in the attitude given by M. Guérin to Ur. Boisduvalii in fig. 1.
of his plate. The wings of Urania, in fact, are of that kind of complication which Messrs. Kirby and Spence,
in their excellent Orismology, call Ale extense patentes.

VOL. I. 2c

~

188 MR. W. S. MACLEAY ON THE NATURAL HISTORY OF URANIA.

Ur. Fernandine is by far most plentiful on the sea-shore, because there grows its
favourite Omphalea. However, it prefers to sport about the leaves of Coccoloba wvifera
(unless when depositing its eggs!),—a circumstance which made me long search in
vain for the larva on this last-mentioned tree. On the sea-coast of Surinam and
Cayenne grows another species of Omphalea? (Omph. diandra), which in all probability
affords pabulum to Ur. Leilus, for I have remarked that the minor natural groups of
Lepidoptera often keep very constant to the same natural group of plants?. Therefore,
also, the splendid Madagascar insect Ur. Ripheus, and the less gaudy Ur. Orontes of
the East Indian islands, nay, Patroclus, and all the other species, may likewise feed on
the leaves of sea-side Euphorbiaceae. In his ‘ Narrative of a Survey of the Coasts of
Australia’4, Capt. P. P. King, R.N., describes his having found a variety of Ur. Orontes°
sporting in immense numbers about a grove of Pandanus trees at the mouth of a stream
which falls into the sea near the extremity of Cape Grafton on the north-east coast of
New Holland. But I have little doubt that this species flitted about the Pandani as
Ur. Fernandineé does about the Coccoloba, while its eggs and larve might have been
found on the neighbouring Euphorbiacee. Ur. Orontes, however, differs in many essential
respects from Ur. Fernandine, and probably forms one of those genera into which, as I
perceive from a note in the last edition of Cuvier’s ‘ Régne Animal,’ Dalman has distri-
buted the Fabrician genus Urania. On this subject I can say no more at present, as I
have not yet seen his characters of distinction ; but I shall be disappointed if there be
not found matter enough in the above observations to be turned to use by those who
are investigating the natural affinities of Dalman’s brilliant group®.

' Urania agrees with the generality of Linnean Papiliones in depositing its eggs singly, and in gluing each
egg to its destined leaf, by alighting on it for a moment, or rather by touching it with its abdomen. I have
rarely seen a leaf with more than two eggs of Urania.

° If the Jamaica Omphalea be a different species from the Cuba plant, Ur. Sloanus will more probably be a
distinct species from Ur. Fernandina.

3 Thus the lurve of the Heliconide, so close to Argynnis, devour the leaves of the various species of Passiflora,
and those of the Hupleide keep close to the genus Asclepias of Linmneus. Hence likewise we learn that Heli-
conia Ricini, a Linnean species, has a false name, as the Jarva of no Heliconia will touch a Ricinus, or indeed
any plant but one of the Passifforee. Hence also it is that the genus Heliconia is peculiar to the New World.

4 Vol. ii. p. 14.

>’ This insect has also been described as Castnia Orontes: and that there is some close kind of relation between
Castnia and Urania, I have not the least doubt.

6 This is not the place for a detailed generalization of the Lepidopterous wing, else I might show, with Mr. Jones,
that the nervures of the wings in the genus Urania differ most considerably from those of Hesperia, and indeed
all other diurnal Lepidoptera. Itis strange, as indeed Messrs. Kirby and Spence have already noticed, that Lepi-
dopterists, complaining so much as they do of the deficiency of strong characters to guide them in the distri-
bution of their favourite insects, should have paid so little attention to those nervures which, if traced from the
simple form which the wing possesses in Pterophorus and Orncodes up to the compiex form it presents in Pa-
pilio, will be found, while steadily varying, to present most valuable characters. Mr. Jones, in the ‘Linnean
Transactions’, vol. ii. p. 63, first gave the hint of applying considerations founded on the nervures of the wing,

MR. W. S. MACLEAY ON THE NATURAL HISTORY OF URANIA. 189

In a work which by the old Linnzean school was long reckoned of classical authority,
but of which later and more accurate researches have demonstrated the dangerous
worthlessness,—I mean Madame Merian’s drawings of the insects of Surinam!,—we
find the following description of an insect which, to judge from the figure, has been
since described as Papilio or Ur. Leilus.

‘*Tnsident arboribus, virentemque earum depascunt frondem eruce virides, quibus
caput cceruleum, corpus est pilis oblongis onustum, ferreo filo non mollioribus.
Die 3 Augusti cceperunt agglutinari, in aurelias ex spadiceo maculatas dein permu-
tate ; undé ejusdem mensis die 19 tam venustz exierunt papiliones, variis picte colo-
ribus, nigro, viridi, cceruleo et albo, atque auri et argerti instar fulgentes; adeo veloces
autem et altivolantes, ut vix nisi per erucarum metamorphosin capi possint illzsze.”’
This last sentence is without doubt a good description of the flight of Urania, and
perhaps the whole paragraph may be true of Ur. Leilus; but I must observe that the
larva of Ur. Fernandine has no resemblance to Madame Merian’s figure of that of
Ur. Leilus?. It is not green, has not a blue head: and so far from the hairs which
cover its body being as hard as iron-wire, they are delicately soft and slender, and only
moderately long. The larva of Ur. Fernandine does not glue itself to anything, but it
spins an oval cocoon of dirty yellow silk, of which the threads are so lax, that the
chrysalis remains visible through the meshes. Thus, so far as the metamorphosis is
concerned, there is scarcely any resemblance between Madame Merian’s description of
Ur. Leilus and that which I have given of Ur. Fernandine. Ido not say that the lady
may not possibly in this particular instance have been faithful to Nature ; but knowing
how little she deserves to be believed on other points, and indeed having scarcely ever

to the distribution of Lepidoptera; but I am not aware that any subsequent person has acted upon it except my
ingenious and active friend M. Poéy, who in his excellent ‘Centurie de Lepidoptéres de I'Ile de Cuba’ has
generally given a representation of the neuration of the wings au trait with each species figured. Still M. Poéy,
like his predecessors, has not ventured to make any use of these important considerations in his descriptions,—
a circumstance only to be attributed to his being duly sensible of our wanting that sufficiently valid generali-
zation which can alone put the use of these organs of the wing within our power, either for analysis or syn-
thesis. I shall be reminded, indeed, that Messrs. Kirby and Spence have attempted to remedy this deficiency
in their valuable ‘ Introduction’; but it can scarcely excite surprise if these learned entomologists, among such
a vast multitude of subjects for their attention, should be found to have still left much to be done with respect
to the generalization of the Lepidopterous wing.

| The original drawings of this work are, I believe, in the British Museum, and in the late Dr. Shaw’s time
used to be considered among its choicest treasures. Cuvier, in the fourth volume of his ‘ Regne Animal,’ calls
the work itself a posthumous one, which, if true, might make us suspect that some portion of its faults ought
to be assigned to the ignorance of its editor; but according to Messrs. Kirby and Spence, there is an Amster-
dam edition of 1705, that is, twelve years prior to Madame Merian’s death.

* This indeed seems to be a compound between a caterpillar and a Cermatia, and I have not the least doubt
is quite an imaginary being. I judge from a traced outline which Dr. Horsfield, at my request, has had the
goodness to send me from England.

26.2

190 MR. W. S. MACLEAY ON THE NATURAL HISTORY OF MYGALE.

found her to be correct, I confess that I can attach little credit to her description of the
metamorphosis of Ur. Leilus.

Had Madame Merian, however, been only guilty of inaccuracy, it might have been
pardoned ; indeed it is a pardon which the most careful of us, as the poet says, ‘‘ peti-
musque damusque vicissim ;” but her wilful inventions are inexcusable. She it was,
I believe, who first agitated the nerves of our unscientific great-grandmothers with the
choice fable of bird-catching Spiders. The history of this fiction, although perhaps
rather infringing on the unity of my Paper, is somewhat curious, as it will show how
what may have originally been nothing more than a vague filmy misconception, can
become gradually embodied into a pictorial lie.

The earliest account of American Spiders is by Oviedo in 1547, who says nothing
of their catching birds, although those which he describes as ‘‘ no muy pequefias, que
paresce que tienen figura de rostro humano en alguna manera,” are doubtless the
species which makes the strongest web in the West Indies, namely, Nephila clavipes.

The next mention I meet with of American Spiders is by Pére Labat, in an account
of ‘ Les Isles de Bermudez’, which appears to have been taken from some early English
work on those islands!. Labat says in 1640, ‘‘ On n’y a trouvé jusques ici nuls ani-
maux veneneux ; mésmes les arraignées n’y sont nuisibles, les quelles on y trouve fort
belles, et elegamment begarrées de diverses couleurs, comme on escrit, et qui en
Vesté filent de si fortes toiles que les petits oiseaux s’y empestrent.” Now all this
is very likely to be true, and probably relates to some species of the genus Nephila of
Dr. Leach.

The next account of American Spiders I have is by Rochefort in 1658, in his ‘ Hi-
stoire Naturelle et Morale des Antilles’, where he clearly alludes to the passage just
quoted. He admirably describes that large brown Spider of tropical America which is
now called Mygale?, and ends his description with the following words: ‘Elles se
nourissent de mouches et de semblables vermines, et on a remarqué qu’en quelques
endroits, elles filent des toiles qui sont si fortes, que les petis oiseaus qui s’y embar-
rassent, ont bien de la péne de s’en developper. On dit le méme des araignées, qui se
trouvent communement dans les isles Vermudes, qui sont habitées par les Anglois ; il
est aussi fort probable qu’elles sont d’une méme espéce.”’ The mention of birds being
introduced here, as it was by Pére Labat, merely to show the strength of the web, this
passage is so far correct ; but it certainly refers not to the plain brown Mygale our

1 A work on the natural productions of the Bermudas is much wanted to illustrate the geography of Natural
History, as also a work on the Natural History of the Azores.

2 This name was given by Walckenaer; but Mygale was the ancient Greek name for the Shrew-mouse, and
has in consequence been with propriety assigned by Cuvier as a generic name to the Sorex moschatus of Lin-
nus. We entomologists ought therefore to abandon this name to so legitimate an owner, and adopt for our
Spider the name Theraphosa, which M. Walckenaer has more lately given it.

MR. W. S. MACLEAY ON THE NATURAL HISTORY OF MYGALE. 191

author had just described, but to another large and beautifully coloured genus of
Spider, now called Nephila.

Maria Sibylla Merian, thirty or forty years later, read that Rochefort’s large brown
Spider catches small birds in its web, and jumping at the conclusion that it would not
catch them without an ulterior object, she accordingly, in her work ‘ De Generatione
et Metamorphosibus Insectorum Surinamensium’, has, if I recollect right, most obli-
gingly figured from her imagination an enormous Mygale in the very act of ungraciously
devouring a Humming-bird'! Hence Linnzus called it Aranea avicularia; hence, too,
our ignorant bookmakers sometimes devote a popularly pathetic paragraph and expla-
natory wood-cut to the horrors of the bird-catching Spider.

Now the genus Mygale, of which several and enormous species exist in Cuba, cannot
possibly catch birds, because it spins no net ; because it lives during the day in holes
under stones®, or in tubes sometimes three feet deep in the earth, which generally open
under stones, and where certainly no Humming-bird can get at it; and finally, because
Mygale is itself too inactive in its motions, and humbly keeps too close to its mother
earth to be able to get near a Humming-bird, which, as far as I have seen, never perches
except on branches. The true food of this Spider I have found from the debris in its
tubes to be Iuh, Porcelliones, subterranean Achet@, and those large sluggish Cockroaches
which swarm under almost every stone. So far from making a geometrical web like
the crafty Epéwride, Mygale only spins at times a fine white silken tapestry to line its
tube withal, and to keep itself dry. In rainy weather, indeed, I have noticed the orifice
of this tube, if not opening under a stone, to be sometimes closed by an irregular
cobweb.

‘It is singular with what tenacity even the best naturalists will adhere to any story that has a touch of the
marvellous. In the last edition of Cuvier’s ‘Régne Animal’, the fable of a Spider catching birds retains its
place, although Messrs. Kirby and Spence had long referred to a work of M. Langsdorff, in which it is denied.
See ‘Introduction to Entomology’, vol. i. p.424. By the way, in the same page of the ‘ Introduction’, Aranea
venatoria is said to construct in the ground a singular cavity. The Ar. venatoria of Linneus is very common
in Cuba, and does no such thing. Messrs. Kirby and Spence no doubt, therefore, allude to the Ar. venatoria of
Fabricius, which is a Mygale. The work of M. Langsdorff mentioned by Messrs. Kirby and Spence, is doubt-
less the ‘Bemerkungen auf einer Reise um die Welt’, which, however, I only know by an extract given in
Germar’s ‘ Magazin der Entomologie’, p.183. Here M. Langsdorff unequivocally declares that the Vogelspinne
of Brazil does not catch Humming-birds, and that this vulgar story is altogether false. He truly says, “Diese
Spinne macht kein gewebe, sondern lebt bestiindig unter die erde in léchern.”

* The holes of the Mygale avicularia are very common in my garden, and in external appearance exactly like
what in the gardens of England are called toad-holes. The Mygale is of the greatest use to me, as it feeds on
the Achete, Gryllotalpe, Blatte, and other subterranean Orthoptera that are the greatest plagues of the horti-
culturist in warm countries. If Myg. avicularia does not catch birds, birds, however, will sometimes catch it.
I had once in my garden a tame Cao (Corvus Jamaicensis), which was skilfully expert in turning these Spiders
up out of the soil, and still more scientifically tasty in his mode of sucking the entire juice out of their body.
He did not, however, devour them.

192 MR. W. S. MACLEAY ON THE NATURAL HISTORY OF MYGALE.

Under stones these animals may always be detected, but never during the day in the
open air!. At night, indeed, they sally forth to enjoy an interesting promenade, more
particularly before rain, when the electrical state of the atmosphere seems to put Scor-
pions and all other Arachnida in motion. At such periods Mygale, or, as the Spaniards
term it, the Arava peluda, crawls slowly into the houses,—an unwelcome guest ,—although
from its inactivity, and its unguiform antenne being bent downwards, it is easily and
without danger crushed. It is said, however, that the bite of the Arata peluda is worse
than the sting of the Alacran or Scorpion: it may be so; but I can scarcely conceive
how any one should have known the fact, unless he had been curious enough to re-
solve on being bitten. In that case, indeed, I can well imagine that the strong sharp
ungues” which terminate the antenne may have made a severe wound, even had the
animal not the power, which it possesses, of inserting venom whenever it bites. Never-
theless, as to these immense Spiders,—the expansion of whose feet has been sometimes
found to extend nearly a foot wide,—killing Humming-birds, it is not merely, I repeat,
that they possess no net or other means for catching them, but they will not even de-
your them when caught ; for I once placed a live Humming-bird? and a small Anolis in
the tube of a Mygale, and it deserted it, leaving my vertebrated animals untouched.

So much for the fidelity of that pencil whose monstrous and misshapen figures have
been reconciled often to form and grace, merely by our due distance from Surinam.
As the above is one instance among a thousand, I repeat that until some Surinam na-
turalist shall prove where our good lady is true, I shall always most ungallantly believe
her to be the contrary.

One word, however, as to bird-catching Spiders. The largest Spiders that make a
geometrical net belong to the genus Nephila; and the largest Nephila that I have seen
in the West Indies is the elegant Neph. clavipes, or Epeira clavipes of Latreille. This
species is common in gardens, suspended to trees in the centre of a web, the mathe-

' Surely M. Langsdorff, notwithstanding his assertion of having accurately studied the economy of these
animals, is quite wrong in describing them to leave their holes, “‘nur bei sehr warm scheinender sonne, und
nicht weiter als héchstens auf einen schritt entfernung.” So far from enjoying a warm sunny day, the Mygale
is truly necturnal, and wanders by night great distances. It is no doubt the aspect of this insect,—so little
lovely,—which has fated it always to be incorrectly observed. When M. Langsdorff asked the people of Brazil
if the Caranguexeira—tor such it seems is the terrific name of our poor Spider in that country—fed on Hum-
ming-birds, they answered him with bursts of laughter, that it only gratified its maw with large Flies, Ants,
Bees, Wasps, Beetles, &c., an answer which our traveller afterwards, as he says, found the truth of by personal
experience. This ought, no doubt, to be quite conclusive evidence ; but nevertheless I must beg leave still to
doubt that any Mygale can catch winged Hymenoptera. M. Langsdorff, I have no doubt, ascertained that they
devoured Ants and Beetles, and the rest, I suspect, must merely be attributed to a loose mode of expressing
himself.

2 So far back as the time of Rochefort these wngues were mounted in gold and used as tooth-picks, being sup-
posed, as he says, to possess a peculiar virtue in preventing all diseases of the teeth.

2 A young Trochilus pectoralis, Lath., and a young Anolius rhodolamus, Bell.

MR. W. S. MACLEAY ON THE NATURAL HISTORY OF MYGALE. 193

matical regularity of which may compete with that of the ancient Spiders described by
Ablian as Evxdcidou Séovra ovdév. Now it is certainly possible that the net of this Ne-
phila should, in accord with Labat’s account, accidentally arrest such small birds as are
several species of Trochilide'; but I do not believe that the Spider would touch them.
My garden, I repeat, is full of these Nephile in autumn, and I have tried to regale one
of them with a small species of Spheriodactylus?, by putting it into her net. The
Spider, on feeling the threads vibrate with the struggles of the Lizard, instantly ap-
proached and enveloped it in her web. As soon, however, as it was thus disabled, my
Nephila seemed to become aware of her mistake, and losing no time in cutting the
lines, allowed her prisoner to fall to the ground.

Thus, then, have I proved that the Mygale avicularia does not catch birds, any more
than another Spider, celebrated in one of our philosophical journals a few years back,
could ever have lived on arsenic or corrosive sublimate ; 1 forget, indeed, what mineral
was most easy of digestion: and although undoubtedly there be more things on earth
than are dreamt of by our philosophy, I will even go so far as to add my utter dis-
belief in the existence of any bird-catching Spider. I am fully sensible that such a
vermin, so interestingly disgusting, forms a treasure too valuable in the eyes of mere
adepts in the free use of scissors and paste, for me to be able to dislodge it from their
affections, when Langsdorff had already failed to break the charm; but however popu-
larly pretty it may be thus occasionally to wander off into “ fancy’s maze,” the dull,
dry, and unromantic naturalist must positively stick to the stubborn truth.

‘ Particularly Orthorhynchus minimus, a species, by the way, that I have never seen in the Island of Cuba,
although I believe it occurs in Jamaica. The only two species of Humming-bird I have seen in the vicinity
of the Havana, are the Trochilus pectoralis and Troch. Colubris of Dr. Latham, now, I believe, assigned to di-
stinct genera. The former remains all the year round, while the latter appears only in winter. Both are strong
enough to burst three such nets as those of Nephila clavipes, and in fact Trochilus pectoralis may be seen at
times to peck small flies out of them.

* This Lizard clearly belongs to the family Geckotide of Mr. Gray ; and as it has the tail round, the toes 5—5,
free, and dilated at their extremity, with the nail placed in a groove, I have little hesitation in referring it to the
genus Spheriodactylus of Cuvier. There are two or three species very common in Cuba in houses, where they
occur among books, or wherever they can find shelter. They have bright eyes, are pretty, and very harmless,
and come out of their corners in rainy weather, declaring war against everything in the shape of a Fly or Mus-
quitoe. The following are the descriptions of the most common.

1. Spheriodactylus cinereus. Sphzr. caudd corporis longitudine, totus cinereus, translucidus capite flaviori ;
apice roseo, squamis dorsalibus punctis minutissimis nigris aspersis.

Long. tot. 23 unc.

N.B. This may possibly be the Small House-lizard of Browne’s Jamaica.

2. Spheriodactylus elegans. Spher. fasciis dorsalibus transversis nigris 14, capite ccerulco-cinereo subtis
nigro-fasciato, dorso subviridi, caud4 rubra corpore breyiori, ventre cinereo.

Long. tot. 14 unc.

N.B. There are nine of the black bands between the eyes and the tail, which near the root has three, but
towards the tip has none, and is of a subtranslucid red colour.

194

Fig.

MR. W. S. MACLEAY ON THE NATURAL HISTORY OF URANIA, &c.

PLATE XXVI.

1. Egg of Urania Fernandine.
a. Natural size.
b. Magnified, and seen from the summit.
c. One which is rather more yellow, also magnified, seen laterally.
2. Larva of Urania Fernandine.
d. Adult caterpillar, of the erdinary size that occurs.
e. Caterpillar of the largest size.
3. Cocoon of the natural size, allowing the pupa within to be visible through
the meshes.
4. Chrysalis of the natural size, seen dorsally.
5. The same seen laterally.

XXII. Descriptions of some new Species of Calyptreide. By W. J. Broperip, Esq.,
Vice-Pres. of the Geological and Zoological Societies, F.R.S., L.S., &e.

Communicated February 25 and May 13, 1834.

AFTER an inspection of perhaps the largest collection of Calyptreide ever brought
together, I am inclined to think that the best specific characters are to be found in the
markings or sculpture of the external shell, in the shape of the delicate internal chamber
or cup (cyathus, as I have designated it in Calyptrea and Calypeopsis), and in the mode
of its adhesion to the inside of the limpet-like shell which contains and protects it.
External form, the character solely relied on by Lamarck, varies so much, according to
the accidents of locality, that very little reliance is to be placed upon it ; for the animal
seems to accommodate the shell entirely to the circumstances under which it is placed.
1 have before me specimens taken from under the same stone, evidently of the same
species, varying in shape from a regular high cone to an almost flat surface, with nearly
every intervening irregularity of circumference that can be imagined. Thus much I
have ventured as an apology for not laying great stress on that which satisfied Lamarck,
who did so much for the science ; but when it is remembered that he has only described
four recent and two fossil species of Calyptrea and but six species of Crepidula, it will
readily occur to the reader that he had not the opportunities of judging of the value of
external shape which the rich collection brought home by Mr. Cuming has afforded me.
That collection contains all the species that are described in the present communication.

M. Deshayes has given the anatomy of Calyptrea Sinensis, Lam., with his usual ac-
curacy; and M. Lesson, in the ‘ Zoologie de la Coquille,’ has divided the Calyptree and
Crepidule into several subgenera, observing that it is immaterial by which of the above-
mentioned names the leading genus is known. M. Lesson chooses Calyptrea, and the
following arrangement will be very nearly the same as his, though it may be necessary
to make some slight alterations, and to extend the definition of his subgenus Ca-
lyptrea.

M. Lesson has founded his arrangement upon the following observations. ‘‘ L’animal
des calyptrées et des crépidules nous parait ne différer en rien d’essentiel ; et quant a
la cloison du test, soit que cette cloison soit transversale, soit qu’elle ne consiste qu’en
lamelles annexées au fond de la coquille, elle présente des passages de ces deux états
et ne peut servir qu’a établir de simples sous-genres au grand genre celyptrea ou cre-
pidula comme on voudra l’appeler. Voici ce que nous pensons qu’on pourrait admettre
dans |’état actuel de nos connaissances.”!

1 Zoologie de la Coquille, tom. ii. p. 888. et seq.
VOL, I. 2D

196 MR. BRODERIP’S DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME

The philosophical view which M. Lesson has taken of this subject is entirely con-
firmed, as far as regards the anatomical part of it, by Mr. Owen, who gives me the
following result of his investigations founded on the dissection of Mr. Cuming’s speci-
mens. ‘‘ The soft parts of Crepidula,” says Mr. Owen, ‘‘ are the same with those of
Calyptrea in all essential points of structure, differing only in the proportionate extent
of the anterior part of the foot, and dorsal groove of the mantle.” The truth of the
observation on the gradations of form of the inner chamber will strike every zoologist
who views Mr. Cuming’s extensive collection; and it should be recollected that
M. Lesson came to this conclusion from the study of materials comparatively slender.

As the memoir of M. Lesson must deservedly become a leading authority on this
family of Gasteropods, it becomes the more necessary to point out an error of the
draftsman, which, as I do not find that M. Lesson has observed upon it, may probably
have escaped that gentleman’s notice. In the figure of Calyptrea (Crepipatella) Adolphei',
the position of the head of the animal is wrong ; its real situation is nearly opposite to
the point which it occupies in M. Lesson’s plate. I have, in company with Mr. Owen,
examined many specimens, and there are some yet undisturbed in the Museum of the
Royal College of Surgeons in London which leave no doubt on this subject ; indeed, it
would be contrary to all analogy and the general rules of animal mechanism were the
fact otherwise. The position of the head in M. Deshayes’s plate is correct.

CALYPTRAID A.

Subgenus Catyprrza.

Testa subconica, subacuminata, cyathi basi adherente, lateribus liberis.
a. Cyatho integro.

1. CaLypTRHA RUDIS.
Tab. XXVII. Fig. 1.

Cal. testa fuscd, subdepressd, suborbiculari, radiatim corrugatd ; limbo crenato ; cyatho con-
centrice lineato, albido, irrequlariter subcirculart ; epidermide subfuscd.
Diam. 2 poll., alt. 2.
Hab. in America Centrali. (Panama and Real Llejos.)

This species, whose white onyx-like cup, adhering only by its base, shows to great
advantage against the ruddy brown which is the general colour of the inside of the
protecting shell, was found under stones. The young shells are the flattest and most
regular in form, but their inside is generally of a dirty white dimly spotted with brown.
The measurement is taken from the largest specimens.

' Zoologie de la Coquille, Atlas, Mollusques, Pl. 15. fig. 2. A.

i i etal tl ea lal

NEW SPECIES OF CALYPTRAID. 197

6. Cyatho hemiconico, longitudinaliter quasi diviso. (Calyptraa, Less.)

2. CALYPTREA CORRUGATA.
Tab. XXVII. Fig. 2.

Cal. testd subalbidd, suborbiculari, subdepressd, corrugatd, intus nitente ; cyatho concentrice
lineato, producto ; epidermide fuscd.
Diam. 2 poll., alt. -8,.
Hab. in Americi Centrali. (Guacomayo.)

Found under stones at a depth of fourteen fathoms.

3. CALYPTREHA VARIA.
Tab. XXVII. Fig. 3.

Cal. testa albidd, suborbiculari, crassiusculd, longitudinaliter creberrimé striatd ; cyatho con-
centrice lineato, crassiusculo, producto.
Diam. 14 poll., alt. max. 3, alt. min. 2.
Hab. in Oceano Pacifico. (Lord Hood’s Island, the Gallapagos, and the Island of
Muerte in the Bay of Guayaquil.)

This is a very variable species allied to Cal. equestris, Lam., and taking almost every
shape which a Calyptrea can assume. It differs in thickness according to locality and
circumstances. The thickest individuals were found at the Gallapagos and Lord Hood’s
Island ; at the former place on shells, at the latter on the reefs. ‘Those from Muerte
are the thinnest and the most depressed.

4. CALYPTREA CEPACEA.
Tab. XXVII. Fig. 4.

Cal. testd alba, suborbiculari, subconcavd, tenui, diaphand, striis numerosis subcorrugata,
intus nitente ; cyathi terminationibus lanceolatis.
Long. 1+; poll., lat. 14, alt. 2.
Hab. in sinu Guayaquil. (Island of Muerte.)

This was dredged up, adhering to dead shells, from sandy mud at a depth of eleven
fathoms, by Mr. Cuming. Besides other differences, the terminating points of the
divided cyathus are much more lanceolate than they are in Cal. varia.

5. CALYPTREA CORNEA.
Tab. XXVII. Fig. 5.

Cal. testé suborbiculari, complanatd, albidd, subdiaphand, concentricé lineatd et radiatim

striatd, ints nitente.
2n2

198 MR. BRODERIP’S DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME

Diam. ~ poll., alt. +.
Hab. ad Aricam Peruviz.

Dredged up from sandy mud at a depth of nine fathoms.

Subgenus Catyrsoprsis, Less.

Cyatho interno integro, lateraliter adherente.

Before I proceed to describe the species of this subgenus which appear to me to be
new, I must refer to the finest specimens of Cal. Extinctorium, Lam., and of Cal. spi-
nosa, Sow., and its varieties, that I have hitherto seen. The specimen of Cal. Extinc-
torium was taken by Mr. Cuming at Guaymas in the Gulf of California: its length is
2< inches, its breadth 23, and its height 1}. The large-spined varieties of Cal. spinosa
(Tab. XXVIII. fig. 8.) were found under stones at low water at St. Elena and at Lobos
Island, and some small-spined varieties were dredged from sandy mud, adhering to
stones and shells, at a depth of from six to eight fathoms, at St. Elena. In all the
varieties the spines are tubular. The originals are in Mr. Cuming’s collection. It
will be observed that the specimen of Cal. spinosa is so flat that the edge of the cup is
considerably below the margin of the external shell, whereas the species is generally
more or less conical, the apex of the cone often rising to a fair height.

6. CALYPTR&A RADIATA.
Tab. XXVII. Fig. 6.

Cal. testd conico-orbiculari, albidd fusco radiata, striis longitudinalibus crebris ; limbo ere-
nulato ; apice acuto, subrecurvo ; cyatho depresso.
Diam. 1 poll., alt. =8:.
Hab. in America Meridionali. (Bay of Caraccas.)

The cup of this pretty species is pressed in, as it were, on one side, and adheres to
the shell, not only by its apex, but also by a lateral seam, which scarcely reaches to the
rim of the cup. The apex of the younger specimens, both externally and internally, is
generally of a rich brown, and there can be little doubt that when first produced they
are entirely of that colour.

Found in sandy mud on dead shells, at a depth of from seven to eight fathoms.

7. CALYPTREA IMBRICATA.
Tab. XXVII. Fig. 7.

Cal. testd albidd, crassd, subconicd, ovatd, costis longitudinalibus et squamis transversis
imbricata ; apice subincurvo, acuto ; limbo crenato ; cyatho depresso.

NEW SPECIES OF CALYPTRAIDA. 199

Diam. | poll., lat. 4, alt. ¢.
Hab. ad Panamam.

Found on stones in sandy mud, at a depth of from six to ten fathoms.

8. CALYPTRHEA LIGNARIA.
Tab. XXVII. Fig. 8.

Cal. testd crassd, fuscd, deformi, striis corrugatd ; apice prominente, subadunco, acuto,
posteriore.
Diam. 1 ,*, poll., lat. ¢, alt. z.

Hab. in America Centrali. (Real Llejos.)

The majority of individuals of this species have their shells so deformed that they
set description at defiance ; the comparatively well-formed shell occurs so rarely, that
it may be almost considered as the exception to the rule. When in this last-mentioned
state, the circumference of the shell is an irregular somewhat rounded oval, and it rises
into a form somewhat resembling the back of Ancylus, with the apex very sharp and
inclining downwards. The shell in this shape is generally less corrugated than it is in
deformed individuals, though some of those are comparatively smooth; but, in both
states, the shell is striated immediately under the apex, and is, for the most part, cor-
rugated on the other side of it.

Found under stones.

Var. «. Enormiter conica, cyatho valdé profundo.
Tab. XXVII. Fig. 8*.

This variety is often one inch and six eighths in height, and its cup nearly one inch
deep, while the diameter of the shell at the aperture does not exceed one inch.
Found on shells in sandy mud, at the depth of four fathoms, at the island of Chiloe.

9. CALYPTR#HA TENUIS.
Tab. XXVII. Fig. 9.

Cal. testd irregulari, tenui, subdiaphand, creberrimé striata, albidd, interdum fusco pallide
strigatd.
Diam. 1 poll., alt. =*,.
Hab. ad Peruvie oras. (Samanco Bay.)

Found on living shells in muddy sand, at a depth of nine fathoms.

200 MR. BRODERIP’S DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME

10. CaLyprR#A HISPIDA.
Tab. XXVII. Fig. 10.

Cal. testé subovatd, subconicd, albd strigis maculisque subpurpureo-fuscis varia, striis fre-
quentibus et spinis tubularibus erectis hispidd; limbo crenulato; apice turbinato ;
cyatho subdepresso.

Diam. +2 poll., lat. 2,, alt. =3,.
Hab. in sinu Guayaquil. (Island of Muerte.)
This elegant species, the circumference of whose somewhat depressed cup is free
with the exception of one part, where it adheres laterally, was found on dead shells in
sandy mud at a depth of twelve fathoms.

11. CatyprreA MACULATA.
Tab. XXVII. Fig. 11.

Cal. testé ovatd, albidd purpureo-fusco maculatd, longitudinaliter rugosa ; limbo serrato ;
apice subturbinato, subincurvo.
Diams+ poll, lat... alt. s.

Hab. in sinu Guayaquil. (Island of Muerte.)

The external contour of this shell, more especially in the position of the subturbi-
nated apex, much resembles that of Ancylus. The circumference of the cup is free, ex-
cepting at one point, where it adheres laterally throughout its length.

Found in sandy mud on dead shells, at a depth of eleven fathoms.

12. CaLypTR#A SERRATA.
Tab. XXVIII. Fig. 1.

Cal. testd suborbiculari, alba, subpurpureo vel fusco interdum fucaté vel strigatd, costis lon-
gitudinalibus prominentibus rugosis ; limbo serrato ; apice subturbinato ; cyatho valde
depresso.

Diam. + poll., lat. =5,, alt. =3,.
Hab. ad Real Llejos et Muerte.
Var. testa alba.
Found on dead shells in a muddy bottom, at the depth of from six to eleven fathoms.
There is a variety entirely white.

Subgenus SypHopaTE.ia, Less. ?

Cyatho seu potius lamina interna subtrigona, subcirculari, latere dextro replicato.

I think it very probable that the five following species belong to M. Lesson’s sub-
genus Syphopatella ; but no reference is given in the ‘ Zoologie’, and in a family where

NEW SPECIES OF CALYPTRAIDA. 20)

the passages are so very gradual, it is difficult to come to a satisfactory conclusion from
an unassisted description, however well written it may be.

13. CaLypTR&A SORDIDA.
Tab. XXVIII. Fig. 2.

Cal. testd subconicd, sordide luted, longitudinaliter subradiatd ; apice turbinato ; cyatho de-
presso, subtrigono, haud profundo.
Diam. + poll., lat. ,%, alt. 52,.
Hab. ad Panamam.
This species, the inside and outside of which are of a sordid yellow, is generally
covered externally with coral or other marine adhesions. The plate is spoon-shaped.
Found on stones, on a sandy bottom, at a depth of twelve fathoms.

14. Caryrrreza Uneuris.
Tab. XXVIII. Fig. 3.

Cal. testd tenui, conicd, corrugatd, fuscd ; apice subturbinato ; cyatho depresso, subtrigono.
Diam. 4; poll., alt. =3,.
Hab. ad Valparaiso.

The plate is spoon-shaped, but not so shallow as that of Cal. sordida.
Found on shells at a depth of from seven to forty-five fathoms.

15. Caryprrea Licuen.
Tab. XXVIII. Fig. 4.

Cal. testéi albidd, interdum pallidé fusco sparsd, subdiaphand, subturbinatd, orbiculaté,
complanatd.
Diam. £ poll., alt. 2.
Hab. in sinu Guayaquil. (Island of Muerte.)

Found on dead shells in sandy mud, at a depth of eleven fathoms.

16. CaLyprra#a MAMILLARIS.
Tab. XXVIII. Fig. 5.

Cal. testd albidd, subconicd ; apice subpurpureo, mamillari.
Diam. 53, poll., alt. 34.
Hab. in sinu Guayaquil. (Island of Muerte.)

This pretty species varies. It is sometimes milk-white, with the mamillary apex of
a brownish purple, and with the inside sometimes of that colour, sometimes white, and
sometimes yellowish. In other individuals the white is mottled with purplish brown
stripes and spots.

Found on dead shells in sandy mud, at a depth of eleven fathoms.

202 MR. BRODERIP’S DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME

17. CALYPTRHA STRIATA.
Tab. XXVIII. Fig. 6.

Cal. testd sordidé alba, suborbiculatd, subconicd, subturbinatd, striis longitudinalibus ele-
vatis creberrimis corrugatd, intus fusco-flavescente.
Diam. +2 poll., alt. =3,.
Hab. ad Valparaiso.

Found on shells in sandy mud, at a depth varying from forty-five to sixty fathoms.

18. CaLyprR#&a CONICA.
Tab. XXVIII. Fig. 7.

Cal. testé conicd, fuscd albido maculatd, subturbinatd.
Diam. 14 poll., alt. ,%.
Hab, ad Xipixapi et ad Salango.

Found attached to shells in deep water.

Subgenus CrepipaTeia, Less.

Lamina rotundata, apice laterali et subterminali.

19. CaLyprR@a FOLIACEA.
Tab. XXVIII. Fig. 9.
Cal. testé suborbiculari, albidd, foliaced, ints castaned vel albé castaneo varia.
Diam. | poll., alt. 2.
Hab. ad Aricam Peruvie saxis adherens.

This Crepipatella, which bears no remote resemblance to the upper valve of some of
the Chame when viewed from above, was found on exposed rocks near the shore.

20. CaLypTR&A DORSATA.
Tab. XXVIII. Fig. 10.
Cal. testé subalbidd, planiusculd, costis longitudinalibus irregularibus rugosd, intus medio

fusco-violaced.

Diam. + poll., lat. +.
Hab. ad Sanctam Elenam.
The back of this shell is not unlike the upper valve of some of the Terebratule.
Found on dead shells in sandy mud, at a depth of six fathoms.

_——————————

cs,

NEW SPECIES OF CALYPTRAIDA. 203

21. Catyprra#a pivatata, Lam.
Varietas intis nigro-castanea.
Tab. XXVIII. Fig. 11.

Cal. testd sordide albd castaneo strigatd, intus nitidé nigro-castaned, lamind albd.
Diam. 1+ poll., lat. 14, alt. 4.
Hab. ad Valparaiso.
This highly coloured variety was found on exposed rocks at low water. The pure
white of the plate shows to great advantage, lying above the rich back ground of the
interior of the shell. In some individuals this internal colour is all but black.

22. CALYPTRA&A STRIGATA.
Tab. XXVIII. Fig. 12.

Cal. testé subcorrugatd, sordidé rubra albo varid, intis subrufé interdum alba vel albé
rubro-castaneo varid.
Diam. | poll.
Hab. ad Valparaiso.

This varies much both in colour and shape. Some of the specimens are quite flat,
and the plate is almost convex. An obscure, subarcuate, longitudinal, whitish, broad
streak may be traced on the backs of most of them. It is not impossible that it may
be a variety of Cal. dilatata.

Found on Mytili at depths varying from three to six fathoms.

23. CaLtyrTr&#aA Ecuinvus.
Tab. XXIX. Fig. 1.

Cal. testd albidé violaceo maculatd, interdum fuscd, striis longitudinalibus creberrimis,
spinis fornicatis horridd, intus flavente vel albé.
Diam. 1+ poll., lat. 14, alt 4.
Hab. ad Peruviam. (Lobos Island.)

In old specimens the spines are almost entirely worn down, and rough strie only for
the most part remain. In this state it bears a great resemblance to the figure given of
Crepidula fornicata in Mr. Sowerby’s ‘ Genera of Shells’, No. 23. f. 1.

Found under stones at low water.

24. Catyprr#a Hystrix.
Tab. XXIX. Fig. 2.
Cal. sordidé alba vel fuscd, complanatd, longitudinaliter striatd, spinis magnis fornicatis
apertis seriatim dispositis, intis albidd interdum castaneo maculatd.
Diam. 14 poll., lat. 2, alt. 2.
VOL. I. 25

204 MR. BRODERIP’S DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME

Hab. ad Peruviam. (Lobos Island.)

Approaching the last, but differing in being always more flattened, in the compara-
tively great size of the vaulted spines, and in the comparatively wide interval between
them. Still I would not be positive that both are not varieties of Crepidula acu-
leata, Lam.

25. CaLyPpTRHA PALLIDA.

Tab. XXIX. Fig. 3.
Cal. test sordidé alba, ovatd ; apice prominente.
Diam. 2 poll., lat. 5, alt. 2.
Hab. ad Insulas Falkland dictas.
Found under stones.

Subgenus Crepipuna, Less.

Lamina subrecta, apice postico et submedio.

26. CrepPipuLA UNGUIFORMIS, Lam.

Varietas complanato-recurva.
Tab. XXIX. Fig. 4.
Long. 12 poll., lat. ¢.

Hab. ad Insulam Chiléen et ad Panamam.

This variety affords a good example of the powers of adaptation of the animal. The
shell is either flattened or concave on the back, and recurved, in consequence of its
adhesion to the inside of dead shells of Ranelle Vewillum, celata, &c.

It was dredged from sandy mud, at a depth ranging from four to ten fathoms.

27. Catyptr#a LEssonit.
Tab. XXIX. Fig. 5.

Cal. testa complanatd, subconcentricé foliaced, foliis tenuibus, alba fusco longitudinaliter
strigatd, intts albidd, limbo interno interdum fusco ciliato-strigato.
Long. 1,3, poll., lat. +3, alt. ¢.

Hab. in sinu Guayaquil. (Island of Muerte.)

This beautiful species, which I have named in honour of M. Lesson, was found under
stones at low water. It will remind the observer of the upper valves of some of the
Chame.

28. CALYPTRHA INCURVA.
Tab. XXIX. Fig. 6.
Cal. testd fusco-nigricante, tortuosd, corrugatd, intus nigricante, septo albo ; apice adunco.
Long. £ poll., lat. +, alt. 3.
Hab. ad Sanctam Elenam et ad Xipixapi.

NEW SPECIES OF CALYPTRAIDZ. 205

Found on dead shells dredged from sandy mud, at a depth ranging from six to ten
fathoms.
29. CaLYPTRHA EXCAVATA.

Tab. XXIX. Fig. 7.

Cal. testd crassiusculd, subtortuosd, levi, albidd vel subflavd fusco punctatd et strigatd,
itis albd, limbo interdum fusco ciliato-strigato.
Long. 12 poll., lat. 12, alt. 4.

Hab. ad Real Llejos.

This species is remarkable for the depth of the internal margin before it reaches the
septum formed by the plate. In Crepidula adunca, Sow., this depth is even greater
than it is in Crep. ewcavata. The apex is close to the margin, obliquely turned towards
the right side.

The dimensions are taken from the largest specimen.

30. CaLYPTRHA ARENATA.
Tab. XXIX. Fig. 8.

Cal. testé subovatd, albidd rubro-fusco creberrimé punctatd, intis subrubrd vel albidd
subrubro maculata, septo albo.
Long. 1+ poll., lat. 2, alt. +.

Hab. ad Sanctam Elenam.

This approaches Crepidula Porcellana, Lam. The septum is somewhat distant from
the margin; and the apex, which is also somewhat distant from it, is obtuse, and ob-
liquely turned towards the right side.

From sandy mud on shells, at a depth ranging from six to eight fathoms.

31. CALYPTREA MARGINALIS.
Tab. XXIX. Fig. 9.

Cal. testé subovatd, sublevi vel via corrugatd, subflavd vel albidd fusco strigatd, intus
nigricante vel flavd fusco strigatd, septo albo.
Long. 1+ poll., lat. +2, alt. +45.
Hab. ad Panamam et ad Insulam Muerte.
This species was found on stones and shells in sandy mud, at a depth ranging from
six to ten fathoms. The white septum shows beautifully against the black brown of the
interior. The apex is almost lost in the margin, and is directed towards the right side.

32. Catyprr@a SQuaMa.
Tab. XXIX. Fig. 10.
Cal. testd suborbiculari, complanatd, sublevi, subtenui, pallidé flavd vel albidé fusco sub-

strigatd, intus subflavéd vel subflavd fusco strigatd.
252

206 MR. BRODERIP’S DESCRIPTIONS OF CALYPTRIDA.

Long. | poll., lat. +4, alt. 5%.
Hab. ad Panamam.

The apex of this very flat species is lost in the margin.
Found under stones.

I have before me several more of this family, some of which may be new; but I
hesitate to describe them till I have more satisfactory evidence that they are not
varieties or species already recorded. Many shells of Calyptreide are figured by
Martini, Lister, and other authors ; and it is not improbable that some of the species
above described may have afforded the subjects from which the engravings were made:
but the figures are for the most part so doubtful that no dependence can be placed
upon the majority of them, and they rather embarrass than assist the inquirer.

hans. Loot. Soe: tol Fl. 2Y f,. 206
47

&BSowerty, Jin. Zl & sculp

(a ly flied ¢

‘ Gaby fica: 7. Gol tudes. Va Bol covrugulte: Efe Bal. raul. F. al. cofta CR

} : ae Nie: 2 : ep
a Ihe bil: cotnen’ / Daly, bteopdsis/ O. bab riddle. Cal umnbucala, 8.Ca d. legniatia |

; . te y
F: bras LEMMA 0G. hispida fH, a : maculédla?,

1/7 yd , Vp
Hand, Lool. Soe. tol AGL 28.200

GBSonerty, Jun. dtl & scilp pe lyf Lt LAD’.

i J Bie tee of te :
(Ciygais “f 7. Cal -terrate: é iyfeohale Mp ; ae wy L0 idle a9 CLA LniGlttd .
, q 4, Uff ds gt at SAS Oa
4 —ZrhNin. 2. Gat MOMMA . G, Gated ttle’. J. Oat. comcal”.
°
On el spr Tih waif, Zig bale pile RD: Gal fo we Meee Cat: dota,
48 ge var’. 12.Gal.sMugala?

Be LIAS Fg W129 f 06

EBS owerky Jin. dal. reilp.

(za sos

Zy 2 :
(Gifffegilas 1. al: Shenes 2. Zolno Ty bar Be hp ba hide?

46
(Dich tie: 4. Dal. ange Cimid var. S. fe 4 heen. 0. Ae RMAC.
j
f Gal, Saka. 8 Gel arenule. 9. bal, mag cnaled. 10. hole uemae?

(4

=
to
o
“I
=

XXIII. On the Anatomy of the Calyptreide. By Ricuarp Owen, Esq., F.Z.S., Assist-
ant Conservator of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons in London.

Communicated February 25, 1834.

MY friend Mr. Broderip having, in the course of his examination of the shells of the
family Calyptreide in the collection of Mr. Cuming, detected a series of gradations in
the form and extent of the internal shelly plate, intermediate to those characterizing the
species which have been proposed as types of subgenera, he requested me to examine
the soft parts, and see whether a corresponding gradation prevailed in any of the or-
ganic systems, or whether these presented differences sufficiently marked or constant to
sanction the adoption of the proposed subgeneric divisions.

Mr. Cuming’s collection and that of Captain King have afforded the necessary ma-
terials for this investigation ; and although the difference between Crepipatella, Less.,
and Calypeopsis, Less., in the extent of the locomotive and respiratory systems is con-
siderable, yet the intermediate or connecting species present gradations in the structure
of these parts corresponding to those in the form of the shelly plate, the latter peculiar
feature of this family of Gasteropods acquiring magnitude, for the purpose of protect-
ing the visceral mass and of isolating it from the foot, in proportion as this part is
better organized for extension and contraction. .

The labours of Cuvier!, of M. Deshayes?, and of M. Lesson? have sufficiently eluci-
dated the general plan of formation which pervades this family of Gasteropods. Their
dissections illustrate the structure of the subgenera Crepidula, Calyptrea, and Crepi-
patella respectively ; but the soft parts of Calypeopsis, Less., or Dispotea of Say, have
never been figured or described ; and two large specimens of a species of this sub-
genus‘, kindly presented to me by Capt. P. P. King, have afforded me the means of
adding a few particulars to the amount of anatomical knowledge already possessed
with respect to the Calyptreide.

The internal shelly Jamina in that form of Calyptrea which M. Lesson has distin-
guished by the name of Calypeopsis, is free in the whole of its circumference, forming a
delicate cup-shaped shell, adhering by the base and nearly the whole of one of the sides
to the outer large limpet-shaped shell.

' Anat. de la Crépidule, Mém. des Mollusques. 2 Ann. des Sci. Nat., tom. iii ¢. 338. pl. xvir.

* Anat. de la Crepipatella Adolphei, Zoologie de Duperrey, tom. ii. pt. 1. p. 292.
* Calyptrea (Dispotea) Byronensis, Gray, Mus. Brit.

208 MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE CALYPTRAID.

This internal cup is received in a deep fissure of a corresponding form on the dorsal
aspect of the body of the animal. Its cavity is filled by what may be termed the apex
of the foot, which here loses its muscular character and assumes a gelatinous texture :
the ovary, liver, heart, and loop of intestine are lodged in the recess between the cup
and the outer shell. The margin of the mantle is free in the whole of its circumference,
and is generally in the contracted state folded upon itself, as in Plate XXX. Fig. 4.

The entrance to the branchial chamber is above the head, as in the Pectinibranchiata,
and opens towards the right side, but is not prolonged into a siphon. In Calyptrea
Sinensis, Lam., (the species dissected by M. Deshayes,) this chamber is continued along
the left side only of the body; but in Calypeopsis, where the internal plate is cup-shaped,
the branchia and its pallial receptacle are prolonged round to the right side, describing
a complete circle. The foot, which in Cal. Sinensis is of a simple circular form, is here
provided with two thin aliform expansions continued from its anterior margin : the rest
of the foot is of considerable thickness, and is separated from the mantle by a fissure.
The head, the mouth, the unretractile tentacles,—a single pair, with the eyes at the
outer side of their base,—the neck, and its lateral expansions, present no deviations
from the structure of the same parts as they exist in Crepidula! and in Cal. Sinensis.
In the males (for the Calyptreide are incontestably dicecious, like the higher Pectini-
branchiata,) the penis, a long filiform organ, extends from the right side of the neck,
just below the tentacle. In some female specimens a small production of the cervical
ala extends from the corresponding part, simulating, as it were, the intromittent organ
of the male.

The tongue is a semiorbicular body, with a free anterior margin, and supports a long,
narrow, horny, laminated plate, or rasp, similar to that of Cal. Sinensis, and capable,
doubtless, of being protruded externally, as in other Mollusks. The esophagus is long
and narrow ; it begins to dilate into the stomach at the lower part of the neck, and it
is just anterior to this dilatation where it is surrounded by the nervous collar. Anterior
to this collar, the neck on either side of the esophagus is occupied by two elongated
unbranched salivary follicles, with glandular parietes, which open into the wsophagus
on each side the base of the lingual plate. I have found the same salivary apparatus
in the subgenus Crepipatella, which, in the form of the internal plate, resembles Cal. Si-
nensis. The genus Clio among the Pteropods presents a similar simple form of the
salivary apparatus, but in the Whelk (Buccinum), and other dibranchiate Pectinibranchiata,
the glands assume the conglomerate structure. The globular stomach is surrounded
by the granulated liver, and receives the biliary secretion by many orifices. The in-
testine is continued a little way down the left side, and after penetrating the ovary in

1 Cuvier, loc. cit.

MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE CALYPTRAID&, 209

the female, and the ¢estis in the male, suddenly turns upon itself, passes dorsad of the
stomach, adhering to the roof of the branchial chamber, and terminates by a small
projecting anus on the right side of the orifice of the branchial chamber, anterior to
the renal, or mucous, gland.

In the male! the testis occupies the apex of the triangular visceral mass which is
lodged between the internal and external shelly plates ; it surrounds the fold of the in-
testine, and gives off the vas deferens near the pylorus. The excretory duct passes dorsad
of the rectum and stomach, inclines dextrad, and runs along a groove to the outer side
of the base of the penis, which it there penetrates: its disposition within the intro-
mittent organ I have not been able to determine satisfactorily.

The ovarium in the female occupies a corresponding situation to the ¢estis in the male,
and, like it, is in close contact with the concave side of the branchial chamber. It is
of considerable size in the large specimens, forming the principal mass of the viscera.
The oviduct in these specimens projects a little from the mantle : it terminates posterior
to the anus, as above described. A mucous gland, probably analogous to a renal organ,
is lodged in a membranous chamber, about 3 lines in length and 2 in breadth, close to
the termination of the rectum, at the entrance of the branchial chamber. It consists of
a glandular part, of a light brown colour, and fibrous texture when seen under the lens;
though from analogy the apparent fibres are no doubt secreting tubes. By the side of
this gland there is a bag appropriated to receive the secretion, which bag or dilated
duct communicates with the termination of the oviduct in the female, in which sex
this gland is larger than in the male.

. The heart is readily distinguishable, by the colour of the ventricle, through the trans-
parent pericardium, which is situated on the left side of the stomach. The branchial
vein receives the blood from the branchial filaments by a vessel which runs along the
dorsal aspect of the base of the filaments, a little above their inserted extremities : three
or four veins from this marginal vessel anastomose upon the roof of the branchial cham-
ber, and communicate by a common trunk with the auricle. The veins of the body run
over the floor of the branchial chamber, and terminate in a marginal vessel which runs
parallel with the inserted extremities of the branchial filaments. From this vessel, a
small branch is given off to each filament, which, under the microscope, may be seen
to turn over the free extremity of the central horny support, and passing down the op-
posite side, to enter the branchial vein. This is analogous to the structure of the tem-

' My first dissections were of female specimens of Calyptrea, as all that I then possessed were of that sex;
but since the reading of this Paper I have met with a male Calypeopsis in the collection made by Capt. P. P.
King, and have been favoured with a second male specimen of Calyptrea by the kindness of J. E, Gray, Esq.,
from which specimens the above account of the male organs is derived.

210 MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE CALYPTRAID.

porary branchie of the foetal Plagiostomous Fishes, each filament of which also contains
a single artery and vein.

The nervous system consists of five ganglia: four disposed round the esophagus at
the lower part of the neck, and one small one at the internal angle of the branchial
aperture. The two superior oesophageal ganglia are the smallest: they give off the
nerves of the tentacles without the interposition of another ganglion ; they also give off
lateral filaments to the cervical aliform expansions. The two larger subcesophageal gan-
glia give off the nerves of the foot and viscera, and from the left of them a nerve extends
to the entrance of the branchial chamber, where a small ganglion sends a nervous twig
along the floor of that cavity.

In the cabinets of the Naturalist, the shells of the Crepidule and Calyptree attract by
the singularity rather than the beauty of their forms ; but they are still more interest-
ing as manifesting some of the successive stages of complexity in the passage from the
simple Patella to the spiral univalve.

The superaddition of the internal plate or cup is obviously immediately caused by
the dorsal fold or duplicature of the mantle, the margins of which, being endowed with
the same power of secreting shell as the exterior margin itself, form the internal plate
or cup according to the extent of the duplicature. The necessity for such a superaddi-
tion is probably to be sought for in the more active locomotive powers of Calyptrea as
compared with Patella ; the foot in the former, being from its organization adapted to
more extensive and frequent contractions, would be liable to affect the superimposed
viscera if they were in immediate contact with it. A calcareous plate, the first stage of
a columella, is therefore interposed, which supports the viscera, and separates them from
the locomotive organ.

As respiration has a direct relation to locomotion, so we find the Calyptreide ap-
proaching the higher marine univalves in the structure and position of the part dedi-
cated to this function. The branchial filaments are, however, arranged in a single
series ; and the entry to the branchial chamber is not prolonged into a siphon, as in
Buccinum and the higher Pectinibranchiata, which in their double branchie and respi-
ratory siphon approximate more closely to the Cephalopods. But throughout the family
of Calyptreide I have found the extent of the respiratory /amina to be in direct relation
with the extent of the internal shell, and the superior extent and organization of the
foot.

Fig. 1.

‘ie

MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE CALYPTRAID#.

PLATE XXX.

Outside view of the shell of Calyptrea Byronensis, Gray.

. Inside view of the same shell.
a. The front part of the shell, corresponding to the head of the animal.

b. The internal cup.

. The soft parts of the same species from the ventral aspect.
. The soft parts of the same species from the dorsal aspect.
. The soft parts of a female specimen of the same species from the ventral

211

aspect, with the head turned down to show the orifice of the branchial

chamber and the terminations of the rectum and oviduct.

dorsal aspect.

. The soft parts of a male specimen of the same species dissected from the

The principal ganglia of the nervous system. (A bristle is passed through

the wsophagus.)

The same letters are used for the same parts in each figure.

VOL. I.

a. The mouth.
b. The tentacles.
b*. The eyes.
c. (Fig. 6.) The penis.
d. The aliform expansions of the neck.
e. The anterior expansions of the foot.
f. The foot.
f*. The apex of the foot lodged in the cavity of the cup.

f**. The point of attachment to the shell.

. The mantle.

. The branchial filaments.

. The tongue supporting the horny rasp.
. The salivary glands.

. The esophagus.

. The stomach.

. The intestine.

The anus.

. The liver.

. The testis.

=
~ re, 2

sa So 8 83

QF

. The entry, or beginning, h'. the end, of the branchial chamber.

212 MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF THE CALYPTRZIDA.

. The vas deferens.

s

t. (Fig. 4.) The ovary.

u. (Fig. 5.) The oviduct.

v. The mucous gland.

w. The auricle, x. The ventricle, of the heart.

«. The supra-cesophageal ganglia giving off the nerves to the tentacles

and eyes.
. The sub-cesophageal ganglia.
y- The branchial ganglion.

DR

008g See

ROwen,del.

$e" plan |

é

PSO. (

a Lyfeisord, {A By UCOWAld

Ze

ragele lala’.

MAINS om ie p>

«ted L, 0p. 2

Zeitter, sc.

{ 213 j

XXIV. On the Structure of the Heart in the Perennibranchiate Batrachia. By Ricuarp
Owen, Esq., F.Z.S., Assistant Conservator of the Museum of the Royal College of Sur-
geons in London.

Communicated April 22, 1834.

AS the Reptilia form the transition between those classes of Vertebrata that possess
the highest and lowest degrees of the respiratory function, they differ considerably
among themselves both in the extent and mode of respiration, and present correspond-
ing variations in the external form and internal structure of the heart. This part of
their anatomy has therefore been a subject of peculiar interest, not only from its phy-
siological relations, but, as Mr. Hunter first observed!, from its varieties of structure
exhibiting as permanent conditions some of the transitional states which the heart of
the warm-blooded Vertebrata successively assumes in its progress towards perfection.

The knowledge of these different structures has, however, been slowly, and much of
it recently, acquired. Linnzeus attributed to the whole of his class Amphibia a simple
bipartite heart, as in Fishes, ‘‘Cor uniloculare uniauritum.” But prior to the publi-
eation of the 12th edition of the ‘Systema Nature’, the more complex structure of the
Tortoise’s heart had been described by Duverney and Méry in the ‘ Mémoires de l’Aca-
démie des Sciences’, as well as by Bussiéres in the 27th volume of the ‘ Philosophical
Transactions’. Hasselquist had also pointed out the superior organization of the heart
of the Crocodile+. Daudin', therefore, in his systematic work on Reptiles, admits the
double auricle in the heart of the Chelonia and Sauria, but characterizes the Ophidia, as
well as Batrachia, as having the simpler bipartite form of the organ ; and this is sanc-
tioned by Blumenbach as far as regards the Serpents of Germany. Cuvier and Meckel,
however, more correctly attribute to the Ophidia a heart with two separate auricles ;
but in their latest writings® they state the single auricle to be common to, and charac-
teristic of, the Batrachian order of Reptiles.

Meckel, indeed, after premising that the Batrachia have the simplest form of heart,
‘which consists uniformly of but one auricle and ventricle, of which the first receives
the blood by many trunks from the body and lungs at the same time,’’? afterwards

' On the Blood, p. 135. 2 For the years 1676, 1703.

3 For the year 1712. p. 172. he figures given by this author appear to me to be more faithful, and from
the mode of dissection employed more intelligible, than those of Méry.

‘ Itin. Hgypt. et Palest., p. 293. 5 Hist. Nat. des Reptiles, tom. i. p. 335.

° Cuvier, Régne Anim., nouy. ed., tom. ii. p. 101.—Meckel, Vergl. Anat., band v. p. 215.

7“ Die Batrachier haben die einfachste Herzform. Das Herz besteht sehr allgemein nur aus einer Vorkam-
mer und einer Kammer, von denen die erste das Blut durch mehrere Stiimme aus den K6rper und den Lungen

zugleich aufnimmt.’’—Loc. cit., p. 215.
22

214 MR. R. OWEN ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE HEART

observes with respect to its external form, that in Salamandra, Triton, Siren pisci-
formis, and Sir. lacertina ‘‘the auricle is divided by a strong contraction into an anterior
larger, and a posterior lesser moiety ;”' and then proceeds to state that in the genus
Pipa he finds ‘a very interesting transition-structure in a membranous velum, which
extends from the floor of the ventricle to the upper and posterior wall of the auricle,
where a manifest opening is left.’’?

My own dissections have, however, satisfied me of the correctness of Dr. Davy’s
ascription of a distinct auricle for the pulmonic blood to the common Frog and Toad?;
and the more recent researches of Dr. Martin St. Ange* have shown, that not only do
the Anourous Caducibranchiata recede from the character assigned by Cuvier to the
Batrachian order, but that in the Salamanders also there exists a small but distinct
pulmonic auricle.

In justice to Mr. Hunter it must be observed that he had accurately ascertained the
true structure of the heart of the higher Batrachia, and included the Frogs, Toads, and
Salamanders, with Serpents and the higher Reptiles, in the class which he denominates
Tricoilia®, from the heart being composed of three cavities. The Siren, the Amphiuma,
the Kattewagoe or Menopoma of Harlan, in short, all the Reptiles douteux of Cuvier that
Mr. Hunter was acquainted with, he considered as a distinct class, which he denomi-
nates Pneumobranchia in the manuscript which is quoted by Rusconi in the work entitled
‘Amours des Salamandres Aquatiques’®, and which is now published in the ‘ Physio-
logical Catalogue of the Hunterian Collection’’. Neither Rusconi, Cuvier, Meckel, nor
Hunter, who have severally made one or more of the doubtful Reptiles the subjects of
particular investigation, has suspected that these remarkable animals resemble the
higher Reptiles in the number of cavities of which the heart is composed; but they
appear to have been uniformly regarded as approximating Fishes, as well in the sim-
plicity of the circulating organ as in the permanence of a greater or less proportion of
the branchial apparatus.

In the progress of the arrangement and description of the preparations of the circu-
lating organs which are preserved in the Gallery of the Museum of the Royal College
of Surgeons, I have had occasion to dissect an Amphiuma means, a Proteus anguinus, and
a Siren lacertina, in order to reconcile the appearances presented by the Hunterian pre-
parations with published descriptions, and more especially with that of the Siren lacer-
tina, given by Mr. Hunter himself in the 56th volume of the ‘ Philosophical Transac-
tions’*. In all these animals I find the pulmonary veins terminating in a small but

' «Der Vorhof—durch eine starke einschniirung in eine vordere, grossere und eine hintere, Kleinere Hilfte
getheilt ist.”—Loc. cit., p. 216.

2 «So eben finde ich indessen bei einem frischern Exemplar eine interessante Uebergangsbildung in einem
hautigen, senkrechten Segel, das sich von der Grundfliche der Herzkammern bis zum obern und hintern Rande
der Vorhéfe erstreckt, hier aber eine deutliche Liicke liisst.”—Loc. cit., p. 217.

* See the Zool. Journal, vol. ii. p. 586. * Table of the Circulating System.
5 On the Blood, p. 135. i IP 7 yol. ii. p. 145. 8 1766. p. 308.

IN THE PERENNIBRANCHIATE BATRACHIA. 215

distinct auricular chamber, which communicates with the ventricle by an oblong orifice,
situated close to, but separated from, the corresponding orifice of the great auricle of
the veins of the body.

In the present communication the heart of the Sir. lacertina is selected for more
immediate consideration, as this species, in presenting a combination of but one pair
of extremities with persistent external branchie, recedes furthest from the Batrachian
type of structure, and might be supposed to approximate Fishes most closely in the con-
struction of the central organ of circulation.

The heart of the Sir. lacertina is of an oblong figure, situated immediately behind the
branchie in the middle line of the body between the two fore legs and surrounded by
a strong fibrous pericardium, which is smooth and glistening on the inner surface, as in
Fishes, adheres by the whole of its exterior surface to the surrounding parts, and is
defended on the ventral aspect by the expanded cartilaginous coracoid bones. The
length of the pericardium in a specimen two feet in length was two inches, its breadth
three fourths of an inch.

The heart when viewed externally seems composed of a membranous sinus, a large
muscular fimbriated auricle, a ventricle, and an elongated bulbus arteriosus.

The venous sinus is situated at the posterior part of the pericardium. The great
inferior cava terminates in this sinus by two orifices, separated from each other by a
membranous septum'!, which extends a little way into the sinus, and terminates in a
concave edge anteriorly ; on either side of this free margin of the septum there is an
orifice, one of the right, the other of the left, superior cava”, between which the com-
mon trunk of the pulmonary veins* is seen adhering by a small part of its posterior sur-
face to the parietes of the sinus, but not terminating there.

If the lower part of the auricle be carefully laid open in the transverse direction, a
small cavity will be exposed distinct from the rest of the auricle, and above the sinus,
into which the trunk of the pulmonary veins opens. This distinct compartment‘, which
is analogous to the left auricle, and is here situated to the left side of the ventricle,
communicates with the ventricle by an oblong aperture close to that by which the right
auricle opens into the ventricle, the two apertures being separated by a transverse band
which forms the point of attachment to the simple membranous auriculo-ventricular
valves. This division of the auricle into two cavities, one for the systemic the other
for the pulmonic blood, would scarcely be suspected to exist upon an external view of
the heart, on account of the remarkable fimbriated structure of the auricles, arising
from numerous indentations of varying extent: the deepest of these clefts is, however,
that which separates the appendix of the left from that of the right auricle. The inter-
nal surface of both auricles presents numerous delicate muscular ridges, which decus-
sate in various directions: the subdivided elongated cylindrical pouches continued from
the margin of the auricle present a manifest analogy with the remarkable structure of

te. Big. 2. Pl. xxxi. * 6, b. Fig. 3. 3m. Figg. 2. & 3. +e. Big. 2.

216 MR. R. OWEN ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE HEART

the branchial divisions of the vena cava in the Cephalopods, which also in that class are
contained within a large pericardium, and serve, besides other uses, as reservoirs of
blood to the branchial ventricles.

The auricles are placed on the dorsal aspect of the ventricle, and more to the left
than to the right side: they are not, however, so absolutely to the left side as Meckel
describes ', but, when fully distended, advance forwards, as in Pipa, on both sides the
ventricle and bulbus arteriosus, so as almost to encompass and conceal those parts. The
size of the combined auricles is thus very considerable in proportion to that of the ven-
tricle. In Amphiuma and Menopoma the auricles are proportionately smaller, and situated
more completely to the left of the ventricle. The margin of the auricle in Amphiuma is
but slightly notched as compared with that of the Siren ; in Menopoma it is almost entire.

The ventricle in Str. lacertina is of an oblong-oval and slightly flattened form, similar
to that of Ophidia: a slight notch or tendency to a division is observable at the apez,
which lodges a branch of the coronary vein”, which is continued from this end of the
ventricle into the inferior cava. The opposite end of the ventricle projects a little be-
yond the origin of the artery. The serous investment of the ventricle, besides being
continued along the bulbus arteriosus to the anterior end of the pericardium, is reflected
also from the lower third of the dorsal margin of the ventricle upon the venous sinus ;
and between these two layers the coronary vein is continued to the inferior cava, as in
the Crocodile and some Chelonia.

The parietes of the ventricle (which measured -,ths of an inch in length and -:,ths
of an inch in breadth,) are about =2,th of an inch in thickness, and of a loose fasciculate
structure. The most interesting appearance within the cavity is a rudimentary septum ®
extending from the apex half way towards the base of the ventricle, and terminating in
a concave edge directed towards the orifice of the artery. The whole inner surface is
reticulated by the decussating carnee columne.

The valvular structure at the orifices of the auricles was not very conspicuous in the
specimen examined. A slight membranous production extended from either side the
bar or septum which separated the orifices, and this septum was attached by a fleshy
column to the parietes of the ventricle.

The artery comes off about a line above the auriculo-ventricular apertures. It makes
a half spiral curve, and then dilates into an elongated muscular bulb, which extends
straight forwards to the anterior end of the pericardium, and there emerging, divides at
once into the six branchial arteries, three on each side. There are two valves, one large
and one small, at the origin of the artery ; but the latter is a mere ridge. At the com-
mencement of the bulb there are two similar but smaller valves. The bulb itself is
almost wholly occupied by a cylindrical fleshy valvular body, attached posteriorly, and
marked anteriorly with grooves which lead to the several arteries given off above: the
form of the canal, as seen on a transverse section, is, at this part, crescentic.

' Loe. cit., p. 216. 2n, Fig. 2. 3 f’. Fig. 3.

IN THE PERENNIBRANCHIATE BATRACHIA. 217

In Amphiuma and Menopoma the contracted membranous part of the aorta intervening
between the ventricle and bulb, is proportionately longer than in the Siren, but has the
same spiral twist. The bulb itself, on the other hand, is much shorter, and broader :
the ventricle in both these genera is also shorter in proportion to its breadth, and in
Menopoma approximates to the triangular form which characterizes the ventricle iu
Osseous Fishes. This genus also presents an affinity to Cartilaginous Fishes, in haying
two rows of semilunar valves in the bulbus arteriosus, three in each row ; but neither
in Menopoma nor Amphiuma is there any fleshy cylindrical body in the bulb,—this ad-
ditional valve being unnecessary from the free passage which the undivided branchial
arteries afford to the blood in these genera. In Amphiuma the pulmonary arteries are
given off from the end of the bulb of the branchial aorta: in Menopoma they are formed
by the union of two twigs given off respectively by the first and second branchial arte-
ries near their origin, In the Siren the pulmonary arteries are branches of the lower
branchial vein. It is worthy of observation, that in both Amphiwma and Menopoma
the pulmonary artery supplies other parts besides the lungs, branches being sent off
from it to the wsophagus: but I have not been able to trace any ramifications to the
skin, as has been observed by Dr. Davy to be the case in the Toad.

The presence of two auricles in the heart of the Reptiles doutewx now renders appli-
cable to the whole class of Reptiles the phrase ‘‘ Cor uniloculare biauritum”’ ; and forms
an additional argument for retaining as an Order of that Class the Amphibia of Latreille.

But besides the zoological application of the preceding anatomical facts, they are in-
teresting also in a physiological point of view.

From the impediments which frequently occur to a free and regular circulation of
blood in these cold-blooded and slow-breathing animals, the venous side of the heart is
subject to great distension ; hence the large size of the auricles, and of the sinus which
receives the systemic veins, and the perfect development of the intervening pair of
valves, of which the Eustachian valve in the Mammiferous heart still presents a rudi-
ment. Had the pulmonary veins terminated along with the systemic in the same
cavity, their orifices would have been subjected to the pressure of the accumulated
contents of that cavity, and there would have been a disproportionate obstacle to the
passage of the aerated blood into the ventricle. This is obviated by providing the pul-
monary veins with a distinct receptacle, which is equally ready with the right auricle
to render its contents into the ventricle during the diastole of that cavity.

In considering the heart with reference to the breathing organ in other classes, we
find that at its first appearance as a distinct mechanical and muscular organ its energies
are expended on the systemic circulation, and that the respiratory apparatus is placed
at the termination of the circle ; the venous blood, prior to re-entering the heart, being
either diffused in extensive and irregular sinuses, over whose parietes air is distributed
by minutely ramified trachee, as in Insects ; or passing from venous trunks to branches
indefinitely ramified upon a more concentrated respiratory organ, as in Crustaceans and

2)

218 MR. R. OWEN ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE HEART

Mollusks. But at the point, or trunk, where the two venous trees are united we find
no heart interposed, the respiratory circulation in these Invertebrata being in this respect
analogous to the portal circulation in the Vertebrate classes. Even in the Dibranchiate
Cephalopods, where the respiratory apparatus is perfected by the development of a mus-
cular ventricle appropriated to the lesser circulation, it is interesting to observe that
this organ is not placed at the point of divergence of the branchial vessels from the
great central vein, but is, as it were, divided, and a branchial heart is placed at the
base of each gill. I have on a previous occasion! pointed out the dependence of this
superadded complexity upon the superior locomotive energies, and the related per-
fections of the nervous system which the Dibranchiate Cephalopods enjoy.

The still higher developed muscular powers of Fishes necessarily demand that the
circulation through the respiratory organs in them should, in like manner, be aided by
the propelling power of a ventricle. If the branchial and pericardiac cavities of a Hep-
tatrema, Dum., be laid open and compared with the corresponding parts of a Sepia, it
would seem as if the two branchial hearts of the Cephalopod had been approximated
and united at the median plane in the Fish, while the arteries remained separate, each
diverging from the other, and supplying the gills of its respective side. In Petromyzon
the lower or posterior half of the branchial artery continues single, or conjoined. In
other Fishes the mesial conjugation extends throughout the branchial trunk. The
heart, however, which in the Mollusks is appropriated to the immediate reception and
distribution of the aerated blood, has disappeared in Fishes. The gills in this class
being so subdivided as to be subjected to effectual and constantly repeated pressure
of the surrounding parts, the blood is driven more forcibly out of them than in the
Cephalopods, where they float loosely in a large cavity. Again, the proportion which
the muscular parts of the Fish bear to the visceral cavity is much greater than in the
Mollusk, and therefore the systemic circulation derives more effectual assistance from
the general contractions of the body; and it is this circumstance principally, though
doubtless aided by the structure and allocation of the gills, which renders a ventricle
for the greater circulation unnecessary in Fishes.

It is well known that the more complex heart of the higher Vertebrata is developed
from, or at an early stage has a structure analogous to, the simple heart in Fishes,
and that, at first, its force is in like manner immediately exerted to propel the blood
through branchial vessels, but is afterwards gradually concentrated upon the aorta by a
series of obliterations of these vessels. In Siren, Proteus, Menobranchus, and Awolotes
the stream issuing from the ventricle is still considerably subdivided in the external
branchie ; and in consequence of this resistance to its passage additional means are
provided to prevent regurgitation into the ventricle. In Menopoma the stream is di-
verted into eight undivided channels before passing into the aorta; in Amphiuma it is
carried from the heart to the descending aorta along four equally simple channels ; in

' Memoir on the Nautilus, p. 50.

IN THE PERENNIBRANCHIATE BATRACHIA. 219

the higher Reptilia the retarding channels are reduced to two, while in the more ener-
getic warm-blooded classes the blood is distributed over all the frame by branches of
a single continuous vessel. A corresponding gradation may be traced in the place of
origin of the pulmonary arteries, and the consequent impulse received by them from
the contractions of the heart. In the Siren the pulmonary arteries come off at the end
of the branchial circulation. In Menopoma they come off from a corresponding situation,
but receive more of the heart’s impulse, from its not being previously expended on sub-
divisions of the branchial vessels. In Amphiuma the pulmonary and branchial arteries
rise together from the end of the aortic bulb. In the higher orders of Reptiles the pul-
monary arteries proceed by a common trunk from the ventricle itself: and lastly, in the
warm-blooded classes they have a ventricle expressly appropriated to accelerate the
circulation through them.

In the Vertebrate, as in the Molluscous division of the Animal Kingdom, the Muscular
and Perceptive energies rise in proportion to the perfection of the Respiratory and San-
guiferous systems.

PLATE XXXI.

Fig. 1. The heart in situ of Siren lacertina.
a. The termination of the inferior vena cava.
b, 6. The two superior vene cave.
c,c. The venous sinus.
d,d. The right or systemic auricle.
e,e. The left or pulmonic auricle.
. The ventricle.
. The elongated bulbus arteriosus.
. The branchial arteries. These are divided on the right side, and the
branchial arches turned outwards, to show
i. The descending aorta, formed by the union of the trunks of the bran-
chial veins.
k, k. The pulmonary arteries.
1, 1. The commencement of the lungs, laid open to show their cellular struc-
ture, and
m,m. The pulmonary veins.
n. The esophagus.
0,0. The external branchia.
Fig. 2. The heart and pericardium of the Siren, showing the structure of the auricles.
The same letters denote the same parts as in the preceding figure. The
whole extent of the pericardium is here shown. The bristles marked e” e"
are passed through the pulmonary veins along the common trunk m! into
VOL. I. 2G

Tay

220 MR. R. OWEN ON THE HEART IN THE PERENNIBRANCHIATE BATRACHIA.

the left auricle, and by the orifice e into the ventricle. Bristles are also
passed through the inferior cava on either side of the valvular septum ec’, and
one of them by the orifice of the right auricle d' into the ventricle. n is the
coronary vein.
Fig. 3. The heart of the Siren, showing the structure of the ventricle, and bulbus
arteriosus.
d', e’. The auricular orifices.
f'. The mcomplete ventricular septum.
g'. The membranous commencement of the aorta.
g". The valvular projection into the bulb.
q. Branches sent off from the anterior branchial vessel to the head.

* Pep WIM

€

AOU YG. oe U2?

0

O86 Vig Bg V7Y is Poe Puy

ame i

[ 221 ]

XXV. On the Young of the Ornithorhynchus paradoxus, Blum. By Ricuarp Owen,
Esq., F.Z.S., Assistant Conservator of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons
in London.

Communicated May 27, 1834.

IT must be gratifying to every friend of Natural History to perceive how rapidly, by
the exertions of enlightened travellers, the different facts and materials are accumu-
lating which tend towards the complete elucidation of the economy and natural affini-
ties of the Monotrematous Quadrupeds.

On a retrospect of the history of these anomalous animals, we find in the year 1829
the sum of what was then certainly known as to their generative function thus expressed
by Cuvier: ‘‘ Comme enfin on n’est pas encore unanime sur l’existence de leurs ma-
melles, on en est a savoir si ces animaux sont vivipares! ou ovipares.”2 Such was the
condition in which this question was left, notwithstanding the valuable labours of
Meckel and M. Geoffroy, and such the received opinion as to the essential nature of
the connexion between lactation and placental generation.

It appears to have been under this impression that the revival of Meckel’s doc-
trine in 1832 was, on the one hand, regarded, though erroneously, as proof of the vivi-
parous generation of the Ornithorhynchus?, and on the other hand, as strenuously opposed
by those Naturalists who had adopted the oviparous theory, and who regarded the Mo-
notremata as a distinct class of Vertebrata. The true theory will in all probability be
found somewhere between these extremes. Of all known Mammalia, the Edentulous
Marsupiata undoubtedly approximate most closely the oviparous type. But if we except
the partial atrophy of the right moiety of the female organs, and the form of the mouth
of the Ornithorhynchus, all the principal deviations from the mammiferous type, as ex-
hibited in the skeleton and in the composition of the entire generative apparatus, indi-
cate the affinity of the Monotremata to the Reptilia rather than to the Aves ; and all
the well ascertained facts respecting their generation support the inference, that, as in
many Reptiles, the germ is developed within the body of the parent unaided by the for-
mation of a placenta.

1 That there might be no mistake as to the sense in which this word is used, Cuvier previously defines it.
«Dans tous les Mammiféres la génération est essentiellement vivipare ; c’est 4 dire que le foetus, immédiatement
aprés la conception, descend dans la matrice, enfermé dans ses enveloppes, dont la plus extérieure est nommée
chorion, et V'intérieure amnios ; il se fixe aux parois de cette cavité par un ov plusieurs plexus de vaisseaux,
appelés placenta, qui établissent entre lui et sa mére une communication, d’oi il tire sa nourriture, et probable-
ment aussi son oxygénation.”—Régne Animal, tom. i. p. 64. 2 Ibid., p. 234.

2a2

222 MR. R. OWEN ON THE YOUNG OF

At the time when I was engaged in examining the structure and relations of the
mammary glands of the Ornithorhynchus in 1832, my friend Mr. George Bennett was
frequently with me: he became deeply interested in the question, and left England for
Australia, determined on devoting his utmost endeavours while in that country towards
its solution. His efforts have been attended with unexampled success, especially when
it is considered how short a space of time was allowed him for these investigations. The
results of his observations on the habits and economy of the Ornithorhynchus, he wilt
himself lay before the Society ; and I shall only here allude to a few of the facts which
relate more immediately to the subject of the present communication.

The season of copulation is at the latter end of September or the beginning of the
month of October. The precise period of gestation, and the condition of the excluded
product, still remain to be determined ; but in the first week in December Mr. G. Ben-
nett found in one of the nests of the Ornithorhynchus, three’ small naked embryos, not
quite two inches in length, and which he therefore supposes, with much probability, to
have been recently born. These specimens he was unable to preserve, from the want of
the necessary means in a situation remote from any settlement.

Fortunately, young specimens of Ornithorhynchus a little further advanced have been
transmitted through other channels to this country. The Society is indebted for them
to the prompt liberality of Dr. Hume Weatherhead, and they form the subject of the
present communication. These specimens are of different sizes: the smaller one rather
exceeds 2 inches in length, measured from the end of the bill to the end of the tail in
a straight line ; the larger one is double that size, and is one of those two young ani-
mals which, with the mother, were taken from a nest on the banks of the Fish River,
and kept alive for about a fortnight by Lieut. the Hon. Lauderdale Maule?.

The following are admeasurements of these two specimens.

Smaller Orni- | Larger Orni-
thorhynchus. | thorhynchus.
Length from the end of the upper jaw over the curve of Inches. Lines. | Inches. Lines.
the back tothe endofthetail . . . ....=.3 9 Geo
Length from the same points in a straight line along the
OO st gcse itt ates dete ees oe oe 4 0
Greatest circumference of the body . . . . . - - 2 9 4 8
Length of the head 43 84 Lebeaed®
Length of the upper mandible . : 3 5
Breadth of the upper mandible at the base . 4 6
Thickness of the upper mandible at the anterior margin . 4 1
Length of the lower mandible. . . . . ..-. . 2 24

1 The left ovary of one of the impregnated wteri exhibited three corpora lutea, and Mr. G. Bennett believes
that the Ornithorhynchus occasionally brings forth four young ones.
2 Proceedings of the Committee of Science, Zool. Soc., vol. u. p. 45.

THE ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 223

Smaller Orni- | Larger Orni-
thorhynchus. | thorhynchus.

Breadth of the lower mandible at the base . “ ie
Length of the tail from the vent 41 10
Breadth of the tail at the root . Salt tabbed oer: 4 8
Reeth, of fap fore foot pee: shieoniee yeniiant. + ee ees 3 5
Breadth of the fore foot . 34 5
Length of the hind foot . 4 8
Breadth of the hind foot 3 5
Distance between the eyes . . . - - - sss. 33 6
Distance between the nostrils Pe eres ies lt
From the exterior nostrils to the end of the mandible IRE a
From the tip of the tongue to the end of the lower mandible + 4

The circumstances which first attract attention in these singular objects are, the
total absence of hair!, the soft flexible condition of the mandibles, and the shortness of
these parts in proportion to their breadth as compared with those of the adult.

The integument with which the mandibles are covered is thinner than that which
covers the rest of the body, and smoother, presenting under the lens a minutely granu-
lated surface when the cuticle is removed, which however is extremely thin, and has
none of the horny character which the claws at this period present. The margins of the
upper beak are rounded, smooth, thick, and fleshy : the whole of the under mandible is
flexible, and bends down upon the neck when the mouth is attempted to be opened.
The tongue, which in the adult is lodged far back in the mouth, advances in the young
animal close to the end of the lower mandible ; all the increase of the jaws beyond the
tip of the tongue, which in the adult gives rise to a form of the mouth so ill calculated
for suction or application to a flattened surface, is peculiar to that period, and conse-
quently forms no argument against the fitness of the animal to receive the mammary
secretion at an earlier stage of existence. The breadth of the tongue in the larger of
the young specimens was 3: lines ; in the adult it is only one line broader ; and this
disproportionate development is plainly indicative of the importance of the organ to the
young animal, both in receiving and swallowing its food. The mandibles are surrounded
at their base by a thin fold of integument, which extends the angle of the mouth from
the base of the lower jaw to equal the breadth of the base of the upper one, and must
increase the facility for receiving the milk ejected from the mammary areola of the
mother. The oblique lines which characterize the sides of the lower mandible in the
adult, running from within outwards and forwards, were faintly visible on the corre-
sponding parts of the same jaw of the young animal: a minute ridge at the inner sides
of these lines indicates the situations of the anterior horny teeth of the adult.

1 This is not accidental, as in many of the adult specimens sent over in spirit, for the cuticle is entire. In
the specimens which Mr. G. Bennett discovered, the skin had a slight downy appearance.

224 MR. R. OWEN ON THE YOUNG OF

The situation of the exterior nostrils has already been given ; they communicate with
the mouth by the foramina incisiva, which are situated at nearly 3 lines’ distance from
the end of the upper mandible, and are each guarded by a membranous fold extending
from their anterior margin: the nasal cavity then extends backwards, and terminates
immediately above the larynz, the tip of the epiglottis'! extending into it, and resting
upon the soft palate.

On the middle line of the upper mandible, and a little anterior to the nostrils, there
is a minute fleshy eminence lodged in a slight depression. In the smaller specimen
this is surrounded by a discontinuous margin of the epidermis, with which substance,
therefore, and probably (from the circumstance of its being shed) thickened or horny,
the caruncle had been covered. It is a structure of which the upper mandible of the
adult presents no trace, and is obviously analogous to the horny knob which is observed
on the upper mandible in the foetus of some Birds. I do not, however, conceive that
this structure is necessarily indicative of the mandible’s having been applied, under the
same circumstances, to overcome a resistance of precisely the same kind as that for
which it is designed in the young Birds which possess it. The shell-breaking knob is
found in only a part of the class; and although the similar caruncle in the Ornitho-
rhynchus affords a curious additional affinity to the Aves, yet as all the known history
of the ovwm points strongly to its ovoviviparous development, the balance of evidence
is still in favour of this theory.

The situation of the eyes was indicated by the convergence of a few wrinkles to one
point ; but when, even in the larger of the two specimens, these were put upon the
stretch, the integument was found entire, and completely shrouding or covering the
eyeball anteriorly. This fact is one of great importance to the question of the mam-
miferous character of the Ornithorhynchus. For on the supposition of the young animal
possessing locomotive faculties, which would enable it, like the young Gosling, imme-
diately after birth or exclusion, to follow the parent into the water, and there to receive
its nutriment (whether mucous or otherwise), the sense of vision ought certainly to be
granted to it in order to direct its movements. The privation of this sense, on the
contrary, implies a confinement to the nest, and a reception on land of the mammary
secretion of the parent.

The general form of the body, and the cartilaginous condition of the bones of the
extremities, equally militate against the young Ornithorhynchus possessing at this period
of its existence active powers of swimming or creeping. The head and tail are closely
approximated on the ventral aspect, requiring force to pull the body out into a straight
line; and the relative quantity of integument on the back and belly shows that the
position necessary for the due progressive motions is unnatural at this stage of growth.
The form of the young Kangaroo soon after birth is very similar to this, which is com-
mon to the foetus both of the viviparous and oviparous classes.

! The epiglottis is essentially associated with lactation, not with viviparous generation.

THE ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 225

The toes on each of the four feet were completely formed, and terminated by curved
conical horny claws ; but the natatory fold of membrane of the fore foot had not the
same proportional extent as in the adult, and the spur of the hind foot did not project
beyond its socket in either specimen. In the smaller one, which was a male, it pre-
sented the form of an obtuse papilla ; while in the larger specimen, although a female,
it was more plainly developed and more pointed. his circumstance is in exact ac-
cordance with the known laws of the development of sexual distinctions, especially of
those of secondary importance, such as beards, manes, plumes, horns, tusks, spurs, &c.,
which do not avail in distinguishing the sexes till towards the period of puberty. As
the spur is the only obvious distinction of the sexes in the full-grown Ornithorhynchus,
I was compelled to refer to the internal essential organs, in order to determine the sex
of the specimens here described.

The ventral surface of the smaller specimen was carefully examined with a lens; but
no trace of an umbilicus could be satisfactorily determined. In the very young or
newly born Kangaroo, a longitudinal linear trace of the attachment of the umbilical
vesicle is at that time apparent, but it is rapidly obliterated ; as is probably also the
case in the Ornithorhynchus.

In the smaller specimen the intromittent organ projected a little way beyond the ex-
crementory orifice, as in the young Marsupiata ; but it was not continuous, as in them,
with the anterior margin of that outlet. In the larger female specimen the correspond-
ing organ was visible just within the verge of the opening ; but this clitoris, remaining
stationary in its development, is afterwards, as I have shown in my Paper on the Mam-
mary Glands*, removed to a distance from the preputial aperture by the elongation of
the sheath, just as the minute spur of the female lies concealed at the bottom of the
progressively elongated tegumentary socket, and as the tongue is left at the back of the
oral cavity by the growth of the jaws.

The following were the anatomical appearances observable in these young individuals,
so far as the rarity of the specimens would warrant dissection to be carried.

On laying open the abdomen in the larger specimen, the most prominent viscus was
the stomach, which was almost as large as in the adult animal, deriving at this period
no assistance from the preparatory digestive cavities, the cheek-pouches, which were not
yet developed. The stomach extended in a curved direction across the epigastric, and
down the left hypochondriac region to the left iliac region. It was full of coagulated
milk. On carefully inspecting the whole contents with a lens, no portions of worms
or bread could be detected; which solves the doubt entertained by Lieut. Maule as to
whether the mother nourished this young one with the food which was given to her
for her own support, or with secretion afterwords discovered to escape from the mam-
mary pores.

I took a portion of the coagulated substance from the stomach, and diluted it with

' Phil. Trans, for 1832, p. 525.

226 MR. R. OWEN ON THE YOUNG OF

water; and having at the same time prepared a little Cow’s milk by first coagulating it
with spirit, and then diluting the coagulum, I compared the two substances under a
high magnifying power. The ultimate globules of the Ornithorhynchus’s milk were
most distinctly perceptible, detaching themselves from the small coherent masses to
form new groups: the corresponding globules of the Cow’s milk were of larger size.
Minute transparent globules of oil were intermixed with the milk globules of the
Ornithorhynchus. A drop of water being added to a little mucus, it instantly became
opake ; and was resolvable by minute division into transparent angular flakes, entirely
different from the regularly formed granules of the milk of the Ornithorhynchus.

In the smaller specimen the stomach was empty; when distended with air it ex-
hibited a less disproportionate development. It was situated in the left hypochondriac
and lumbar regions. The intestines contained air, with granular masses of a mucous
chyme adhering to their internal surface. This condition of the digestive canal would
seem to show that no long period had elapsed since the birth of the specimen, and that
lactation had either not been in full action, or that the young one had been deserted by
the parent for some time before it was taken.

In both specimens the spleen bore a proportionate size with the stomach ; and as
the difference in the development of the stomach was considerable, the correspondence
of the condition of the spleen with that of the digestive cavity was made very obvious.
The difference in the development of the liver was not greater than corresponded with
the different size and age of the two specimens. But the pancreas in both bore the same
ratio to the stomach as the spleen. This would seem, therefore, to afford some indica-
tion of the organs with which the function of the spleen is more immediately related.

The intestinal canal in the larger specimen was situated almost entirely on the right
side of the abdomen. The cecum, in both, was very minute and filamentary. I exa-
mimed the ilewm, and more especially in the usual situation above the cecum, but could
not perceive any trace of the pedicle of the umbilical or vitelline vesicle. The other
vestiges of foetal organization were more obvious than in the ordinary Marsupial or
ovoviviparous Mammalia.

In both specimens, but more distinctly in the smaller one, the umbilical vein was
seen extending from a linear cicatrix of the peritoneum, opposite the middle of the abdo-
men, along the anterior margin of the suspensory ligament, to the liver. It was reduced
to a mere filamentary tube, filled with coagulum. From the same cicatrix the remains
of the umbilical arteries extended downwards, and near the urinary bladder were con-
tained within a duplicature of peritoneum, having between them a small flattened oval
vesicle, the remains of an allantois, which was attached by a contracted pedicle to the
fundus of the bladder.

As both the embryo of the Bird and that of the ovoviviparous Reptile have an allantois
and umbilical vessels developed, no certain inference can be drawn from the above
appearances as to the oviparous or viviparous nature of the generation of the Ornitho-

THE ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 227

rhynchus. But the structure of the ovary, and that of the ovwm both before and after it
has quitted the ovisac, afford the strongest analogical proof of the intra-uterine deve-
lopment of the embryo, and at the same time accord with the ascertained fact of the
mammary nourishment of the young animal ; there being no store of yelk appended to
the ovum when it quits the ovisac, as in the Bird, where it supplies the place of a mam-
mary secretion to the newly hatched chick, and where also the voluminous yelk and its
chalaz@ serve as an essential nidus to the embryo at the early stages of incubation.

The kidneys were situated far away from the pelvis and high up in the lumbar region.
This marked deviation from the oviparous type is well worthy of being taken into ac-
count in the consideration of the nature and affinities of the Monotremata. It is charac-
teristic of the Mammiferous type of structure, and would seem to be intended to give
free space for the enlargement of the uterus, and to prevent the kidneys being affected
by the continued pressure of this viscus and its contents during the latter periods of
gestation.

The situation of the kidneys with respect to each other varied in the two specimens :
in the larger one, the left was a little higher than the right ; in the smaller one, it was
a little lower : the latter is the ordinary position in the adult. The supra-renal glands
did not correspond with this arrangement ; but in both instances the right was higher
than the left, agreeing with the relative position of the testes in the male, and the ova-
ries in the female. In Man, the large size of the supra-renal glands is noted as a foetal
peculiarity ; but in the Ornithorhynchus they are of minute size, their greatest diameter
not exceeding 4th of a line in the smaller specimen here described; and they increase
in size progressively with the growth of the animal, and ina greater proportion than
the kidneys ; which increase would appear, therefore, to have relation to the develop-
ment of the generative organs. There were no traces of the corpora Wolffiana.

The testes in the small male specimen were situated a little below the kidneys: they
were of an elongated form, pointed at both ends, with the epididymis folded down, as it
were, upon their anterior surface. In the female, the ovaries were freely suspended to
the loins in a similar position, the right being at this period as large as the left: it is
the persistence of the latter at an early stage of development which occasions the dis-
proportionate size of the two glands in the adult. The still greater inequality of size in
the oviducts of the Bird arises from a similar arrest of the development of the one on
the right side; but both are equal at an early stage of existence. The uteri were straight
linear tubes, scarcely exceeding the size of the ovarian ligaments.

The lungs were found amply developed in both specimens ; the air-cells remarkably
obvious, so as to give a reticulate appearance to the surface, and a resemblance to
the lungs of a Turtle. They had evidently been permeated by air in the smaller spe-
cimen.

The heart in both specimens was of the adult form, with the apex entire ; but the left

auricle was proportionately larger than in the adult heart, which is correctly figured by
VOL, I. 24

228 MR. R. OWEN ON THE YOUNG OF THE ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS.

Meckel!.

The ductus arteriosus was here very evident, and formed a filamentary chord

in the usual situation between the aorta and pulmonary artery, but proportionately
longer than in the true viviparous Mammalia. Here also we have the indication of
a more prolonged foetal existence than in the Marsupial animals, there being no trace
of a ductus arteriosus either in the uterine or mammary foetus of the Kangaroo.

The Ornithorhynchus also deviates from the ordinary Marsupiata in having the thymus
gland. This is situated in front of the great vessels of the heart, and consists of two
lobes, of which the right is the largest.

Fig.

Fig.

kwh

@

PLATE XXXII.

The smaller specimen of Ornithorhynchus paradoaus.

The larger specimen.

. The same in another view.

. Front view of the mandibles of the same, a little open to show the tongue.
In each of these figures, a, is the nostrils ; b, the prominence on the upper
beak ; c, the eyes; d, the ears; e, the vent ; f, the orifice and rudimentary
spur of the hind foot; g, the membrane at the base of the mandibles ;
h, the tongue.

A magnified figure of the hind foot of the female, showing the rudimentary
spur projecting from the socket.

PLATE XXXIII.

Abdominal viscera of the smaller specimen, principally to show the remains
of g, the umbilical vein, and h, the allantois ; i, is the liver ; k, the stomach.

The stomach ; and 1, the spleen of the same specimen,

The stomach and spleen of the larger specimen.

. The heart, showing the single ductus arteriosus.

. m, The kidneys ; n, the supra-renal glands ; 0, the testes; and p, the urinary

bladder of the younger specimen.
. The corresponding parts in situ of the female specimen: q, the ovaries; 7, the
uteri and oviducts.

. The urinary bladder, umbilical arteries, and allantois (h) of the smaller spe-

cimen, magnified.
. The upper mandible of the smaller specimen, magnified, to show the caruncle
(6) between the nostrils. The figure marked thus * is of the natural size.

[All the figures, except where otherwise indicated, are of the natural size. Those in Plate XXXII. were
drawn by my friend T. Rymer Jones, Esq., whose valuable assistance I am happy in acknowledging. ]

' Ornithorhynchi paradoxi Anatomia, tal. vii. fig. 1.

Sy a Ae ae EE 42 f.228

=

) e
Drilb hyn hed fe tail Ld .

Rymer Jones Esq. del. Latter, $c.

Ee

ROwen. del.

Puilderhype bls fladlattd,

taint oto: lol LH. 23 p..228.

Zatter, sc

XXVI. Notes on the Natural History and Habits of the Ornithorhynchus paradoxus,
Blum. By Grorce Bennerr, Esq., F.L.S., Corr. Memb. Z.S.

Communicated May 27, 1834.

IN the commencement of the year 1829, when I first arrived in the Colony of New
South Wales, my attention was directed towards two points of Natural Science which
were at that time desiderata—one the mode of generation of the Kangaroo, to explain
in what manner the young are brought into connexion with the nipple—and the other
the mode of generation and habits of the animal which forms the subject of the present
communication.

To all the inquiries I made of persons long resident in the Colony, I could only pro-
cure very unsatisfactory replies. I found then, as I also found on my subsequent and
second visit to the Colony, that the majority preferred forming theories of their own
and arguing on their plausibility, to devoting a few leisure days to the collection of facts
by which the questions might be set at rest for ever. At this time a voyage of great
interest to me, among the Islands of the Polynesian Archipelago and to New Zealand,
prevented my devoting the time which I had at first intended to employ in attempting
the discovery and elucidation of those doubtful points ; and I left New South Wales in
March 1829, expecting that before my return to England some intelligent person resi-
dent in the Colony would devote himself to the task and determine them by actual
observation. On my return to England, however, in April 1831, I found that all the
questions relative to those animals still remained in the same undecided state, excepting
that my friend Mr. Owen had succeeded in injecting with mercury the ducts of the
supposed mammary glands of the Ornithorhynchus ; a communication on which subject,
as I have seen since leaving England in 1832, he has laid before the Royal Society.

I again left England for the Colony of New South Wales in May 1832, and soon
after my arrival there in August I visited the interior of the country, and devoted much
time to the investigation of the habits and ceconomy of these animals in their native
haunts.

The Ornithorhynchus is known to the colonists by the name of Water-Mole, from
some resemblance which it is supposed to bear to the common European Mole, Talpa
Europea, Linn. : by the native tribes at Bathurst and Goulburn Plains, and in the
Yas, Murrumbidgee, and Tumat countries, I universally found it designated by the
name of Mallangong or Tambreet ; but the latter is more in use among them than the
former.

The body of this singular animal is depressed in form, and in some degree partakes

2H 2

230 MR. G. BENNETT ON THE HISTORY AND HABITS OF

of the characters of the Oéter, the Mole, and the Beaver. It is covered by a fine long and
thick hair, underneath which is a finer short very soft fur, resembling the two distinct
kinds of fur found in the Seal and Otter. On the abdomen, breast, and throat, the fur and
hair are of a much finer quality, and of a more silky nature, than on the other parts of
the body of the animal. In young specimens the under surface of the tail, as well as
the hind and fore legs near the feet, is covered by a fine hair of a beautiful silvery white
appearance: this is lost, however, in the adult, in which the under surface of the tail
is almost entirely destitute of hair'. Whether this proceeds from its trailing along the
ground (which the close approximation of the abdomen and under surface of the tail to
the ground in all the movements of the animal on land makes very probable,) I know
not; but the most prevailing opinion among the colonists, for which, however, in the
observation of their habits, I could not discover any foundation in fact, was that it was
occasioned by the animals using the tail, in a manner similar to that which was for-
merly believed of the Beaver, as a trowel in the construction of its dwelling. The tail
is flat, broad, and inclining on each side abruptly off at the termination, beyond which
the long hairs project: on its upper surface the hair is longer and coarser than on any
other part of the body; it is destitute of that peculiar glossy appearance which adds
so much to the beauty of the fur generally, and is also of a darker colour. The colour
of the fur of the animal in all the specimens I have seen, of whatever age, is a light black,
varying in shades according as it is seen in a stronger or weaker light: the under
short fur is greyish. The whole of the under surface of the body is of a ferruginous
colour, varying in its intensity according to the age of the specimen?. I do not regard
this difference as any distinguishing mark of sex, as was at first supposed. Imme-
diately below the inner angle of the eye is a small spot of a light or pale yellow
colour. This I have remarked in all the specimens of either sex that I have seen, ex-
cepting in one which was captured on the banks of the Wollondilly River near Goulburn
Plains, in which these marks were deficient, although it did not differ in other external
appearances from the specimens I had before examined.

The only external difference of sex to be accurately distinguished, and indeed the
only one on which any dependence can be placed, is the spur or claw on the hind leg
of the males ; the females being destitute of that appendage.

The legs of these animals are very short ; the feet are pentadactyle and webbed. In
the fore feet (which seem to have the greatest muscular power, and are in principal use
both for burrowing and swimming,) the web extends a short distance beyond the claws,
is loose, and falls back when the animal burrows: the fore feet are thus capable of

' The under surface of the tail, both in males and females, is sometimes bare; and sometimes has only a
few coarse hairs scattered over it.

* I have heard that an Albino specimen of this animal was once seen; it was stated to have been close to
the water’s edge at the time it was noticed, and to have been perfectly white. On the approach of the person
who observed it, it dived, and although watched did not reappear.

oe.

THE ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 231

great expansion. The claws on the fore feet are strong, blunt, and well calculated for
burrowing ; and the two lateral are shorter than the three middle ones. The hind feet
are short, narrow, turned backwards, and when the animal is at rest have, like those
of the Seal, some resemblance to a fin ; their action is backwards and outwards. The
first toe is very short, and the nails of all are curved backwards, and are longer and
sharper than those of the fore feet ; the web does not extend further than the roots of
the claws. The spur of the male is moveable, and is turned backwards and inwards : it
is situated some distance above the claws, and rather towards the internal part of the leg.

The head is rather flat; and from the mouth project two flat lips or mandibles, re-
sembling the beak of a Shoveller Duck, the lower of which is shorter and narrower
than the upper, and has its internal edges channelled with numerous strié, resembling
in some degree those seen in the bill of a Duck. The central portion of the mandibles
is a bony continuation from the skull, and anteriorly and laterally a cartilaginous
substance, perfectly moveable, extends from the bony portion to the distance of 3ths
of an inch. The colour of the Superior mandible above, when seen in an animal
recently taken out of the water, is of a dull dirty greyish black, covered with innu-
merable minute dots; while the cartilaginous expansion around the mandible is uni-
formly smooth and soft. The under part of the upper mandible is of a pale pink or
flesh colour, as well as the internal or upper surface of the lower mandible, the under
surface of which is either perfectly white or mottled: in younger specimens it is usually
white, while in the older it assumes a mottled appearance.

At the base of both the lower and upper mandibles is a transverse loose fold or flap
of the integument, always similar in colour to the skin covering the mandibles, that
is to say, of a dull dirty greyish black in the upper, and white or mottled in the lower.
In the upper mandible this is continued very nearly to the eyes, and may perhaps afford
Some protection to those organs when the animal is engaged in burrowing or seeking
its food in the mud. The upper fold or flap is continuous with another portion arising
from the lower mandible also at its base. Sir Everard Home! considers the apparent
use of these folds to be to prevent the beak from being pushed into the soft mud beyond
this part, which is so broad as completely to stop its further progress. From careful
observation of the actions of living specimens I can, however, assign no other use to
this part than that which I have just mentioned. In dried specimens the colour and
form of the beak are almost entirely lost.

The eyes are very small, but brilliant, and of a light brown colour: they are situated
rather high up the head. The external orifice of the ears is situated near the upper
part of the external angle of the eye. When a living specimen is examined the
orifice? is easily discoverable, as the animal has the faculty of closing or opening it at

‘ Observations on the Head of the Ornithorhynchus paradocus, in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions’ for 1800.

* I could not perceive any valve corresponding to that which is usually possessed by animals that frequent
the water, but believe that the muscular contraction of the orifice answers the same purpose.

‘

232 MR. G. BENNETT ON THE HISTORY AND HABITS OF

will: in dead specimens, being closed, it would not be readily perceived by a person
unacquainted with its exact situation. From this orifice a semicircular cartilaginous
canal is continued, terminating at the base of the skull.

The Ornithorhynchus has a peculiar fishy smell, more especially when wet, which
probably proceeds from an oily secretion. The aborigines use these animals as food :
but it is no particular recommendation of them to say that they are eaten by the Native
Australian, as nothing in the shape of provender comes amiss to him, whether it
be snakes, rats, frogs, grubs, or the more delicate Opossum, Bandicoot and Flying
Squirrel.

There are two species usually described in our works on Natural History, the Orni-
thorhynchus rufus and the Orn. fuscus; but the differences between them appear to me
to be so unimportant that I hesitate in considering them as otherwise than specifically
identical. Not having referred the Water-Moles which fell under my observation to
either of these presumed species, I retain for them the name originally proposed by
Professor Blumenbach, that of Orn. paradovus: though subsequent in date to the de-
nomination assigned by Shaw to the same animal, it has been so extensively adopted as
to render it inexpedient in this instance to adhere to the strict rule of nomenclature.

The size of the Ornithorhynchus varies, but the males are usually found to be in a
small degree larger than the females: the average length I consider to be from 1 foot
6 inches to 1 foot 8 inches. From the following dimensions of specimens shot in the
Yas and Murrumbidgee rivers! an idea may be formed of the relative proportions of
the different parts to the body: the measurements were taken immediately after the
animals had been shot and removed from the water, the specimens, still in their flaccid
state, being placed in their natural position. On the dimensions thus taken more de-
pendence can be placed for accuracy than on those derived from stuffed specimens,
which, from the contracted state of most of the parts, and the artificial elongation given
to the body, cannot be relied on. As the integuments, moreover, hang very loose
about the animal, they are usually distended by the stuffer to a much greater degree
than is natural.

Male specimen shot in the Yas River.
Ft.

Length from the extremity of the mandible to the extremity of the tail 1
Length of the upper mandible .

Breadth of the upper mandible

Length of the lower mandible .

Breadth of the lower mandible

Length of the fore leg

—
Ss
i=}

OO ter DO ND ST
a= os ala

ula «lo «lo,

' Mr. George MacLeay informs me that the specimens procured from the Nepean River are seldom longer

than 1 foot 2 inches.

04 ow»

THE ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 233

Ft. In.
Length of the web projecting beyond the claws of the fore feet. \.0). Ea
Breadth of the fore foot expanded . . . . . , . . 42
emer eB OT A ee Reeders 1 eyes 4s
Breadth of the tail at the broadest ACL Tee tei itecin Oi errs oo 32
Length of the hind leg to the extremity of the longest claw . . . 4
Breadth of the hind footexpanded . . . . . . . |, 24

Female specimen shot in the Yas River.

Pe} -Tnt
Length from the extremity of the mandibles to the extremity of the tail 1 7
Length of the upper mandible . seorretes Q6
Breadth of the upper mandible Qe
Length of the lower mandible . 1s
Breadth of the lower mandible 1s
Length of the fore leg and foot 42
Length of the fore foot . Syiiee “ide 23
Breadth of the fore foot when expanded Qs
Length of the web projecting beyond the claws es
Length of the tail . Santi. eas ee : 5s
Breadth of the tail at the broadest part . 22
Length of the hind leg and foot Meee RE ERS pate act 32
Length of the hind foot to the extremity of the longest claw . .. 22

Of fifteen specimens shot and captured alive, the length of the males averaged from
1 foot 7 to 1 foot 8 inches (measuring from the extremity of the mandibles to that of
the tail) ; and that of the females from 1 foot 6 to 1 foot 7 inches.

During my stay at Gudarigby, the farm of Mr. W. H. Dutton, near the Murrum-
bidgee River, a male was shot which measured 1 foot 113 inches in length ; but the
relative proportions of the other parts were not so great as might have been expected.

Male specimen shot in the Murrumbidgee River.

Ft. In.
Length from the extremity of the mandibles to the extremity of the tail 1 112
Length of the upper mandible . Pt alse yea 2s
Breadth of the upper mandible . . . . | 5 Ree 24
Tenpanomenestal eo. BOE ese wie een 6s
Breadth of the tail at the broadest ORG RTS NED WE). COMP END RS 24
Expansion of the fore foot . 5 on g kote Bg reid pts 4
Length of the spur on the hind Ee to See aie abana abs 1

The narrower tail and small proportion of the beak to the length of the body made

234 MR. G. BENNETT ON THE HISTORY AND HABITS OF

this specimen appear different from all the others that I had seen ; but in other respects
it was similar to them. A female shot in the evening of the same day, and in the
same part of the river, measured only | foot 4 inches, as follows :

Female specimen shot in the Murrumbidgee River.

Ft; Ing
Length from the extremity of the mandible to that of the tail . 1 4
Length of the upper mandible . 2
Breadth of the upper mandible 14
Breadth across the back 4
Length of the tail 4s
Breadth of the tail he Qe
Expansion of the web of the fore feet 32

On the 17th of September 1832 I took my departure from Raby Farm in company
with Mr. Henry O’Brien, who was proceeding to his farm in the Yas country. Having
made a very interesting journey through the Bathurst country, we arrived, on the 4th
of October, at Mundoona, the estate of Mr. James Rose, near Yas Plains in the
Murray County. It was at this place that I had determined to commence my investi-
gations of the Ornithorhynchus, as a portion of the Yas River ran through the estate,
in which these animals were to be found in great numbers.

We arrived at the Farm at 5 p.m. ; and as the river was but a very short distance
from the dwelling-house and I was eager to have even a distant view of the animal in
a living state, I readily acceded to an offer to walk on the banks whilst refreshment
was preparing for us after our long journey, and ascertain if one could be procured
that evening. We soon came to a tranquil part of the river, such as the colonists call
a ‘‘pond,” on the surface of which numerous aquatic plants grew. It is in places
of this description that the Water-Moles are most commonly seen, seeking their food
among the aquatic plants, whilst the steep and shaded banks afford them excellent
situations for excavating their burrows. We remained stationary on the banks, with
gun in rest, waiting their appearance with some degree of patience ; and it was not
long before my companion quietly directed my attention to one of these animals
paddling on the surface of the water, not far distant from the bank on which we were
then standing. In such circumstances they may be readily recognised by their dark
bodies just seen level with the surface, above which the head is slightly raised, and by
the circles made in the water around them by their paddling action. On seeing them
the spectator must remain perfectly stationary, as the slightest noise or movement of
his body would cause their instant disappearance, so acute are they in sight or hear-
ing, or perhaps in both ; and they seldom reappear when they have been frightened.
By remaining perfectly quiet when the animal is ‘‘up,” the spectator is enabled to
obtain an excellent view of its movements on the water ; it seldom, however, remains

.

THE ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 235

longer than one or two minutes playing and paddling on the surface, soon diving again
and reappearing a short distance above or below, generally according to the direction in
which it dives. It dives head foremost with an audible splash.

Although the animal may “‘ come up” close to the place where the sportsman is
standing, it would be useless to attempt to level the gun, for that action alone would
cause its instantaneous disappearance; but after waiting patiently until the animal
dives, and watching the direction in which it sinks!, preparation must be made to re-
ceive it with the discharge of the piece instantly on its reappearance on the surface,
which (when it descends unfrightened) is almost certain to take place in a short time.
A near shot is requisite, a distant one being almost hopeless ; and the aim should be in-
variably directed at the head, in which spot the shots are more likely to take speedy
effect than in the loose dense integuments of the body, which, as they afford little
resistance, the shot are unable to penetrate. I have seen the skull shattered by the
force of the shot when the integuments covering it have scarcely suffered injury.

Although the following day was very showery, this did not deter us from ranging the
banks of the river in quest of Ornithorhynchi. The heavy rain in the course of the
night and morning had swollen the stream considerably, and we saw only one specimen
during the morning, which proved too vigilant for us, and consequently escaped. In
our return home, however, along the banks, about 2 p.m., at a narrow part of the river,
one of these animals was seen paddling about on the surface. We waited until it dived,
which it did soon afterwards ; and having made our preparation, on its returning to
the surface of the water, a short distance further down, it received the contents of the
gun, which took effect ; for although it immediately sank, it soon came up again, evi-
dently severely wounded. It evaded capture by frequently diving, although in its
wounded condition it was soon obliged to regain the surface of the water, and was evi-
dently striving to reach the opposite bank?: it moved tardily, with the greatest part
of the body above the surface of the water, as is usually observed in these animals
when they are severely hurt. It received, however, two effective discharges from the
fowling-piece before it remained tranquil on the water and allowed the dog to bring it
out. It proved to be a fine male specimen, and was not yet dead, but moved occa-
sionally, making no noise except frequent deep expirations from the nostrils.

When the fur of the animal is wet, it has a sordid and far from attractive appear-
ance, resembling rather a lump of dirty weeds than any production of the animal king-
dom. Indeed, were it not for their paddling motion on the water, these animals would

‘ If the water is very clear, the course of the animal beneath its surface after diving can be distinctly seen ;
but as the places frequented by it usually abound in river-weeds, it seldom occurs that it is noticed ina
clear part of the river. On diving, they never rise again at the same place; but it is not difficult, with a little
experience in sporting for these animals, to judge with tolerable accuracy where they may again rise, so as
to obtain a mark at them.

* When wounded, they make for the land, either to escape into their burrows, or from being unable to
support themselves in their weakened condition on the water.

VOL. I. 21

236 MR. G. BENNETT ON THE HISTORY AND HABITS OF

often escape observation ; for their suppleness and colour when wet, would cause them
to be regarded only as masses of weeds, such as are so often seen floating about the
rivers. Such at least was their appearance when lying dead on the surface of the water,
or when drifted by the current against the stump of a tree, or among the reeds and
bullrushes which grow so profusely near and upon the banks.

A few minutes after the animal had been taken out of the water it revived and ran
along the ground, instinctively endeavouring to regain the water, but with an unsteady
motion. In about twenty-five minutes from the time of its capture, it gave a few con-
vulsive sighs and expired.

This specimen being a male, and having heard so much related about the injurious
effects resulting from a puncture by the spur, I determined to avail myself of the op-
portunity to ascertain the correctness of the assertion. The wounded state of the
animal presented no objection to the experiment, as in one published account in which
the poison is reported to have produced such terrible effects, the animal was also mor-
tally wounded. As soon, therefore, as it became lively, I put its ‘‘ poisonous spurs” to
the test. I commenced by placing my hands in such a manner, when seizing the animal,
as to enable it, from the direction of the spurs, to use them with effect: the result was
that the animal made strenuous efforts to escape, and in these efforts scratched my hands
a little with the hind claws, and even, in consequence of the position in which I held it,
with the spur also. But although seized so roughly, it neither darted the spur into my
hand, nor did it even make an attempt so to do. As, however, it had been stated that
the creature throws itself on the back when it uses this weapon!, (a circumstance not
very probable to those who have any knowledge of the animal,) I tried it also in that
position ; but though it struggled to regain its former posture, no use was made of the
hind claw. I tried several other methods of effecting the object I had in view, but as
all proved futile, I am convinced that some other use must be found for the spur than
as an offensive weapon. I have had several subsequent opportunities of repeating
the experiments with animals not in a wounded state, and the results have been the
same.

These animals are seen in the Australian rivers at all seasons of the year, but a
question may arise whether they do not in some degree hybernate, for they are more
abundant during the summer than in the winter months. During floods or freshes
it is, however, not an uncommon occurrence to’ see them travelling up and down the
rivers. When going down, they allow themselves to be carried along by the force
of the stream, without making any exertion of their own; but when swimming against
the stream, all their muscular power is exerted to the utmost to stem the force

' Some of the settlers consider the spur of the Ornithorhynchus as poisonous, not from any experience of
their own, but in consequence of the aborigines saying, alluding to the spur, ‘It is very saucy ;” such being
their English expression when they wish to imply that anything is hurtful or poisonous: they apply, however,
the same expression to the scratching of the hind feet of the animal. It is also certain that they never seem
afraid of handling in any way the male Ornithorhynchus alive.

——

an =)

THE ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 237

of the current, and it is generally done effectively. I recollect, however, seeing two
making repeated and ineffectual attempts to pass a small waterfall during a rapid
current of the river, and after many persevering efforts they were unable to attain their
object.

The opinion that I had heard advanced at Sidney, of its being requisite to shoot the
Water-Moles dead instantly, otherwise they would sink and not reappear, I did not find
to be correct in practice. If missed, indeed, this is likely to occur ; but if the animal
is wounded, it immediately sinks, but soon reappears on the surface of the water some
distance beyond the place at which it was seen to dive. Some require two or three
shots before they are killed or so severely wounded as to enable them to be brought
out of the water; and they frequently evade being captured, even when wounded, by
frequent and rapid diving. Sometimes too, unless the sportsman is very vigilant, they
may come up among the reeds and rushes, which are plentiful in some parts, extending
out from the banks of the river, and thus escape observation altogether. I have no
doubt, also, that some which sink after being wounded, escape into their burrows ; as
even when they cannot reach the bank, they may get access to the hole by the sub-
aqueous entrance.

On the evening of the day on which the first specimen was shot, we were fortu-
nate in procuring a female. It was twice seen paddling about on the water, diving
and then rising again, but not sufficiently near to allow of its being fired at; the third
time it dived, rising within good aim, it was shot. On being taken out of the water it
bled from the mouth, and it was found that the shot had struck it about the base and
on other parts of the mandibles ; it died almost immediately. The only indications of
vitality which it gave consisted of a gasping motion of the mandibles and a convulsive
action of the hind feet, as when the animal combs the sides of the abdomen with the
claws of the hind feet. This specimen differed from the last in the abdomen being of a
much darker ferruginous colour ; but from subsequent observations of numerous spe-
cimens, I find these differences to depend merely on the age of the animal. In this
individual the web of the fore feet was entirely black, but in many it is found mottled ;
the under mandible was nearly white, the upper of the usual colour. There was no
spur on the hind foot, but on the situation of it in the male, the female had a small
impervious depression, which it is not improbable may serve for the reception of the
spur of the male.

I felt great delight at having procured a female specimen, as I had some expecta-
tion of being able thereby to ascertain the mode of procreation in this most extraordi-
nary quadruped. At all events I expected to determine whether this was or was not
the commencement of the breeding-season among them. My attention was immediately
directed to the abdominal or mammary gland, and on laying aside the abdominal in-
teguments and examining its situation, I was at first rather surprised to observe scarcely
any appearance of it. On reflection, however, it occurred to me (a supposition which

212

238 MR. G. BENNETT ON THE HISTORY AND HABITS OF

was afterwards confirmed by facts,) that as the gestation advances, the gland becomes
enlarged ; and that when the lacteal secretion is no longer required for the support of
the young, it again decreases, becoming scarcely perceptible.

Omitting the rest of the anatomy, I shall at once proceed to the result of the inves-
tigation of the uterine organs. These I found to consist of two uteri extending some
distance above the pelvis. On the upper, rather posterior and lateral part of the uteri
(but more particularly and more clearly marked in the left than in the right wterus,) were
well developed clusters of ova, giving an indication of an impregnated female. Both
uteri, gradually diminishing in size as they proceeded, had their termination in the
cloaca; the bladder was situated between and rather anterior to the wteri, and the rectum
posterior to the bladder ; and both these organs also had their termination in the cloaca.

The ovaries were white!, and covered by a semitransparent membrane, through which
the ova could be readily distinguished. The left uterus had the largest development :
its coats were thickened, and on laying the internal part open gradually from the os
uteri to the apex, three loose ova of the size of swan-shot were successively exposed to
view, one a short distance above the other, but all in the uterine cavity. T hey were
perfectly white and quite round; their external coat consisted of a dense opake mem-
brane ; and they could be taken into the hand and examined without fear of their sus-
taining any injury®.

The os uteri was contracted so closely at this period as scarcely to permit a very thin

' After having been preserved in spirits, they became rather of a yellowish colour : indeed the whole of the
preparation of the uterine organs had, as may be supposed, a far more beautiful appearance when viewed in
the recent state than after it had been for some time preserved in spirit. For such purposes I should prefer
brine to spirit, as the natural appearance of animal preparations is not so liable to be lost.

* I took the earliest opportunity of transmitting to my friend Mr. Owen the impregnated uterus of this Or-
nithorhynchus, and of two others which I subsequently obtained, and the following is the result of his exami-
nation of these specimens as detailed in a paper just published by him in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions.’

“In each of the specimens, the left ovary only had taken on the sexual actions, but did not exceed in size the
same parts in the unimpregnated specimens above described. The right ovary had, however, become enlarged ;
it measured half an inch in length, a third of an inch in breadth, and was about half a line in thickness: a few
ovisacs, about the size of a small pin’s head, projected from the surface.

“The left ovary in each of the specimens was concealed by the thin membrane forming the expanded orifice of
the oviduct. In one of these it was with some difficulty it could be withdrawn from the Fallopian aperture, owing
to the adhesion which was occasioned by what appeared to be a coagulated secretion; a circumstance which
must have effectually ensured the passage of the ovum into the oviduct. In two of the specimens, the left ovary
presented two empty ovisacs, or corpora lutea, corresponding with the number of ova found in the wterus. In
the third specimen, the left ovary presented two ovisacs still uncicatrized, but only one ovum was contained in
the uterus. * * * *

“The discharged ovisacs were of an elongated flask-shaped form, about three lines in length and two in
diameter, with the margins of the orifice through which the ovum and granular substance had passed everted,
with a slight contraction, resembling the neck of a flask, below the aperture. On compressing these ovisacs,
small portions of coagulated substance escaped. When longitudinally divided, they were found to consist of
the same parts as the ovisac before impregnation, with the exception of the granular contents and granular

a

THE ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 239

stem of grass, not much larger in diameter than a hog’s bristle, to pass through it ; just
within the orifice were two small raised reddish bodies, the use of which I do not know.
The interior coats of the uterus were corrugated and of a fine pinkish colour.

On laying open the right uterus, although it was also enlarged and had some degree
of vascularity, with ovaries on its upper part, no eggs were found within: internally
it had the same corrugated appearance as was observed in the left, but the vascular
tinge existed in a less degree.

The cheek-pouches, or, as I am inclined to consider them, the first stomachs, of both

stratum: but the theca, or innermost parietes of the sac, was much thickened, and encroached irregularly upon
the empty space, so as to leave only a cylindrical passage to the external opening. * * * *

“The two smallest sized ova * * * were situated at the upper part of the left uterus, and at the distance of
about a line from each other, Each ovum was spherical in form, and measured two lines and a half in diameter :
they were of a deep yellow colour, with a smooth and polished surface, and had not the slightest adherence to
the uterine parietes.

“The two ova next in size * * * measured each three lines in diameter, and were situated a little below the
middle of the left uterus : they were of aspherical form, but had evidently been slightly compressed in the uterine
cavity. They were of a lighter colour than the preceding, a circumstance which was specially evident at the
upper part, from the subsidence of the contained vitelline mass. Externally they were smooth, and rolled
freely out of the position where they were lodged like those of the preceding specimen.

“The largest ovum * * * had the same spherical form, smooth exterior surface, and freedom from connexion
with the uterus, as the preceding, but was of a much lighter colour, owing to the increased quantity of its fluid
contents, to which its greater size was chiefly attributable. It measured three lines and a half in diameter,
and had been situated in a depression or cell a little below the middle of the left uterus. The lining membrane
of the uterus was highly vascular in the recent state in each of the above specimens.

“In all these ova the contents could be seen, through the cortical or outer membrane, to be of two kinds,
viz., a greyish subtransparent fluid and a yellowish denser mass, which varied in their relative proportions as
above mentioned, the denser substance always subsiding to the lowest part of the ovum, whichever way it was
turned. In the largest ovum, the yellow mass or yolk occupied about one third of its cavity, while in the small-
est it constituted four fifths of the whole mass.

“The chorion or cortical membrane of these ova offered a moderate degree of resistance when torn open with
the forceps, and yielded equally in every direction when Separated from the yolk, the rent margins curling in-
wards like the coats of a hydatid. This membrane was of a dull greyish colour inclining to brown, slightly trans-
parent, and more polished upon its inner than upon its outer surface: it resembles the cortical membrane of
the ovum of the Salamander, but is of a more delicate texture. The fluid contents occupied the space between
the cortical and yitelline membranes, a situation analogous to that of the albumen in the egg of the Fowl,
but had not become coagulated by the action of the spirit in which the ova had been so long immersed.

“The yellow matter, or yolk, was seen to be invested by its proper capsule, which, when reflected under
the microscope, was found to consist of an extremely thin, smooth, and transparent outer layer, which I regard
as the membrana vitelli, with a thicker granular membrane immediately lining it, analogous to the blastoderma
or germinative membrane. The contents of the above investments, or substance of the yolk, consisted of innu-
merable minute opake granules, similar in size and regularity of form to those contained in the ovarian follicles,
and with these granules were mingled larger transparent globules of oil. There was not the slightest trace of
chalaze attached to the vitelline membrane, as, from analogy, we should expect to be the case had the ovum
been destined to have been perfected by incubation. I was unable to detect any rudiments of the embryo,” —
Philosophical Transactions for 1834, p. 555.

240 MR. G. BENNETT ON THE HISTORY AND HABITS OF

the animals were filled with mud and gravel, among which comminuted fragments of
insects and minute shell-fish could be plainly discovered.

The various contradictory accounts that have been given on the authority of the
aborigines (who may be supposed, from their so often seeking these animals for food,
to be able to state their habits correctly,) as to the animal laying eggs and hatching
them, induced me to take some pains to find out the cause of error; and being now
perfectly satisfied that ova were produced in the uteri, I could the more readily deter-
mine the accuracy or inaccuracy of the accounts which I might receive from the na-
tives. I determined, however, not to question any who had been repeatedly questioned
before on the same subject; but some time after, when I visited the out-stations in
the Tumat country, where such questions had never been previously asked, I made in-
quiries among the most intelligent.

The Yas natives in the first instance asserted that the animals lay eggs, but very
shortly afterwards contradicted themselves. To ascertain what dependence could be
placed on them, I made a drawing of an oval egg, which was recognised to be like that
of the Mallangong. I then made a drawing of a round egg, and that also was declared
to be cabango (egg) of the Mallangong. It was also declared that ‘‘ old woman have egg
there in so many days” (the number of which they did not know) ; that the young ones
‘*tumble down”’; and that two eggs are laid in one day. An account subsequently ob-
tained from a native, who appeared anxious to explain the fact, would lead to the belief
that the animal is ovoviviparous ; but yet, from the difficulty they find in expressing
themselves correctly in our language, we often misunderstand them. He asserted the
animal to be oviparous, but when desired to procure the eggs he replied, ‘“‘ Bel cabango
(no egg) tumble down; bye bye, pickaninny tumble down.” In the Tumat country the
answers were readily and satisfactorily given; and afterwards more minute questions
being put to them through my interpreter, the result was the same. ‘‘ Tambreet make
egg tumble down?” was the first query I made. ‘“ Bel” (no) was the reply. ‘‘ No
egg (corbuccor) tumble down; pickaninny make tumble down.” ‘This accorded with
my observations, for it was at the season that this inquiry was made that the young
Duckbills hereafter noticed were found, as if just brought forth, in the burrow. The
natives are of course accurate in their observation of the breeding-season of animals,
upon which their principal means of sustenance in this country depend.

On showing one of the natives at Yas the preparation of the uteri, he recognised
them as the place ‘‘ where pickaninny is made.’’ When he saw the small eggs in the
uterus on the opposite side, (for the empty one was first shown him,) he first stared, and
then said, ‘‘ Cabango, cabango”’ (egg, egg); but even with this before him no satis-
factory reply could be procured from him whether the animal laid and hatched them.
On the whole we may infer that no dependence can be placed on native accounts, but
that naturalists must seek for information in their own investigations.

On the following day (6th of October) the Yas River was much swollen by the con-

il eaten
lle

ice

THE ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 241

tinued rains ; but although exposed to heavy drenching showers, we again visited the
river. <A few of the Duckbills were to be seen occasionally, but none at this time
within shot, until about 2 p.m., when a male specimen was shot ; the under mandible
and flap, and the web of the fore feet, were mottled as in the last specimen. On the
lower part of the spur two small leeches were attached, one of which was red and
swollen with the blood it had sucked from the animal ; the other appeared to have just
attached itself. The undistended one was <ths of an inch in length, and of a dull black
colour. I may here remark that I could not discover any parasites among the short
thick fur of any of these animals.

When shot, this specimen was borne down by the rapidity of the stream of the river,
the current having been much increased by its swollen state. The animal, however, was
readily brought out by the expertness of a small spaniel dog (which seemed to enter
into the delight of the sport as much as ourselves), and after a few convulsive sighs
expired.

The testes in the first male specimen I examined were large, being nearly the size of
a pigeon’s egg, and were situated near the kidneys. The penis is concealed in a sheath
near the verge of the anus, so that unless pressure is made near the sheath, which
occasions the penis to be thrust out, that organ is not visible; and there is conse-
quently no external distinguishing mark of the difference of sex in these animals, ex-
cepting the spur on the hind feet of the males. In the last male specimen shot the
testes were not larger than a very small pea. Does the difference of size depend on the
breeding-season ? or rather, How is the difference at the same season of the year to be
explained? In a male specimen shot at the Murrumbidgee the testes were also not
larger than very small peas. Thus out of three males the testes were only found large
in the specimen shot on the 5th of October.

At 5 p.m. of the evening of the same day (6th of October) another female specimen
was shot ; on being brought out of the water it merely gave a few convulsive motions
of the hind feet before it expired.

Another specimen was soon afterwards seen, a short distance lower down the river,
dabbling on the surface of the stream in apparent enjoyment of the cool evening. One
discharge laid it motionless on the surface of the water, and the dog immediately
brought it out. This proved, much to my satisfaction, to be another female. At
first it lay quite motionless as if dead; but soon after, on the way home, it showed
symptoms of vitality, and on placing it on the ground, it walked with tolerable rapidity
instinctively towards the river. This specimen died, however, soon after it was taken
home.

On examining the first specimen that had been shot this evening, I found the uteri
enlarged, more particularly that of the left side, above which a distinct cluster of ova
were seen as in the former specimen; they were covered by a delicate membrane!.

1 This is the expanded end of the Fallopian tube.

242 MR. G. BENNETT ON THE HISTORY AND HABITS OF

On laying open the left uéerus it was found to contain two unattached ova, of a white
colour, and of transparent appearance while left in the moisture of the uterus, but which
became opake when dry: being covered by a dense membrane they could be handled
and examined without any fear of injury. The parietes of the right uterus were also
much distended and thickened, but on an examination of its interior it was found not
to contain any eggs.

In the second female shot this evening the left uterus was more distended than in the
former specimens, and in the usual situation a fine cluster of ova, covered by a thin
pellicle, was seen. The right uterus was much smaller, hardly appearing to be at all
distended, and was destitute of ova. On laying open the left uterus it was found to
contain a single ovum of the size of a buck-shot.

The next morning (October 7), at Mr. Manton’s farm, I accompanied one of the
aborigines called Daraga to the banks of the Yas River, to see the burrow of an Orni-
thorhynchus, from which he told me the young had been taken last summer. I asked
him, ‘‘ What for he dig up Mallangong ?”’ ‘‘ Murry budgeree patta” (very good to eat),
was his reply. On arriving at the spot, which was situated on a steep bank about
which long grass and various other herbaceous plants abounded, and close to the river,
my guide, putting aside the long grass, displayed the entrance of the burrow, distant
rather more than a foot from the water’s edge. In digging up this retreat the natives
had not laid it entirely open, but had delved holes at certain distances, always intro-
ducing a stick for the purpose of ascertaining the direction in which the burrow ran,
previously to again digging down upon it. By this method they were enabled to ex-
plore the whole extent of it with less labour than if it had been laid entirely open. The
termination of the burrow was broader than any other part, nearly oval in form, and
the bottom was strewed with dry river weeds, &c., a quantity of which still remained.
From this place our sable friend said he had taken last season (December) three young
ones, which were about 6 or 8 inches long, and covered with hair. The whole of the
burrow was smooth, extending about 20 feet in a serpentine direction up the bank.

I may here mention, that when a half-civilized young savage accompanied me one
day in a search after Water-Moles’ burrows, he expressly cautioned me against putting
my hand into the burrow: ‘‘ No put hand in, for he make smell hand.” The burrows
have one entrance, usually about the distance of a foot from the water’s edge, and an-
other under the water, communicating with the interior by an opening just within the
upper entrance. It is no doubt by this entrance under the water that the animal seeks
refuge within its burrow when it is seen to dive and not to rise again to the surface ;
and when the poor hunted quadruped is unable to enter or escape from the burrow by
the upper aperture, it makes a second effort by its river entrance.

The search for asecond burrow near the first afforded me an opportunity of witnessing
the means the aborigines adopt to track these animals. Our black zoological collector
pointed out to me in the course of his peripatetic lecture, or rather demonstration of

i ie

Se

THE ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 243

the whole art of capturing them, the distinct marks of the hind and fore feet of one
of these animals on the moist clay near the river ; and afterwards inserting his hand up
the burrow, brought from thence some lumps of clay taken from the under surface.
These he regarded closely, and placing them in my hands pointed out recent impres-
sions of the fore feet of one of the Mallangong tribe, which were certainly distinctly
visible. He then removed some other pieces from the interior of the burrow, on which
there were further proof impressions of the animal’s recent presence, and it was there-
fore declared to be an inhabited one. I was anxious to explore it, but as Daraga said
that no ‘‘pickaninnies”’ (eggs were not mentioned by him) would be found therein,
nor “‘old women” either, I was overruled: indeed as respected the first, I was aware
by the recent dissection of specimens that no young would be found at this early pe-
riod of the season, and I depended on native accuracy for the living one not being in
the burrow. This I afterwards regretted, for I subsequently procured a living female
specimen by not relying on similar information given by the same native; and some
time after, on exploring this burrow, I found it forsaken, the old one either having been
killed or having deserted her habitation.

Returning early in the evening from Mr. Manton’s, there was time to visit the banks
of the Yas River at Mundoona ; and at 6 p.m. a female was seen and fired at, which
laid it tranquil as if dead on the surface of the water. When brought out, however, it
was found not to be quite dead ; and in a few minutes afterwards it revived, although
severely wounded. By the time we had reached the house, the animal had become
more recovered, ran rapidly (with a sidelong motion, on account of its wounded side,)
about the room, and dashing in its passage through the burning wood fire, got much
singed, but was not otherwise injured. It was extremely restless, and ran round and
round the room, seeking some crevice from which it might escape: from the power
which the animal possesses, by means of strong cutaneous muscles, to contract its loose
integuments as well as its body, it can pass out of an aperture which, to a person igno-
rant of these circumstances, it would appear impossible for it to force itself through.
When I took it into my hand, it made strenuous efforts to escape from my grasp ;
and from the flaccid nature of its skin, I found some difficulty in retaining it; but it
made no attempt to bite or otherwise inflict injury : indeed, its weak mandibles would
be useless for such a purpose. As the animal was so very restless, I tied it up by a
string attached to the hind-leg ; but it still renewed the efforts to escape from its place
of confinement, scratching very violently until it became exhausted, expelling air from
the nostrils, and uttering also a faint moaning noise, which excited our pity. When
I placed it in a bucket of water, it sank, but immediately afterwards came to the sur-
face, expelling air from the nostrils: it appeared evident, that in its wounded condition
it was unable to support itself in the water ; and in about two minutes, on taking it
out, it was quite exhausted, and did not again move for several minutes. It died in the
course of the night.

VOL. I. 2k

244 MR. G. BENNETT ON THE HISTORY AND HABITS OF

On examining the uterine organs of this specimen on the following morning, I found
the right uterus distended, and measuring 22 inches in length; but on laying open its
interior it was found not to contain any ova. The left uterus was vascular ; and on
laying open the interior, the inner surface was found thickened, corrugated, and vas-
cular: at the loose part I found two white semi-transparent ova, about the size of, or
rather smaller than, buck-shot. They lay perfectly unattached to the uterus, and readily
came out. On placing them on my hand, and then holding them up to the light, I
could distinctly perceive a yelk of a very pale yellow colour, which, in whatever direc-
tion I turned the ovum, fell to the under surface. After the ova had been taken out of
the uterus, and the moisture which covered them at that time had become dried up,
they lost their semi-transparent appearance, and became opake ; but being replaced in
the moist uterus they soon regained their former appearance. Like all those which I
had previously seen they had a firm tough external membrane, which enabled them to
be handled and examined without injury to their structure. A cluster of ova was situ-
ated in the usual place over each uterus in this specimen.

In all the females that I had now dissected, I had experienced much difficulty in
finding the abdominal or mammary glands : indeed, had I not been previously acquainted
with their situation, I should, in their present stage, have passed them over altogether.
On one occasion a native was overlooking me when busily engaged in seeking for the
gland. Perfectly aware, although I had not informed him, for what I sought, he pointed
out its situation, saying at the same time, ‘‘ Milliken (milk) come all same as from cow.”
When I told him that I could hardly see it, he replied, ‘‘ Bye and bye, when pickaninny
come, cobbong (large), milliken come.”

On the afternoon of this day (October 8th) the usual ramble was taken on the banks,
to observe and procure specimens of these animals. As the native Daraga came from
Mr. Manton’s to Mundoona this afternoon, he accompanied us, and we availed ourselves
of the opportunity to obtain his assistance in seeking for burrows. On a steep bank at
one part of the river, the keen-sighted native pointed out to our uninitiated eyes the
tracks of these animals on the moist earth close to the water; which tracks being fol-
lowed up the bank at a distance varying from two to five feet, the entrance of the bur-
row, concealed by the long grass and shrubs, was soon discovered, and the tracks had
evidently a very recent appearance. Following the same method as he had adopted
when the last burrow was discovered, the native placed his hand within it, and took
from its lower surface pieces of clay on which impressions of the animal’s feet were
distinctly marked ; but from the situation of these burrows I regarded it as next to im-
possible to explore them. We had often during this excursion mistaken the holes of
water-rats and other animals for those of the Ornithorhynchus ; but our tawny com-
panion always told us to what animal they belonged, at the same time readily pointing
out the differences.

Very late in the evening we watched two Water-Moles paddling about in a small pond

=

THE ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 245

of the river; but they eluded all the endeavours made to get a sufficiently near shot.
I repeatedly heard a splash in the water at one particular part of the bank whenever I
approached it, as if the animals had retreated to the land, but, unable to gain their
burrow in time, had, on my approach, taken again to the water. As this occurred often
about the same place, and as darkness was setting in rapidly, I marked the situation of
the spot, and determined to examine it on the following day, and ascertain whether
I was correct in my supposition.

Our tawny friend Daraga remarked to me that it was of no use digging up burrows !
of Water-Moles now for ‘‘ pickaninny”, for ‘‘ none yet tumble down from mother”; but
that further in the summer season, in rather “! more than one moon, plenty pickaninny
tumble down from old woman.” It puzzled him, however, to form a conjecture why,
with such abundance of cattle, sheep, &c., we wanted Mallangongs.

On examining the cheek-pouches or the stomachs of these animals, I always ob-
served the food to consist of river insects, very small shell-fish, &c., which were con-
stantly found comminuted and mingled with mud or gravel: this latter might be re-
quired to aid digestion, as I never observed the food unmingled with it. The natives
say that they also feed on river-weeds ; but as I have never seen any of that descrip-
tion of food in their pouches, I cannot confirm the correctness of the statement”. The
young are fed at first by milk, and afterwards, when sufficiently old, by insects, &c.,
mingled with mud. ‘‘ All same you white feller,” said one of the blacks to me one
day, when I asked him on what the young moles were fed by the ‘“‘ old women” ;
** first have milliken, then make patta (eat) bread, yam,” &c.

On the following morning, whilst the horses were saddling for a ride to Mount La-
vinia, the farm and residence of Mr. O’Brien, on Yas Plains, we went down, accom-
panied by the native Daraga, to that part of the river at which I had supposed the
Water-Mole to have been attempting to escape into its burrow. I was right in my
conjecture, for near the spot tracks of one of these animals were very distinctly visible,
and we traced them up the bank, where, amongst some long grass, the entrance was
discovered ; and further tracks having been discovered on the under surface of the in-
terior, there was sufficient to determine its being an inhabited burrow; an opinion to
which our black companion Daraga assented. The situation was one admirably calcu-
lated for digging, as the bank gradually sloped, and was neither very high nor steep ;
so I came to the determination to explore it. This was done, not with the expectation
of meeting with any young, for my dissected specimens induced a contrary opinion, but
from a desire of examining the internal construction of the burrows formed by these

‘ The name by which the natives express the burrow or habitation of any animal is guniar ; and the same
word is applied to our houses, being our habitations.

2 Mr. George MacLeay informed me that he had shot some, in a part of the Wollondilly River, having river-
weeds in their pouches; but he further observed that in that part of the river aquatic insects were yery
scarce.

2K2

246 MR. G. BENNETT ON THE HISTORY AND HABITS OF

animals. Spades were consequently sent for; but when our sable friend Daraga heard
‘the word “‘ digging” pronounced, his countenance exhibited anything but a gleam of
satisfaction, for he had evidently a strong aversion to work of that kind; and think-
ing that in the natural course of events, being black, a greater share of the labour
would fall upon him than upon us who were “‘ white fellers,”” he endeavoured to creep
out of the scrape by declaring the burrow an old one and not worth examining.
Being now, however, perfectly satisfied that it was an inhabited burrow, in a place to
be dug up with more facility than any I had yet seen, I was not to be deterred from
my purpose. Seeing that my resolution was not to be set aside by the force of his
eloquence, Daraga sat down at a short distance from the scene of operation, con-
soling himself with a pipe of tobacco. When, however, he found that the operation of
digging was not to be confined to himself, he came and assisted in the exploration by
passing a stick up the burrow, in order to ascertain its direction. The entrance of the
burrow was large, particularly when compared with the width of the passage continued
from it, measuring one foot three inches in depth, and one foot one inch in breadth.
Instead of laying the burrow entirely open from the entrance to the termination, which
would have been a laborious undertaking, holes were opened at certain distances in the
direction of the burrow, according to the method adopted by the aborigines. The na-
tive Daraga assisted us by digging also with a sharp-pointed stick, and he was able to
effect his object with much greater rapidity by it than we with our spades.

The burrow became narrower as it receded from the entrance, being about the usual
breadth of the animal when uncontracted. After having traced it for the distance of
ten feet four inches, and having just delved down upon it so as to perceive it still con-
tinuing its course up the bank, the beak and head of a Water-Mole were seen pro-
truding for an instant from the upper part, as if it had been disturbed from its repose,
and had come down to see what we were about with its habitation. It only remained
for an instant ; for as soon as it beheld us, imagining no doubt that we could be there
making such a noise for no very benevolent purpose, it immediately turned up to
take refuge in that part of the burrow which yet remained unexplored. In turning
round, however, it was seized by the hind leg and dragged out. The animal appeared
very much alarmed when it was hauled out of its subterraneous dwelling: it discharged
its urine (which had rather a strong odour) and its feces when first caught, which I
attribute to fear, for this is not usual with other living specimens that I have since seen.
It uttered no sound, nor did it attempt to bite; and proved to be a full-grown female.
When J held the unfortunate Platypus in my hands, its bright little eyes glistened, and
the orifices of the ears were expanded and contracted alternately, as if eager to catch
the slightest sound, while its heart palpitated violently with fear and anxiety. After it
had been retained in the hands for some time and had lost its first fear, although
it occasionally struggled to escape, it seemed to become more reconciled to its situa-
tion,

ae

fom

THE ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 247

The Ornithorkynchus which I had thus succeeded in obtaining alive and uninjured,
was placed in a cask, with grass, mud (taken from the river), and water, and every-
thing that could make it comfortable under existing circumstances. It ran round its
place of confinement, scratching and making great efforts to get out ; but finding them
useless, it became quite tranquil, contracted itself into a small compass, and soon
became buried in sleep. At night, however, it was very restless, and made great efforts
to escape, going round the cask with its fore paws raised against the sides, and the webs
thrown back, and scratching violently with the claws of the fore feet, as if to burrow
its way out. In the morning I found the animal fast asleep, the tail being turned in-
wards, the head and beak under the breast, and the body contracted into a very small
compass: sometimes, however, its position when asleep is with the tail as usual turned
inwards, the body contracted, and the beak protruding. The animal uttered, when
disturbed from its sleep, a noise something like the growl of a puppy, but perhaps in a
softer and more harmonious key. Although quiet for the greater part of the day, it
made efforts to escape and uttered a growling noise during the night.

I found, by measurement, that the distance of the entrance of this burrow from the
water’s edge was five feet: it was on a moderately steep bank, abounding with long
wiry grass and shrubs, among which, and concealed by them, was the opening of the
subterranean dwelling. From the judgment which I have been enabled to form from
the examination of this, as well as of several other burrows of these animals, I do not
imagine that the natives have ever seen, or that any one could see, (except ina state of
continement,) the young ones in the act of sucking the mother ; for in the tedious pro-
cess of digging their habitations, the old animal is disturbed, and either endeavours to
escape, or actually succeeds in escaping, long before the termination of the burrow is
attained. I could not observe any heaps of earth near the burrow, nor can I form any
opinion how in the process of excavation the animal disposes of the loose mould. May
we be permitted to suppose that the animal carries away the earth collected during the
excavation, in order that the heap which would otherwise be formed may not point out
the situation of the burrow? A similar instinct is found among several insects, as in
the Mason Wasp and Carpenter Bee ; and why not in this animal ?

This burrow ran up the bank in a serpentine course, approaching nearer to the surface
of the earth towards its termination, at which part the nest is situated. This is suffi-
ciently large to accommodate the old animal and its young. No nest had yet been made
in the termination of this burrow, for that appears to be formed about the time of bring-
ing forth the young, and consists merely of dried grass, weeds, &c., strewed over the floor
of this part of the habitation. The termination was of the form shown in the following
sketch, and measured one foot in length by six inches in breadth. The whole extent of
the burrow, from the entrance to the termination, I found by actual measurement to be
twenty feet. The burrows are situated above the usual river height, but do not appear
to be above the extensive floods of the river which frequently take place during the

248 MR. G. BENNETT ON THE HISTORY AND HABITS OF

winter season. The accompanying sketch of the burrow and locality conveys some idea
of their appearance as well as situation.

On my return, after an absence of two days at the Murrumbidgee, I found my living
specimen well, it having been kept confined during that time in the cask, which formed
a very safe prison. I had now determined to leave this part of the country for Sidney,
to forward to England the preparations of the animal which I had already made; and
believing that this specimen, if it survived the journey, and proved to have been im-
pregnated, would determine whether the animal was or was not ovoviviparous, on
the 13th of October I took my departure, carrying it with me in a small box, with
grass, &c., which was covered by battens, having very narrow spaces left between.
On disturbing it, it being at the time asleep, to place it in the travelling-box, it
uttered several savage growls. It arrived safely on the 14th at Lansdown Park,
the estate of Mr. Bradley. Here I availed myself of the vicinity of some ponds, (also
inhabited by these animals,) to give it a little recreation. On opening the box it
was lying in a corner, contracted into a very small compass, and fast asleep. I
tied a very long cord to its hind leg, and roused it, in return for which I received
numerous growls. When placed on the bank it soon found the way into the water, and
travelled up the stream, apparently delighting in those places which most abounded in
aquatic weeds. Although it would dive in the deep water, it appeared to prefer
keeping close to the bank, occasionally thrusting its beak (with a motion similar to
that of the Duck when it feeds) among the mud and at the roots of the various weeds
lining the margin of the ponds, and which we may readily suppose to be the resort of
insects. After it had wandered some distance up the chain of ponds, feeding about the

i

_™

THE ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 249

shallow water and mud near the banks, it crawled up the bank, and lying down on the
grass, enjoyed the luxury of scratching itself and rolling about.

In this process of cleaning itself, the hind claws were alone brought into use for the
operation, first the claws of one hind leg, then those of the other ; but finding that it
could not use the one to which the string was attached so well as the other which was
disengaged, after repeated trials it gave up the attempt. The body being so capable of
contraction was readily brought within reach of the hind feet, and the head also was
brought so close as to have its share in the universal cleaning process. The animal
remained for more than an hour cleaning itself, after which it had a more sleek and
glossy appearance than before. On placing my hand on a part which it was scratching
at the time, the claws passed over my hand instead of the animal’s body, and I found
that it performed the combing in a remarkably gentle manner. On my attempting to
scratch the place gently, it started away, but not far, and soon resumed the method of
cleaning itself in which I had interrupted it. It permitted me at last to smooth it
gently over the back, but disliked being handled. After I had given it a range for three
hours, it was replaced in its temporary habitation, the box.

The animal was brought in safety to the township of Bong Bong, at which place we
arrived on the 16th, and while the horses were feeding, I took the advantage of the river
passing through the place to indulge it with a bathe, and with an opportunity of feeding
on the banks of the stream. It was fast asleep when | opened its box, but it was soon
roused, and instinctively made for the water, plunging in, and taking a good range of the
cord, which as before was attached to the hind leg. It was exceedingly lively, swam in
the centre of the stream, dived, and appeared in excellent health and spirits. The water
at one part of the river being very clear, I saw its motions distinctly under the water.
On diving it sank speedily to the bottom, swam there for a short distance, and then rose
again to the surface ; it ranged the banks, guiding itself in its progress according to the
impressions received by the mandibles, which appeared to me to be used by it as very
delicate organs of touch. It seemed to feed well, for whenever it inserted its beak into
the mud, it evidently procured some food from thence, as on raising the head after
withdrawing the beak, the mandibles were seen in lateral motion as is usual when the
animal masticates. Although several insects were basking and fluttering about the sur-
face of the water, close to it, no attempt was made to capture them, either from its not
seeing them or from its preferring the food which the mud afforded. The motions of
the mandibles in this animal when seeking its food in the mud or water, are the same
as those of a Duck when feeding in similar situations. After feeding it would lie some-
times on the grassy bank, and at others partly in and partly out of the water, combing
and cleaning its coat as usual with the claws of the hind feet. After permitting it to
swim, feed, and clean itself for an hour, it was replaced, although with great reluctance
on its own part, in its box: it did not, however, as before, betake itself to repose, but
commenced and continued a scratching on the sides of the box.

250 MR. G. BENNETT ON THE HISTORY AND HABITS OF

I did not again open the box to look at the Ornithorhynchus until the following morn-
ing, the 17th, at Mittagong, where we had arrived the previous night. The box had
been placed as usual in my bed-room, but not hearing the usual scratching of the ani-
mal, I had some apprehensions with regard to its safety, and on the morning following
I found them correct, for the box was empty. There was every reason to suppose that
its struggles had raised one of the battens which had not been fastened with sufficient
firmness, and that it had escaped between Bong Bong and Mittagong. Had the animal
died I should have had some consolation in dissecting it, but as it was, all my hopes
were frustrated by its escape.

Having thus failed in bringing the living female specimen to Sidney, I determined
again to devote a portion of time, before the season became too far advanced, to the
investigation of the habits and economy of this interesting animal. The success of my
first journey excited me to fresh attempts with increased energy, to gain as much in-
formation as possible respecting it.

Knowing that I could ensure the kindness of the gentlemen who had before interested
themselves in my investigation of this subject, I left Sidney on the 2nd, and Raby on
the 8th of November, for the Yas, Murrumbidgee, and Tumat countries, with the inten-
tion of continuing my observations on the same subject, as well as on other points of na-
tural history or of professional interest that might occur in my way. After an agreeable
journey by way of Goulburn Plains, I arrived at Mundoona on the 15th of November.

The summer season had now advanced considerably in this part of the country.
The river at Yas had fallen greatly, and the banks were covered by an increased
luxuriance of high grass, towering reeds, and bull-rushes. The “‘ ponds” of the river
where I had sought for and procured these animals were still, however, of sufficient
depth for them. They were covered with floating aquatic plants, some of which had
displayed their snow-white flowers, which floated on the surface of the water: the
golden blossoms of the Acacia had faded and fallen, and had given place to the less gay
but still pretty flowers of smaller and less conspicuous shrubs and plants. Yet about
those spots where these animals had before been seen in such numbers, I paced the
bank without seeing one. I felt anxious to ascertain in what state the females were, and
how far advanced in the production of their young, or whether they had already brought
them forth; but although evening after evening I sought their usual haunts, I was
unable to procure, or even to be gratified with the sight of, a solitary specimen. I
remarked that the situations where burrows of these animals were known to exist, had
been selected by their instinct where the ponds of the river contained water even during
the dry summer season, and when other parts of the river were nearly dry or formed at
best a mere small trickling rivulet. Of course where the water remained the river-
weeds flourished, and the flowers now produced by them probably attracted insects,
which would furnish these animals with food, in addition to the minute shell-fish which
might also be found about the plants, and on which they also feed.

_—- - ~~ =

THE ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 251

Can the animals, I thought, confine themselves in their burrows during the period of
gestation? ‘To ascertain this, two burrows were dug up, about the entrance of which
tracks of the animal had been seen: one was only half completed, the animal having
very probably been killed before the habitation had been finished ; the second was empty,
the owner having probably met with a similar fate. The long grass and shrubs were
very luxuriant and dense at this season (the summer) of the year, rendering the explora-
tion or discovery of the burrows of the animals more difficult than we had before expe-
rienced ; and the thick grass afforded shelter for venomous reptiles, among which black
and brown snakes were numerous, which rendered the process not a little dangerous.

Failing in procuring specimens at Yas, I left for Gudarigby, near the Murrumbidgee
River, where I arrived on the 21st. There I remained for several days ; but although I
procured specimens of the animal, the results of the dissection were very unsatisfactory,
the only female shot being young and unimpregnated. From the high reeds extending
some distance out into the river, some difficulty was experienced in getting sufficiently
near the animals ; and the specimens, when shot, were often carried by the stream among
the reeds, and lost.

On the 27th of November I left Gudarigby to return to Yas Plains. A female Orni-
thorhynchus had been shot at Mundoona the day before my arrival. In this specimen
the fears I had entertained, that not having been able before to shoot or otherwise pro-
cure an impregnated female, the season would be too far advanced, as the young would
probably have been produced, were realized. This female had evidently just produced
her young, and the uterine organs exhibited no appearance of any more being likely to
be brought forth : this I mention because some have thought that they may breed twice
a-year, which I have reason to doubt. The left uterus in this specimen measured 22
inches in length and + of an inch in diameter. The mammary glands on each side
were very large; but it is a curious and rather an interesting circumstance in the
economy of this animal, that after having been shot, no milk could be expressed from
the glands. This was the more surprising to me, as the glands were very vascular on
the surface, the mammary artery ramifying over them in a most beautiful and distinct
manner. The fur still covered that portion of the integument on which the ducts
terminated, and there was no appearance of a projecting nipple. In the animals which
I have subsequently seen with a lacteal secretion, there has been no projecting nipple,
and the fur is not even invariably found quite rubbed off at the situation where the
ducts of the gland have their termination. The lacteal glands were conglomerate,
situated one on each side of the abdomen, a short distance above and anterior to the
hind legs, between the abdominal muscles and the integuments, and were covered with
a quantity of cellular membrane, which enveloped and bound together the numerous
lobes of which the whole mass of the mammary or lacteal gland was composed, and at
the same time connected the aggregate mass to the surrounding muscles and integu-
ments. The glands were not prominent, nor easily to be distinguished from without, on

VOL. I. 2.

252 MR. G. BENNETT ON THE HISTORY AND HABITS OF

account of the very flaccid integuments with which the animal is covered. The smaller
glands were usually of a long narrow form, running in a longitudinal direction towards
one centre, and ending internally in the lacteal ducts, (beautifully displayed by this
specimen in its recent state,) which converged and terminated on the surface of a very
small portion of the integuments. One of the glands measured 32 inches in length,
and, when expanded, 53 inches in breadth; but when seen lying undissected upon the
abdomen, with the lobes united together closely by the cellular membrane, the breadth
was from 23 to 3 inches, and the length the same as that given above.

How different was the appearance in the recent state of this mammary gland from
that which I had previously seen at the Royal College of Surgeons in London, in a spe-
cimen long preserved in spirits, in which I had had the opportunity of witnessing the
injection of the ducts with mercury by my friend Mr. Owen, the mercury exuding, as I
have since seen the milk from the similar ducts, upon the integuments. In the recent
specimen, the pale whitish glands clustered together, seen through the fine delicate cel-
lular membrane which attaches them to the muscles and integuments, and the rami-
fication of the blood-vessels and of the delicate ducts, form a picture of natural beauty
most gratifying to the eye of an admirer of the works of nature, and far surpassing any
of the productions of art.

I sought for the burrow of this animal about the banks of the pond in which it had
been shot,—the same pond on the bank of which the burrow was discovered in which
I caught the first living specimen,—but was unsuccessful.

In the same pond at Mundoona, from which many female specimens had been pro-
cured, two more females were shot; but both proved unimpregnated, with the uteri
merely long thread-like tubes, destitute of ova, and with the abdominal glands hardly
to be perceived on the most minute dissection of the parts.

On the 8th of December I again left Yas for the Murrumbidgee and Tumat coun-
tries: and near Jugiong an opportunity was afforded me of seeing a burrow on the
banks of the Murrumbidgee River, containing some very young Ornithorhynchi, which
appeared to have not long previously been brought forth, being only thinly covered
with hair; a circumstance which corroborated the accounts of the natives in the Mur-
rumbidgee and Tumat countries, who invariably told me, ‘‘ Pickaninny tumble down
now from old woman; very small now.” In this burrow were three young ones, in
length about 14 inch: there was not the slightest appearance of anything like shells
about the burrow, or that would lead to the supposition of the eggs being excluded
previously to the appearance of the young ; and I am inclined to consider all the facts
that I have been able to ascertain as militating against an assertion or theory of that
kind. From the burrow above mentioned the ‘‘ old woman” had made her escape ; at
all events she was not to be found. I regret that from a want of spirits of wine, in
which these animals could be preserved, (for they died before I had proceeded far on
my journey,) they were spoiled.

THE ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 253

Having no new observations on these extraordinary animals to record during the
remainder of my stay in the Tumat, Murrumbidgee, and Yas countries, I will now
continue my observations in another field. I left Yas on the 23rd of December, and
arrived at Lansdown Park, the estate of Mr. Bradley, at Goulburn Plains, on the 24th.
On the 28th of December, with a small party of aborigines, we visited a very beautiful
part of the Wollondilly River, which passes near this estate, and which has the native
name of Koroa. It was a noble sheet of water, extending to some distance, and
abounded in Musk, black, and other kinds of Ducks, as well as in various descriptions
of Water-Fowl. We proceeded to explore the burrow of an Ornithorhynchus which had
been discovered. The aborigines used their hard pointed sticks'!, and although the
ground was firm, they succeeded as quickly as we could have done with our spades.
The method of laying open the burrow was by holes dug above at certain distances, as
I have before described. The holes were opened at about four or five feet apart, a stick
being passed up to ascertain the direction of the excavation.

As we proceeded in exploring, there were abundant good omens to encourage us ;
for besides fresh tracks of the feet of the animal, pieces of grass, weeds, &c., such as
they strew at the bottom of the termination of the burrow to form a warm nest
for their young, were seen. On every indication of the presence of the animal, the
older blacks quietly passed either the earth from the under surface of the burrow having
recent impressions of its feet or tail, or the pieces of grass, reeds, &c., to one another,
for the opinion of each; and if in favour of the presence of the animal, the digging
up of the burrow was continued, the indications so well known to them giving fresh
hopes and renewed vigour to the diggers. The extent to which this burrow was
continued up the bank in a serpentine form was very great; and after a very laborious
task in exploring it, in consequence of the great hardness of the ground, the termina-
tion was attained at a distance of thirty-five feet from the entrance to the inhabited part.
Extensive as this may appear, burrows have been found of even fifty feet in length.

On arriving at the termination of this very large burrow, a growling was distinctly
heard: this I at first thought proceeded from the old one, which I now believed that I
should have an opportunity of viewing with her young; but thinking it on reconsi-
deration more probable that the old one had forsaken them, as I had observed during
the course of laying open the burrow that we had not seen her come down, in the usual
manner, to ascertain why we destroyed her habitation, I could not account for it, more
especially when the burrow at its termination being laid a little more open, the fur of
the animal or animals was seen. What then surprised me was, that although there
was abundance of growling there was no movement of the animals to escape. On
being taken out they were found to be full-furred young ones, coiled up asleep, and
they growled exceedingly at being exposed to the light of day. There were two, a male

! The stick used for this purpose is called Kiar by the aborigines: the same name is also given in their lan-
guage to our spade.
2u2

254 MR. G. BENNETT ON THE HISTORY AND HABITS OF

and female, of the dimensions of ten inches from the extremity of the beak to that of the
tail. They had a most beautifully sleek and delicate appearance, and seemed never to
have left the burrow. The nest, if it may be so termed, consisted of dry river-weeds,
the epidermis of reeds, and small dry fibrous roots, all strewed over the floor of the
cavity, which was of sufficient size to contain the mother and her young. The animal,
it may here be observed, has from one to four young ones at a time, but the most usual
number is two.

When awakened and placed on the ground they moved about, but did not make such
wild attempts to escape as we had observed in the old ones when caught. It was
rather a subject of surprise to us that we had not captured the old one, or at all events
noticed its escape ; but not long after the blacks captured a female on the bank not far
distant from the burrow, which was no doubt the mother of the young which we had just
before taken. The old specimen was in a ragged and wretchedly poor condition ; her fur
was rubbed in several places ; the hind claws were also rubbed and wounded ; and she
seemed to be in a very weak state. The milk that could be expressed from the glands
was but trifling in quantity; and in the mother of these young animals such would
have been expected to be the case, for they appeared fully capable of feeding upon a
more substantial diet. This old specimen died at Mittagong, on my way to Sidney, on
the Ist of January 1833. On dissection, the mammary glands were found diminished
in size ; and on cutting into them, but a very trifling secretion of milk was perceived.
The uteri were very small, having merely the small slender tube-like appearance which
I have had occasion to mention in the dissection of other female specimens.

In the young animals the beak above was of a similar colour to the same organ in
the old specimens ; but on its under surface the colour was a beautiful delicate pink, in
consequence of the minute blood-vessels being distinctly visible through the delicate
epidermis. The legs close to the feet were fringed with fine silvery hairs, and the whole
of the fur on the back, although of a more delicate nature, was similar in colour to that
of older specimens ; but the ferruginous hue of the whole extent of the under part of the
chest and abdomen had a lighter tinge, dependent probably on the age of the animal.

The eyes of the aborigines, both young and old, glistened, and their mouths watered,
when they saw the fine condition of the young Mallangongs. The exclamations of
‘*Cobbong fat” (large, or very fat), and ‘‘ Murry budgeree patta” (very good to eat), be-
came so frequent and so earnest, that I began to tremble for the safety of my destined
favourites ; and having given them in charge to the natives to convey to Mr. Bradley’s
dwelling, I turned and rode back more than once, from a fear lest they should be all
devoured. But I was wrong in my calculation on the natives’ power of resisting temp-
tation, for they brought them all home safe, and were delighted with the reward of
tobacco which was given them for their trouble!.

1 The natives said that these animals were more than eight moons old; if this can be depended on as cor-
rect, they must have been the young of the previous season.

THE ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 255

The young animals sleep in various postures; sometimes in an extended position,
and often rolled up like a hedgehog in the form of a ball. They formed an interesting
group, lying in varied attitudes in the box in which I had placed them, and seeming
happy and content. Thus, for instance, one lies curled up like a dog, keeping its beak
warm with the flattened tail, which is brought over it ; while the other lies stretched on
its back, the head resting by way of a pillow upon the body of the old one, which lies on
its side, with the back resting against the box; the delicate beak and smooth clean fur of
the young contrasting with the rougher and dirtier appearance of the older one, all fast
asleep. At another time they might be seen, a curious-looking group, one lying on
its back with outstretched paws, another on its side, and the third coiled or rolled up
in the form of a ball. They shift themselves from one position to another, as they may
feel fatigued by lying long in the first ; but the favourite posture of the young animals
appears to be lying rolled up like a ball. This is effected by the fore paws being placed
under the beak, with the head and mandibles bent down towards the tail, the hind paws
crossed over the mandibles, and the tail turned up; thus completing the rotundity of
the figure. One of the figures in the plate displays the appearance of the animal in this
posture, when the tail is pulled down, which can be done without disturbing it ; and it
may be closed again like the lid of a snuff-box!.

Although furnished with a good thick coat of fur, they still seemed particular about
being kept warm and comfortable. They would allow me to smooth their fur; but if
the mandibles were touched they darted away immediately, those parts appearing to be
remarkably sensitive. I could permit the young to run about the room as they pleased;
but the old specimen was so restless, and damaged the walls of the room so much by
attempts at burrowing, that I was obliged to keep her close prisoner in the box, where
during the day she would remain quiet, huddled up with the young ones, but at night
would become very restless, and eager to escape from her place of confinement. A
general growl would issue forth from the group if disturbed when asleep.

There are a number of persons, both born in Australia and long resident there, who
have been in the habit of shooting the Water-Moles, but who had no idea that they inha-
bited burrows in the banks ; and many even of those who were aware that they resided
in burrows, because the natives had told them so, still had no conception of their form.
and extent. The opinion of many was that they inhabited the water only, concealing
themselves at the bottom of the rivers, and rising occasionally to the surface to play
about, and to take in a supply of atmospheric air previous to their re-descent. This
belief had induced some of them when they had obtained a living specimen to plunge it
instantly into a tub of water. If the tub was half filled with water, they were surprised
afterwards to find the animal dead; and if the tub was filled nearly to overflowing,
equally surprised to find that it had escaped. I have always observed, when a living

' See Plate xxxiv. for sketches of the different positions of the animal when feeding, asleep, cleaning
itself, &c.

256 MR. G. BENNETT ON THE HISTORY AND HABITS OF

specimen has been placed in deep water for even 15 or 20 minutes, without allowing
it an opportunity to get into shallow water, that when taken out it has been much
fatigued by its exertions.

I arrived with the little family of Ornithorhynchi safe at Sidney, and as they survived
for some time, an opportunity was afforded me of observing their habits. The little
animals appeared often to dream of swimming, as I have frequently seen their fore paws
in movement as if in the act. If I placed them on the ground during the day, they ran
about seeking some dark corner for repose ; but when put in a dark corner or in a box,
they huddled themselves up as soon as they became a little reconciled to the place and
went to sleep. I found that they would sleep on a table, sofa, or indeed in any place ;
but,. if permitted, would always resort to that in which they had previously been accus-
tomed to repose. Still, although for days together they would sleep in the place made
up for them, yet on a sudden, from some unaccountable caprice, they would shift their
resting-place, and seek repose behind a box or in some dark corner in preference to
their former habitation. They usually reposed side by side like a pair of furred balls,
and awful little growls issued from them when disturbed ; but when very sound asleep
they might be handled and examined with impunity. One evening both the animals
came out about dusk, went as usual and ate food from the saucer, and then commenced
playing one with the other like two puppies, attacking with their mandibles and raising

the fore paws against each other. In the struggle one would get thrust down, and at

the moment when the spectator would expect it to rise again and renew the combat, it
would commence scratching itself, its antagonist looking on and waiting for the sport to
be renewed. When running they are exceedingly animated, their little eyes glisten, and
the orifices of their ears contract and dilate with rapidity : if taken into the hands at this
time for examination, they struggle violently to escape, and their loose integuments
render it difficult to retain them. Their eyes being placed so high on the head, they
do not see objects well in a straight line, and consequently run against everything in
the room during their perambulations, spreading confusion among all the light and
readily overturnable articles. I have occasionally seen them elevate the head as if to
regard objects above or around them. Sometimes I have been able to enter into play
with them, by scratching and tickling them with my finger; they seemed to enjoy it
exceedingly, opening their mandibles, biting playfully at the finger, and moving about

like puppies indulged with similar treatment. As well as combing their fur to clean it

when wet, I have also seen them peck it with their beak (if the term may be allowed) as
a Duck would clean its feathers. Between this and the combing of the hind feet, it is
interesting to see them engaged in the operations of the toilet, by which their coats ac-
quire an increased clean and glossy appearance. When I placed them in a pan of deep
water, they were eager to get out after being there for only a short time ; but when the
water was shallow, with a turf of grass placed in one corner, they enjoyed it exceedingly.
They would sport together, attacking one another with their mandibles, and roll over in

ee

THE ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 257

the water in the midst of their gambols ; and would afterwards retire, when tired, to the
turf, where they would lie combing themselves. It was most ludicrous to observe these
uncouth-looking little beasts running about, overturning and seizing one another with
their mandibles, and then in the midst of their fun and frolic coolly inclining to one
side and scratching themselves in the gentlest manner imaginable. After the cleaning
operation was concluded, they would perambulate the room for a short time, and then
seek repose. They seldom remained longer than 10 or 15 minutes in the water at a
time.

At first I was inclined to consider them as nocturnal animals, but I afterwards found
that their time of leaving their resting-place was exceedingly irregular, both during the
day and night. They seemed, however, more lively and more disposed to ramble about
the room after dark, generally commencing about dusk ; but all their movements in
this respect were so very irregular that no just conclusions could be drawn, further
than that they were both night and day animals, preferring the cool and dusky even-
ing to the heat and glare of noon. This habit was not confined to the young speci-
mens, for the old ones were equally irregular, sometimes sleeping all day and becoming
lively at night, and sometimes the reverse. I have often found one asleep and the other
running about at the same period of the day, the male alone first leaving the nest and
the female remaining asleep: he would, after feeding and running about for a short
time, return, curl himself up, and sleep, and then the female would leave in her turn.
Although, however, they frequently left thus alternately, at other times they would
suddenly go out together. One evening, when both were running about, the female
uttered a squeaking noise as if calling to her companion, which was in some part of the
room behind the furniture, and was invisible ; he immediately answered her in a similar
note ; and noting the direction from which the answer to her signal came, she ran at
once to the place where he had secreted himself.

It was very ludicrous to see the uncouth little animals open their mandible-like lips
and yawn, stretching out the fore paws, and extending the webs of the fore feet to
their utmost expansion.

It often surprised me how they contrived to reach the summit of a bookcase or any
other elevated piece of furniture. This was at last discovered to be effected by the
animal supporting its back against the wall, and placing the feet against the bookcase,
and thus, by means of the strong cutaneous muscles of the back and the claws of the
feet, contriving to reach the top very expeditiously. They performed this mode of
climbing often, so that I had frequent opportunities of witnessing the manner in which
it was done.

The food I gave them was bread soaked in water, chopped egg, and meat minced very
small : although at first I presented them with milk, they did not seem to prefer it
to water.

Some time after my arrival at Sidney, to my great regret, the little creatures became

258 MR. G. BENNETT ON THE ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS.

meagre ; their coats lost the sleek and beautiful appearance which had before called
forth so much admiration ; they ate little; yet they ran about the room as before and
appeared lively. But these external symptoms argued strongly against their being in
a state of health. When wet, their fur became matted, never appearing to dry so rea-
dily as before ; and the mandibles, and indeed every part of the animal, indicated any-
thing but a healthy condition. How different was their appearance now from the time
when I removed them from the burrow : then their plump and sleek appearance roused
even the apathetic blacks ; now the poor creatures could only excite commiseration for
their reduced condition. The young female died on the 29th of January 1833, and the
male on the 2nd of February, having been kept alive during the space of nearly five
weeks, and thus my expectations of conveying them to England in a living state were
frustrated.

PLATE XXXIV.
ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS

sketched in postures which it assumes while sleeping, partially awakened, combing
itself, and feeding.

——_ ee.

OSthagf lithog

— Vv

(
SransnZoot -

ELS

ened hed

Crniltorhy chs ( faradosies

Frncod by

FiLiomandel.

XXVII. Description d’un noweau Genre de Mollusques de la Classe des Gastéropodes
Pectinibranches. Par E. Ruprety, M.D., Memb. Ext. L.S. & Z.S.

Communicated September 9, 1834.

ANIMAL. Téte a trompe allongée, mais qui est entiérement retractile, la bouche
Sans armure apparente ; deux tentacules applatis, triangulaires, courts, réunis 4 leur
base interne, portant les yeux a la moitié de leur longueur sur leur coté externe.
Pied médiocre, musculeux, sans opercule. Manteau a bord circulaire, sans aucun orne-
ment, avec un foible prolongement du coté gauche. Cavité branchiale 4 ouverture
assez large, la branchie composée d’un seul peigne formé de lames triangulaires serrées
les unes contre les autres ; au fond de la cavité branchiale se trouve l’orifice des ovaires,
dont les ceufs sortent (au mois de Juillet) par paquets nombreux, enveloppés chacun
dans un sac visqueux, applati, et de forme elliptique, long de 3 lignes.

Au milieu de la cavité branchiale du coté droit est Vorifice de Vanus. Sur le coté
droit du cou, un peu en arriére du tentacule droit, il y a un autre orifice, qui pourrait
étre en relation avec les organes miles de la génération.

La coquille est de forme subglobuleuse ; elle est mince, trés fragile, translucide, a
spire basse presque effacée par le surcroissement des lames du dernier tour. Ouverture
grande, de forme subovale, les deux extrémités contournées en sens opposé, de sorte
que l’ouverture a quelque ressemblance avec la lettre S retournée ; les deux bords non
réunis, le bord droit mince 2 tout age, et un peu evasé antérieurement, comme dans

les Janthines adultes. La columelle nulle, sans ombilique, sa partie antérieure tronquée
et contournée.

Adulte. Jeune.
Longueur de la coquille . . . . 143. . . 7+) lignes du pied
Saplus grande largeur. . . . . Lae: Fey 6 de Paris.

La couleur de la coquille qui sert de type 4mon nouveau genre est constamment d’un
blanc de lait un peu sale; elle est sillonnée extérieurement par de nombreuses lignes
longitudinales ondulées, trés rapprochées entre elles, les nouveaux tours empiétant sur
la spire des antécédents. Les individus de tout age ont la coquille mince et fragile; on
les trouve constamment enclavées dans la masse calcaire des polypiers, ne commu-
niquant avec la mer que par une ouverture médiocre. Ces polypiers sont presque
toujours une espéce de Meandrina (Meand. Phrygia), la méme dans laquelle se trouvent
dans la Mer Rouge les Magilus, les Pedum, les Vénérupis, les Coralliophages.

D’aprés le peu de mots que M. Rang dit des jeunes Magilus', il me parait que ce

‘ Man. de I'Hist. Nat. des Mollusques, Paris 1829, p. 188.
VOL, I. 2M

260 M. RUPPELL, DESCRIPTION DU LEPTOCONCHUS.

naturaliste a eu sous les yeux le genre que je viens de décrire: il n’en connoissoit pas
Vanimal, ni celui du Magilus. Mais il suffisait de bien comparer les coquilles de ces
deux genres pour distinguer que les deux bords sont chez le Magilus toujours réunis,
et chez mon genre nouveau toujours désunis. Leurs animaux se distinguent par le
manque et la présence de l’opercule, et la différence dans la trompe ; le siphon du Ma-
gilus ne se trouve pas non plus au genre Leptoconchus', dénomination que je propose
pour le distinguer.

Quant A la place systématique que doit prendre ce genre, je hazarde de l’avoisiner
des Ianthines. Le nombre des tentacules, la trompe orale, le manteau sans siphon, les
branchies pectinées 4 pyramides adossées, et le manque d’opercule les rapprochent,
ainsi que quelques analogies de la coquille. Mais les différences dans leurs habitations
sont trop grandes pour venir a l’appui de ce rapprochement, chose que je sens par-
faitement bien, sans pouvoir y remédier par d’autres combinaisons.

PLATE XXXV.

Fig. 9. La coquille, vue en avant.
10. La méme, vue en arriére.

1 De Aenz7os mince, et Kdyxos coquille.

XXVIII. On Clavagella. By W. J. Broverip, Esq., Vice-President of the Geological
and Zoological Societies, F.R.S., L.S., &c.

Communicated October 14, 1834.

IN the fifth volume of the ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertébres,’ published
in 1818, Lamarck established the genus Clavagella, placing it with good judgment
between Aspergillum, Lam., and Fistulana, Brug., and recorded four species, all fossil,
referring at the same time to the ‘ Annales du Muséum,’ where he had described and
figured the first of them under the name of Fistulana echinata. The following is La-
marck’s definition of the genus.

‘« Vagina tubulosa, testacea, anticé attenuata et aperta, postice in clavam ovatam, sub-
compressam, tubulis spiniformibus echinatam terminata: clavd hinc valvam detectam in
pariete fixam prodiente ; altera in tubo libera.”

Mr. George Sowerby, whose attention had been attracted to a recent specimen in the
British Museum, which he took for an Aspergillum, inclosed in a mass of stone, re-
quested Mr. Children to allow a close inspection ; and that gentleman, with his usual
liberality and readiness to apply that part of the national collection committed more
immediately to his care to the advancement of knowledge, its true and legitimate use,
permitted some of the earthy part to be scraped away, when Clav. aperta, the first re-
corded recent species, was seen as it is described and figured in Mr. Sowerby’s ‘ Genera
of recent and fossil Shells.’

Mr. Sowerby’s definition is nearly the same as Lamarck’s.

Upon the return of Mr. Samuel Stutchbury from his voyage to some of the islands
of the Australian and Polynesian groups, Mr. George Sowerby, in his appendix to the
catalogue of subjects of natural history brought home by Mr. Stutchbury, described
and figured, in the year 1827, a second species under the name of Clav. Australis.
Three specimens were obtained with great difficulty by Mr. Stutchbury, who discovered
them at North Harbour, Port Jackson, in a siliceous grit, like that of the coal measures,
just beneath low-water mark, by their ejecting the water from the opening of their tubes
with considerable force. The specimen figured by Mr. Sowerby is in the British Mu-
seum, and another is in Mr. Norris’s collection at Manchester.

Soon after the publication of the latter species, Isaac Lyon Goldsmid, Esq., became
possessed of a mass of coral (Astreopora, Blainv.), part of a collection which he had
purchased at Aix la Chapelle. In 1829 Mr. Henry Stutchbury, to whom Mr. Goldsmid
assigned the task of arranging this collection, observed an aperture which he concluded

2m 2

262 MR. BRODERIP ON CLAVAGELLA.

to form part of the chamber of a Clavagella; and having obtained permission to break
the mass, he laid open, by a well directed blow, two specimens of this rare genus, together
with Petricola, Lam., and Gastrochena, Spengl.: a small bivalve, the wmbones of which
have all the appearance of those of Lithodomus, Cuv., appeared also in the wall of one
of the chambers occupied by one of the Clavagelle. These specimens, by the kindness
of Mr. Goldsmid, are now before me!.

In the second edition of the ‘Régne Animal’ (1830) Cuvier mentions Clavagella ;
but he notices only one recent species, in these words: ‘‘Il s’en trouve une espéce
vivante qui se tient dans les Madrépores des mers de Sicile et quia été décrite par
M. Audouin.”” This description I have not seen; nor does Cuvier give any reference.
I now proceed to give the reader all the information which I have been able to collect
as to this living species described by M. Audouin.

In the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles’*, the following paragraph appears: ‘179.
CLAVAGELLE vivante. OprrcuLe des Magiles.—M. Audouin a adressé a l’Académie
des Sciences dans la séance du 29 Juin 1829, ses observations sur les coquilles des
genres glycimére et siliquaire déja annoncées dans cette revue, pag. 31 et 47; etilya
ajouté 2 nouveaux Mémoires sur une espéce de Clavagelle vivante et sur l’opercule des
Magiles. Dans le 3° Mémoire, dit M. Audouin dans sa lettre d’envoi, je fais connaitre
avec détails organisation d’une coquille singuliére qui, au premier abord, parait se
rapporter au genre Clavagelle. Les conchyliologistes et les géologues savent que cette
coquille, qui vivait enfoncée dans les Madrépores et dont une des valves leur était ad-
hérente tandis que l’autre restait con’stamment libre, n’avait encore été rencontrée qu’a
l'état fossile. L’espéce que je fais connaitre dans mon Mémoire se trouve dans les
mémes circonstances, mais elle habite encore aujourd’hui les mers de Sicile. J’ai pu
l’étudier avec soin sur deux individus, dont l’un appartient au Muséum d’Histoire Na-
turelle qui en a fait derniérement l’acquisition, et l’autre 4 M. le duc de Rivoli, qui
posséde en méme temps I’animal.”

I have consulted the ‘ Mémoires de l’Académie Royale des Sciences,’ and also the
‘ Mémoires des Savans Etrangers*’, down to the present period, the twelfth volume of
the former and the fourth of the latter being the last publications that I have seen:
these contain memoirs of a later date than June 1829, but I do not find the memoir
of M. Audouin.

In the ‘ Manuel des Mollusques,’ published in 1829, M. Sander Rang, under the title
Clavagella, speaks of ‘‘la Clavagelle Rape, seule espéce connue a l’état vivant, et que

1 Plate xxxv. Figg. 1—4.

* Tom. xvii. p. 78. (Revue).

’ The words and syllable here printed in italics are transposed to the top of the column by an error of the
printer.

4 Mémoires présentés par divers Savans a ]’'Académie Royale des Sciences.

MR. BRODERIP ON CLAVAGELLA. 263

nous venons de découvrir 4 Vile de Bourbon! :”’ he adds?, ‘‘ Quant a l’animal, nous ne
le connaissons pas.”

M. Sander Rang finishes the article on Clavagella with the following paragraph :
““On a découvert récemment dans les mers de Sicile une coquille assez voisine des
Clavagelles, mais que, selon nous, on ne doit pas rapporter 4 ce genre. Cette coquille,
logée dans une cavité particuliére creusée dans les pierres, a ses valves libres, tandis
que l’ouverture de cette cavité est munie supérieurement d’un tube faisant l’effet d’une
cheminée, bordé a son orifice d’une manchette analogue a celle de certains Arrosoirs.
Cette coquille ne peut point appartenir aux Clavagelles, qui ont une valve soudée ;
nous pensons plutdt qu’elle devra former un genre dans le voisinage des Gastrochénes,
car probablement le tube ne s’éléve pas seulement a Vorifice de sa demeure. Il y a lieu
de croire que, comme dans les Gastrochénes, il se prolonge inférieurement dans cette
cavité quwil tapisse, et par ce moyen enveloppe la coquille; ce serait donc avant les
Gastrochénes, et dans la division c), qu’il faudrait Ja placer.

** ¢) Quelquefois un tube enveloppant toute la coquille et non soudé3.”

If M. Sander Rang here allude to the species communicated by M. Audouin to the
Académie des Sciences, and if the description of the former be an accurate account of
the “‘ Clavagelle vivante” of M. Audouin, the species cannot be that which I am about
to describe in this memoir under the name of Clav. Melitensis; for my species has “‘une
valve soudée :” but I regret that I have not access to M. Audouin’s memoir, which
would probably relieve me from the doubt that I may possibly be describing his Sicilian
Clavagella under the name of Clav. Melitensis.

Mr. Cuming, in the course of his voyage, dredged up from a depth of eleven fathoms,
at the island of Muerte, in the bay of Guayaquil, a fragment of calcareous grit, of
modern appearance, such as Mr. Samuel Stutchbury found forming the solid reefs
which bound the islands designated by him as ‘‘ mineral,” in contradistinction to those
which are, superficially at least, coral. In this calcareous grit was the greater portion
of the chamber and tube, both valves, and the soft parts of a very fine Clavagella'.
These parts are now in the able hands of my friend Mr. Owen, and form the subject
of the interesting memoir which follows this paper.

A close examination of the recent species has convinced me, that though one valve
is always fixed or imbedded in the chamber, and soldered, as it were, to the tube, so as
to make one surface with it, the tube is not necessarily continued into a complete testa-
ceous clavate shape. In Mr. Goldsmid’s best and largest specimen‘, the fixed valve is
imbedded in the coral®, and, though continued on to the tube or siphonic sheath’, is sur-
rounded by the wall of the coral chamber at its anterior extremity’. In the other spe-
cimen the fixed valve is also continued on to the tube.

' p. 339. 2 p. 341. 3p. 342. + Plate xxx. Figg. 8—16. > Plate xxxv. Fig. 1.

© Thid. a’. 7 Ibid. d. 8 Ibid. a. * Ibid. Fig. 2.

264 MR. BRODERIP ON CLAVAGELLA.

In the first-mentioned specimen, at the anterior or greater end of the ovate chamber,
an insulated shelly plate has been secreted with the tubular perforations! ; that part of
the chamber having afforded (apparently at a former period) the best communication
with the ambient fluid: but a calcareous deposit having almost entirely cut off that
communication, the animal appears to have been compelled to secrete a second shelly
plate towards the anterior ventral edge of the fixed valve, where the perforation of some
other shell (a Lithodomus probably) secured the necessary influx of the water?. Nor is
this the only instance of the secretion of a second tubular plate which has fallen under
my notice.

In the last-mentioned or smaller specimen, the perforated shelly plate joins the ante-
rior ventral edge of the fixed valve laterally, that point of the chamber being evidently
the most practicable for communicating with the water by means of the tubules: the
rest of the anterior edge of the fixed valve is surrounded by the coral wall.

In Mr. Cuming’s specimen the fixed valve is continued on to the tube‘. The anterior
edge of this valve is surrounded by the naked wall of the chamber, and the greater end
of the chamber, or that part of it which is opposite to this anterior edge, being imprac-
ticable, from its thickness, as a water communication, (with a small exception®, which,
not improbably, had ceased to be available,) the animal has been driven to secrete the
perforated shelly plates not far from the throat of the tube on either side, where the
chambers of Petricole or Lithodomi opened a passage to the surrounding water®. Asa
further proof of this, Mr. Owen informs me that the mantle is torn at these particular
points.

I feel the difficulty of laying down specific characters from the specimens belonging
to Mr. Goldsmid and Mr. Cuming. The tubes, or siphonic sheaths, of each of them are
broken, and nothing is left sufficiently distinct to show the form of the aperture when
it was perfect. The valves being nearly, perhaps altogether, excluded from the light,
colour, at best but a treacherous guide, is absent entirely. I cannot conceal from my-
self that the shape of the chamber and of the valves, together with the comparative
roughness or smoothness of their outer surfaces, may depend upon the greater or less
degree of hardness of the material in which the chamber is formed. With such data,
however, as these specimens afford, I shall endeavour to characterize them ; and if,
hereafter, they should prove to be mere varieties, the descriptions and drawings may
at all events assist in elucidating the natural history of the genus.

| Plate xxxy. Fig. 1. e. 2 Ibid. Fig. 2. e. * Thid. Fig. 2. x.
* Plate xxx. Fig. 8. d. 5 Ibid. e”. 6 Ibid. e’, e'.

all

MR. BRODERIP ON CLAVAGELLA. 265

CLAVAGELLA ELONGATA.
Tab. XXXV. Figg. 1—4.

Clav. camerd elongato-ovatd; valvié liberd elongatd, subtrigond, convead, externe concentricé
valde rugosd, intus nitente; umbone acuto.
Hab. in Oceano Pacifico ?
Mus. Goldsmid.

The Astreopora in which this Clavagella is chambered approaches very closely to one
brought by Mr. 8. Stutchbury from Bow Island, or Hao, in the Pacific Ocean, and I
have therefore suggested that Ocean as its probable locality. The wall of the coral
chamber against which the free valve rested, gives as exact an impression of the ex-
ternal rugosities of that valve as if it had been applied to a surface of wax.

CLAVAGELLA LATA.
Tab. XXX. Figg. 8—10 (Testa) ; 11—16 (Animal).

Clav. camera rotundato-ovaté ; valvé liberd latiusculd, subtrigond, subconvexd, externé con-
centrice rugosd, intis nitente ; umbone subrotundato.
Hab. in Oceano Pacifico.
Mus. Cuming.

Both valves are nacreous internally, and the muscular impressions!, especially in the
fixed valve, are very strong.

CxiavaGELLA MELITENSIS.
Tab. XXXV. Figg. 5—8.

Clav. testd subrotundatd, rugosd, intis subnitente ; tubo longitudinaliter corrugato.
Hab. ad Melitam.
Mus. Cuming, Miller.

Mr. G. B. Sowerby, finding that I was writing upon this subject, forwarded to me,
with his usual liberality, two specimens of Clavagella from Malta. They are in an
argillo-calcareous tufa? One of them belongs to Mr. Cuming, the other to T. Miller,
Esq., Surgeon R.N., who brought them to this country.

The loose valve of Mr. Cuming’s specimen? is not so much rounded as that of
Mr. Miller’s’, nor are its corrugations so large and distant. Mr. Cuming’s specimen has
a considerable portion of the longitudinally corrugated tube‘ still projecting from the
rock ; but Mr. Miller’s appears to have been abraded till it became even with the sur-

' Plate xxx. Figg. 8 & 10, f'., g!., & A. * Plate xxxv. Fig. 5.
® Ibid. Figg. 6—8. * Ibid. Fig. 5. a.

Bm

266 MR. BRODERIP ON CLAVAGELLA.

face. The inside of the loose valve of the latter specimen! is almost nacreous, and the
distant and broad corrugations appear upon the internal surface. In both, the casts
of the backs of the loose valves may be seen on the stony chamber as if they had
been impressed on wax. A great portion of the fixed or ‘‘ soldered” valves, which are
continued on to the tubes in both specimens, appears to have been surrounded by the
naked chamber ; and the situation of the secretion of the tubules? (the area of which is
very extensive in Mr. Cuming’s specimen) appears to have been varied according to
the necessities of the case. In Mr. Miller’s specimen, a perforated shelly plate is situated
close to the tube and to the umbones of the valves?, so that it comes against the upper
part of the back of the loose valve, which almost hides it from view when in its place ;
and tubules are visible at various points.

We are left to conjecture the causes which operate to determine the animal in the
choice of its abode, if indeed it can be called choice, for most probably Clavagella is the
creature of circumstances ; and if, soon after its exclusion from the parent, (when I sup-
pose it to be furnished with its two valves only, and to float free, with some voluntary
impulse perhaps,) it arrives at the vacant hole of some small Petricola, Lithodomus, or
other perforating Testacean which suits it, one valve soon becomes attached to the wall
of the hole, and then the animal, being sedentary, proceeds to secrete the siphonic sheath
or tube, to enlarge the chamber according to its necessities, and to form the shelly
perforated tubular plate which is to give admission to the water at the practicable part
of the chamber.

How the excavation is carried on is also a matter of doubt. The chambers of the
individuals of Clav. Australis were formed in a siliceous grit, those of Clav. elongata in
the substance of an Astr@opora, that of Clav. lata in a calcareous grit, and those of Clav.
Melitensis in an argillo-calcareous tufa. If the excavation be the work of a solvent se-
cretion, it must be a solvent of extensive power. The situation of the glands detected
by my friend Mr. Owen, leads me to think that they minister in some way to this
operation ; and I do not see how the anterior or greater end of the chamber, at all
events, can be operated on by mere mechanical attrition with such parts as must have
been contiguous to it.

It has been objected that any solvent which would act on a calcareous rock would
equally act on the calcareous shell of the animal ; but there is, perhaps, more of point
than of strength in this objection. Without laying too much stress on that law of na-
ture by which chemical and vital forces are placed in a state of hostility’, and which
may or may not be applicable to such a substance as shell, the gland for the secretion

' Plate xxx. Fig. 7. 2 Ibid. Figg. 5, 6. 8 Ibid. Fig. 6. a.
* John Hunter’s paper in the * Philosophical Transactions’ for the year 1772, ‘‘ On the Digestion of the
Stomach after Death,” and Spallanzani’s experiments on that organ, will readily occur to the reader.

MR. BRODERIP ON CLAVAGELLA. 267

of the supposed solvent, as well as the organ for applying it, may be so placed as that
the solvent shall only come in contact with the inorganic or dead substance to be acted
on, without touching the shell.

Again, it has been asked, what solvent would act equally on a calcareous and on a
siliceous substance? To this it may be answered, first, that it is not pretended that
the nature of the supposed solvent is known ; secondly, that, in siliceous grits, there
is more or less calcareous matter by which the mass is held together, and that the so-
lution of the calcareous particles would be followed by the disintegration of the stone.

The fossil species are numerous, and as yet do not appear to have been detected be-
low the supracretaceous group. One observation, arising from the various depths at
which the recent species have been found, will not perhaps be deemed irrelevant. Clav.
Australis was so near the surface at low water, that it was detected by its ejection of
the fluid ; Clav. elongata, from the nature of the coral in which it is chambered, could
not have been living far beneath the surface ; whereas Clav. lata was dredged up from
a depth of sixty-six feet. Any inferences, therefore, as to the state of submersion of a
rock during the life of the fossil species of Clavagella which there occur, should be made
with caution by the geologist.

In conclusion, it may be observed, that though this genus is now rare in cabinets, it
is, in all probability, widely diffused ; and collectors cannot be too astute in examining
masses of coral and submerged perforated rocks, with a view to the further elucidation
of the habits and structure of these interesting animals.

PLATE XXXV.

Figg. 1, 2. The interior of the two parts of Mr. Goldsmith’s specimen of Astreopora,
containing two individuals of Clavagella elongata. The several points
represented at «, 8, y, 5, come in contact when the two parts are placed
together.

. Anterior wall of the cavity in which the larger individual is situated.

. Broken termination of the posterior tube or siphonic sheath.

. Anterior portion of the cavity of the smaller individual.

. Portion of a cavity occupied by a Petricola.

. Anterior edge of the wall of the coral chamber.

. A broken group of Serpule.

- Insulated shelly plate, with tubular perforations at the anterior end of the

ovate chamber.
a’. Fixed valve imbedded in the coral.
2. «. Cavity of the smaller individual.
+. Perforated shelly plate of the anterior ventral edge.
VOL. I. 2N

eo wk De Qa

268

og

em Co

or

MR. BRODERIP ON CLAVAGELLA,.

6. Portion of a cavity occupied by a Petricola.

y. Portion of the cavity of the larger Clavagella elongata.

3. Broken group of Serpule.

e. Group of tubules proceeding from the insulated shelly plate, fig. 1. e.

. Internal view of the free valve of Clavagella elongata.
. External view of the same.
. Mr. Cuming’s specimen of Clavagella Melitensis.

d. Termination of the posterior tube or siphonic sheath.
e. A large group of tubules opening into the perforated shelly plate, at the
anterior ventral part of the cavity.

. Mr. Miller’s specimen of Clavagella Melitensis.

e. A large group of tubules opening into the perforated shelly plate on the
right side of the throat of the posterior tube.

e, Another group of tubules opening into a perforated shelly plate at the an-
terior part of the cavity.

. Internal view of the free valve of Mr. Miller’s specimen of Clavagella Meli-

tensis.

. External view of the same.

.

ay ER ae io (ol. Lu if 208

GBSowerby, del.ct so.

7 <p Llevagelle clengalt f 2 i o. Vlovegelle . ) IE

“ : / ee
oe (dee Ay conthids Jitalss.

ie

————=& <<. = - +

a

[<269, j

XXIX. On the Anatomy of Clavagella, Lam. By Ricuarp Owen, Esq., F.R.S. & Z.8.,
Assistant Conservator of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons in London.

Communicated September 23, 1834.

THE specimen of Clavagella which forms the subject of the following description was
dredged up by Mr. Cuming, and belongs to the species which my friend Mr. Broderip
has characterized and named Clavagella lata.

The soft parts of this specimen were placed in spirit by Mr. Cuming soon after it
was captured, and were thus transmitted in good state for examination to this country.
They differ considerably from the form which the soft parts commonly assume in other
Bivalves, being, as it were, aggregated into an irregular quadrate, or transversely ob-
long mass, convex anteriorly, compressed laterally, and contracting towards the poste-
rior end of the body, which is formed by the smooth rounded siphon containing the
anal and branchial canals. The exterior layer of the mantle, which envelopes the soft
parts, is a thin lacerable membrane, with two openings, one anterior, contracted to a
very small size, for the passage of the rudimentary foot, the other posterior, corre-
sponding to the respiratory and excremental outlets.

When the soft parts are replaced in their natural position in the clavate chamber’,
and exposed by the removal of the outer layer of the mantle, they present the appear-
ance delineated in Plate XXX. Fig. 11. Much less of the organization of the animal
is by this means brought into view than in most other Bivalves, in consequence of the
great development of the muscular margin of the mantle. The true foot is wholly con-
cealed, and only the extremities of the labial appendages and a small part of the right
gill are seen protruding through the interval between the anterior muscles of the
mantle and those which go to form the siphons: a small part of the ovary may be seen
between the anterior and posterior adductor muscles.

The relative position of the animal of Clavagella to the rocky chamber which it in-
habits is as follows. The mouth is turned towards the closed end of the chamber
marked a, which is consequently the anterior part. The heart and rectum are nearest
the side where the valves are connected by the ligament b, or the dorsal part:
the visceral mass projects towards the opposite or ventral side c, while the siphon ex-
tends into the commencement of the calcareous tube d, which leads out of the anal or
posterior part of the chamber. The fixed valve, which covers the rough surface of the
porous rock or coral, like the tiling of a chamber floor, and affords a smooth polished
surface for the support and attachment of the animal, is the left valve: the right valve

1 Plate xxx. Fig. 8,
2n2

270 MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF CLAVAGELLA.

remains free, or is connected only to the soft parts and cardinal ligament, in order to
assist in the excavating and respiratory actions.

That these actions are of a powerful kind is to be inferred from the remarkable de-
velopment of the muscular system in the Clavagella. ‘The impression of the great or
posterior adductor! is carried 2 lines beneath the surface of the chamber posteriorly,
but gradually rises to the level of the valve. The impression of the smaller anterior
adductor? is fainter, and is continued into the sinuous pallial impression, which fol-
lows the contour of the anterior margin of the valve at about 2 lines’ distance from it.
In the free valve* the last two muscular impressions are separate.

The shelly substance of the fixed valve passes without interruption into that of the
tube: a slight ridge circumscribing the entry of the tube into the chamber may be re-
garded as the line of separation; unless the extent of the valve be limited to that of
the internal nacreous deposition.

The area of the tube is of an oval form, in diameter 7 lines by 5. The calcareous
parietes are ;!;th of an inch in thickness at the outlet of the tube, and about 35th at
the opposite extremity. As far as it is preserved in the present specimen no percep-
tible increase is recognizable as it approximates the chamber.

The free valve is an unequal triangle, with the angles rounded off, about the thick-
ness of a sixpence, moderately concave towards the soft parts, striated only in the di-
rection of the layers of increment on the outer surface, as in most of the Pyloridean
Bivalves of M. de Blainville. The layers of increment of the free valve gradually in-
crease towards the dorsal edge for a little more than one half of the valve, beyond which
the layers continue of almost equal breadth. This growth of the valve corresponds to
the direction in which the chamber is enlarged, which is principally on the dorsal, dex-
tral, and anterior sides: now this is the mode of enlargement best adapted for the full
development of the ovary; so that it would seem that the Clavagella continues for a
certain time to work its way into the rock without material increase of size, leaving
behind it a calcareous tube, which marks its track ; after which it becomes stationary,
and limits its operations to enlarging its chamber to the extent necessary for the ac-
complishment of the great object of its existence.

The mantle envelopes the body like a shut sac, but is perforated, as before mentioned,
for the siphon and foot, the opening for the latter part being reduced to a small slit?.
An analogous orifice was observed by M. Riippell in the corresponding part of the
mantle of Aspergillum, viz. that which is next the sunken sieve-like extremity of the
tube, and by which he supposes the water necessary for respiration to be received when
the retreating tide leaves exposed the expanded siphonic extremity.

This cannot, however, be its use in such species of Clavagella as reside, like the
present, at depths too great to allow of their being ever left with the siphonic aperture

1 f’. Figg. 8, 10. 29’. Figg. 8, 10. 3h’, Figg. 8, 10.
* Figg. 8, 10. 5 *, Figg. 12, 13, 14.

MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF CLAVAGELLA. 271

out of water. It must serve, however, to keep up a communication between the chamber
and its inhabitant ; and it is seen that the chamber has always a communication with
neighbouring cavities in the rock by means of the calcareous tubuli!, the formation of
which is determined by the proximity of those cavities. When, therefore, the Clavagella,
by a sudden contraction of its adductor muscles, kas forcibly expelled the branchial
currents from the siphon, as was observed to take place by Mr. Stutchbury, the space
between the free valve and the walls of the chamber would be simultaneously filled,
either by water rushing in through the tubuli, or forced out from the branchial cavity
through the small anterior orifice of the mantle.

The outer dermoid layer of the mantle is extremely thin, and where it does not line
the valves it is mottled with minute dark spots, less numerous than those on the skin
of Cephalopods, and presenting a glandular appearance under the microscope. The
muscular layer, after forming the siphon and its retractors, is confined to the anterior
part of the mantle, where it swells into a thick convex mass of interlaced and chiefly
transverse fibres, attached to the valves along the sinuous submarginal depression above
mentioned, and forming, I should suppose, one of the principal instruments in the work
of excavation. No fibres could be detected in other parts of the mantle ; nor could any
longitudinally radiating muscles be expected in a mantle which had no lobes to be re-
tracted.

The siphon, in the contracted state which it presented in the specimen, formed a
slightly compressed cylindrical tube, half an inch in length, and the same in the long
diameter. It is traversed longitudinally by the branchial and anal canals, which are sepa-
rated from each other by a muscular septum, extending to the end of the siphon, beyond
which the two tubes do not separately extend outwards ; and in this respect Clavagella
agrees with Gastrochena and Aspergillum. The muscular parietes of the siphon were 2 lines
in thickness ; the septum separating the branchial and anal canals was 1 line in thick-
ness ; the diameter of each canal about 1 line: the inner extremity both of the anal and
respiratory tube is provided with a valvular fold. Their terminations are beset with short
papille. ‘The retractor muscles attach the siphon to the posterior adductor on one side,
and to the anterior extremity of the oval mass of muscular fibres above mentioned on
the other, leaving an intermediate space on both sides the body, which exposes part of
the gills and labial tentacles. The muscular mass which bounds the anterior part of the
animal’s body is of an oval form, 1 inch 3 lines in length, 8 lines in breadth, and varying
in thickness from 2 to 3 lines: it is smooth and convex externally, and hollowed out
within to lodge the viscera at the base of the foot, for the passage of which it leaves
the small orifice above mentioned. The margins attached to the valves are more
or less irregular; that which is affixed to the loose valve is the broadest, being at
the ventral extremity 3 lines in breadth ; it may here be regarded as a third adductor.
Posteriorly it is coutinued into the small adductor muscle. This muscle is marked

1 e. Fig. 9.

272 MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF CLAVAGELLA.

in Figg. 11 & 12: the great adductor is marked f. Their chief peculiarity is their
powerful development in so small a Bivalve.

The digestive system of Clavagella accords with the structure of the same part in
other Acephalous Mollusks. The mouth! is a transverse slit, the upper and lower labial
boundaries of which are continued in the form of two transversely striated pointed ten-
tacula? on either side: each of these prehensile, sensitive, and probably respiratory
organs measures 6 lines in length and about 1+ line in breadth. No masticatory or
salivary organs are connected with the mouth ; the esophagus, after a course of 2 lines,
dilates into a stomach3, the sides of which are perforated by the large hepatic ducts.
The intestine, after a course of 8 lines, forms a small cecum‘ about | line in length:
this may be the rudiment of a pancreas; or perhaps is the analogue of the blind sac
containing the peculiar amber-coloured style, which projects into the pyloric end of the
stomach of some Bivalves. The little cecum here contained the same brown granular
material as distended the rest of the canal. The intestine, after making three close
turns upon itself in the mass of ova and hepatic follicles at the base of the foot, passes
in immediate contact with, but not through, the heart, and then below the posterior ad-
ductor, to opposite the posterior orifice of the anal tube. The exterior of the intestine
has an irregular honeycombed appearance, from the close adhesion to it of the capsules
of the ova. The liver® has the same divided follicular structure and green colour as in
other Bivalves.

The gills have the same laminated structure as in other Bivalves ; they are broad and
short, corresponding to the form of the animal; and the /amine are arranged in three
layers instead of two on either side the foot.

These rows of lamine are not thin compressed layers, but are broad, and project little
from the sides of the visceral mass. They commence at the sides of the mouth, between
the labial appendages, and extend backwards towards the inner orifice of the respira-
tory tube, where they meet, join, and terminate in a point, which is unattached for
about one eighteenth part of the entire gill) The branchial veins are continued from
the concave side of the gills, a few lines behind their anterior extremities: these veins
are joined by others from the muscular part of the mantle, and then terminate in two
large membranous dark-coloured auricles. These communicate with a fusiform ven-
tricle, single externally, but divided within, by a longitudinal septum, into two com-
partments, corresponding to the auricles ; which compartments communicate together
at the apex of the ventricle, from which the principal artery is continued.

A large and conspicuous nervous ganglion is situated at the posterior part of the base
of the foot, just above the orifice of the anal tube. Two nervous cords extend from
this ganglion on either side the foot to the mouth: other branches radiate in the oppo-
site direction to the siphonic and adductor muscles.

' o. Fig. 16. 2 n. Figg. 11, 12, 13, 14, 16. Sq. Fig. 16.
a7) Bip. 16; 5 w. Fig. 16.

a

MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF CLAVAGELLA. 273

The ovary! is of a grey colour, forming a mass at the dorsal aspect of the body above
the great adductor muscle, and extending ventrad on either side the esophagus and
stomach to the opposite end of the base of the foot.

All this mass of intestinal folds, hepatic follicles, and ova was covered by a thin
membrane. The little muscular process, or foot, which passes through the anterior
slit of the mantle is but 4 lines long, and half a line in breadth: its possible use may
be to apply a solvent to the rock in which the chamber is excavated.

The organization of Clavagella, like that of Aspergillum described in the ‘ Reise von
Afrik’ of Dr. Riippell, is thus seen to be modelled on the type of the Acephalous Bi-
valves, and follows most closely, in the variations from that type, the modifications
which have been observed in Gastrochena.

The lengthened worm-like figure of Aspergillum is exchanged in Clavagella for a
shorter form, with greater lateral development: and instead of the small rudimentary
valves, which are enchased, as it were, in the calcareous sheath of Aspergillum, we find
them here largely developed, and one of them always remaining at liberty, to be ap-
plied by a powerful muscular apparatus to those offices which are essential to the
forcible expulsion of the fluid in the branchial cavity, and probably to assist in the ex-
cavation of its secure abode.

PLATE XXX.

Fig. 8. A portion of the rock (calcareous grit), containing the attached valve and
part of the tube of Clavagella lata. The chamber has been so laid open
as to show its greatest dimensions, both in length and breadth.

9. Outside view of the right or free valve of the same specimen.

10. Inside view of the same, showing the corresponding muscular impressions
to those of the left or fixed valve.

11. Soft parts of Clavagella lata viewed from the right side, the dermal layer of
the mantle, e, being removed.

12. Soft parts of Clavagella lata, seen from the left side, or that which is in con-
tact with the fixed valve. (The extremities of the left labial appendages
only are here seen, no part of the gill being protruded. A bristle is placed
in the rictus, or opening of the mantle.)

13. Anterior view of the soft parts of Clavagella lata, after the removal of the
outer or dermal layer of the mantle.

14. The same, with the anterior muscular mass reflected to show its internal
surface ; the visceral mass, composed of the liver w, intestine s, and
ovary 2, from which the foot y is continued.

15. Posterior extremity of the siphon.

16. The principal viscera displayed.

1 gv. Figg. 12, 14. 2 y, Fig, 14.

274

MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF CLAVAGELLA.

The same letters indicate the same parts in each figure.

i)

. Anterior wall of the chamber.

. Dorsal wall. The letter is placed on the hinge of the fixed valve.

. Ventral wall.

. Posterior or siphonic outlet.

. Tubular communications with a neighbouring cavity, here sent off from

the posterior part of the mantle.

. Calcareous tubes secreted by the above processes and extending into the

cavities contiguous to the throat of the tube.

. A cavity communicating with the anterior part of the chamber.

. Impression of the posterior adductor muscle.

. Impression of the anterior adductor muscle.

. Impression of the pallial muscle, or third adductor.

. Posterior or large adductor. (The single adductor of the Ostracea, &c.

corresponds to this. The following are superadded in other families
of Bivalves.)

. The anterior, antero-dorsal, or smaller adductor.
. The pallial or antero-ventral adductor.

i. The convex muscular mass continued over the anterior part of the body,

and reducing the rictus of the mantle to the small slit * , through which
a bristle is placed in fig. 12. (This mass is an inordinate development
of what forms the muscular margins of the mantle lobes in other
Bivalves.)

. Muscular fibres of the siphon.

The respiratory, or ingestive, siphonic canal.

. The anal, or egestive, siphonic canal; m’. (fig. 16.) its valve. (These

are indicated by bristles in fig. 14.)

. The labial or buccal appendages.

. The mouth, exposed by dividing the superior labial process.
. The esophagus.

. The stomach, showing the orifices of the hepatic ducts.

The cecum.

. The intestine.
. The anus.

The gills: in fig. 11 the right gill is seen partially protruded between
the muscular parts of the mantle.

. The auricles, wv. the ventricle, of the heart.

w. The liver surrounding the esophagus, the stomach, and part of the intestine.
. Part of the ovary.

. The foot.

ee

[ 275 ]

XXX. On Nycteribia, a Genus of Wingless Insects. By J. O. Westwoop, Esq.,
F.L.S., &c. Communicated by the Secretary.

Read November 25, 1834.

In every group of animated nature, even down to the ranks of families and» genera,
there exists a certain number of objects (generally of limited extent) which, from the
anomalous character of their organization with reference to that of the group to which
they naturally belong, have not ceased to perplex the systematist as to their true
situation. If this has been the case after the real nature of their organization has
been made known, the difficulty has been far greater when, unaided by the light of
minute analysis, the naturalist has contented himself with a rapid primd facie exami-
nation.

Thus, if we look at the great divisions of the Animal Kingdom, we find the Tunicata,
Cephalopoda, Zoanthida, Cirripeda, and Annelida affording examples of such groups.
If we descend a step, we find the Pycnogonida, Oniscida, Stomapoda, Nycteribia, and
the Trilobites oscillating amongst the classes of the Annulose subkingdom; while in
like manner the Strepsiptera and Dermaptera, and the families Thripside and Pulicide
amongst the orders of the Ptilota, and the genera Zoea, Nebalia, Hippa, Mysis, Limulus,
Nymphon, Galeodes, &c. amongst those of the Aptera, have afforded endless opportu-
nities for exercising the ingenuity of systematists. To carry the observation still lower
among the families of an order, I need only refer to such genera as Omophron, Urania,
Xyela, Trictenotoma, Acentropus, &c.

With respect to such groups, it is to be noticed that they seem to be generally cha-
racterized not only by their limited extent, but also by the comparative smallness and
rarity of the objects composing them; and that they appear to constitute a series of
stepping-stones whereby the transition from the structure of one group to that of the
adjoining ones is effected, many of them, in fact, forming the osculant groups of the
‘Hore Entomologice’. Another peculiarity seems to consist in the generally unat-
tractive appearance of the objects of which they are composed, which has caused them
(notwithstanding the great interest possessed by them on account of the peculiarity of
their characters) to be comparatively neglected by the majority of authors.

Among these groups, perhaps no more striking instance could be adduced than the
genus Nycteribia, Latr., inasmuch as we here find a single genus, considered as oscu-
lant, not between the families, or even the orders of a class, but between two of the
classes themselves of the Annulose subkingdom ; thus, while Hermann, in his ‘ Mémoire

VOL. I. 20

276 MR. J. O. WESTWOOD ON NYCTERIBIA.

Aptérologique’, regarded it (under the name of Phthiridium') as one of the Aptera,
and Dr. Leach, in the ‘Supplement to the Encyclopedia Britannica,’ formed for its
reception a distinct order, Notostomata, in the class Arachnides,—Latreille, with that re-
markable sagacity which he so constantly displayed, placed it in the order Diptera, next
to Hippobosca, with the remark, ‘‘ on croiroit que c’est une araignée a six pattes.”
Hence Mr. MacLeay regarded it as occupying the osculant situation betwen the classes
Arachnida and Haustellata.

But the genus Nycteribia is worthy of the attention of the naturalist on account of
another peculiarity. To say that the insects of which it is composed are parasitic upon
certain Vertebrata, would be insufficient to distinguish it from numerous other para-
sites ; but when it is stated that this genus is exclusively confined to that equally ano-
malous group—Quadrupeds we can scarcely call them—the Chiroptera, the evident in-
tention of Nature in preserving the system of osculant divisions cannot be overlooked.

Many of the singular peculiarities of structure of this genus have been ascertained and
described by some of the most celebrated entomologists, and the memoir of Hermann
above noticed, that of Dr. Leach inserted in the ‘ Zoological Miscellany’?, the article
Nycteribie by Latreille in the ‘ Nouveau Dictionnaire d’Histoire Naturelle’, the memoir
by M. Leon Dufour upon this genus published in the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles’
for April 1831, and the figure and description of Nyct. Latreidli contained in Mr. Cur-
tis’s ‘ British Entomology’‘, are especially to be referred to.

Still, however, some of the most important characters of these insects remain involved
in uncertainty, either from the silence of authors respecting them, or from the inaccu-
rate or insufficient manner in which they have been described: among which are to
be noticed the nature of the transformations which they undergo; the distinction of
the sexes, and consequently the sexual characters and the different organization of the
abdomen in the sexes ; the structure of the mouth, antenne, and eyes ; the separation of
the metasternum and abdomen; the situation and construction of the spiracles ; and the
nature of the serrated organs between the base of the anterior and intermediate legs :
upon all which points I hope to be able to offer to the entomologist satisfactory details.

For the materials enabling me to do this, I have to express my obligations to Lieut.-
Colonel W. H. Sykes, who has kindly permitted me to examine three female specimens
of the largest species of the genus, brought home by himself from the East Indies, and
preserved in spirit; to the Rev. F. W. Hope, for permission to examine two male
specimens of a large species from Bengal; to the Rev. Leonard Jenyns, who has pre-
sented me with a male of a very distinct and moderate-sized species from China pre-

' Published in 1804. Latreille had previously established the genus under the name of Nycteribia in his
«Précis des Caractéres Génériques’, }795, and in his ‘Histoire Naturelle des Insectes et des Crustacés’, tom. iii.
An X. (1802).

2 Vol. iii. + Nouv. Edition, 1818. * Plate 277.

MR. J. O. WESTWOOD ON NYCTERIBIA. 277

Served in spirit; to J. F. Royle, Esq., who has permitted me to examine a smaller
Indian species collected by himself; and to J. F. Stephens, Esq., who has granted to
me the loan of his specimens of Nyct. Hermanni and Nyct. Latreillii, which he obtained
from Dr. Leach himself. I have likewise examined Dr. Leach’s three specimens of his
Nyct. Latreillii, three of his Nyct. Hermanni, a specimen apparently of the latter species
received by him from Bonelli, and the original specimen of his Nyct. Blainvillii, all con-
tained in the cabinets of the British Museum.

As Colonel Sykes’s specimens have afforded the clue to the determination of the
sexes, in consequence of their being in different stages of gestation, and as they are
of a large size, and moreover preserved in spirit, thus affording the means of a more
satisfactory examination, I propose, in the first place, to notice their structure in detail,
comparing it with that of the already described species, and endeavouring to clear up
the various difficulties existing in the works of previous observers; in the second, to
describe more concisely the structure of the other species which I have myself examined ;
and in the third place to attempt a synopsis of the various species.

The three individuals of Colonel Sykes’s East Indian species, which I have inscribed
with his name, vary somewhat in size, according to the degree of gestation, from
2 to 21 lines in length, and about 7 lines between the extremities of the anterior and
posterior legs when stretched out.

The body is of a crustaceous texture, with the exception of the abdomen and upper
teguments of the thorax, which are of a leathery nature.

The head (contrary to the character given of the family by Dr. Leach, ‘‘ Head united
with the thorax,”) isa very distinct part of the body, although when at rest it is thrown
backwards, its upper surface being brought into contact with the dorsal membrane, and
its under surface consequently being upwards. It is affixed to the anterior part of the
dorsum, a short distance behind its front margin, by means of a leathery attachment,
which, when dried, assumes the appearance of a distinct neck, thus enabling us to ac-
count for Latreille’s statement of the head of his misnamed Nyct. Blainvillii: being
“emplanté, au moyen d’un article trés court, servant de pedicule, sur le dos du thorax;”’
by this means the head is not only raised perpendicularly, but is also advanced in front
until it assumes a horizontal direction. The head itself is small, and, as Latreille has
well described it, in the form of a reversed cone ; but it is crustaceous, and not coria-
ceous. M. Dufour states that its place of insertion is ‘dans l’échancrure antérieure
du corselet justement entre les hanches des pattes de devant ;” but in no individual
which I have examined is the anterior margin of the thorag at all emarginate, being on
the contrary quite rounded, and the head affixed behind rather than between the fore
legs. The anterior superior margin of the head is slightly emarginate, but much more
deeply on the under side, where the large base of the central apparatus of the mouth
is attached. The upper margin (forming the base of the reversed cone) is furnished
with sete, the remainder of the head being smooth and depressed.

202

278 MR. J. O. WESTWOOD ON NYCTERIBIA.

In all the three individuals under examination, on each side of the head, near the
anterior angles, an eye is placed, composed of two small raised black tubercles.
Latreille describes these organs in his Nyct. Blainvillii as possessing a somewhat si-
milar construction, being “‘ noir et composé de petits grains réunis ;” but Mr. Curtis
characterizes the genus with “‘ eyes and ocelli none?”; and M. Dufour, in his descrip-
tion of the species which he names Nyct. Vespertilionis, seems to consider Latreille’s
account erroneous, stating that the eye in that species is ‘‘d’un blanc grisatre, trés-
lisse et parfaitement simple.’’ We shall subsequently see, from the description of my
Chinese species, that both Latreille and M. Dufour are correct.

Fabricius, Hermann, and Mr. Curtis characterize the genus as being destitute of
antenne; and M. Dufour states that ‘‘les investigations les plus scrupuleusement
réitérées ne m’ont pas fait découvrir le moindre vestige d’antennes” in his Nyct. Vesper-
tilionis. Latreille, however, describes his Nyct. Blainvillii as being furnished with two
antenne, inserted in the superior emargination of the front of the head, very short,
contiguous, advancing parallelly, and two-jointed, the last joint being the largest, and
subtriangular, but rounded externally. M. Dufour therefore considers, without much
regard to the weight of analogy, that these organs are exclusive to Nyct. Blainvillii. In
the species under examination they exist precisely in the form described by Latreille,
which I need not repeat ; as well as in all the individuals of other species which I have
been able satisfactorily to examine. As these organs are flat and closely applied together
at the interior margin, we may probably not be far from correct in considering that
M. Dufour has overlooked them as distinct organs, regarding them as the produced
front of the head.

The structure of the mouth next demands our attention. The description of it given
by Fabricius is very inaccurate, since he describes it ‘‘ os parum prominens—vagina
bivalvi—valvulis obtusiusculis—palpi triarticulati,” &c. With the exception of the two
large external organs, which they have considered as palpi, Latreille and M. Dufour
were unable to ascertain the structure of the oral apparatus; and the figure given by
Mr. Curtis of the head does not convey an adequate idea of its organization.

At the lateral anterior margins of the head, and extending beneath a short distance
into its inferior emargination, are attached a pair of elongated crustaceous organs,
strongly setose, which are advanced in front of the head, with their extremities some-
what dilated and brought into contact, serving, in fact, as a lateral defence of the
antenne. ‘Their interior surface is smooth ; but the external sete vary considerably in
length, some of them being as long as the organ itself, and having a divergent direction.
As to the nature of these organs I may observe, that having discovered the existence of
distinct antenne, 1 am not compelled to enter with M. Dufour into those philosophical
speculations as to the gradual degradation and transposition of the functions of various
organs which originated in the supposed want of antenna, and the employment of the sup-
posed palpi as such. By Mr. Curtis they are doubtingly considered as mawille ; which

MR. J. 0. WESTWOOD ON NYCTERIBIA. 279

term he also in like manner applies to the two protruded lateral organs of the mouth
of the Hippoboscide. That these organs are perfectly analogous, Latreille had long ago
implied by describing them both under the same dubious appellation, ‘‘ palpi?” As
to their real analogies among the organs of a mandibulated mouth, I however offer
no opinion, observing only that in defending the delicate central inferior spiculate ap-
paratus of the mouth, they appear to perform the functions of the articulated sheath of
the rostrum of the Hemiptera. This apparatus of the lower part of the mouth of Nyc-
teribia consists at first sight of a large basal bulb-like organ, terminating in an elon-
gated slender and horny style, precisely similar, in fact, to the same organ in Eippobosca.
On each side of the base of the style, in the species under examination, there are two
or three fine hairs as long as the style itself. The style in two individuals appeared to
‘be composed of two demi-sheaths, although in the other specimen it formed only a single
undivided canal, which from analogy with Hippobosca is evidently its real construction.
It is not a simple organ, but contains, like its representative in Hippobosca, several sete.
I found that it inclosed at least two sete, of equal length with the canal itself, one of
which was more robust than the other; indeed in one specimen the more robust one
appeared divisible into two sete, while in another this was not only the case, but the
more slender one also presented the same appearance. Analogy, however, with Hip-
pobosca would induce us to suppose that there are but two sete, as above described,
inclosed in the canal. Latreille, quoting the observation of Hermann that he had not
clearly observed the structure of the mouth, but had noticed four palpi, two short and
thick, and two longer and more slender, excuses the supposed inaccuracy of that author
on account of the minuteness of the animals. It is evident, however, from Hermann’s
figures that the two short and thick organs were the antenne.

The thorax exhibits a very remarkable structure. It is flat, and of a form somewhat
between oval and round ; its upper surface is of a whitish coriaceous substance, divided
into compartments by narrow crustaceous ridges. This structure was admirably de-
scribed by Linnzus under the term ‘‘thorax angulatus cruciatus ;” notwithstanding
which, Hermann, evidently judging from the inaccurate figures referred to by Linneus,
conceived that the description was not intended by that author for an insect of this
genus. ‘The inferior surface extends in a plate beneath the place of insertion of the
legs, the femora of which are consequently prevented from being brought below the
level of the under surface of the thorax, although they possess a considerable power of
upward motion, this being effected by the soldering of the core and trochanters of the
four hind legs with the dorsal region of the thorax, whereby, as Latreille observes, the
back of the thorax, in fact, becomes the breast. On examining the anterior and su-
perior extremity of the thorax, a minute raised line is seen to extend in a curved direc-
tion on the outside of the base of the fore legs, immediately behind the place of in-
-sertion of the head, somewhat in this shape, Gp. Taking, therefore, into consideration

280 MR. J. 0. WESTWOOD ON NYCTERIBIA.

the almost rudimental state of the prothoraw in the true Dipterous Insects, it seems clear
(especially when the remaining portions of the thorax are examined) that the space in-
closed by this fine line constitutes all that remains of the prothoraa, giving insertion,
however, to its ordinary attachments, viz. the head and the pair of anterior legs.

The central portion of the dorsum of the thoraz is inclosed by a narrow crustaceous
line, and is occupied by an oval plate, rather dilated towards the abdomen, and com-
posed of a brownish coriaceous membrane, slightly depressed in the middle in a dried
specimen, and offering a slight transverse elevation in the centre. Latreille describes
this portion as forming a dorsal channel, and having its posterior extremity terminated
in the common French species “‘ par une partie élevée, formant le capuchon,” in which
the head, when thrown back, is received. I have seen nothing of this capuchon, and
but little of the channel, in any of the specimens which I have examined, and quite
agree with M. Dufour in regarding them merely as being occasioned by the desiccation
of the insects after death: the ‘‘ groove down the middle {of the thorax] to receive
the head,” described by Mr. Curtis, is doubtless attributable to the same cause.

On each side of this central portion, about midway on each side, is to be observed
another slender crustaceous bar, directed obliquely towards the head, and extending to
the sides of the dorsum of the thorax, whence it is prolonged nearly in a line to the place
of insertion of the fore legs, thus inclosing on each side an elongate and somewhat tri-
angular plate of a whitish colour, the anterior margins of which do not extend to the
margin of the thorax, permitting the pectus to be seen from above. To the narrow
posterior extremity of this lateral portion is attached the base of the intermediate pair
of legs; and behind these, on each side, a pair of short and narrow portions, similarly
separated, are to be observed, to the exterior of which the basal portion of the posterior
legs is attached. Hence it appears to me that the central and anterior lateral triangular
plates represent the dorsum of the mesothoraz, and the small posterior lateral ones that
of the metathoraz.

The disposition of these portions of the thorax is, however, very different on the ven-
tral surface. This is quite flat, and of a uniform crustaceous texture, of a somewhat oval
form, without the least indication of the insertion of the legs, and having a central lon-
gitudinal line running from the anterior to the posterior extremity. M. Dufour de-
scribes it as ‘‘un plastron d’une seule piéce ;” but Ihave uniformly found an impressed
line of division extending from the posterior base of the intermediate legs, and running
parallel with the anterior margin, thus exhibiting the pectus of the mesothorax in the
form of a lunate plate, and that of the metathorax as much more extensive.

But the most remarkable organ connected with the thorax is a pair of pectinated
processes placed between the base of the anterior and intermediate legs, and received
in a cavity (formed by the lateral productions of the dorsum and pectus of the anterior
parts of the thorax), one on each side of the thorax. On detaching one of the inter-

MR. J. O. WESTWOOD ON NYCTERIBIA. 281

mediate legs the corresponding process is also detached, being affixed to the internally
elongated trochanter at its base: it is horny, lunate, and very small, and externally
armed with about sixteen obtuse teeth, directed upwards and backwards. This organ
was first noticed by Hermann, by whom it was figured. Mr. Curtis thus describes
it: “Wings none, but there is a narrow appendage ciliated with short strong bristles,
on each side at the base of the middle pair of legs ;” adding, that these ciliated ap-
pendages ‘‘ may cover spiracles for breathing, organs for hearing, or they may be the
analogue of rudimentary wings.” That the latter of these suppositions is correct, I
feel induced to conceive, notwithstanding their extraordinary form and our ignorance
of their uses, from their situation and evident attachment to the internal base of the
intermediate legs. The supposition that they are organs of hearing seems to have
arisen from the supposed want of antenne, and cannot therefore be maintained, as those
organs exist ; while the idea that they may be connected with spiracles for breathing
requires more notice, from having been entertained both by Latreille and M. Dufour, the
latter of whom has entered at some length into the reasons which have induced him to
adopt such idea: these consist, 1. in the position of this pectinated organ; 2. in the
asserted absence of any other point which might be considered as a respiratory orifice ;
and 3. in the evident analogy between Nycteribia and the Hippoboscide. Now although
the first of these reasons is certainly in favour of such opinion, the latter two are in-
correct, the abdomen, as will subsequently be described, being furnished with a series
of spiracles, and the thoraz itself exhibiting a pair of minute oval points, which appear
to me to be evidently spiracles, and which exist in the elevated crustaceous ridge be-
tween the central and anterior lateral portions of the thorax, immediately behind the
insertion of the head, which organs I have noticed not only in Colonel Sykes’s
insects, but also in my Chinese species. As to the analogy existing between Nyc-
teribia and the Hippoboscide, it is to be observed, that from the totally distinct organi-
zation of the thoraz it is difficult to trace the situation in Nycteribia which is analogous
to the position of the spiracles in the Hippoboscide. ‘These, it is to be observed, vary
in their location ; but in none are the anterior pair placed between the anterior and in-
termediate legs, as are the pectinated processes in Nycteribia, but, on the contrary, in
a higher and more dorsal position, which would probably occur in Nycteribia nearer
the base of the head!.

The legs offer several remarkable peculiarities: they are very long and strong, and

'M. Dufour has proposed the employment of the position and structure of the spiracles as affording cha-
racters, “aussi solides que faciles 4 explorer,” for the establishment of families and genera, and has given an
account of their structure in the Pupipara. That they would afford solid characters cannot be questioned ;
but some notion may be obtained of the difficulty attending their adoption, when it is stated that M. Dufour
has overlooked the entire series of abdominal spiracles of the Hippoboscide. See Lyonnet’s Posthumous Re-
searches, pl. 1. f. 2. & 3.

282 MR. J. O. WESTWOOD ON NYCTERIBIA.

furnished with strong bristles ; they are all similarly formed, and of a similar size ; and
the sexes appear to offer no variation in respect to their structure. They are inserted,
as above stated, at the anterior and lateral margins of the thorax, the pectoral shield
extending beneath their bases, so that their motions have necessarily an upward direc-
tion. In the anterior pair the core are distinct, bristly, and somewhat elongated. I
cannot, however, perceive in Colonel Sykes’s species the coronet of bristles noticed by
M. Dufour as being placed at the extremity of the “‘ premier article de leur hanche;”’ but
this part in the two hinder pairs is soldered to the sides of the thorax. The trochanter
is very short; the femora are thickened and compressed, having a transverse im-
pression before the middle of the limb, as indicating a rudimental articulation, The
tibie are more slender, but not longer, than the femora, having three rudimental articu-
lations towards the base, and not being furnished with spurs at the tips. The basal joint
of the tarsi is very long, and appears to be annulated. The three following joints are very
short, whilst the terminal one is much larger, and furnished with a pair of large pulvilli
and two strong curved claws, dilated at the base beneath ; a small portion of the base
of each claw being less crustaceous, and differently coloured from the remainder.

Dr. Leach, regarding the cove as portions of the femora, and overlooking the tro-
chanter, described the femora as composed of two joints. In like manner he regarded
the long basal joint of the tarsi as a portion of the tibie, which he also described as two-
jointed, while he considered the terminal joint of the tarsi as forming two joints, evi-
dently regarding the differently-coloured base of the ungues as a distinct articulation,

The structure of the abdomen and its appendages varies considerably in the sexes of
Nycteribia as well as in the different species. This circumstance, united to the uncer-
tainty as to the determination of the individuals of each sex, has been the source of
great confusion in almost every description hitherto given of the genus. This con-
fusion I am enabled, by the assistance of Colonel Sykes’s specimens, to clear up. I
have said that these specimens were females in various stages of gestation. In none
were traces of articulation visible on the upper surface except a single one at the base,
which, on the under side, is very conspicuous, being flattened, horny, and of the same
colour as the under side of the thorax, while the rest of the abdomen is coriaceous and
of a dirty whitish colour. This segment is terminated by a transverse series of very
strong and blunt black bristles, which exist in all the individuals of the genus which I
have examined. By Dr. Leach and Mr. Curtis it was regarded as the postpectus ; but
that it is a portion of the abdomen is evident by its terminal series of bristles being con-
tinued laterally and extending a short distance across the upper surface of the base of
the abdomen, as represented in my figures: indeed, sometimes, according to Latreille,
it is entirely continuous, both on the upper and lower surface, at the extremity of this
basal articulation.

The abdomen itself is of an oval form and very convex when distended, being slightly

a i

MR. J. 0. WESTWOOD ON NYCTERIBIA. 283

contracted behind the basal articulation. Its coriaceous part in Colonel Sykes’s in-
sects is covered, both above and beneath, with minute shining black tubercles, four of
which, on the centre of the abdomen, are of a larger size, and occupy a small naked
portion. It is, moreover, densely clothed, on the upper side only, from about one third
of the distance from the extremity to the tip, with long and strong dark reddish bristles,
each arising from a similar tubercle: at each side above, between the basal corneous
articulation and the setose terminal portion, three circular spiracles are to be observed.
Another spiracle of a similar size exists on each side in the midst of the bristly region,
and a pair more minute near the anus: thus at least five pairs of abdominal spiracles
exist, although no traces of articulation are visible. It is to be observed, however,
that the tubercles, in two or three places, are arranged in transverse lines, so as to
give the appearance of indication of segments : these lines, however, do not appear to
correspond with the spiracles.

The anus is situated at the extremity of the body. It is circular, slightly protruded,
and consists of two lateral horny lunate plates, behind which a smaller circular space
is observable, with a smaller and more distant pair of corneous flattened plates.

Such is the organization of the abdomen of the female: and in order to remove any
doubts which might remain as to the identity of the sex, I shall now proceed to notice
the nature of the transformations which the insects undergo. No direct statement
derived from actual observation has hitherto been made upon this subject. Some
authors have, indeed, correctly surmised, from their evident connexion with the Hippo-
boscide, that they were pupiparous ; but Latreille regarded them as differing from that
family in this respect, ‘il paroit cependant qu’elle ne subit pas de métamorphoses,
qu’elle croit 4 la maniére des poux, des araignées, ayant trouvé en méme tems, sur une
chauve-souris, des individus de cet insecte trés-petits et peu agés”!; an opinion which
he expressed in several of his subsequent works. Anxious to ascertain the correctness
of this supposition, I selected the specimen whose abdomen was most distended ; and
on making an aperture on its under side, I extracted without difficulty a hard organized
mass, of a white colour and nearly as large as the abdomen itself, of an oval form, con-
vex above and flattened beneath, with the broadest extremity offering three small cir-
cular spots placed in a triangle, with two smaller ones placed at a greater distance from
them : the sides of the body also exhibited the traces of five articulations. That this was
the young of the Nycteribia in its pupa state, similar to that of the Hippoboscide, cannot
be doubted. I regret that it was not in a sufficiently forward state of organization to
allow of my opening it, with the view of extracting the inclosed Nycteribia.

Bearing in mind, therefore, that in the only individuals of the genus whose sex has
thus been ascertained, the abdomen of the female is distinguished by the want of articu-

' Hist. Nat., tom. xiy. p. 401.
VOL. I. 2P

284 MR. J. O. WESTWOOD ON NYCTERIBIA.

lations, let us examine the statements of authors as to the structure of this part of the
body in the previously recorded species of the genus.

Hermann describes three kinds of individuals. The first, to which he applies the
specific name of Vespertilionis, has the abdomen obovate, convex, and attenuated behind,
with the terminal segment entire and rounded at the extremity, and furnished beneath
with a pair of incurved styles. He also describes minutely another organ, which, upon
compression, ‘‘sort entre les deux avant-derniers anneaux,”’ of a fleshy substance, ter-
minated by two small oval lobes, and from the extremity of which, upon further pressure
being applied, another organ was protruded, furnished beneath with a curved scta. The
second kind of individuals were regarded by him as specifically identical with the former,
differing only in having the last segment deeply emarginate and simple: the body also
seemed larger, and the legs shorter. In this species the cilia of the extremity of the
basal abdominal segment are continued along the upper side of this part of the body as
well as beneath. Now it is evident that the individuals first described were males, not
only from the articulation of the abdomen, but from the possession of an exserted mas-
culine apparatus ; but the other individuals (of which Hermann had only two old dried
specimens), in the simple and emarginate character of the abdomen, seem to approach
the females of Nyct. Latreillii subsequently described: and it is to be observed that
Hermann does not state that their abdomen was articulated like that of the former, but
merely points out the characters in which they were observed to differ. Neither does
he give any opinion as to the sexes of his insects! His third kind of individuals,
specifically named biarticulatum, precisely agree with Montagu’s species, described by
Dr. Leach under the trivial name of Hermanni, having a pair of exserted styles at the
superior extremity of the abdomen. Liatreille seems entirely to have overlooked Her-
mann’s description of the latter insect in his account of the structure of the genus,
assigning to Hermann’s second kind of individuals a character not stated by Hermann,
namely, that of the abdomen being eight-jointed, and giving the biarticulatum as the
male of his Nyct. Vespertilionis. Dr. Leach, evidently taking his characters from his
Hermanni, thus describes the abdomen: ‘‘ In utroque sexu 8-articulatum.—Fcemine ?
segmento primo dorsali producto, segmenta quatuor sequentia tegente ; segmento ultimo
stylo apice setigero instructo ;—Maris? segmento ultimo majore.” And his figure of
the supposed female of his Hermanni represents an insect with a large elevated and
produced basal abdominal segment, the remainder of the abdomen, being the smaller
portion, appearing inarticulate, and terminated by two long recurved piliferous diverging
styles: the figure of the other sex has the abdomen six-jointed, the last joint being large

' If the abdomen in this second kind of individuals were really articulated, as in the former, I should feel little
hesitation in regarding them as the males, probably of a different species, in which, from the dried and shrivelled
state of the specimens, the male organs had become closely applied to the under surface of the body, and the
terminal segment, for the same reason, had become emarginate.

MR. J. O. WESTWOOD ON NYCTERIBIA. 285

and rounded. Montagu, however, who describes the abdomen of the styliferous spe-
cimens of the species from which Dr. Leach derived his characters as being apparently
composed of three divisions, states that in another specimen the abdomen appeared four-
jointed, more ovate, tumid, and destitute of posterior appendages ; this he regarded as
a female, and the former as a male. From my subsequent observations it will be seen
that the supposition of Dr. Leach was the correct one. Latreille also differs in opinion
from Dr. Leach, considering the styliferous individuals as males, and those with a
greater number of articulations, and without exserted terminal appendages, as females ;
and he consequently describes the abdomen of the supposed female of his misnamed
Nyct. Blainvillii as ovoid, six-jointed, the last joint being elongate-conic, narrowed to
the tip, and truncate ; but as he has not mentioned the existence or nonexistence of
inflected styles or other male apparatus, a slight degree of doubt must remain as to
the sex of his insect, notwithstanding that its six-jointed abdomen would induce us to
suppose, with reference to the characters of Colonel Sykes’s insect, that it must be a
male; as, indeed, M. Dufour has presumed.

The last-named author ! has described the abdomen of two kinds of individuals of his
Nyctéribie de la Chauve-Souris, that of the female being cylindric-oval, apparently
destitute of articulations, furnished on its upper surface with three pairs of pectiniform
series of short hairs varying in their direction, and setose at its extremity: that of
the male is smaller, oblong, and exhibits on the upper side six distinct segments, of
which the last is slightly attenuated and truncate at the tip. He adds, “‘ L’exploration
la plus attentive de l’extrémité de l’'abdomen ne m’a fait découvrir a celle-ci aucun
appendice, aucun stylet, aucune soie particuliére.”’ He regrets, however, that he did
not endeavour, by compression, to discover if these organs were not retracted. That
the former of these descriptions is taken from a female insect is not to be doubted ; and
the other description is so different as to induce us to believe that it is taken from a
male, notwithstanding the want of any visible male organs: these, however, as we shall
subsequently see, are occasionally not prominent, but laid closely along the under sur-
face of the abdomen. And Iamso confident that this would be the case in the real males
of M. Dufour’s insect, that, should this author be perfectly correct in his descriptions,
and not have overlooked the male organs, I should feel no hesitation in regarding his
smaller insects, not as males having the masculine organs retractile within the last seg-
ment of the abdomen, (which I have never found to be the case,) but as females of the
same or even of a different species, and most probably in an unimpregnated state ; con-
ceiving that gestation and subsequent parturition would materially alter the character
of this part of the body.

' It should be observed that this author has misstated Dr. Leach’s opinion in his observation, “ Suivant
M. Leach ce sont les individus qui ont moins de segmens a l’abdomen qui sont les miles.” He has evidently
mistaken Latreille’s conclusions upon this point, in the ‘ Dictionnaire d’Histoire Naturelle,’ for the opinion of
Dr. Leach.

2P2

286 MR. J. O. WESTWOOD ON NYCTERIBIA,

Mr. Curtis thus generically describes the abdomen: ‘‘ Conic-depressed, composed of
6 ciliated joints in the male, the last joint hollow beneath, producing a style in the
centre, and terminated by two incurved pilose lamin” ; thus omitting all notice of the
structure of the female abdomen. And his figure of Nyct. Latreillii exhibits a dilated six-
jointed abdomen, the last joint being the longest, and rounded at the extremity, and with
an additional transverse series of bristles at the base, indicating another basal segment.
He has not represented the organs which he describes as belonging to the male.

I now proceed to notice more concisely the peculiarities of organization in the
species which I have myself examined.

Mr. Hope’s Bengal insects are somewhat smaller than Colonel Sykes’s; but the
structure of all their parts (except the abdomen) is so similar that I should even be in-
clined to regard the former as the males of the latter. The abdomen is elongate-
ovate, and conically produced to the extremity, where it is shortly truncate. It is com-
posed of five joints, the last of which is furnished beneath with two elongated and gra-
dually attenuated styles, which, in the dried state of the insect, are incurved and laid
flat upon the under side of the joint : they are very slightly pilose, and from their being
laid close together it is impossible to obtain a knowledge of any other internal organ
which they probably conceal.

In my Chinese species the abdomen is nearly oval, with the terminal segment some-
what narrowed. It is furnished above with six transverse series of bristles placed at
equal distances, giving the appearance of seven segments; but on closely examining
them, the abdomen certainly does not exhibit any corresponding articulations, in the
ordinary acceptation of that word, the tegument being continuous. The terminal seg-
ment is furnished at its extremity with a pair of elongated styles, applied close together,
bent downwards, and slightly pilose; and beneath these, arising from the base of the
joint beneath, is an exserted and elongated fleshy style, dilated at the tip. ‘This con-
struction is very similar to that of Hermann’s supposed males and to Mr. Curtis’s de-
scription of the male of Nyct. Latreillii, and is evidently characteristic of the male sex.
The bristles which arm the extremity of the palpi are very long, and the anterior
cove are much shorter than in the preceding species.

In one of Mr. Stephens’s dried specimens of Nyct. Latreillii, the abdomen is more linear
than in Mr. Curtis’s figure, but is divided into six segments of nearly equal size, except
the last, which is more conical and truncate at the tip, and is furnished beneath with
two lamine, placed rather apart so as to exhibit a small central style. They are, how-
ever, closely applied to the under surface of the segment. This is evidently, therefore,
a male: but the other specimen is very differently constructed ; the abdomen is elon-
gate-ovate, its upper surface exhibiting a large and smooth oval patch, ciliated at the
extremity, and extending over more than one third of the base of the abdomen : this is
followed by a densely pilose region extending beyond half the length of this part of the
body ; then follows another transverse region, denuded of hairs, but ciliated at its ex-

> ge ieee eee

MR. J. O. WESTWOOD ON NYCTERIBIA. 287

tremity, especially at the sides ; and the abdomen is terminated by a distinct and con-
siderably narrower segment, notched at the tip, as though formed of two united incras-
sated styles, having moreover, as it were, a raised longitudinal lobe along its centre.
On the under side the basal segment is, as usual, very distinct and ciliated ; then fol-
lows a large and nearly square region, (corresponding with the superior pilose portion,)
having three transverse series of hairs, of which the last is the most distinct : this is
succeeded by a transverse region similarly terminated, which is again followed by a
lunate and ciliated portion, and the last segment is channelled down the middle. This
insect must be regarded as a female, (its specific identity with the former being unques-
tionable,) notwithstanding that, from the existence and situation of the several trans-
verse series of hairs, no less than seven segments are indicated on the under side.

Two of the specimens of this species in the British Museum are males; the third is a
female, and exhibits more strongly the curious trilobed structure of the terminal seg-
ment of the abdomen.

Mr. Stephens’s specimens of the species described by Montagu, and named Her-
manni by Dr. Leach, are of one sex, and very differently constructed from any of the
preceding insects ; and I regret that their dried and shrivelled state prevents my so
completely ascertaining their structure as I could have wished. The basal segment of
the abdomen is much produced above and at the sides, but it does not appear to me to
overlap any of the following segments, two of which immediately succeed, and are very
short ; the terminal fourth joint is large, semi-ovate, and from beneath its sides, at
the extremity, arise two porrected styles, furnished at the tip with strong bristles.
On the under side the basal segment is reduced to its ordinary and ciliated form and
size; then follow two short segments corresponding with those on the upper side ;
which are succeeded by a large segment corresponding with the terminal superior
one ; and between the inferior margins of the latter and the extremity of the former is
protruded a distinct and convex segment, having its upper margins armed with the two
porrected styles above mentioned. I could not, however, distinguish any traces of a
central lobe or style.

This description accords with Dr. Leach’s characters of Nycteribia given above. Of
Dr. Leach’s three specimens of this species in the British Museum, two (as well as the
specimen received by him from Bonelli) are of the same styliferous sex as Mr. Stephens’s :
but the other British specimen is, fortunately, of the opposite sex. It is, however,
in too shrivelled a state to allow me to give a more minute description of its abdomen
than that it is more robust than in the styliferous specimens, that its upper side exhibits
four or five articulations, and that its extremity beneath is distinctly furnished with two
incurved styles closely applied along the under surface of the terminal joint. These two
organs, hitherto unnoticed by the describers of this species, thus clearly indicate the
male sex, confirming the opinion of Dr. Leach, and proving that the female is organized,

288 MR. J. O. WESTWOOD ON NYCTERIBIA.

as respects the sexual characters, in a manner completely different from that of any of
the other species, and that those individuals which exhibit the least traces of abdominal
articulations are females.

It would seem that Montagu was induced to regard the externally styliferous speci-
mens as males, not only from the existence of these styles, which he evidently regarded
as masculine organs, but from the larger, tumid and ovate form of the abdomen of the
other specimen, which he conceived to be a female. The latter circumstance, however,
is visible in the specimen at the British Museum, and may easily be accounted for by
supposing that the other specimens are females in an unimpregnated state.

It is also to be observed, that in the females of Nyct. Latreillii we have seen that the
structure of the terminal portion of the abdomen exhibits somewhat of an incipient ap-
proximation to that of the styliferous abdomen of the female of Montagu’s species.

Dr. Leach’s specimen of Nyct. Blainvillii, preserved at the British Museum, is evi-
dently a male: it has the abdomen of an elongated conical form, exhibiting five trans-
verse series of bristles, and having the terminal joint somewhat larger than the pre-
ceding, with the extremity truncate and the angles not acute. Being gummed down
upon paper, I could not examine its under side.

Mr. Royle’s East Indian species is a male, having an elongate-conic abdomen, truncate
at the tip, and with the under side of the terminal segment furnished with two incurved
styles.

In conclusion, I beg leave to offer the following synopsis of the species, first pre-
mising, that in all probability, as in the Pediculide, the species are much more numer-
ous than has hitherto been supposed; and that the accounts given by early authors are
so deficient in minute precision that it is impossible to decide as to the species described
by them. For this cause, as well as on account of its being applicable to the whole

genus, I have followed the example of Dr. Leach in rejecting the specific name of Ves-
pertilionis.

1. Nycrerrpia SyYKESII.

Nyct. rufo-picea, thoracis tegumento dorsali abdomineque obscure albicantibus ; hoc tuber-
culis minutissimis nigris undique tecto quorum quatuor majora in quadrangulo cen-
trali disposita, segmentis (unico basali excepto) destituto, apice pilis rigidis ferru-
gineis elongatis obtecto ; pedibus elongatis, subcompressis, paullo dilatatis, breviter
setosis, femoribus magis ferrugineis, coxis anticis elongatis tibiisque apicem versus at-
tenuatis ; pectinibus thoracis elongatis ; oculis e tuberculis quatuor compositis. (*)
Long. corp. lin. 22.

Hab. in India Orientali.
Mus. Dom. Sykes.

Species maxima.

a ee

MR. J. O. WESTWOOD ON NYCTERIBIA. 289

2. Nycrerrpia Hopet.

Nyct. abdomine concolore nitido, in medio obscuriore, 5-articulato, ovato-conico, depresso,
segmento ultimo conico-truncato, apice lateraliter setigero subtus stylis duobus conico-
elongatis inflexis armato. (3)

Long. corp. lin. 2.
Hab. in Indiz Orientalis Bengala.
Mus. Dom. Hope.

Preecedenti valdé affinis at minor. Forsan illius mas.

3. NycTERIBIA DUBIA.

Nyct. fusco-castanea, pedibus magis castaneis ; coxis anticis elongato-conicis, femoribus
tibiisque subcylindricis ; thorace subtus irregulariter rugoso ; pectinibus thoracis late-
ralibus elongatis; abdomine (‘‘?,” Latr., g 2?) ovato, 6-annulato, segmento postico
conico-elongato posticé attenuato et truncato. (3 ?)
Long. corp. circiter lin. 2.

Nyct. Blainvillii, Latr., in Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., xviii. nec Leach.
Hab. in Insula Isle de France dicté. Latr.—India ?
Mus. olim Latreille.

The alleged diversity of sex, the difference of habitat, and the nearly cylindric legs,
induce the belief that this species is distinct from the last, with which, however, it
offers a close resemblance both specifically and sexually.

The character given above is founded on that published by the original observer of
the species}.

4. Nycreripia BLAINvVILLI.

“* Nyct. pedibus longis tenuibus, femoribus tibiisque apicem versus gradatim attenuatis ;”
obscure ochraceo-livida, abdomine (apice excepto) fusco, elongato-conico, depresso, seg-
mentis sex apice setigeris ultimo longiore subrotundato. (3)

Long. corp. lin. 1. (1. secundum Leach.)
Phthiridium Blainvillii, Leach, Zool. Misc., iii. p. 55. 1.
Hab. in Insula Isle de France dicta.
Mus. Brit.

“* Minor Phthir. Hermanni.” Leach, loc. cit.

‘un brun marron foncé avec les pattes plus claires, 2 article des deux hanches antérieures en céne
allongé, cuisses et jambes presque cylindriques, dessous du corselet chagriné, les deux rangées des dents ou
des peignes de ses extremités laterales et supérieures longues, abdomen 2 [?] ovoide, de six anneaux, dont
le dernier en forme de céne allongé rétréci en pointe et tronqué au bout. De Vile de France. Longueur
denyiron 2 lignes.” Latr., loc. cit.

290 MR. J. O. WESTWOUD ON NYCTERIBIA.

Latreille, in his ‘ Genera Crustaceorum, &c.’, after describing his Nyct. Vespertilionis,
stated, ‘‘ Speciem alteram Indicam possideo ;” and Dr. Leach observed of his Phthiri-
dium Blainvillii, which he received from M. de Blainville, ‘‘ This is probably the species
alluded to by Latreille in his Genera’; whereupon Latreille subsequently described his
insect, which he received from M. Cuvier, as identical with Dr. Leach’s ; giving at the
same time as its habitat the Isle of France, instead of India, as previously stated by
him. The species are quite distinct both in colour and size, as well as, it would seem,
in locality.

5. Nycreripia Royuit.

Nyct. obscuré nigra, pedibus fuscescentibus, elongatis, vix compressis, cowis anticis brevibus ;
abdomine ovato-conico, depresso, 5-articulato, apice subtruncato, stylis duobus incurvis
subtus armato ; capite compresso. (3)

Long. corp. lin. 1+.
Hab. in India Oriental.
Mus. Dom. Koyle.

6. Nycreripia Durourn.

Nyct. pedibus elongatis, coxis abbreviatis ; oculis rotundatis sessilibus simplicibus ; ab-
domine ¢ ovali, apice setigero, segmentis destituto, supra paribus tribus serierum setarum
brevium rigidarum instructo ; 3? oblongo, 6-articulato, apice subtus stylis destituto ?
Long. corp. lin. 149, lin. 1. 3?

Nyct. Vespertilionis, Duf., in Ann. des Sct. Nat., axii. p. 381. pl. 13. fig. 4.
Hab. in Vespertilione murino Gallie.

7. NycreriBIA PEDICULARIA, Latr.

Nyct. fusca, corpore supra pedibusque flavo-rufescentibus, thorace subtus fusco-rufescente
lined longitudinali mediand nigrd ; pedibus longis arcuatis, cowis anticis brevibus sub-
cylindricis, femoribus tibiisque valdé compressis feré ellipticis ; pectinibus lateralibus
thoracis brevibus ; abdomine setis rigidis armato.

Nyct. pedicularia, Latr., Hist. Nat., xiv. p. 403. pl. 112. fig. 14.
Nyct. Vespertilionis, Latr., Gen. Crust. §c., iw. p. 364. pl. 15. fig. 11. et in Nouv.
Dict. d’ Hist. Nat., tom. xxiv.

I have restored Latreille’s original name to this species, considering it as distinct
from any of the others, with the exception perhaps of Hermann’s Nyct. Vespertilionis.
His character, on which mine is founded, is subjoined'.

1 «* Corps brun, dessus du corps et pattes d'un jaunatre-roussitre, dessous du corselet d’un brun rougeatre
avec un ligne noire au milieu, pattes longues arquées, 2" article des deux hanches antérieures court presque
cylindrique, cuisses et jambes trés comprimées presque elliptiques, les deux rangées des dents des extremités
laterales et supérieures du corselet courtes, abdomen herissé de poils.” Latr., Hist., loc. cit.

MR. J. O. WESTWOOD ON NYCTERIBIA. 291

8. NycreriBia VEXATA.

Nyct. pallidé ferruginea ; pedibus elongatis, coxis anticis brevibus ; abdomine 8 8-articu-
lato, testaceo, ovato-conico, apice subrotundato, subtis ad apicem stylis duobus in-
curvis alteroque intermedio armato.

Long. corp. lin. 1—141.
Phthiridium Vespertilionis, Herm., Mem. Apt., pl. 5. fig. 1.
Hab. in Vespertilione murino Europe.

Oss. Exemplar aliud (3? siccitate contractum? vel ? ??) abdomine ad apicem
emarginato a cl. Hermanno descriptum est.

I have no hesitation in considering the insect described by Hermann under the trivial
name of Vespertilionis, as specifically distinct from our two British species, as well as
from Nyct. Dufourii, in the structure of the male. It may possibly, however, be iden-
tical with Latreille’s Nyct. pedicularia.

9. Nycrerisia Jenynstt.

Nyct. pallidé ochraceo-flavescens, setis pectinibusque thoracis et abdominis basi nigris ;
palpis longé setosis ; oculis sessilibus, rotundatis, simplicibus ; pedibus elongatis te-
nuibus, covis anticis brevioribus, femoribus tibuisque paulld compressis ; abdomine ovato,
seriebus transversis setarum rigidarum (segmenta totidem indicantibus) notato, segmento
ultimo laminis duabus elongatis incurvis contiguis styloque carnoso intermedio subtis
terminato. (3)

Long. corp. lin. 12.
Hab. in China.
Mus. nostr. Amicissimé communicavit Rev. Leonardus Jenyns.

10. Nycreripia Latreizu.

Nyct. pallidé ochracea ; pedibus perbrevibus, Semoribus tibiisque valde dilatatis, setis obscuris
elongatis, tarsorum articulo primo reliquis conjunctim vix longiore ; thoracis pectore
latiore et breviore; pectinibus thoracis unguibusque nigris ; abdomine & 6-articulato,
segmento ultimo longiore conico-truncato, subtis laminis duabus distantioribus elongatis
incurvis ad ventrem adpressis styloque intermedio armato; ° ovali absque appen-
diculis, apice inciso, subt&s articulo basali distincto, seriebusque transversis setarum
rigidarum instructo segmenta ? indicantibus. (o> #)

Long. corp. lin. 2 (14. secundum Leach).
Nyct. Latreillii, Curt., Brit. Ent., pl. 277. 8.
Phthiridium Latreillii, Leach, Zool. Misc., iti. p. 55. 2.
Hab. in Vespertilione murino Angliz.
Mus. Brit., Stephens, Jenyns, et Curtis,
VOL. I. 2a

=

292 MR. J. O. WESTWOOD ON NYCTERIBIA.

The references of this species to Linnzus and others, given by Dr. Leach, must be
considered as dubious. Frisch has represented an insect which from the shortness of
the legs may possibly be intended for this species!. That it is not the one figured by
Latreille in the ‘ Histoire Naturelle’ and the ‘ Genera Crustaceorum’ (with which it is
doubtfully considered as synonymous by Dr. Leach) is evident from the length and
slenderness of the legs in the figures contained in those works.

11. NycTERIBIA BIARTICULATA.

Nyct. pallide ochracea, abdomine obscuriore ; pedibus elongatis, dilatatis, longé setosis, setd
unicd ad basin tibiarum longissimd, coxis anticis brevibus ; abdomine ? quasi 2-arti-
culato, segmento primo supra longits producto, stylis duobus caudalibus elongatis cylin-
dricis porrectis ad apicem longeé setosis ; 3 6?-articulato, subtus ad apicem stylis duobus
incurvis ad ventrem adpressis ; thorace subtus concolore. (3, 2)

Long. corp. lin. 14 (2 secundum Leach).
Phthiridium biarticulatum, Herm., Mém. Apt., pl. 6. f. 1. 2.
Phthir. Hermanni, Leach, Zool. Misc., wii. pl. 144. 3; ?.
Celeripes Vespertilionis, Mont., in Linn. Trans., ix. p. 166.
Nycteribia Vespertilionis, Mont., in Linn. Trans., wi. p. 11. t. 3. f. 5. ¢.
Hab. in Rhinolopho Ferro-equino Angliz, Germanie, Italie.
Mus. Brit., et Stephens.
Oss. Species distinctissima, sectionem peculiarem in genere constituens.

I have restored Hermann’s name for this species, to obviate the confusion which has
arisen from his chief description having been derived from a different species, as well
as from a sense of justice to that author?.

‘ Ins. Deutschl., vol. i. part 5. pl. 5.

2 Since the above Paper was read, Dr. Horsfield has been so kind as to afford me an opportunity of examining
a large Nycteribia, collected by himself in Java, and contained in the collection of the East India Company,
which differs from Nyct. Sykesii only in haying the terminal abdominal sete extending to some distance along
the middle of the disc of the abdomen.

I may add that Dr. Perty has published the description and figure of a minute insect, which appears to be
nearly allied to Nycteribia, in the ‘ Delectus Animalium Articulatorum Brasilie’, under the name of Lipoptera
Phyjllostomatis. The description is not, however, sufficiently precise to enable me to judge with certainty of

its real structure.

Fig.

bw hW

MR. J. O. WESTWOOD ON NYCTERIBIA. 293

Pirate XXXVI.

Nycreripia SyKeEsir ?.

. The insect, of the natural size, seen from above, with the head extended.

. The same, seen sideways, with the head thrown back in the ordinary position.
. The same, highly magnified, seen from above.

. The head, seen from above, exhibiting the spiculate style of the lower parts

of the mouth.
The same, seen from beneath.

. The same, seen sideways.

. The double eye on one side of the head.

. One of the antenna.

. The lower apparatus of the mouth, armed at the sides with several long and

slender hairs.

. One of the palpi? seen sideways.
. The palpi? attached by membrane, seen after the removal of the lower appa-

ratus of the mouth.

. The base of the intermediate leg, showing the connexion with the pectines.

. One of the pectines detached.

. The terminal joints of the foot.

. The spiracular aperture on each side of the neck.

. The under side of the body, the base of the legs on one side only being repre-

sented.

. The abdomen of one of the individuals, seen from above.

. The upper side of the abdomen in an advanced stage of gestation.

. The under side of the same.

. The extremity of the abdomen seen from behind, showing the anal apparatus

and the two posterior pairs of spiracles.

. A portion of the skin of the abdomen more highly magnified, showing one of

the third pair of spiracles.

. The pupa, extracted from the abdomen represented in fig. 18., seen sideways.
. The same, exhibiting its flattened under side.

. The same, showing its convex upper side.

. The broad extremity of the same, seen from behind.

Nycrerrpia Hope ¢.

. The insect, seen from above, highly magnified.
. The under side of the thorax and abdomen.
. The extremity of the abdomen, seen sideways.

2Q 2

294

Fig. 29

30.
3l.
32.
33.
34.

35.
36.

37.
38.
39.
40.
41.

42.

43.
44.
AD:
46.
47.
48.

49.
50.

MR. J. O. WESTWOOD ON NYCTERIBIA.

NycreriBiA JENYNSII 3.
. The insect, highly magnified.
The head, more highly magnified, showing the large oval sessile eyes.
The same, seen sideways.
The extremity of the abdomen, seen sideways.
The same, seen from behind.
The same, seen from beneath.

Nycrerrsia Roy ¢.

The under side of the abdomen.
The extremity of the same, seen sideways.

NYCTERIBIA BIARTICULATA 6, ?.
The abdomen ¢, seen sideways, (after Dr. Leach).
The same, seen from beneath, (from the British Museum specimens).
The under side of the thorax and abdomen 2°.
The upper side of the abdomen ¢.
The abdomen ?, seen sideways.

Nycrerisia BLAINvVILLII 3.

The insect, seen from above, the base of the legs on one side only being
represented.

Nycteripia LATREILLII ¢> ?.

The abdomen ¢, (after Mr. Curtis).

The thorax and abdomen 3, seen from beneath.

The abdomen ¢, (from Mr. Stephens’s dried specimens).
The abdomen ?, seen from above.

The same, from beneath.

The extremity of the same, from above.

NycteripiA Durouri 3d, 2, (after M. Dufour).

The abdomen 3, seen from above.
The abdomen ?, seen from above.

Sweet. £6.

af - . a :
fn Met Shen’: U2 Myo L Hifer' YI. Myctefen rae Pad Myits ey ter:

Tyl Sea Mantiila, See USGS. Iye t-Lattalla: gpl. Iyet Vyfourid

/

WotharrrSs pre
“4 bad.

Caman« Veatch q dre.

Z N yhirhtan Mapas, Ware,

Type. po IXfnk Wud .
4/2/.g ero bls. o. Ww.

We

BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY),

BPEXxY 4

CromwELL Roan,

tl nN Vim Lonpon: S.W.
not ds bad

294

Fig. 29.

The incont hiehler
. The

. The.
. The i
. The:
. The:
. The:
. The:

. The.
. The:

MR. J. O. WESTWOOD ON NYCTERIBIA.

| Nycreripra Jenynsii o.
ae ==

here: 20-28 yet. ws

III Nyt: Toyler
per My ia warble. GIGS.

peo sy:

:
}
'
f

XXXI. Some Account of Macropus Parryi, @ hitherto undescribed Species of Kangaroo
from New South Wales. By E. T. Bennerr, Esq., F.L.S., Sec. Z.8.

Communicated December 23, 1834.

A. KANGAROO, recently brought from New South Wales by Capt. Sir Edward W.
Parry, R.N., and presented by him to the Society, offers the type of a new species so
well defined in its characters, and so distinct from all that have been recorded, as to
merit a full description. Its distinctive characters may be expressed in the following
terms :

Macropvus Parrvt.

Macr. rhinario lato ; auriculis elongatis, nudiusculis ; caudd pilis rigidis brevibus incum-
bentibus vestitd, corpore sublongiore: noteo griseo ; gastreo pallido ; fascid genarum,
cauddque pro maximd parte, albis, hdc ad apicem nigra.

The general form of the animal is that of the common Kangaroo, Macropus major,
Shaw ; it seems, however, as far as may be judged from a single specimen not seen by
me until after its death, to be somewhat more slender in its proportions. Its size is
about one third smaller; but the tail and ears are of greater proportional length, as
will be seen by the comparative measurements hereafter given. The colour above is
grey, differing little, except by its comparative lightness, from that of the common
species ; the long scattered hairs being entirely of a brownish grey, and the under fur
dusky at the base and pale at the tips of the soft woolly hairs which compose it. The
general hue is somewhat darker along the middle line of the upper part of the back,
and at the base of the tail; but becomes paler on the shoulders, and still more so on
the sides of the body: the under parts lose nearly all the tinge of grey, and are covered
with a much thicker, longer, closer, and more woolly fur. The base of the tail above,
for about 9 inches, is dark grey, and beyond this are several faint indications of a ten-
dency to form half rings of that colour on the somewhat dirty white which occupies the
remainder of that organ, with the exception of about 3 inches at the tip. The hairs on
the tail are short, bristly, closely adpressed, and but thinly cover the surface of the
skin. On the middle line of the under surface, however, they are closer and much
longer. Like those of the upper surface these are of a dirty white ; but about 7 inches
from the tip they begin to change into a deep black, and mingling towards the extremity
with the shorter hairs of the sides and upper surface, they give to the tail a black tip,
intermixed with only a few scattered white hairs, which are scarcely seen except on a
close examination. At the base of the tail its under surface is covered by white fur,

296 MR. E. T. BENNETT’S ACCOUNT OF MACROPUS PARRYI.

continuous with that of the belly and pouch; and on the hinder part of the haunches
on either side (or rather on a space bounded by the base of the tail, the prymna, and
the marsupium,) is a broad patch of light yellowish brown. In the common species the
hair of the tail is far less bristly, longer, softer, and by no means adpressed.

The head above is of a greyish mouse colour, more intense from the eyes forwards,
where it becomes almost wholly of a dusky black. Bordering this darker colour below,
on a level with the lower eyelid, a broad well-defined white band extends along the
cheek from the posterior angle of the eye to the angle of the mouth. Below this is a
similar but less strongly marked band of the common grey colour, which passes from
the back and sides of the neck over the sides of the head, and is continued along the
last-mentioned band to the angle of the mouth. The lips are grey, with an admixture
of long black and white bristly hairs, and the latter are especially remarkable on the
lower lip and chin. A broad whitish patch, with little of the grey mixture, occupies
a space bounded by the edges of the lower jaw and extending to the upper part of the
throat. The ears are mouse-coloured at the base, with a light grey patch on the vertex
between them, grey in the middle, and dusky at their tips. Externally they are very
thinly clothed with short scattered hairs, and internally they are almost naked, excepting
a slight tuft of white hairs at the base of their anterior margin, and a narrow edging all
round of short whitish hairs. This extreme thinness of the clothing of the ears renders
visible on their inner surface, and also by transmitted light, a number of small glan-
dular transparent pores. In the common species these organs are thickly clothed with
hair on their outer surface, and are muca less bare internally than in the animal brought
home by Sir Edward Parry, and there are consequently no transparent pores visible in
them: the hairs of the margin of the ears are also, in the common species, of a dark
brown approaching to black.

On the limbs the hairs become gradually shorter and more rigid. The whole of the
fore paw is black, with a slight admixture of grey on the metacarpal and carpal regions;
and the claws also are black. On the hinder feet the two large outer toes are deep
black, and covered with long rigid hairs as far as the base of the strong black hoof-like
claws. The two small united toes are light grey, like the metatarsus and tarsus.

The comparative extent of the naked muzzle appears in this group, as in various
tribes of Ruminants, to afford an excellent guide in the discrimination of species, and
perhaps also of sections, without attaining, as in some other cases, a value of generic
importance. In the species under consideration it occupies the whole space between
the nostrils, and downwards to the fissure of the upper lip, spreading over the flattened
extremity of the nose, and giving off on either side a rather broad margin to the upper
edge of each nostril. It is covered with rather large and conspicuous papille. In this
respect the animal is allied to the Bush Kangaroo, Macr. Ualabatus, Less.; and differs
altogether from the common Kangaroo, in which the naked muzzle is limited to a narrow
margin surrounding each of the nostrils, with a very slight band of connexion in front.

Oe

MR. E. T. BENNETT’S ACCOUNT OF MACROPUS PARRYI. 297

The measurements of Parry’s Kangaroo, as compared with a specimen of the common
or greater Kangaroo in the Society’s Museum, are as follows :

Macr. Parryi. | Macr. major.
Ft. In. Ft, -In.
Total length from the muzzle to the tip of the tail . 5.4 6 8
Girth round the middle of the body ete 2 6
Length of the head 6 9
body Dy Al ee oe eo
tail 2 6 2 9
aT ae rane ae 4 4a
LEER ENG HALEY COLT He Cy ES ce pt es ot ie eR Ea 2 23
Length of the hinder foot from the calcaneum to the tip of
the longest claw PORE MN: PURE RET Ma ee 102 a
TSO EG OME DOUG, sete ca, nw nee th PR ona ee ailinast tebe tl
fore arm and foot from the olecranon to the
HipOh the MONSEREKelAWasrotwyseiecy 4271) “teylsiedana Hacehiate : 9

The two latter measurements are not given in the common species, the specimen com-
pared being without bones in those parts, and consequently liable to contraction or
distension under the hands of the stuffer. A second specimen of Macr. major in the
Collection measures 3 feet in the length of the body, and 2 feet 8 inches in that of the
tail.

Sir Edward Parry states the animal ‘‘ to have been obtained at Stroud, near Port
Stephens, in the latitude of about 30° South. It was caught by the natives, by whom
it is called Wolliroo; having been thrown out of its mother’s pouch when the latter was
hunted. At that time it was somewhat less than a rabbit ; but having continued in
the possession of Sir Edward Parry for more than two years in New South Wales, be-
sides six months on the passage to England, it may be considered as fully grown. It
was never kept in confinement until it was embarked for England, but lived in the
kitchen, and ran about the house and grounds like a dog, going out every night after
dusk into ‘‘ the bush” (or forest) to feed, and usually returning to its friend the man-
cook, in whose bed it slept, about two o’clock in the morning. Besides what it might
obtain in these excursions, it ate meat, bread, vegetables, in short, anything given to it
by the cook, with whom it was extremely tame, but would allow nobody else to take
liberties with it. It expressed its anger when very closely approached by others, by a
sort of half-grunting, half-hissing, very discordant sound, which appeared to come from
the throat, without altering the expression of the countenance. In the daytime it would
occasionally, but not often, venture out to a considerable distance from home ; in which
case it would sometimes be chased back by strange dogs, especially those belonging to
the natives. From these, however, it had no difficulty in escaping, through its extreme

298 MR. E. T. BENNETT’S ACCOUNT OF MACROPUS PARRYI.

swiftness ; and it was curious to see it bounding up a hill and over the garden fence,
until it had placed itself under the protection of the dogs belonging to the house, espe-
cially of two of the Newfoundland breed, to which it was attached, and which never
failed to afford it their assistance by sallying forth in pursuit of its adversaries.”

Captain Parry further observes, that, ‘like all other Kangaroos, this animal, when in
active motion, never touches the ground with its tail, merely using it to form a tripod
when standing erect. It seems to inhabit no part of the colony in the latitude of Sidney.”

On his return to England Sir Edward Parry brought the animal with him ; but soon
after his landing it met with an accident by which its leg was broken, and which it
survived for only a short time. Its body was presented to the Society while yet recent;
and the following account of the particulars observed in its dissection is by my friend
Mr. Owen.

** Having examined, at the request of my friend Mr. Bennett, the principal viscera of
this new species of Macropus, I find that they present with few variations the same
characters which belong to the anatomy of the greater Kangaroo, and which have been
for the most part described and figured in the works of Home and Cuvier.

‘“«The large sacculated stomach occupied the epigastric, left hypochondriac, and left
lumbar regions ; from this it passsed obliquely upwards and across the abdomen, and
then turned, as in the greater Kangaroo!, to terminate in the duodenum. The cardiac
end was produced into two small sacculi, which were not so much separated from each
other as in Macr. major, but were folded back upon the stomach. The cardiac extre-
mity was situated sternad of the wsophagus, which was about 3 inches long after passing
the diaphragm. The interior of the stomach presented the same disposition of cuticle,
and series of glandular patches, and the pylorus was surrounded by the same thickened
zone of glands, as in Macr. major. The sacculi were puckered up by two longitudinal
bands extending from the esophagus along either side of the smaller curvature, while
in Macr. major a third longitudinal band extends along the line from which the great
epiploon is continued to the spleen and transverse colon.

*“« There were two hair-balls in the stomach, of an oval shape, not rounded as they
generally are in the Ruminants, which are most obnoxious to these formations. One of
these hair-balls measured 3 inches in the long diameter; the other, 2 inches. They
were entirely composed of the hairs of the animal, matted together and agglutinated
by the mucus of the stomach. ‘This occurrence of an inconvenience which is the oc-
casional result of a necessary complication of the principal digestive organ, is interesting
on account of the near approach to the Ruminating tribe which the Kangaroos make
in the complexity of the stomach, and which is united with a corresponding simplicity
of the cecum and colon.

‘«T have more than once observed the act of rumination in the Kangaroos preserved
in the Vivarium of the Society. It does not take place while they are recumbent, but

' Proceedings of the Committee of Science, Zool. Soc., Part I., p. 161.

MR. E. T. BENNETT’S ACCOUNT OF MACROPUS PARRYI. 299

when erect upon the tripod of the hinder legs and tail. The abdominal muscles are
seen in violent action for a few seconds ; the head is a little depressed; and then the
cud is chewed by a quick rotatory motion of the jaws. This act was more commonly
noticed after physic had been given to the animals, which we may suppose to have
interrupted the healthy digestive processes ; it by no means takes place with the same
frequency and regularity as in the true Ruminants.

“The disposition and structure of the intestinal canal corresponded to that of the
greater Kangaroo, in an adult specimen of which I measured carefully the intestines,
and found the length of the small intestines 22 feet ; of the large intestines, 9 feet ; of
the cecum, 1 foot 10 inches: in Macr. Parryi the small intestines measured 9 feet ; the
large intestines 4 feet ; and the cecum 9 inches. The different segments of the canal
have consequently nearly the same relative proportions ; but the whole are shorter in
proportion to the body than in the greater Kangaroo.

‘There were several glandular patches in the ileum; the villi of this gut, viewed
under the microscope, were thickly set, moderately long, and compressed, as in the greater
Kangaroo. In the large intestines the mucous surface was devoid of villi, but presented,
when magnified, a very fine reticulation. In the greater Kangaroo two longitudinal
bands commence about one third of the distance from the end of the c@cum, and con-
tinue for about 2 feet along the colon, when they gradually spread over the gut and dis-
appear ; very faint traces of a similar structure were perceptible in Macr. Parryi: but
in neither species do these bands draw up the intestine into pouches ; nor is the cecum
or colon dilated to serve as a reservoir, the stomach here serving for the necessary ac-
cumulation and retention of the vegetable substances. In Semnopithecus, however, the
colon is sacculated as in other Quadrumana, notwithstanding the complicated structure
of its capacious stomach. I have observed in the greater Kangaroo that the contents of
the cecum are very soft, and so continue along the colon to the ends of the two longi-
tudinal bands, beyond which they begin to be formed into cubical lumps about an inch
square, with the margins rounded off.

‘<The liver in Macr. Parryi was situated wholly to the right of the mesial plane, as
in the Ruminants, and from a similar cause, viz. the preponderating size of the stomach,
which, with the spleen, fills the left hypochondrium. It presented the same form as in
Macr. major, being more or less deeply cleft into five lobes exclusive of the Spigelian
appendix or lobulus. The latter is not continued in the Kangaroo from the right lobe of
the liver, as in most other Mammalia, but is a process of the left lobe, on account of
the position of that part of the lesser curvature of the stomach to which it is adapted.

«The gall-bladder does not perforate the liver, as in the Opossum, but occupies a
deep fissure, its fundus in both genera, however, projecting from the convex surface of
the gland.

“The terminal portion of the ductus choledochus was surrounded and thickened by
the same glandular structure in Macr. Parryi as in Macr. major ; and was similarly

VOL. I. 2R

300 MR. E. T. BENNETT’S ACCOUNT OF MACROPUS PARRYI.

joined by the duct of the pancreas immediately before penetrating the duodenum, which
it enters in Macr. Parryi at 3 inches from the pylorus ; and in Macr. major at 5 inches’
distance from the same place. A similar glandular structure of the biliary duct is ob-
servable in some of the Dibranchiate Cephalopods ; but in these the accessory folliculi
are more developed, and were regarded by Hunter as analogous to a pancreas: the
true analogue of this gland, however, exists in all the Cephalopods in the simple rudi-
mental condition which it presents in the lowest Vertebrata. The pancreas in the Ma-
cropi extends from the spleen across the root of the mesentery to the duodenum ; it
sends off many branched processes into the posterior part of the epiploon.

‘The spleen presents a singular figure, which might, at first sight, be supposed to
relate to the extent and complexity of the stomach. It is a narrow, flattened, T-shaped
body ; one long strip extends down the left side of the great end of the stomach, and
a shorter strip goes off at right angles to the smaller end of the stomach, and accom-
panies a large process of the pancreas. In Dasyurus and Phalangista, however, in which
the stomach is of a simple form, the spleen is also characterized by a process extended
at right angles from the longer portion or body of the gland which lies longitudinally
in the abdomen. Now in these Marsupial genera the superadded process accompanies
and is in close contact with a corresponding process of the pancreas, as in the Kangaroo,
but both processes are comparatively shorter. The smaller or transverse portion of the
spleen was much notched at its anterior trenchant margin in Macr. Parryi: I have al-
ways observed it entire in Macr. major.

‘* The kidney in Macr. Parryi presented one elongated mamilla, without the smaller
accessory ones observable at its sides in the greater species. The situation of these
glands, and of the suprarenal glands, is the same in both. In Macr. Parryi the kid-
neys were on the same transverse line, 6 inches above the brim of the pelvis.

‘<The viscera of the chest were as in Macr. major. The blood of the head and ante-
rior extremities is returned to the right auricle by two superior vene cave, as in the
other Marsupiata.

‘“« The uterine organs presented the same remarkable structure as in the greater Kan-
garoo, except that the septum of the mesial cul-de-sac of the vagina was not extended so
low down. Traces of peritoneal canals were carefully searched for, but with the same
negative result as on former occasions.”

Prats XXXVI.
Macropvs Parryt.
A side view of its teeth is subjoined, chiefly for the purpose of showing the form of
the third incisor, which differs from that of Macr. major by its smaller extent and by

the anterior of the two nearly equal portions into which it is divided being destitute of
groove.

—tans, Loot. Doe. Vel LOS % 500.

y)
4/

is

i
|
“Ae
ry :
Aw
F +
t
-
= . d
4
: alee
. ee ae 7
JP Me sides tad
: b ae £
e ot
‘ at wins
= ay gti
is

[ 301 ]

XXXII. On the Genus Chama, Brug., with Descriptions of some Species apparently not
hitherto characterized. By W. J. Broverip, Esq., Vice-President of the Geological
and Zoological Societies, F.R.S., L.S., &c.

Communicated December 23, 1834.

THE genus Chama, modified as it was by Bruguiéres, includes only that section of the
Linnean genus of the same name, the animal of which, under the title of Psilopus, has
been described and figured by Poli. Lamarck and Cuvier have both adopted this
arrangement of a group which is natural, gregarious, and whose geographical distribu-
tion appears to be confined to the warmer seas, the Mediterranean being the locality of
the lowest temperature where any of the species have been hitherto found. The shells
are attached by their external surface to submarine bodies, such as corals, rocks, and
shells, and have been observed at depths ranging from points near the surface to seven-
teen fathoms. These shells appear to be subject to every change of shape, and often of
colour, that the accidents of their position may bring upon them. Their shape is usu-
ally determined by the body to which they are fixed; the development of the foliated
lamine which form their general characteristic is affected by their situation ; and their
colour most probably by the food and by their greater or less exposure to light. The
Chama that has lived in deep and placid water will generally be found with its folia-
tions in the highest state of luxuriancy, while those of the individual which has borne
the buffeting of a comparatively shallow and turbulent sea will be poor and stunted.

Lamarck, with much reason, has placed the genus Chama properly so called between
Diceras and Etheria ; but he has divided the species into two sections, viz. first, those
the umbones of whose shells turn from left to right, and, secondly, those whose wmbones
turn from right to left. M. Sander Rang, in his Manual, has adopted this division, to
which I cannot subscribe, because it will not bear the test of examination. Two remark-
able instances are now well known of regular Bivalves of the same species, in which one
specimen may be regarded as being the reverse of the other, viz. Lucina Childreni and
an inequivalve Mytilus in the British Museum ; and, to come at once to the case before
us, the same species of Chama is sometimes attached by the right, sometimes by the
left valve ; or, in other words, in one individual of the species the wmbones will turn
from left to right, while in another individual they will turn from right to left.

The fossil species are numerous, and occur in the supracretaceous group, particularly
in the Subapennine beds, and those of Bordeaux and Dax ; in the cretaceous group ;
and also in that of the oolite.

To me the distinction of the species of this genus appears to be difficult. Their
VOL. I.—PART IV. 238

302 MR. BRODERIP ON THE GENUS CHAMA.

variety is infinite, and I enter upon the task of describing the following specimens
brought home by Mr. Cuming, and now in his cabinet, with considerable diffidence.

CHAMA FRONDOSA.
Tab. XXXVIII. Fig. 1.

Chama testé sublobatd, lamellosd, lamellis sinuosis frondosis, frondibus longitudinahiter pli-
catis et in utrdque valvd cardinem versus biseriatis, maximis ; intus albd, limbo purpu-
rascente, crenulato.

Hab. ad Insulam Platam Colombiz Occidentalis.

The ground colour of this beautiful Chama is a light pinkish purple, and the luxu-
riant and spreading longitudinally-plaited foliations are yellow, tinged and streaked with
the ground colour. At the root of each foliation on its lower side there is generally a
purplish transverse stripe. The inside of the valves is whitish, and their internal edge,
which is crenulated all round, is bordered with dark purple, blending into yellow at the
verge, but more intense at the posterior edge.

The specimen from which the figure and description were taken was dredged up by
Mr. Cuming from a rock of coral, to which it was adhering at a depth of seventeen
fathoms.

Var. «. Lamellis crebrioribus, frondibus brevioribus.

Hab. cum precedente.

Found attached to coral at the same island where the specimen last described was
obtained, and at about the same depth. ‘

Var. 8. Tota purpurea, lamellis creberrimis, frondibus brevissimis.
Tab. XXXVIII. Fig. 2.
Hab. ad Mexico. (Gulf of Tehuantepec.)

Dredged up from sandy mud attached to Avicule (Meleagrine, Lam., Margarite,
Leach), at a depth of ten fathoms.

Traces of the lobated form and double series of foliations near the hinge will be per-
ceived more clearly in variety «. than in variety 6. ; still I think that the latter is only
another variety of Chama frondosa. Traces of the yellow colour may be seen, especially
near the wmbo.

CHAMA PELLUCIDA.

Tab. XXXVIII. Fig. 3.

Chama testa alba roseo seu rubro fucaté vel strigatd, lamellis frequentibus, frondibus elon-
gatis pellucidis ; intus albd, limbo crenulato.
Hab. ad Peruviam. (Iquiqui.)
This pretty species, when perfect, has its white, ruddy, or vinous elongated foliations

ee == =

MR. BRODERIP ON THE GENUS CHAMA. 303

transparent ; and the white valves are striped or tinged externally with the same
colours. In old specimens the foliations and lamelle are completely worn down, and
the shell has somewhat of a crystalline appearance ; indeed it is always semitrans-
parent.

Dredged up by Mr. Cuming, attached to Stones, Mytili, and turbinated shells, at a
depth varying from nine to eleven fathoms, from a bottom of coarse sand ; and also
found under stones at low-water mark.

CHAMA LOoBATA,
Tab. XXXVIII. Figg. 4, 5.

Chama testé alba, lobatd, subrhomboided, radiatim striata, lamellis creberrimis, jimbriatis,
foliaceis, striatis ; limbo interno crenato.
Hab. ad insulam Nevis.

This shell is of a dead white, and striated, in a radiated direction, from the wmbones
(which are sometimes tinged with brownish or yellowish) to the borders of the valves.
The foliated fimbriations are close-set, and sometimes very much developed. The
valves are sometimes tinged on the inside towards the umbones with yellowish and
purplish ; and the internal border is strongly crenated.

It was found attached to small stones and shells at Nevis in the West Indies in sandy
mud, and at a depth ranging from four to ten fathoms.

CuHAMa SINUOSA.
Tab. XXXVIII. Fig. 6.

Chama test suborbiculari, posticée sinuatd, lamellis medtocribus, plicatis, subdepressis, albd
rufo-spadiceo maculatd ; intus albd, limbo interno levi.
Hab. ad Brasiliam.

This species, which in some points approaches the last, was brought from Brazil by
J. Miller, Esq., Surgeon R.N. The differences are many, as will be seen on reference
to the figure. The fine strie of the crowded lamelle, so remarkable in Chama lobata,
are wanting in the comparatively distant lamelle of Chama sinuosa, which has the in-
ternal borders of the valves smooth.

Cuama Pacirica.
Tab. XXXIX. Fig. 1.
Chama testd rubrd, purpured vel luted, lamellis creberrimis, foliis seu squamulis brevioribus
interdum albidis ; limbo interno crenato.
Hab. in Oceano Pacifico. (Lord Hood’s Island, Pearl Islands.)
The infinite varieties of this species in shape and colour defy description. In many
2382

304 MR. BRODERIP ON THE GENUS CHAMA.

points it agrees with Lamarck’s Chama florida; but he describes the margin of that
shell as entire, whereas the margin of Chama Pacifica is strongly crenated.

Mr. Cuming’s specimens were obtained by diving. They were attached to Avicule
(Meleagrine, Lam., Margarite, Leach,) at a depth ranging from three to seven
fathoms.

Many shells of this species were brought to this country some years ago, from the
Pear] Islands, by Mr. Samuel Stutchbury.

CHAMA IMBRICATA.
Tab. XXXIX. Fig. 2.

Chama testé lamellosé, squamis imbricatd, albidd purpureo-fusco varia ; valvd superiore
subdepressd, sublobatd, sinu ab umbone usque ad limbum currente ; intus albidd, limbo
integro sepissimé nigro-purpureo.

Hab. in Oceano Pacifico. (Lord Hood’s Island, Pearl Islands.)

This grows to a large size, and was obtained by diving by Mr. Cuming, attached to
Avicule at a depth ranging from three to seven fathoms. There is generally a purple
spot at the tip of the wmbo of the upper valve.

This also was brought home in considerable numbers by Mr. Samuel Stutchbury from
the Pearl Islands, and I have more than once been inclined to think that it may be a
variety of Chama Pacifica. But the internal edge of the former is always crenated, that
of the latter, except towards the hinge-border, is smooth, and the depressed line of its
upper valve is very strongly marked, however the external shape may vary.

Var. «. Nana, castanea albo strigata, intus alba.
Tab. XXXIX. Fig. 3.

Hab. ad Insulas Gallapagos dictas.

The examination of an extensive series has led me to the conclusion that this dwarf,
and at first sight widely differing, shell, is only a variety of Chama imbricata. The pur-
ple brown is changed into chestnut striped with white ; and hardly any scales are to be
found on its wrinkled surface except the double series which crown the ridge on each
side of the depressed line, and sometimes a series or two on the affixed valve. This
depressed line is not nearly so well marked as it is in the large variety, but it is to be
observed on most of the specimens: some are absolutely without imbrications.

A figure of one of these turning from right to left (some specimens turn from left
to right) is given.

This variety was found by Mr. Cuming attached to rocks and stones at low water.

MR. BRODERIP ON THE GENUS CHAMA. 305

CHAMA PRODUCTA.
Tab. XXXIX. Fig. 4.

Chama testd subpurpured, creberrimé lamellosd, lamellis folaceis, integris ; valvd inferiore
enormiter productd ; limbo integro, purpureo.

Hab. ad Mexico. (Gulf of Tehuantepec.)

The closely set foliaceous lamelle on the upper valve are almost entirely abraded in
the specimen before me, which, it should be remembered, bears the marks of consider-
able age. Those on the enormously produced lower valve are, on one side, in good
preservation, and are not unlike in appearance to those of some of the Spondyli when
they have grown in the same fashion. The interior of the shell, which has something
of the aspect of a Gryphea, is white tinged with yellowish, and striped in the direction
of the Jamelle with purple. The purple border on the smooth internal edge of the upper
valve is of some width.

Dredged up by Mr. Cuming from sandy mud at a depth of ten fathoms, attached to
stones.

CHAMA CORRUGATA.
Tab. XXXVIII. Fig. 7.

Chama testa corrugatd, rubro-purpured albo varid ; intis atro-purpured, limbo integro.
Hab. in America Centrali. (Real Lleijos.)

Found by Mr. Cuming attached to stones at low water. All the specimens which I
have seen turn from right to left.

CHAMA ECHINATA.
Tab. XXXIX. Fig. 5, (Junior) ; 6, 7 (Senior).

Chama testé albidd purpureo varid, spinis fornicatis echinatd ; intis atro-purpured vel sub-
rubra, limbo integro ; dente cardinali rubro.
Hab. in America Centrali. (Puerto Portrero.)

The spines of this species, which are close-set and well developed in youth, are en-
tirely abraded in age till nothing but corrugation is left externally. But as the animal
advances in life, the interior of the shell is richly painted, till in old age it arrives to an
intensity of dark purple difficult to imitate with colours however rich. At that period
the cardinal tooth becomes of the hue of the bone of the red Coral (Isis nobilis), used
for ornamental purposes. Fig. 6. represents the interior of the lower valve, and Fig. 7.
the interior of the upper one.

Found at low water attached to rocks.

306 MR. BRODERIP ON THE GENUS CHAMA.

CHAMA SPINOSA.
Tab. XXXVIII. Fig. 8 (Junior) ; 9 (Senior).
Chama testd albd interdum roseo vel purpureo umbonem versus value superioris pictd, spinis

fornicatis creberrimis horridd ; intus alba, limbo integro.
Hab. in Oceano Pacifico. (Lord Hood’s Island.)

This pretty species was dredged up by Mr. Cuming attached to corals and Avicule at
a depth ranging from three to seven fathoms.

The younger specimens are tinged towards the umbo of the upper valve with a deli-
cate rose-colour. The umbo of the lower valve is often produced after the manner of
that of Chama unicornis, Lam.

CHAMA SORDIDA.
Tab. XXXIX. Fig. 8 (Junior) ; 9 (Senior).
Chama testé albidd subroseo varid, vel toté subrosed, creberrimé striatd, hinc et hinc foliaceé ;

intus alba, limbo crenulato.

Hab. in America Centrali. (Isle of Cuma.)

This species, which varies much according to its age, but never appears to grow toa
large size, was dredged up by Mr. Cuming from a depth of eighteen fathoms, attached
to rocks.

Old specimens have the lower valve often very much produced.

L772

Ch

YJ

Phi

tans. Loot. Foc. bel. AIG p30
7

is
fe WO

“f Yo wes ho 23 Af, ey ae

7. JAMA MACY CCR L493. Oh ame sMmC MRL 7 DLE AI,
ff 4
Sm LPs T= , a / SS ee
Pe) : Pha A CC Cnale . é - CG . AhAaWa CALE.

¢

=e

[ 307 ]

XXXII. Characters and Description of a new Genus of the Family Melolonthide. By
Joun Curtis, Esq., F.L.S., &c. Communicated by the Secretary.

Read February 10, 1835.

Ina collection of insects sent to me by Mr. A. Mathews, and formed by him in Lima
and its neighbourhood, the following species appeared to me so peculiar in its struc-
ture that I thought it particularly worthy of being described and figured.

Ordo Corzoprera.
Fam. Metotonruipa, MacLeay.

Genus Ancistrosoma!,

Antenne in utroque sexu similes, maris paulo majores, in clypei basin ante oculos in-
serte, capite breviores, pilose, clavate, 9-articulate, articulo basali longo, crasso,
clavato, pilosissimo, secundo parvo, tertio tribus sequentibus longiore, his sub-
obovatis, sexto majore et subcyathiformi, tribus apicalibus clavam lamellosam me-
diocrem efformantibus.

Labrum transversum, semiovatum, crassum, setosum, in medio leviter emarginatum.

Mandibule subsimiles, ad basin crass, disco circulari plano, transversim sulcato, apice
elongato, fortiter incurvato, obtuso et leviter bidentato, externé pilose, margine
interno membranaceo, dens ciliato.

Mazille similes, dentibus quinque validis, lobi interioris apice sextum simulante. Palpi
maxillares breves, 4-articulati, articulo basali reliquis minore, secundo clavato ter-
tio longiore, hoc obtrigono piloso, quarto majore, ovato-conico.

Mentum concavum, pilosum, orbiculari-quadratum, in medio angulatum.

Labium breve, corneum, transversum, leviter emarginatum, ciliatum. Palpi labiales
parvi, ad labii basin utrinque inserti, 3-articulati, articulo basali subgloboso, minu-
tissimo, secundo paulo majore, tertio duplo longiore, elliptico, gracili.

Caput suborbiculare : clypeus incrassatus, ad apicem recurvus, maris profundé fceminz
leviter in medio emarginatus: oculi parvi, ovati, laterales, verticales, anticé emarginati.
Thorax convexus, marginatus, hexagonus (preesertim in mare), ad angulos anteriores
productus, angulis posterioribus subacuminatis, dente brevi in baseos medio lateribus-

'"Aykcarpov, hamus; copa, corpus.

308 MR. J. CURTIS ON A NEW GENUS

que feré in medio angulos, in foemina minus conspicuos, efformantibus: scutellum semi-
ovatum. Corpus cylindricum. Elytra ampla, subdepressa: ale ample. Abdomen elytra
longitudine superans, obtusum, ad apicem in mare rotundatum incurvum, segmento
ultimo discum magnum, ovatum, convexum efformante ; segmento basali (maris) anticé
in medio dente valido instructo. Pedes longissimi, robusti (preesertim maris), in utroque
sexu densé pubescentes : femoribus tibiis brevioribus, que (prasertim anteriores) dila-
tate, externé 3-denticulate, dente apicali longiore: tibiis quatuor posterioribus ad apicem
breviter spinosis: tarsis totis pilis setosis vestitis, 5-articulatis, articulis basalibus
quatuor brevibus, paris anterioris in mare dilatatis, articulo basali in foemina longiore
et graciliore, reliquis ad apicem spinis validis, articulo terminali longiore, clavato, ad
basin 6-spinoso, apice appendiculo longo linguiformi ; tarsis posterioribus tibiis longi-
oribus : unguibus tarsorum articulum terminalem subzequantibus, ad basin processu apice
bisetoso instructis ; feemine omnibus, maris posticis tantum, validis apice bifidis.

Ancistrosoma is distinguished from neighbouring genera by the stoutness of its legs
and the sharp lateral edges of its thorax: the male is further characterized by an acute
and rather long and slightly curved spine near the base of the abdomen beneath. Its
natural situation is probably between Diphucephala, Dej., the males of which have a
bilobed clypeus, and Macrodactylus, Latr., which is very similar to our insect in habit,
and has very long, but slender, legs; but neither of these has the little tooth at the
base of the thorax, lapping over the scutellum, and Ceraspis, Lep. and Serv., which has
that character, is readily separated by its long antenne and club, independently of the
differences already mentioned.

Ancistrosoma Kuuveul.
Ane. ferrugineum supra piceo-nigrum ; thoracis margine elytrorumque strigis sex albidis.
Long. maris 12 lin. ; foemine plerumque minor.
Hab. in Peruvia.

Description. Ferruginous ; base of the head blackish, punctured, and clothed with
short ochreous hairs, with a waved elevated line across the middle, extending over the
inner margin of the eyes: ¢horax piceous black, with a punctured channel down the
middle, the margins punctured, ferruginous and whitish with short hairs ; having two
large dull ovate spots at the base in the female: scutellum clothed with ochreous
hairs : elytra piceous black, with three broad punctured furrows on each, white with
short hairs, the sutural one not reaching the base, but extending round the apew, the
second neither extending to the base nor ape, and the outer one still shorter: legs
thickly clothed with long orange or bright ochreous hairs, excepting the anterior tibie :

OF THE FAMILY MELOLONTHIDA. 309

under side clothed with short whitish-ochreous pubescence, the sides variegated with
shining stripes more or less piceous ; apical joint of the abdomen shining and naked in
the male.

I have the pleasure of dedicating this fine insect to Dr. Francis Klug of Berlin, who
was so obliging as to transmit to me one of three cocoons, from which, according to
Pavon, this beetle was bred. The cocoon is ovate, hard, and somewhat like those of
Trichiosoma Lucorum, Leach, in texture ; the operculum is semiorbicular, with a broad
hinge and narrow rim: the shell of the pupa is similar to that of other Melolon-
thide.

The figure of the male beetle represented appears scarcely larger than some speci-
mens that I have seen, but the females are generally considerably smaller: the
latter sex is at first sight known by two dull spots at the base of the thorax, and by
having all the claws bifid, whilst they are simple in the male excepting in the hinder
pair of feet. It is difficult to imagine the use of the curious abdominal spine in the
male, unless it be employed in sexual intercourse.

For a beautiful series of this insect I am indebted to Mr. A. Mathews, A.L.S., who
is at present engaged in collecting the plants and insects of Peru: they were found by
him on the blossoms of a species of Mimosa in Huanuco, a warm valley on the eastern
side of the Andes, where sugar-cane is cultivated, and the climate and vegetation of
the tropics commence.

PLATE XL.

A. Ancistrosoma Kuvel, ¢.

Fig. 1. Labrum.

2. Mandible.

3. Mazilla: p, palpus.

4. Mentum: lI, labium: p, palpus.

5. Antenna.

6. Head of the male.

7. Head and thorax of the female: h, clypeus: t, angle of the thorax: *, spine
at the base of the thoraz.

8. Abdomen and elytra of the male: a, disc of the last segment: b, junction

with the thorax: s, basal spine peculiar to the male.

VOL. I, 2T

310 MR. J. CURTIS ON A NEW GENUS OF MELOLONTHID.

Fig. 9. Anterior leg of the female: ¢, tibia: f, basal joint of the tarsus: *, lingui-
form appendix of the last joint of the tarsus.
10. Cocoon of the pupa: 0, its operculum.

[All the dissections are from the male insect, except those numbered 7 and 9.]

s/he

(EVOL

£002.

t irs4

XXXIV. On a Species of Moth found inhabiting the Galls of a Plant near to Monte
Video. By Joun Curtis, Esq., F.L.S., $c. Communicated by the Secretary.

Read February 10, 1835.

IT AM induced to lay the following observations and the accompanying drawing before ~
the Society, rather with a desire of drawing the attention of those naturalists to the
subject who may visit the country from whence the materials were brought, than with
any hope of being able to explain the remarkable facts connected with the ceconomy of
the insect which is the object of these investigations.

Mr. Howship, who first showed me the curious galls and presented me with speci-
mens, informed me at the same time that they were collected by Mr. Earle, who accom-
panied Captain Fitzroy in the Beagle gun-brig: he found them, I understand, in De-
cember, on a spot fifteen miles to the west of Monte Video, Rio de la Plata. The plant
bearing the galls, which Mr. David Don thinks may be a species of Celastrus, forms a
sort of underwood shrub, observed only in that part of the country.

The branch represented at B (Plate XL.) shows the situation of two galls: they are
frequently smaller, and sometimes five or six are clustered together, but I have never
seen more than two issuing from the same point. Those in the plate are wrinkled,
owing, I suspect, to their having been in a young state when gathered, for many of the
examples are smooth. The galls arise where the attachment of leaves or flowers is in-
dicated, and are therefore most probably produced by the transformation of the buds
themselves. On the side of the gall is a round aperture, with an operculum beautifully
fitted to it, (Fig. B., 0.) which may be easily picked out with the point of a penknife :
this operculum is equally convex with the rest of the gall and is of the same thickness
with it, but the diameter of the inside is less than that of the external surface, which
forms a broader rim (Fig. 12, 0.). In Fig. 11. the operculum has been removed to
show the orifice, round which the margin is thickened and a little raised. At Fig. 13.
a gall is divided longitudinally, showing its texture and the internal cavity, with the
aperture on the opposite side, from which the operculum has been removed. At Fig. 14.
another section is given to show the situation of a pupa that is attached by its tail to
the base, with its head close to the operculum, which of course gives way by a slight
expansion or elongation of the pupa when the insect is ready to hatch, and the skin is
then left sticking in the passage.

Having explained the structure of these galls, it is necessary to observe that many
insects belonging to the order Hymenoptera have the power of forming these excrescences ;
one of which, the Diplolepis Galle-tinctorie, is well known as the fly causing the galls

272

312 MR. J. CURTIS ON A SPECIES OF MOTH FOUND INHABITING

employed in the manufacture of ink, &c.: but there is only one instance on record, I
believe, of any Lepidopterous Insect having this property ; and not being aware of it at
the time I was pursuing my investigations, I was very much astonished, on examining
the pupe, to find that they belonged to the order Lepidoptera, none of which are para-
sitic in their ceconomy ; and this rendered the fact still more anomalous and perplexing.
The under side of one of these magnified at Fig. 15. shows the antenna, legs, and wings,
folded in the usual manner, and Fig. 16. represents the back of the same.

Remarkable as these facts must appear to the naturalist, they are not more so than
the astonishing contrivance for inclosing and protecting the pupa. In what way the
operculum is formed to fit so beautifully that there is little doubt, when the plant is
alive, this suture would be with difficulty discovered, is a question that nothing but
actual observation can solve. It may certainly be fairly inferred that it is the operation
of the caterpillar, since there are no galls wanting opercula, and the existence of the
dead pupe within them proves that it is not the work of the moth; neither have the
Lepidoptera the means of cutting or biting except in the caterpillar state.

On reviewing the subject it appears probable that the female moth deposits her eggs
in the buds ; that the secretions of the caterpillars cause the formation of the galls,
which, when fully grown, form, as it were, cocoons for the protection of the chrysalides ;
and that, in order that the moth may eseape when hatched, the caterpillar cuts out an
operculum, which forms a plug that can be easily removed by the moth when it bursts
from the chrysalis. I shall not speculate further on the wonderful ceconomy of this
little insect ; but in order to identify it I shall proceed to give its characters as well as
I am able from the imperfect state in which it is found in the galls.

Ordo LepipopreRA.
Fam. TortRicip& ?
Genus Crcrposzs!.

Caput parvum.

Antenne corpus longitudine equantes, graciles, ciliate, articulis elongatis numerosis,
in capitis vertice prope oculos inserte.

Thorax squamulis depressis vestitus.

Abdomen subrobustum, ovato-conicum.

Pedes longi: tibiis anticis spina prope apicem munitis, intermediis posticisque ad apicem
calcaratis, his densé squamulatis et in medio preeterea bi-spinosis ; tarsis 5-articu-
latis, articulo basali longissimo ; wnguibus pulvillisque mimutis

Ale sublanceolate.

' Knkxis, galla; ois, tinea.

THE GALLS OF A PLANT NEAR TO MONTE VIDEO. 313

Ceciposes EREMITA.

Cec. cinereus ; alis anticis saturate brunneo maculatis, dense ciliatis ; posticis albidis.
Hab. prope Monte Video, Pupa in gallis Celastri ? abscondita.

From the stoutness of the body I am inclined to think that this moth is one of the
Tortricide, but it may perhaps belong to the family of Pyralide or to that of Crambide ;
if so, however, one would expect to find the palpi more strongly developed, but I have
not been able to discover either them or the maaille. Although not analogous in its
ceconomy, it may be here remarked that the maggot so often met with in apples is
one of the Tortricide!, and that there are many of the Tineide? that feed only on the
parenchyma of plants.

The recorded instance of a similar occurrence to which I have referred above is that
of an insect described and figured by Reaumur?, which evidently belongs to the same
group as the Cec. Eremita. This may be regarded as a most interesting coincidence,
because Reaumur’s insect was a native of the Isle of Cyprus. It differs, however, from
the South American one in some material points, which I shall briefly notice.

Reaumur’s insect formed galls, on what he terms a species of Limoniwm, about the
size of those of Cec. Eremita; but although they have a sort of little head or crown
opposite to the stalk, no mention is made of an operculum. In his Figure 1. a circular
space is marked, and there is either a small excrescence in the centre, or the pupa is
represented sticking out. This acute observer never saw the caterpillar alive, but he
has no doubt of its piercing the gall to allow of the subsequent escape of the moth.
The caterpillars spin a cocoon of white and shining silk, which occupied the inside of
the galls, and formed a beak that entered the outlet. It appears to be a larger insect
than ours ; and it is worthy of remark, that in more than three fourths of the galls silk
was discovered, formed by the larve of other insects which had devoured the cater-
pillars of the moth.

This circumstance gives rise to another question, namely, Are the insects of temperate
climates more subject to the attacks of parasites than those inhabiting more tropical
regions ; or were the Oriental galls so frequently infested owing to the pupe being only
protected by a cocoon at the outlet, rendering the ingress of parasitic insects more easy
than in the others, which were completely inclosed and protected by the gall? This,
however, not forming a part of our present inquiry, may be deferred for future dis-
cussion. I shall therefore only add, that I found nothing but perfect chrysalides in all
the galls that [had an opportunity of examining, which amounted to six or seven, from
the liberality with which I was supplied with additional specimens by A. B. Lambert,
Esq., during my investigations.

' Tinea Pomonella, Linn. 2 Gracillaria anastomosis, (Curt., Brit. Ent., vol. x. pl. 479,) &c.
* Mém. pour servir a l’Hist. des Ins., tom. iii. p. 448. pl. 39. f. 1-4.

314

MR. J. CURTIS ON A MOTH INHABITING GALLS.

PLATE XL.

B. Branch of Celastrus ? with two Galls of Ceciposzs Eremita: g, the gall: 9, its

operculum.
Fig. 11.

12.

13.
14.
15.
16.
Wes

One of the galls: o, the aperture, from which the operculum has been re-
moved.

The operculum of the gall detached, showing its expansion towards its outer
surface, forming a distinct rim, o.

One of the galls longitudinally divided, showing its thickness and aperture.

One of the galls divided, exhibiting the pupa of the Moth.

Under side of the Moth removed from the pupa case.

Back of the same.

Terminal joints of one of the antennae.

[ 315 ]

‘XXXV. Description of a Microscopic Entozoon infesting the Muscles of the Human Body.
By Ricnarp Owen, Esq., F.R.S. & Z.S., Assistant Conservator of the Museum of the
Royal College of Surgeons in London.

Communicated February 24, 1835.

Upwarbs of fifteen distinct kinds of Entozoa, or internal parasites, are already
known to infest the human body ; but none have been found of so minute a size, or
existing in such astonishing numbers, as the species about to be described.

The body of an Italian, zt. 50, who had died in St. Bartholomew’s Hospital, was
brought into the dissecting-room, and it was observed by Mr. Paget, an intelligent stu-
dent, that the muscles presented an uncommon appearance, being beset with minute
whitish specks. This condition of the muscles had been more than once noticed by
my friend Mr. Wormald, the Demonstrator of Anatomy, in subjects dissected at St. Bar-
tholomew’s during previous anatomical seasons. His attention had been especially
called to it on account of a gritty sensation sometimes perceived in dissection, from
which circumstance, and the rapid blunting of the scalpels employed, he was induced
to consider the appearance as being caused by a deposition of specks of earthy matter.
Mr. Wormald having.acquainted me with this fact, I expressed a desire to be furnished
with portions of muscle so affected, and through my friend’s prompt attention, I soon
received ample materials for microscopical examination from the subject above men-
tioned},

With a magnifying power of an inch focus the white specks in the muscle are
seen to be cysts of an elliptical figure, with the extremities in general attenuated,
elongated, and more opake than the body (or intermediate part) of the cyst, which
is, in general, sufficiently transparent to show that it contains a minute coiled-up worm.
On separating the muscular fasciculi the cysts are found to adhere to the surrounding
cellular substance by the whole of their external surface, somewhat laxly at the middle
dilated part, but more strongly by means of their elongated extremities, so as to ren-
der it generally a matter of some difficulty to detach them: When placed upon the mi-
crometer they measure ;,th of an inch in their longitudinal, and -+,th of an inch in their
transverse diameter ; a few being somewhat larger, and others diminishing in size to
about one half of the above dimensions. They are generally placed in single rows,
parallel to the muscular fibres, at distances varying from half a line to a line apart

' The existence of the Entozoon was at the same time satisfactorily determined by Mr. Paget, with the
assistance of Mr. Brown and Mr. John Bennett, at the British Museum.

316 MR. R. OWEN’S DESCRIPTION OF A MICROSCOPIC ENTOZOON

from one another ; but sometimes a larger and a smaller cyst are seen attached together
by one of their extremities, and they are occasionally observed slightly overlapping each
other. If a thin portion of muscle be dried and placed in Canada balsam, between a
plate of glass and a plate of talc, the cysts become more transparent, and allow of the,
contained coiled-up worm being more plainly seen.

Under a lens of the focus of half an inch the worm appears to be inclosed within a
circumscribed space of a less elongated and more regular elliptical form than the external
cyst, as if within a smaller cyst contained in the larger, like the yolk of an egg sur-
rounded by its albumen and shell. The worm does not occupy more than a third part
of the inner space. A few of these cysts have been seen to contain two distinct worms;
and Dr. A, Farre, who has paid much attention to the subject, has shown me a drawing
which he made of one of the cysts containing three distinct worms, all of nearly equal
size.

The cysts vary in form as well as size, being more or less elongated, and the opake
extremities being further extended in some than in others: in a few instances only one
of the extremities is thus produced. Occasionally the tip of one of the extremities
is observed to be dilated and transparent, as though a portion of the larger cyst were
about to be separated by a process of gemmation; and these small attached cysts are
seen of different sizes, as it were, in different stages of growth. This appearance,
however, I conceive to be explicable without a reference of a power of independent
vitality to either of the adherent cysts.

Besides size and figure, the cysts also differ in structure: in general they are com-
posed of condensed and compacted Jamelle of cellular tissue, but a few are hardened by
the deposition of some earthy salts, so as to resist the knife, and to break with a gritty
sensation under pressure!.

In order to detach the worm from the cyst, which from the minuteness of the object
is a matter of some difficulty, I have found it best to select a portion of muscle which
has been placed for a short time in spirits of wine. After separating the cysts from the
surrounding fasciculi of muscle, and placing them, moistened with a little water, on a
slip of glass, I have generally succeeded, on cutting off the end of the cyst, or tearing
it open with the point of a needle, in ejecting the worm and the surrounding fluid
in which it floats, by gently pressing on the cyst.

The little worm is usually disposed in two or two-and-a-half spiral coils: when
straightened it measures from =',th to ;4;th of an inch in length, and from -+,th to
=tcth of an inch in diameter: a high magnifying power is consequently required for
its examination. It is cylindrical and filiform, terminating obtusely at both extremities,
which are of unequal sizes, tapering towards one end for about a fifth part of its length,

' This change is probably dependent on the death of the inclosed worm, the traces of which are either very
obscure, or altogether wanting in these ossified cysts.

INFESTING THE MUSCLES OF THE HUMAN BODY. 317

but continuing of uniform diameter from that point to the opposite extremity. It is
only at the larger extremity that I have been able to distinguish an indication of an
orifice ; but this indication has been so constant in a number of individuals, examined
under every variety of circumstance, that I have no hesitation in ascribing a large trans-
verse linear mouth to the great extremity, which I therefore consider as the head.

A recently extracted worm, seen by a Wollaston’s doublet before any evaporation of
the surrounding moisture has affected its integument, presents a smooth transparent
exterior skin inclosing a fine granular and flaky substance or parenchyma ; and after
carefully testing various appearances of more complex organization, that have on dif.
ferent examinations presented themselves, I now believe that the only structure that
can safely be ascribed to this minute Entozoon is the simple one above described, It is
not of a rigid texture, but is extremely fragile, and exhibits when uncoiled a tendency
to return in some degree to its former state.

It is curious to watch the variety of deceptive appearances that successively present
themselves as the worm dries by evaporation. One of the most constant is a succes~
sion of minute transverse ruge, especially at the concave sides of the coils, which give
a finely annulated character to the worm, but of which no trace can be perceived in the
plump recent specimens when observed by a good doublet. Another appearance, which
is more difficult to be accounted for, results from one and sometimes two longitudinal
lines extending over a greater or less proportion of the body ; but these are not to be
perceived in worms examined under circumstances least liable to cause deception. As
evaporation proceeds, the wrinkling of the integument produces an appearance of the body
being occupied by minute tortuous tubes, and a beautiful microscopical effect is thus ob-
tained ; but the fallacy of this appearance and its true cause are easily detected.

The test of coloured food could not be applied to elucidate the form of the digestive
organs in the present instance: there was not any indication of the polygastric struc-
ture, which, indeed, was hardly to be expected, since it does not exist in those Ento-
zooid Infusoria which most nearly resemble the parasitic species in question, There
was no appearance of the parietes of an alimentary canal floating in a visceral cavity
and distinct from the integument of the body, asin the higher organized Nematoid
Entozoa ; nor could a trace of an orifice, or anus, be observed at the smaller extremity.
I have been equally unable to detect a projecting spiculum, or hook, at either extremity,
or any appearance of the worm having been torn from an attached cyst. The natural
transparency of this species is such as not to admit of a doubt as to its wanting the
ovarian and seminal tubes and other characteristics of the complicated structure of
Filaria, Ascaris, and the Nematoid Entozoa generally.

Three species of small Nematoid Worms are described by Zeder as inclosed in cysts
or capsules, and hence were termed by him Capsularia. Rudolphi, however, whose au-
thority on this subject cannot be lightly disregarded, does not sanction or admit this

VOL, I, 2u

318 MR. R. OWEN’S DESCRIPTION OF A MICROSCOPIC ENTOZOON

genus in his ‘ Systema Entozoorum’, but refers the three species described by Zeder to
the genera Filaria and Ascaris. The Capsularia Halecis, or Filaria Capsularia of Ru-
dolphi, infests the abdominal viscera of the Herring, and measures from half an inch to
an inch in length: the intestinal canal is distinct, and is dilated at one extremity into
a stomach. In the males the intromittent spiculum protrudes from the anal extremity,
which is the largest. The Capsularia Salaris and Capsularia trinodosa of Zeder repre-
sent, according to Rudolphi, a single species of Ascaris (Asc. Capsularia, Rud.). They
are about an inch in length, and are inclosed in a spiral form in cysts attached to the
cellular surface of the peritoneum of the Salmon. The Capsularia Halecis figured by .
Zeder! exhibits a straight alimentary canal and longitudinal lines, probably nervous fila-
ments, which resemble those lines observable under certain circumstances in the present
microscopic species, but no further correspondence in internal structure can be traced
between them.

The circumstance of being inclosed in cysts is common to many very differently
organized genera of Entozoa. There are few indeed, with the exception of those which
live upon the mucous surfaces of the body, that do not, by exciting the adhesive in-
flammation, become inclosed within an adventitious cyst of condensed cellular sub-
stance analogous to the galls produced by the irritation of Jarve developed in the sub-
stance of a living vegetable.

The simple type of structure, which the minute animal here described exhibits, ap-
proximates it to the lower organized groups of the Vers Intestinaux Parenchymateux of
Cuvier ; and both from its locality and the constancy of the cyst inclosing it, it mani-
fests a relation of analogy to the order Cystica of Rudolphi. From all the genera of
this order, however, it differs in the want of the complex armature of the head and of
the dilated vesicle of the tail. At first sight it might seem indicative of an annectant
group, which would complete the circular arrangement of the Entozoa, by combining the
form of the Filarie of the first, with some of the characteristics of the Cysticerci of the
last, of Rudolphi’s orders. Unfortunately, however, the class Entozoa as it now stands
is so constituted that an animal may be referred to it without much real or available
knowledge of its organization being thereby afforded: it embraces animals with the
molecular and animals with the filiform conditions of the nervous system ; conditions
which are accompanied by different types of the digestive system, and which indicate
not merely differences of class, but of primary division in the animal kingdom.

The organic form in the natural system, to which I consider the animal under con-
sideration as being most nearly allied, is that exhibited by the lower organized Vibriones
of Miller, and of which Ehrenberg has composed his genera Vibrio, Spirillum, and
Bacterium: so that the present species may be regarded as affording, with the seminal
Cercari@, a second example from the lowest class of the animal kingdom having its

1 Naturgeschichte der Eingeweidewiirmer, tab. i. figg. 3, 4, 5.

h ui
’
r
z

INFESTING THE MUSCLES OF THE HUMAN BODY. 319

habitat in the interior of living animal bodies. Referring it, however, provisionally, to
the class Entozoa of Rudolphi, in which it would indicate a new order, its generic cha-
racter may be thus given:

Genus TrIcHINA.

Animal pellucidum, filiforme, teres, posticé attenuatum : os lineare ; anus nullus ; tubus
intestinalis genitaliaque inconspicui. (In vesicd externd, cellulosd, elasticd, ple-
rumque solitarium.)

TRICHINA SPIRALIS.

Trich. minutissima, spiraliter raro flecuosé incurva; capite obtuso; collo nullo; cauda
attenuatd obtusd. (Vesicd externa ellipticd, extremitatibus plerumque attenuatis elon-
gatis.)

Hab. in Hominis musculis (preter involuntarios) per totum corpus diffusa, cre-
berrima.

With respect to the case in which this singular parasite has been met with, Dr. Rou-
pell, Physician to St. Bartholomew’s Hospital, has obligingly forwarded to me the fol-
lowing notes.

“Paolo Bianchi, an Italian, by trade a barometer-maker, about 50 years of age, of a
sallow complexion, with black hair and eyes, was admitted under my care on the 4th of
December, 1834. When admitted he was much emaciated and weak, his countenance was
haggard, and his look depressed. His legs were cedematous ; his urine contained albu-
men, was sweet, and when evaporated yielded a residue like treacle: he had pain in the
back. His appetite was deranged, and his liver was felt beyond its natural limits. He
had cough, but without urgent distress or hurry in the breathing or expectoration ; on
auscultation pectriloquy was detected in the upper part of the lungs: his bowels were
relaxed. The general treatment was to give him strength by tonic and sedative medi-
cines, with a nutritious but not stimulating diet, and leeches were applied to the loins :
for a time he appeared to gain ground, the cedema disappeared, and he gained some
strength, being able to get out of bed and dress himself. But his appetite rather sud-
denly failed him ; his diarrhoea increased ; his abdomen became tense and painful ; his
stools passed unconsciously and contained blood ; and having received extreme unction
from his priest, he died on the 29th of January, 1835, in a state of extreme debility and
emaciation. There had not been observed any eruption on the skin, or any greater loss
of muscular power than related to the debility caused by the disease of which he died.

‘‘ He was examined thirty-six hours after death. Tuberculous cavities were found in
the upper lobes of the lungs on both sides, and specks of tubercles in both. The kid-
neys presented in a marked degree the change described by Dr. Bright. The liver was

2u2

320 MR. R. OWEN’S DESCRIPTION OF A MICROSCOPIC ENTOZOON

enlarged and fatty. ‘The mucous membrane of the small intestines was ulcerated to a
great extent.”

About a fortnight after the dissection of the above subject, a second was brought
into the rooms, similarly affected ; respecting which Mr. Paget, who first noticed the
parasites in the Italian, has favoured me with the following note.

‘The second body was that of a poor Irishwoman, who had been in Mr. Lawrence’s
ward for six weeks. She had died in a state of extreme emaciation, produced by a large
sloughing ulcer just below the knee, by which a considerable portion of the head of the
tibia had been exposed. She had had occasional severe diarrhoea, and obstinate vo-
miting.”

As regards the seat of the Trichine, they occur in all the voluntary muscles, and in
those which have been termed semi-voluntary or respiratory, as the diaphragm. My
friend Mr. Wormald examined and detected them in the minute muscles of the tym-
panum ; as many as twenty-five were lodged in the tensor tympani. I could perceive
no trace of them in portions of the muscular coat of the small or large intestines,
neither could I detect any in the detrusor urine or in the substance of the heart.

A portion of the muscle of the first subject which was sent to me being in a state of
incipient putrescence, I preserved it in spirit of wine for three days before examining
it; yet after macerating a small portion in water, and separating the cysts, the worms
when pressed out continued, to my surprise, to exhibit motions, which, though languid,
were sufficiently evident, tightening and dilating their coils. Isuppose that, being buried
in the flesh and defended by the dense exterior cyst, the spirit had not penetrated so as
to act sufficiently upon them to destroy their vitality ; for on adding a drop of alcohol
to the expressed worms, and afterwards moistening them with water, the motions of
coiling and uncoiling ceased. More languid motions than those above described were
afterwards noticed by Mr. Wormald and myself in some specimens that were examined
a fortnight after the death of the subject infested by them: but it is difficult whether to
refer these to hygrometrical influence or to irritability.

The tenacity of life or irritability manifested by these low-organized Invertebrata,
has attracted the attention of almost every entozoologist. Rudolphi especially takes
notice of the power which the Entozoa possess of resisting the deadly effect of ardent
spirits', and relates many other singular instances of their tenacity of life, of which not
the least remarkable is that which is manifested by the Filaria Capsularia before referred
to. When the hard-frozen herrings which are sent packed up in ice to Berlin are
thawed for use, these Filarie or Capsularie revive and exhibit lively motions?. The
same remarkable property is occasionally forced upon the notice of individuals not

' Synopsis Entozoorum, p. 595.
2 “In Harengas congelatas rigidas et glacie textas frigida affusa reviviscere viderim,” —Hist. Entoz., tom. ii.
p. 62.

INFESTING THE MUSCLES OF THE HUMAN BODY, 321

immediately engaged in physiological investigations. It recently happened that two
medical gentlemen having sat down to partake of a cod’s head and shoulders, were dis-
agreeably interrupted in their repast by the appearance of a large lively round worm,
which on the first cut into the fish escaped therefrom, and began to coil and uncoil itself
on the edge of the dish. Now this worm must have been submitted to the temperature
of boiling water for at least half an hour, and the Entozoa would thus appear to en-
dure with impunity extremes alike of cold and heat.

With respect to the cyst of Trichina spiralis, I was at first inclined, from the prevailing
regularity of its figure, to believe it to be the Entozoon itself, or a part of the Entozoon
analogous to the dilated tail of the Cysticerci. Mr, Hilton, Demonstrator of Anatomy
at Guy’s Hospital, who appears to have first recorded this affection of the human
muscles', ascribed it to the presence of a minute species of Cysticercus, not being
aware of the existence of the animal to which the presence of the cysts in question is
owing. The difference, however, between the parasitic animals under consideration and
the Cysticerci, is at once obvious ; the true Cysticerci are always inclosed within an
adventitious cyst of cellular membrane, in which the Hydatid either freely floats, or at
most adheres to the inner surface by the mouth only ; whereas the present cysts, besides
the absence of the peculiar structure and pearly subtransparency which characterize
the true Hydatid, adhere to the surrounding parts by the whole of their exterior, which
is covered by a cellular flocculency.

But admitting the similarity of the outer cyst of Trichina to the outer adventitious
cyst of Cysticercus, it may be contended that the inner cyst is part of the organization
of the inclosed worm. Its analogy to the second cyst of the genus Anthocephalus,
within which the elongated body of that worm is seen, readily occurs, but will not hold
good on a close examination. The elongated body of Anthocephalus is always found in
organical connexion with the second cyst; and Rudolphi observes, that the point of
continuity is indicated externally by a depression occasioned by the inversion of the
body at that part. In the Oysticerci a similar appearance is frequently observed, from
the inversion of the head and body within the terminal cyst ; and in the Cenuri, where
the corresponding bladder is common to many armed heads, some of these are
generally found inverted, while others are projecting externally. In all these cases,
however, besides the difference of structure between the second and outer cyst, they
are always perfectly distinct from each other, and readily separable. But I have never
been able to effect a corresponding separation between the outer and supposed inner
cyst of Trichina, or to demonstrate satisfactorily the existence of the latter as a distinct

' See ‘Medical Gazette’ for February 2, 1833, p. 605. In a letter from Mr. Hilton to Thomas Bell, Esq.,
which the latter distinguished naturalist has kindly communicated to me, it is stated that three subjects, with
the muscles similarly affected, have been brought to the dissecting-room at Guy’s Hospital during the present
season (1834—5).

322 MR. R. OWEN’S DESCRIPTION OF A MICROSCOPIC ENTOZOON

part : it appears to be a layer only of the external cyst, which, as is often seen in cysts
of corresponding structure not formed by Hydatids', is more or less detached from the
outer layer.

In almost every instance in which I have succeeded in opening the cyst without
injury to the worm within, it has been expelled entire, together with the fluid matter
surrounding it, by pressure upon the cyst. Occasionally, however, a part of the worm
remains adherent ; but this has been accompanied with a glairy adhesive state of the fluid
secretion of the cyst, and has been, I believe, dependent upon it ; for when the broken
pieces have been extracted and examined with a high power, both extremities have
presented the same entire surface and uniform rounded appearance as in the worms
which are extracted whole.

The structure and relations of the cyst, therefore, and the absence of all organical
connexion between it and the contained worm, lead to the conclusion that the cyst is
adventitious, foreign to the Entozoon, and composed of the cellular substance of the
body infested, morbidly altered by the irritation of the worm.

From the tenacity of irritability manifested by the Trichina under circumstances so
opposite to those under which it was developed, from its small size compared with the
cavity of the cyst, and from the quantity of fluid in which it is immersed, it is highly
probable that in its natural condition it enjoys active powers of motion. If in such
movements the extremities of the worm were repeatedly pressed against the surrounding
capsule, this would yield and become elongated in the directions where there was least
resistance ; viz. where the muscular fasciculi would most readily separate, and obser-
vation shows that it is in the direction of the fasciculi that the cysts are elongated.
If the germ of a Trichina, or a portion of the worm separated by spontaneous fission,
be deposited at the end of one of the elongated axes of the cyst, it might in the process
of development excite the adhesive inflammation, which would then cut off the commu-
nication between the smaller cyst and that of the parent worm, while the former would
be stimulated to secrete from its inner surface a serous fluid, and so go on enlarging in
size, through the influence of the same causes as occasioned the formation of the cyst of
the parent. Smaller cysts of different sizes are occasionally seen thus attached to one
end of larger cysts, and I am inclined to account in this manner for their formation.

Cysts filled with opake matter are also occasionally seen. In these the worm may
have perished, or its germ, after exciting the cyst to secrete, may not have been deve-
loped, and the enlargement of the cyst may be occasioned by the accumulation of its
own secretion. But these appearances are not sufficient to establish the independent
vitality or existence of the cyst, in opposition to those analogies which so plainly point
out its true nature and origin.

' This separation of cysts alternating with a secretion of fluid is the cause of the Pill-bor Hydatid of

Mr. Hunter, which is not a distinct animal or true Entozoon.

INFESTING THE MUSCLES OF THE HUMAN BODY. id 323

I have seen, in two pieces of the diseased muscle, groups of minute oblong vesicles,
about =4,th part of an inch in length; and these may by possibility be germs of the
Trichina: they are pellucid, and without internal spot or other structure.

Although the parasites which have been described are of such minute size, their
number is so immense, and their distribution throughout the muscular system so ex-
tensive, that they must occasion debility from the quantity of nutriment required for
their support. It is satisfactory, however, to believe, and the history of the two cases
which have afforded the materials of the present communication encourages the belief,
that the Trichine are productive of no other consequence than debility of the muscular
system ; and it may be questioned how far they can be considered as a primary cause of
debility, since an enfeebled state of the vital powers is the probable condition under
which they are originally developed. No painful or inconvenient symptoms were pre-
sent to lead the medical attendants to suspect the condition of the muscular system
which dissection afterwards disclosed ; and it is not improbable that in all cases the
patient himself will be unconscious of the presence of the microscopic parasites which
are enjoying their vitality at his expense.

An inspection of the muscles of recently amputated limbs might afford the opportu-
nity of examining this interesting species under peculiarly favourable circumstances ;
and the occurrence of two cases in the same dissecting-room within so short a period
of each other, with the recollection of similar appearances being not unfrequently pre-
sent in subjects dissected in the same establishment, render it highly probable that a
sufficient number of observations will soon occur to elucidate this curious disease in all
its relations.

It is one, and by no means the least important benefit of the present system of pro-
viding subjects for anatomical purposes, that the histories of the uncommon appear-
ances which may present themselves can be traced, and the circumstances to which the
appearances relate be accurately determined. Many an interesting pathological con-
dition has been wholly lost to science from the want of such regulations as are now in
operation ; and it is not unreasonable to suppose that the unfavourable condition in
which subjects were formerly for the most part obtained, may have contributed to pre-
vent due attention being paid to the appearance which has been described, and which
results from so singular and unexpected a cause.

PLATE XLI.

Figg. 1 to 9. TricHiNa SPIRALIS.

Fig. 1. A portion of the fleror carpi ulnaris of the Italian subject, showing the cap-
sules of the Trichine scattered over the muscle and tendon, of the natural
size,

x

Ne)

MR. R. OWEN’S DESCRIPTION OF A MICROSCOPIC ENTOZOON.

. One of the cysts, magnified 20 diameters, containing two Trichine: the ex-

tremities of the cyst are more than usually elongated.

. Another cyst, magnified 20 diameters, containing a single Trichina, with one

of the extremities of the cyst slightly expanded and transparent.

. Another cyst, magnified 20 diameters, torn open, and the Trichina with the

surrounding granular secretion let out.

. The Trichina, magnified 200 diameters.

a. The head, showing the linear mouth.
b. The tail.

. The head of another specimen of Trichina, magnified 300 diameters, seen by
a Wollaston’s doublet.

The middle of the body, seen through the same microscope. A granular
substance, inclosed in a pellucid integument, is all the structure that this
view discloses.

. The tail of the same specimen.

. Acyst, with calcareous parietes, magnified 20 diameters, filled with opake

matter.

i Ge ea Io ‘Le tt p. G24.

« Sound. me

ZAUB, SC.

Ientitits,

lanelligere Z

YX

NS

R\ yd
S| X
« WS
WX)
}

~~ i .
‘ .
S
+ 8
as Sc
XQ

MMe’ lb vali me.

Mena’ Sealed.

Iu
Y

YZ

«

a
“es

Co

“a

;
|

323*

APPENDIX.

Note to Art. XXXV.

Ar this early period of the first anatomical season which has commenced since the
description of the Trichina spiralis contained in the present volume was written, an-
other example has occurred at the dissecting-rooms of St. Bartholomew’s Hospital of
a male subject, with the muscular system similarly infested with this most interesting
and remarkable parasite. Its numbers exceed, if possible, those in the cases already
mentioned, every part of the voluntary muscles teeming with the minute white cysts in
which the worm is contained. These cysts differ from those I have before examined in
being more opake and gritty, so that the presence of the contained worm would not be
suspected from a simple examination of their exterior, and it is probable therefore that
the cysts first described in the Medical Gazette were in this state. The examples in
which two worms are present in one cyst, are more common in this case than in the
preceding. The Trichine when extracted were more lively than [ have ever seen them;
and in every instance they have presented an opake or dark-coloured spot, about
one fifth of the length of the body from the anterior extremity. On breaking across
the recently extracted specimens, I have observed in several a retraction of the outer
skin, leaving the substance which it envelopes protruding.

Dr. A. Farre, who has observed the same appearances in several of the Trichine of
the present subject, is of opinion that the projecting substance is the alimentary canal.
I have not as yet been able to satisfy myself of its tubular structure. In one case the
dark-coloured spot formed part of the protruded string. Is this body the ovary? If it
be determined that there is an alimentary canal contained within, and distinct from the

outer skin, then the Trichina would rank higher in the scale than I have placed it, and

form a genus of the Celelmintha. I have not, however, in any instance seen a trace of
an excretory or anal orifice.—R. O.

November 18, 1835.

as ap Ps ees

ua x

er eran 8

oul) seins: Geratineweneetend daidw acusse Taglygo lads, a8 gal}: ieee yltae. aa) oA 3 é,
; oie ae emnale? Fazesrg dil vi hoviedas Whig ome dd2 io ooigieatie®
to > baigaol ev aemmi odd TLR Ts: race snlioorall a M6 beatido ene oiqmnzs isdto’, "=
‘. . gultenand ‘Beak sale Woy Gatetai a holeetaesegs ite a ase, <dehatae Si cre Pa
cherthg anaes Win atodlt sidincote Same Pisce erg
me aborts’ Wine aici ots dtiv on ‘ins Lay ipnelabas cedibler ‘a le hang YWVS:, af
APlpdiome odtid ate] dead sag eae a bac I ‘ Asaiesiro? at crt: od} dom
Be Jon Mie ir ty Donieioe add xy sobpaeiny sot ipse ot igi bia sfeqo siomz a ig ;
Mad) scot cid), stdadotg 21,16 ime vole hey siaelt Wo-¢ ai tsienth bere lgatty: a arent: bstoscyieng i
ali ag gree nae otete. aii nt vow onset. thoiati, add! ‘ai batlinraes hs sevit hpi ¢
. OH) mi pad? ones sidd ai pou iK> e708, ee (degen the al iawety sim Reo! onda
-<jengel), wade weve ote 1 nes Month enon see batoercy aedWrmldaett off 7
Suods. $05. banioles-Aia 10 shrye ta Taleceng OM YS combine qa): a! oie,
5 adton wlend, aO elidtNe wolsste nds saont qhod allt toyligasl alt od fia's
= $siva ods in aoploeiss aw lerovas OF Doviondy. oved Teds ayer lodiortes yoo coe ay |
, Sallnitvay paolsroa- dh daddy onuniiea ot} yapronf ert. hi
2 Ya eniiont od fe lisavse x ecmannigqy sane oid hovet vation isch Git eine, ht ee m)
Lengo sine: ile ads xf sontedive gaikolaxiy ob) jad! polaiho job oosdne Lasts 8
=o, adi sens Guo wh. sspatouite calutnd 4% \o Woeegepglaiiod 03.0lln agad $57 20 one
oe. SE Veearo oils yhod eifh 2b ginive, hohyrpeyy odo Neg ivactesft toga ferns}. saie
n>, ) sdt apni soniiaih bos cilia Donieteog Medes ypetommilate at oreelt anil i ; ay
ny Wit: Inte i beonla evtdd coils steer 0d) ad tudaid ter blow naidbidt bodl sod pins
a3 | meet & fide womnlent aa et ree od ton ava De Jpitnisulajed vit io eamogie! mw
ot i tings sh Sai ussolenietaghai iain

oe
nV a

ehe ah } ,
y

ieee

[ 325 ]

XXXVI. On the Anatomy of Linguatula Tenioides, Cuv. By Ricuarp Owen, Esq.,
F.R.S. & Z.8., Assistant Conservator of the Museum of the Royal Cc!lege of Surgeons
in London.

Communicated February 24, 1835.

Havine lately, through the kindness of Mr. Langstaff, had an opportunity of dis-
secting a fine specimen of Linguatula Tenioides, Cuv.,! 1 am induced to submit to the
Society a few observations on the internal structure of this highly organized Ento-
soon. The anatomy of Linguatula has already been treated of by Cuvier and Rudolphi:
the former briefly subjoins the results of his dissection to the character of the genus in
the ‘ Régne Animal’? ; the latter has distributed his latest observations in the different
sections of the anatomical Mantissa of the ‘Synopsis Entozoorum’’. Besides these
authors I am not aware of any other who has published on this subject ; and I have not
yet met with any figures of its internal structure.

The specimen here described was 34 inches in length, compressed, beginning with
a round obtuse head, widening gradually for the first inch, where it measured 3 lines in
lateral diameter, and from this part regularly becoming narrower to the posterior ex-
tremity, which ends obtusely, and is half a line in diameter.

The whole body is invested with a smooth, transparent, rather firm or,crisp cuticle,
which, from maceration, and probably slight decomposition, had become detached in
the individual examined, leaving a considerable interval between it and the contracted
cutis, or muscular parietes of the body. There are no marks of an annulate structure in
this epidermis. The cutis is distinctly divided into segments, most of which, as in the
Entozoa Cestoidea, are slightly imbricated, the anterior margin of each division being
just overlapped by the posterior margin of the segment before it. This disposition is
most distinct along the sides of the body, where the integument is thickest and most
muscular ; while on the dorsal and ventral aspects the divisions are gradually lost ; and
here the parietes are so thin and transparent as readily to permit the contained parts to
be seen through them. The great difference between Linguatula and the Cestoidean
worms, among which Chabert, on account of the outward resemblance, first ranked this
species, obtains in the condition of the generative organs, which, instead of being as
distinct and numerous as the segments, form one continuous system, extending from
one end of the body to the other. From the Trematoda, in which order Rudolphi and
Bremser still place this genus, Linguatula differs, in as much as both the generative and

' The specimen escaped, as was supposed, from the cavity of the cranium of a Dog, but it had more pro-
bably been lodged in the frontal sinus, in which situation this species is usually developed.

® tom. iii. p. 254. 3 pp. 432, 577, 584, 593.

‘ The figures given by Rudolphi (Hist. Ent., tab. xii. figg. 8—11.) show only so much of the internal struc-
ture as is discernible through the integument.

VOL. I. 2x

326 MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF LINGUATULA T/ENIOIDES.

the assimilative organs are not merely excavated in the parenchyma of the body, but
consist of tubes with well-organized parietes, which lie loose in a distinct abdominal
cavity, as in the Nematoidean and Annulose worms. It is owing to this structure that
Cuvier has separated Linguatula (the Pentastoma of Rudolphi) from among the Vers
parenchymateux, or Sterelmintha, and placed it in the Celelminthic division, or Vers
cavitaires. Rudolphi, however, remaining uncertain as to the structure of the digestive
organ, is unwilling to adopt this arrangement ; he observes! : ‘‘ Pentastomati Cuvirrvs,
vir summus, tubum intestinalem rectum adscribit, ideoque et ob systema nerveum Ne-
matoideis addit ; specimen autem, quod dissecui, me dubium reliquit ; ab anteriori etiam
parte duo intestinula czeca? sunt complicata, posteriora versus canalis tenuis albus
decurrit sed non cuti affixus, qualis Nematoideis esse solet, sed undique ovariis circum-
volutus, neque ejusdem fines cognoscere potui ; quam ob causam rem in medio relin-
quam.”

In the specimen here described, the tube, which Cuvier rightly considers as the
alimentary canal, was readily traceable from its commencement to its termination. It
begins at the central foramen, or true mouth, and runs straight to the opposite extre-
mity of the body, terminating immediately above the orifice of the genital tube. It is
concealed in the greater part of its course, as in many of the Nematoidea, by the tor-
tuosities of the oviduct ; but on separating the coils of the latter its course may be
satisfactorily ascertained. The esophagus is one third of a line in length, and opens
into a suddenly dilated canal, which continues with little variation of diameter to the
anus: the coats of the canal are thin, of a white colour, and not transparent.

With respect to the generative organs, Cuvier observes: ‘‘ L’intestin est droit ; les
vaisseaux génitaux longs et entortillés. Les uns et les autres ont leur issue a l’extré-
mité postérieure.” M. de Blainville also observes: ‘‘ Les oviductes sont longs et en-
tortillés.” Rudolphi, in the ‘Synopsis Entozoorum’, merely observes on this subject :
“* Pentastomata, androgyna, vasis nutritiis Trematodum more divisis instructa,”’ &c. ;
but in the ‘ Historia Naturalis Entozoorum’’, he gives the following description :
** Mediam corporis partem ovaria ferruginea replent, infra poros inferiores, (duas cir-
citer lineas infra apicem anticum,) e glomere in sinistro abdominis latere, margini fere
continuo, oriunda, tum in mediam corporis partem ad caudz fere apicem descendentia,
in latiore vermis parte magis convoluta et coacervata, in parte tenuiore sensim simpli-
ciora, ut in ultimo tandem apice decolora tantum conspiciantur ; ovaria ista si expli-
carentur certe aliquot pedes longa forent, cute firmiore constant, nec facile disrampunt ;
aperturam genitalem nullibi vidi, qua ovaria terminarentur, sed ipsa Polystomatis cutis
facile rumpitur, ut illa prolabantur, et stato forsan tempore ova effundant. Heec ellip-
tica, magna, flava et ovario aperto magno numero emittuntur, nunquam autem libera,
sed tunica tenuissima candida laxa involuta sunt, qualem in nullo Entozoorum genere
viderim. Prater ovaria, alia quoque vasa adsunt, candida (nutritia) tam superne in

1 Syn. Ent., p. 584.
» These are the fecundating organs, and communicate with the oviduct, not the intestine.
3 tom. ii. pars 1. p. 442.

MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF LINGUATULA TENIOIDES. 327

dorsi carina, quam versus caude apicem conspicua e poris forsan oritura; ab his sal-
tem, uti supra monui, striez quedam decedunt, sed hec extricare mihi nondum con-
cessum est.” From this description an idea is conveyed that the ova are formed, as in
the Nematoidea, in the same tube by which they are ultimately conveyed out of the
body ; but there exists in Linguatula a distinct ovary in addition to the oviduct, the
convolutions of which are formed by a single tube, and not, as in the Ascarides, by two
distinct oviducts: the following is the result of my dissection of the generative system
of the Linguatula.

At the distance of a line posterior to the mouth, on the ventral aspect of the body,
the narrow extremities of two elongated pyriform vesicles adhere firmly to the integu-
ment, the remainder of the vesicle hanging freely in the abdominal cavity on either side
of the commencement of the alimentary canal. These vesicles are 3 lines in length, and
more than half a line in diameter ; they are composed of a tough white semitransparent
membrane, and contain a white pulpy secretion ; they communicate with the commence-
ment of the oviduct, and might be considered as an anterior bifurcated prolongation of
that tube, but that their dilated form, their mode of communication by means of narrow
ducts, and the nature of their contents, proclaim them to be distinct organs, and ana-
logous to the impregnating glands of the hermaphrodite Rotifera, &c. One of these
vesicles was distended with its secretion, the other had parted with its contents, which
had passed into the commencement of the ovarian tube, and were blended with the
darker-coloured ova.

The ovary is a thin narrow minutely granulated body, continued along and adhering
to the mesial line of the dorsal parietes of the body for the extent of the two anterior
thirds. It terminates about half an inch from the anterior extremity, where it gives off
two slender capillary tubes, which pass on each side of the alimentary canal, over the
lateral nerves and the male organs, and converging immediately anterior to the ducts
of the latter, unite below the origins of the lateral nerves, and enter the commence-
ment of the oviduct.

This tube is very narrow after its commencement, which is formed by the junction
of the two preceding ducts and those of the seminal vesicles: it passes for the space of
an inch straight down the body, at first ventrad, then dextrad, and afterwards dorsad of
the alimentary canal: it then makes a sudden bend upwards, and soon begins to twine
around the intestine, ascending to within a few lines of its commencement ; there the
coils alter their course, and descend, winding round the intestine in the interspaces of
the former coils. At about the middle of the body the gyrations are extremely numerous
and complex, quite concealing the alimentary canal, which, however, is easily distin-
guished on separating the coils, on account of its white colour, which contrasts with
the ferruginous tint of the oviduct. Towards the lower third of the body the coils of
the oviduct become fewer and more distant from each other ; and here the brown ova
are seen in scattered masses ; at length the duct runs parallel with the intestine straight
to the anus, terminating close to the intestine at the posterior end of the body. It is
widest at the commencement of the coils, where the contents gradually assume the fer-

2x2

328 MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF LINGUATULA TANIOIDES.,

ruginous colour ; it then becomes narrower, and afterwards continues of the same dia-
meter to its termination at the anus.

When a portion of the oviduct is viewed through the microscope, its coats are seen
to be thin and transparent, and not closely embracing the ova, but thrown into folds
here and there. When cut across, the ova cannot be squeezed out, but adhere to the
oviduct and to each other by a fine connecting cellular substance. They are of aslightly
flattened oval form, about -+,th of an inch in the long and =+,th in the short diame-
ter, filled with a clear yellow finely granular substance. This is invested with its proper
membrane, and on one side this membrane recedes from the outer coat, leaving a clear
space, where doubtless the cicatricula, or germ, is situated. The ova are of a firm re-
sisting texture, and do not lose any of their form or contour by drying. Hence they
may probably remain long under very different circumstances, preserving their vitality,
and ready to take on the actions of development when in a fit situation.

Cuvier rightly observes of Linguatula Tenioides, ‘‘ C’est le ver intestin ot l’on voit le
mieux le noeud cérébral et les deux filets nerveux!.”” M. De Blainville, who adopts the
observations of Cuvier on the other parts of the anatomy of Linguatula, is silent with
respect to the nervous system. Rudolphi seems doubtful as to the nature of the chords
which Cuvier describes, and confesses his inability to detect a nervous ganglion. This
part was, however, very conspicuous in the specimen here described, such as it is deli-
neated in the accompanying figure of the nervous system. It is situated between the
mouth and the commencement of the oviduct, and consequently is subcesophageal,
and not cerebral. Eight pairs of nerves may be distinguished, going from it in a ra-
diated manner. ‘The two anterior filaments pass forwards on either side of the eso-
phagus, but they could not be traced to a junction above that tube. The small lateral
filaments terminate at the bases of the fossa on either side of the mouth. The posterior
pair are the largest; they pass over the ducts of the ovaries and testes immediately
before these join the oviduct, and then run down the sides of the ventral aspect of the
body, about a line apart from each other, at first wavy, where we may suppose the
contractions of the body to be greatest, and afterwards straight, gradually becoming
wider and less distinguishable from the longitudinal fibres of the integument.

This form of the nervous system is similar to that which Cuvier originally ascribed
to the genus Ascaris, in which he considered as nerves the two white chords which
are continued separately along either side of the abdominal region, from one end of the
body to the other?. But repeated examination of this and other genera of Nematoidea,
instituted for the purpose of determining a preparation of the Ascaris Lumbricoides
dissected by Mr. Hunter, to display its nerves, has subsequently demonstrated the
correctness of M. Otto’s description of the nervous system in those Entozoa. In this
respect, as well as in the condition of the generative system, Strongylus, Ascaris, and
other Nematoidea, differ so widely from Linguatula that the latter ought to constitute
the type of a distinct order in the class Celelmintha.

The disposition of the nervous system in Linguatula is in some respects similar to

' Régne Animal, ed. 1., tom. iv. p. 35. 2 Lecons d’Anat. Comp., tom, il. p. 357.

i i i i i i ee

MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF LINGUATULA TANIOIDES. 329

that in the Slug (Limaz), in which the nerves of the body radiate nearly in a sym-
metrical manner from a single subcesophageal ganglion, the two posterior filaments
being the longest, and extending almost parallel to each other to the posterior extre-
mity of the body. It may also be observed, that the disposition of the muscular system
in Limaz is analogous to that of Linguatula, being most developed at the sides of the
foot, and least along the middle line, which is thin and Semitransparent when viewed
against the light. If one might be permitted to trace further the analogy of form sub-
sisting between genera so widely separated in other important particulars, the two
foss@, with their little hooks, on either side of the mouth of Linguatula, might be com-
pared with the two depressions which, when the tentacles are retracted, appear in the

_ Same situation in the head of the Slug. It is the superior organization of these parts

which renders necessary the further development of the nervous system of the Slug ;
and the completion of the cerebral ring and the development of the supracesophageal
ganglion constitute the chief difference subsisting between it and Linguatula in this part
of their organization,

The superior powers of locomotion with which the Slug is endowed render it necessary
that it should have organs of sense sufficiently developed to explore and take cognisance
of the various circumstances in which it may be placed. The action of the muscles
occasions waste, and demands a proportionate supply of new material for its continu-
ance: hence the necessity of the superaddition of a vascular system for the carriage of
the restorative molecules, of a more complex digestive apparatus for their supply, and
of respiratory and secretory organs for the elimination of the waste parts of the
body.

In Linguatula, on the contrary, the sphere of action being limited to a dark cavity
in the interior of another animal’s body, the necessity for these superadded structures
does not exist. Its food, being already animalized, requires only a simple canal to com-
plete its assimilation, without the assistance of teeth or salivary or biliary organs.
Neither heart nor vessels are perceptible, and it is probable that nutrition is effected
by transudation and imbibition ; and here we may notice the admirable arrangement of
the oviduct with reference to the reception of the materials for the full development of
the myriads of ova which it contains.

Living in a cavity to which external air has access, it might be expected that the
vital phenomena of Linguatula would be more energetic than in other Entozoa. With
respect to its muscular actions, Rudolphi observes: ‘‘ Motus peculiares, vermium tere-
tium tamen agitationibus maxime accedunt, partem nimirum tam anticam quam posti-
cam continuo vel reflectit vel inflectit, minore tamen, quam illi, corporis vi utitur,
neque cutis musculorum apparatum notabilem continet. A Trematodum, vel Distoma-
tum, vel Amphistomatum et Monostomatum, vel etiam Polystomatis uncinulati, moti-
bus quam maxime recedit, neque cum Tzniis ullo modo comparari potest '.”

’ Hist. Ent., tom. ii. p. 443.

330 MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF LINGUATULA TANIOIDES.

PLATE XLI.

Figg. 10 to 16. LinevatruLa TxniorpEs.
Fig. 10. Linguatula Tenioides, of the natural size, as seen from the ventral aspect.
a. The serrated muscular lateral parts of the body.
b. The thin semitransparent mesial integument.
ce. The circular mouth.
d, d. The oblong pits containing the hooks.

11. The anterior part of the worm, magnified three diameters, showing the round
central mouth, and the lateral pits and hooks.

12. The anterior and posterior parts of the body of the Linguatula magnified
four diameters, with the dorsal parietes of the abdominal cavity removed,
to show the alimentary canal, impregnating glands, convoluted oviduct,
and nerves in situ.

13. The nervous and generative systems removed from the body; the uterine
tube cut short.

14. A part of the generative system, showing the junction of the oviducts and
vesicule seminales.

The same letters indicate the same parts.

a. The external or epidermic layer of the integument.
b. The muscular layer.
ce. The esophagus.
d. The dilated part of the alimentary canal or stomach.
e. The intestine, surrounded by the coils of the oviduct.
f. The anus.
g. The single subcesophageal ganglion.
h, h. The anterior pair of nerves passing on either side of the wsophagus.
i, 7. The second and third pairs of lateral nerves, going to the fosse and
hooks.
k, k. The fourth lateral pair of nerves, supplying the genital organs,
1, l. The fifth or posterior pair of nerves, supplying the body.
m, m. The male organs or glands secreting the impregnating fluid.
n,n. The ovary.
o, o. The oviduct.
p. The uterus, or tube formed by the union of the oviducts and testes.

15. An ovum of Linguatula Tenioides, magnified 300 diameters, showing its
breadth and the recedence of the vitelline from the cortical membrane
at a.

16. An ovum, showing its thickness, or lesser transverse diameter, with part of
the connecting substance adhering to it.

: possry

XXXVII. Additional Remarks on the Genus Lagotis, with some account of a second Spe-
cies referrible to it. By E. T. Bennert, Esq., F.L.S., Sec. Z.S.

Communicated May 26, 1835.

THE brief notice which I am about to lay before the Society may be regarded as sup-
plemental to the communication ‘ On the Chinchillide’ made to it in the spring of 1833,
and published in the First Part of the ‘Transactions’!. Its object is to characterize a
second species of the genus Lagotis, a genus originally proposed by me in the summer of
1832, and described in detail in the paper referred to ; in which were included an account
of the external form, the visceral anatomy, and the osteology of the genus, as observed in
the only individual which I had seen of the single species then comprised in it. A skin
of a second species has since come into the possession of the Society, having been ac-
quired by purchase from Mr. Gould, who bought it out of a collection believed to have
been brought from the Chilian Andes: this skin furnishes the sole materials within my
reach for the elucidation of the characters of the animal in question.

Lagotis, it will be remembered, differs externally from Chinchilla by the possession of
four toes on each of its feet, instead of five on the anterior and four on the posterior ;
and by the greater length of its tail, which is nearly equal to that of the body and head
taken together, while in Chinchilla the length of the tail, exclusive of the hairs, is
scarcely more than one half of that of the body and head. To these characters I had
formerly added that derived from the greater length of the ears in Lagotis as compared
with those of Chinchilla, these organs being in Lag. Cuvieri equal in length to the
distance interposed between their base and the muzzle of the animal, while in the latter
they scarcely exceed three fourths of that distance ; but as this character does not ob-
tain in the animal before me, it can no longer be regarded as generic. In the second
species of Lagotis the ears have nearly the same comparative length as in Chinch. lam-
gera ; but they do not possess the amplitude of lateral development which distinguiskes
those of the latter animal.

This diminished length of the ears in the second species of Lagotis affords, perhaps,
the most readily appreciable distinguishing mark between it and Lug. Cuviert ; but
there are other characters of distinction between them which may be thus expressed :

1p. 35.

332 MR. E. T. BENNETT’S REMARKS ON THE GENUS LAGOTIS.

Genus Lacortis, Benn.
1. Lacoris Cuvieri, Benn.
Lag. auriculis caput longitudine equantibus ; vellere longiore ; caude setis albidis nigris-
que ; pedibus cinereis.
Hab. in Peruvia.
2. LAGOTIS PALLIPES.
Lag. auriculis capite brevioribus ; vellere brevi ; caude@ setis ferrugineis ; ventre pedibusque
fulvescentibus, his pallidioribus.

Hab. in Chiliz montosis.

The general form of the body of Lag. pallipes is apparently similar to that of Lag. Cu-
vieri, but the comparative brevity of the fur will probably deprive the animal, when
seated in its usual position, of much of that resemblance to a ball of wool which may
be fancied to exist in Lag. Cuviert. The long and remarkable whiskers are scarcely so
heavy, so numerous, so rigid, or so long as those of Lag. Cuvieri; and some of the
less elongated of the bristles composing them are entirely white, whereas in Lag. Cu-
vieri the whole of the bristles of the whiskers are jet-black. The want of naked muzzle
and the form and direction of the nostrils correspond in both species: the position of
the eyes is also similar. The ears have the parallelogrammic form of those of Lag. Cu-
vieri, and are about two inches in length by three quarters in breadth, the length of the
head anterior to their base being two inches and a half: the folds of the ears and the
supplementary auricle are the same in both species. The outside of the ear is sparingly
clothed with short dark adpressed hairs, which become more numerous towards the
margins ; their inner side is also sparingly furnished with hairs, which are longer and
looser than those of the outer surface, and are nearly white: the darkly coloured hairs
of the outer side project slightly beyond the upper edge of the ear, forming a fringe to
the extremity of its lobe.

The general proportion of the limbs to the body and to each other is apparently
similar to that which obtains in Lag. Cuvieri. On the anterior feet the toes, similar in
number, are similarly covered above with stiff hairs, which pass down between them,
and also conceal the short, sharpish claws: the pads of the sole equally correspond in
number and position. The hinder feet are also like those of Lag. Cuvieri, in the num-
ber and relative proportion of the toes, in their mode of covering, in the form of the
claws (including the widening and flattening of the inner one, adapted, with its over-
hanging covering of stiff, horny, comb-like bristles, for the cleaning and disentangling
of the fur), and in the number, form, and position of the pads of the soles.

The fur of Lag. pallipes is, perhaps, even softer to the touch than that of Lag. Cuvieri ;
a feel which is probably owing to its being less dense, on account of the comparative
shortness of the hairs composing it: the fur of Lag. Cuvieri imparts to the hand the
sensation of fullness and consequent firmness, that of Lag. pallipes is yielding with its

MR. E. T. BENNETT’S REMARKS ON THE GENUS LAGOTIS. 333

softness. The hairs in both species, especially those which form the mass of the fur,
are wavy for the greater part of their length, their tips only being straight: those of
the middle of the sides measure, when their natural waves are not interfered with, three
quarters of an inch in Lag. pallipes, and an inch and a quarter in Lag. Cuvieri. The
longer and more bristle-like hairs, the black tips of which project slightly beyond the
general mass of the fur, are rather more numerous in Lag. pallipes than in Lag. Cuvieri :
but, notwithstanding this, the general tint of the colouring is nearly the same in both
animals, a greyish ash-colour tinged with yellowish and varying in intensity in undula-
tions ; along the middle of the back the black-tipped hairs prevail to an extent which
causes an indication of a darker-coloured line. The individual hairs have the same
colour in both species ; and it is essential to remark that their basal portion is dusky
and by no means brown. The under surface of Lag. pallipes is of a rather pale fulvous
colour, all the hairs being tipped with that tint, though they are equally dusky at the
base with those of the upper surface: the fulvous colour extends along the under sur-
face to the mouth, becoming paler as it advances forwards, and fading almost into
white under the lower jaw; surrounding the vent its intensity is considerable; it
reaches nearly half way up the sides, and is almost sharply divided from the grey of
the upper surface ; and it occupies the whole of the inner side of the upper part of the
limbs and the entire feet, being, however, on the latter of a much paler tint, approaching
to whiteness: in Lag. Cuvieri the under surface is only less grey than the upper, and
the feet are almost purely grey, the hairs which cover them being partly dusky and
partly whitish, and having no intermixture of yellow or fulvous. The colouring of the
under surface, and especially of the feet, is consequently strongly distinctive between
the two species of Lagotis ; and that of the long bristles which form a high crest along
the upper surface of the tail and project beyond its extremity, affords another equally
well marked character: in Lag. Cuvieri the greater number of these rigid hairs are
whitish, and with these are intermixed (somewhat in tufts) others which are black,
those of the extremity being entirely black ; in Lag. pallipes it is only at the commence-
ment of the crest that there is any intermixture of whitish or black hairs; these are
immediately replaced by others of a dull ferruginous or rusty tint, which are continued
to the extremity of the tail and project beyond it in a tuft of a brighter and deeper rust
colour than the adjoining ones. The under surface and sides of the tail are covered in
both species by the same short, rigid, adpressed hairs, of a mixed grey colour, which is
deeper beneath, and forms along the middle of the under surface an almost black line.

Such are the principal differences manifested by the second species of Lagotis on a
comparison of it with the one which formed the type of the genus. Subjoined are a few
of the more important admeasurements of each, derived from the skins.

Lag. Cuvieri. Lag. pallipes.

Length of the body andhead . . . . . dt 1 4 T 3
Length of the tail, exclusive of the hair . . . . . 1l+ 9
Length of the ear . . Tn Meee dae = eS ae wd 21
Length of the hinder fits iy he Loe Oe 34 3

VOL, I. oy:

334 MR. E. T. BENNETT’S REMARKS ON THE GENUS LAGOTIS.

In conclusion it is necessary for me to remark that nearly at the same time with
the reading of my communication ‘On the Chinchillide,’ Dr. Meyen read before the
Imperial German Academy of Naturalists a paper on various animals collected by him
in Peru and Chili, in which he described, under the name of Lagidium, the genus which
I had previously designated as Lagotis': his type, Lagidium Peruanum, appears to be
identical with Lagotis Cuviert. To this paper by Dr. Meyen, in which he enumerates a
much greater number of species of Chinchillide than appear to me to have yet been
satisfactorily ascertained, I have adverted in a communication printed in the fifth
volume of the ‘ Zoological Journal’?, in which I have again reviewed the synonymy of
the family, with the view of endeavouring definitely to establish it.

PLATE XLII.

LaGoris PALLIPES.

1 Dr. Meyen’s Paper was communicated to the Imperial Academy in March, 1833: mine was communicated
to the Zoological Society in May of the same year. But the genus Lagotis had been characterized by me, so
far as its external characters could be ascertained from the living specimen, at a Meeting of the Committee of
Science and Correspondence in June, 1832, and the name then given was affixed, throughout the life of the
individual, to the cage in which the Society’s animal was kept.

2p. 491.

:
q

XXXVIII. Observations on the Genus Cancer of Dr. Leach (Platycarcinus, Latr.,), with
Descriptions of three new Species. By Tuomas Bext, Esq., F.R.S., L.S., G.S., & Z.S8.

Communicated June 9, 1835.

IN the course of the gradual distribution into various genera of a group of animals
previously arranged under a single generic term, it is not always a matter devoid of
difficulty to decide by which of the newly distinguished groups that original appellation
should be retained ; and different rules have been laid down, and different principles
resorted to, by various naturalists on this point, whilst others have been wholly careless
on the subject. The consequence of this discrepancy has been the absence of all unity
of design in the present heterogeneous nomenclature of the different divisions of the
animal kingdom, according to the varying views adopted by the individuals by whom
each portion has been separately studied and developed.

It is undoubtedly desirable where a particular species can, with tolerable certainty,
be recognised as having received a distinct appellation from any of the early masters of
natural science, to retain that name for the genus to which the species belongs, and
still to consider it as designating the smaller group in which it is included, whatever
may be the changes and subdivisions made in the larger group to which it was origin-
ally attached. This is still more imperative when the name has been so applied by any
modern naturalist, whose character for learning and accuracy is such as to give weight
to his opinion in matters of nomenclature. It appears to me that the name which I
propose to retain for the genus which is the subject of this paper is thus strongly re-
commended for our adoption, as being very probably the one by which the type of that
genus was known to the older writers, and which has recently been applied by one of
our most distinguished carcinologists, to the genus restricted by himself to the only
species of it then known to him. The generic name Cancer was applied by Dr. Leach
to the species Canc. Pagurus, with the full understanding that it constituted the type of
a form distinct from all others of the family. I have therefore chosen this opportu-
nity to claim for it the same distinction, upon the ground that the group was so desig-
nated by my distinguished friend, before the term Platycarcinus was applied to it by
Latreille in the French Museum, and consecrated by Dr. Milne Edwards in his recent
admirable work on the natural history of Crustacea ; and also because, by applying any
other term to this genus, we are obliged to restrict the word Cancer to a small and com-
paratively unimportant group, not a single species of which was probably distinctly
known to any naturalist of early times.

When the characters of the present genus were first defined, the only known species

2x2

336 MR. T. BELL ON THE GENUS CANCER.

was the common large eatable Crab of our coasts, the Cancer Pagurus, Linn. To this the
name Platycarcinus was given by Latreille; an infelicitous appellation certainly, as
none of the species are characterized by any particular degree of flatness of the body,
and some of them even possess a rather remarkable degree of elevation. Dr. Edwards,
with great correctness and tact, united to the genus, thus restricted in its characters, a
second species, the Cancer irroratus of Say ; and to these I have the satisfaction of adding
three entirely new and highly interesting species, collected by Mr. Cuming ; an acqui-
sition which, whilst it increases our opportunities of fixing and appreciating the cha-
racters of the genus, renders a complete revision of it necessary. It is, indeed, worthy
of remark, that the specific character of Canc. Pagurus as given by Dr. Leach in his
‘ Malacostraca Podophthalma Britanniz,’ is applicable, with very little latitude, to all
the species now known, as they agree, without exception, in the margin, on each side,
having nine, or more properly ten divisions (the last being obsolete), in the front being
trifid, and the carapax granulated.

The application of the name Cancer to the present genus renders it necessary to attach
a new generic term to the group to which Dr. Edwards had appropriated it, and which
he has characterized with his accustomed discrimination. It is very nearly allied to
Carpilius, from which some of the species scarcely differ except in the form of the legs,
which in Carpilius are round, and in the other group much flattened and fringed with
hair. I propose for this genus the name Platypodia; and I conceive that in making
these alterations in the nomenclature of this family, I am not intrenching on any of the
acknowledged rules by which these matters are generally regulated, but rather, by so
early an interference, contributing to their establishment.

The genus Platypodia on the one hand approximates to Carpilius by Plat. rosea and
Plat. interrupta, and on the other to Zozymus by Plat. lobata.

Genus Cancer, Leach. (Puatycarcinus, Latr., Edw.)

Antenne externe articulo basilari maximo, anticé in dentem fortem producto, hiatum
inter frontem et canthum internum oculi implente: portione mobili setacea, brevi,
propius foveole antenne interne quam cantho interno oculi inserta.

Antenna interne foveolis longitudinalibus, antrorsum porrecte.

Pedipalpi externi caulis interni articulo secundo ad marginem antico-internum excavato.

Pedum par anticum subinzequale, paria reliqua ambulatoria.

Abdomen maris 5- foemine 7-articulatum.

Oculi pedunculo brevi.

Testa transversa, lata, ellipticé arcuata, marginibus antico-lateralibus decem-lobatis,
lobo posteriore obsoleto ; fronte trifido.

The shell in this genus is broad, elliptical, somewhat elevated, and with the regions
rather distinctly marked. The surface in all the species hitherto known is more or
less granulated. The front is trifid, the middle tooth being sometimes lost in very old

MR. T. BELL ON THE GENUS CANCER. 337

specimens. The orbits have a rather strong tooth over the inner canthus ; there are
two parallel fissures above, and one beneath. The latero-anterior margin on each side
extends as far backwards as the centre of the cardiac region, where it is lost in a
sinuous granulated ridge which rises over the latero-posterior margin. It is divided
into ten lobes, which are either quadrate, and therefore contiguous at the sides, as in
most of the species ; or lanceolate, as in Canc. dentatus: the last lobe is always very
small, and often obsolete.

The external antenne have the basilar joint broad, very long and thick, filling the
hiatus between the inner canthus of the orbit and the front, and terminating forwards
in a strong, angular, tooth-like projection, directed forwards and a little inwards,
reaching beyond the frontal line. The terminal or moveable portion is slender, very
short, and arises from the internal part of the basilar joint, nearer to the cell of the in-
ternal antenne than to the orbit. The internal antenna, instead of lying obliquely out-
wards or transversely, as in most other genera of this section, are directed forwards ; a
character by which Cancer may at once be distinguished from Platypodia, Carpilius,
Xantho, &c. The second joint of the inner footstalk of the external pedipalps is ex-
cavated at the anterior part of the inner margin ; in some species the notch is confined
to the angle, in others it extends half way down the side of the joint. The first pair of
feet is nearly equal; in some specimens of each species the difference in size being
scarcely appreciable. They are generally very robust. The remaining feet have no
spines, but are in most species more or less hairy. The abdomen of the male has five,
that of the female seven, joints.

With the exception of our indigenous species, Canc. Pagurus, they are all, as far as
their localities are yet known, exclusively natives of the coasts of the hotter parts of
America.

1. CANCER LONGIPES.
Tab. XLIII.

Canc. test leviter granulatd, sparsim punctatd ; margine antico-laterali plicato, decem-
lobato, lobis contiguis, ad marginem minute denticulatis ; manibus levibus, extus lineis
quinque impresso-punctatis; pedibus longioribus ; abdominis articulo ultimo equilate-
raliter triangulart.

Hab. apud Valparaiso. (Cuming.)
3 Muss. Soc. Zool., Bell.

The general colour and thin texture of the carapax, with the long slender form of
the legs, remove this species at first sight far from those which a nearer inspection
prove to be very nearly allied to it; particularly Canc. Edwards, to which many of its
most important characters so closely approximate it, as to require some care in ex-
pressing its specific diagnostic phrase.

338 MR. T. BELL ON THE GENUS CANCER.

The carapax is very broad ; the surface minutely granulated with scattered impressed
points. The margin is divided into ten shallow contiguous lobes, the extreme edge of
which has a number of small granular teeth, and which from the fourth to the ninth have
one tooth more prominent than the rest. There is a peculiarity in this species which
does not occur in any other of this genus, nor perhaps in the whole order; the furrows
which separate the branchial from the genital and cardiac regions, and which in most
are distant, in some degree resembling the letter H, in this species coalesce on the
median line, forming a single deep hollow; and thus the outlines of the genital and
cardiac regions are placed far apart, whilst the branchial regions closely approach each
other. The front has three rounded lobes, of which the middle is the longest. The
tooth over the inner canthus of the orbit is obtuse, and rather less prominent than the
frontal lobes. The tooth-like process of the basilar joint of the external antenne forms
an obtuse angle. The legs are very long; the third joint of the second pair extending
considerably, and even that of the first in some degree, beyond the edge of the carapax.
They are wholly without spines; nor are they hairy in any of the specimens I have
seen, with the exception of the last joint of the four posterior pairs. The first pair is
thick and strong, and its surface smooth. A simple caria extends along the carpus,
terminating in an angular projection ; and a similar carina occupies the upper edge of
the hand, on the outer surface of which are five longitudinal lines of impressed dots,
but without any elevation. The sides of the four posterior pairs of legs are also marked
with lines of impressed dots ; and the last joint of each is furrowed at the sides, and
has a longitudinal crest of hair on the upper, and two on the lower, edge. The last
joint of the abdomen in the male forms an equilateral triangle.

Colour above light red, indistinctly dotted with yellow ; beneath yellowish. Tips of
the claws blackish.

Length 3+ inches, breadth 6.

The only specimens which I have seen of this species were brought by Mr. Cuming
from Valparaiso, where they are taken by nets in deep water: the claws are considered
a great delicacy, and the fishermen are in the habit of breaking them off, and then
throwing the animals, still alive, again into the water.

The indigenous name is Boco.

2. Cancer Epwarpsit.
Tab. XLIV.

Canc. testé granulaté ; margine antico-laterali decem-lobato, lobis latis, contiguis, profundeé
dentatis ; manibus supra obsoleté tuberculoso-carinatis ; maris abdominis articulo ul-
timo antice producto.

Hab. apud Valparaiso. (Cuming.)
3 Mus. Soc. Zool. ¢ ¢ Mus. Bell.

MR. T. BELL ON THE GENUS CANCER. 339

Carapax elevated, particularly at the gastric region; the surface almost uniformly
granulated. The latero-anterior margin is divided into ten lobes, the sides of which are
contiguous, and their margins deeply dentate, two of the teeth of each being larger than
the others ; the lobes become broader and shallower posteriorly, and the last is obso-
lete, passing into the granulated posterior ridge. The front has three teeth, the middle
one being small, and in the old specimen from which this description is principally
taken it is wholly lost. A strong tooth projects over the inner canthus of the orbit, and
there is a smaller one beneath, immediately exterior to the basilar joint of the external
antenne, the strong process of which is rather obtuse and simple. The anterior pair of
legs are very large and strong: they are not tuberculated as in Canc. dentatus, nor spiny
as in Cane. irroratus; but there are slight indications of a double tuberculate carina
on the upper edge of the hand, particularly in young individuals, and on its outer sur-
face are five obsolete longitudinal lines. The four posterior pairs of feet are strong,
nearly smooth, and terminated by strong, sharp, horny claws. There is no hair on any
part of the body or legs in the specimens which I have seen, The last joint of the
abdomen in the male is produced anteriorly ; the fourth nearly quadrate, rather longer
than broad.

Colour above reddish brown ; beneath yellow mottled with reddish.

Length 53 inches, breadth 7+.

The adult specimen was taken by Mr. Cuming at the depth of twenty-five fathoms,
on rocky ground ; the younger specimens were caught by seines on sandy beaches.

I have dedicated this magnificent species of a genus the characters of which were
first fully developed by him, to Dr. Milne Edwards, the author of incomparably the
most complete work on Carcinology that has ever appeared.

3. CANCER DENTATUS.
Tab. XLV.

Canc. testd granulato-scabré, hispidd ; margine antico-laterali decem-dentato, dentibus lan-
ceolatis, denticulatis ; manibus tuberculoso-bicristatis, ext&s lineis quinque longitudi-
nalibus granulatis ; pedibus pilosissimis.

Hab. apud Valparaiso. (Cuming, Miller.)
3 Mus. Soc. Zool. ¢ ¢ Mus. Bell.

Carapax considerably elevated, and the regions rather strongly marked ; the surface
roughly granulated, hispid, with patches of small spiny tubercles, particularly towards
the anterior part. The latero-anterior margin, instead of being but slightly divided into
obsolete lobes, as in most of the other species, is deeply cut into sharp lanceolate teeth,
the edges of which are furnished with numerous sharp denticulations. The posterior
tooth, which reaches to the anterior part of the cardiac region, is smaller than the rest,
and its posterior granulated margin passes off into the post-branchial ridge. The front

340 MR. T. BELL ON THE GENUS CANCER.

has three strong acute teeth, of which the middle one is the most prominent : there is
also a strong triangular tooth over the inner canthus of the orbit, a smaller one over the
outer, between the two superior orbitar fissures, and a large one beneath the inner can-
thus, with a smaller one at its outer base. The tooth-like process of the basilar joint of
the external antenne is strong, prominent, acute, and denticulate at its margin, like those
of the border ofthe carapax. The claws are very robust, and strongly marked. The
carpus has several more or less complete lines of strong spiny tubercles, which termi-
nate in two strong spines on the upper and anterior margin ; the hand is furnished on
its upper edge with two crests of similar tubercles, which are extended to the moveable
finger ; on the outer surface of the hand are five longitudinal equidistant raised lines,
which are more or less tuberculate or granulate. The remaining feet are almost covered
with long dark-coloured hair. The abdomen of the male has the last joint somewhat
produced. That of the female is very large and protuberant.

Colour above rich reddish brown, somewhat mottled with yellowish, particularly in
young specimens ; beneath red mottled with yellow.

Length of the largest specimen which Mr. Cuming brought home 4 inches, breadth 52.

This very handsome species was taken by Mr. Cuming at Valparaiso in deep water
about rocks. I have also received a young specimen from Mr. Miller, who assigns to
it a similar habitat.

4. Cancer rrroratus, Say!.
Tab. XLVI.

Canc. testd leviter granulatd ; margine antico-laterali decem-lobato, lobis contiguis, quadra-
tis, ad marginem denticulatis ; manibus compressis, dentato-bicristatis.
Hab. ad oras Floridarum (Say) et Americ Australis (Cuming, Miller).

Carapax transversely oblong, regularly elevated; the surface minutely granulated; the
regions but slightly distinct. Latero-anterior margin slightly divided into ten lobes, the
anterior ones smaller and contiguous, the posterior broader and slightly diverging ; the
edges minutely denticulated, each having one or two teeth larger than the rest. Front
tridentate, the teeth triangular ; orbits oval, with a small tooth over the inner canthus,
but none between the superior fissures, as in some other species. External antenne
with the basilar joint flat, its inner margin a little excavated, and its tooth obtuse.
Pedipalps as in the other species. Sternum almost without hair, polished, numerously
and minutely punctated. Abdomen very slightly fringed ; the terminal joint a little pro-
duced, terminated by a few longish hairs. Anterior feet compressed, angular, the wrist
with a sharp spine above, projecting over the base of the hand ; the hands compressed,
somewhat inflexed, crested, the crest denticulated, the external surface with five longi-
tudinal elevated granular lines. The remaining legs slender, very long, compressed,

1 Journ. Acad, Ent. Sci. Phil., vol. i. p. 59. t.4. f. 2.

MR. T. BELL ON THE GENUS CANCER. 341

the antepenultimate and terminal joints longitudinally furrowed; the nail small and
slender.

The colour of this pretty species is a light lively red above, with several curved lines
of white spots over the’branchial and hepatic regions, a white lengthened spot on each
side of the genital region, and a white mark, like a V, over the intestinal. The anterior
feet are of a darkish red above, the remaining legs dotted with purplish red. The under
side is whitish.

The carapax of the female is less broad in proportion than that of the male, and as
usual more elevated ; but I do not observe, in the numerous specimens in my posses-
sion, that considerable difference which Say describes as being sufficient to occasion
some hesitation whether they belong to the same species. The spots on the carapax
are indeed much less distinct in the female, but they are sufficiently obvious in every
specimen which I have seen of that sex.

Length 2+ inches, breadth 4.

5. Cancer Pacurus, Auct.

Leach, Mal. Pod. Brit., Tab. X.

Canc. testé granulatd ; margine antico-laterali decem-lobato, lobis quadratis, contiguis, inte-
gris ; manibus levibus.

Hab. ad oras Magne Britannie et Europe Occidentalis.

Carapax transversely oblong, flattened, but little higher in the middle than at the
sides, somewhat rounded before and behind ; the surface minutely granulated, smooth,
with the regions but slightly marked. Latero-anterior margin slightly recurved, di-
vided into ten quadrate lobes, the sides of which are contiguous, and the margins
entire ; the last lobe inconspicuous, and passing into the posterior marginal line, which
terminates immediately anterior to the posterior transverse ridge. Front trifid, the
teeth of nearly equal length and size. Orbits round, with a strong triangular tooth
over the inner canthus, which does not project so far as the front ; and a smaller one
filling the space between the two superior fissures. External antenne with the basilar
joint much elongated, and terminating forwards in an obtuse tooth; the first joint of
the moveable portion club-shaped, the second cylindrical, the remaining portion seta-
ceous. Internal antenne directed forwards, the anterior half doubled directly back-
wards in a state of rest. The basilar joint broad, cup-shaped, its outer edge project-
ing forwards; the second joint (the first of the moveable portion) cylindrical, the
penultimate with a small, hooked, and recurved process at the apex. Pedipalps as in
the rest of the genus. Sternum minutely punctated, and furnished with small patches
or lines of short scanty hair. Abdomen in the male with the margin fringed with short
hair ; the last joint forming an equilateral triangle. Anterior feet large, robust, smooth,
without spines or tubercles, minutely granulated, the hand rounded, without crest, the

VOL. I. 22

342 MR. T. BELL ON THE GENUS CANCER.

inner surface exhibiting only the rudiments of the five lines of puncta, so conspicuous
in other species of the genus. The remaining feet furnished with numerous fasciculi
of stiff hairs, the last joint in all furrowed, and terminated by a short strong nail.

Colour above reddish brown, the legs more red, the claws deep shining black ; be-
neath whitish.

PLATE XLVI.

. Abdomen of Cancer longipes, 3.

. Abdomen of Canc. Edwardsii, 3.

. Abdomen of Canc. Edwardsii, ?, very young.
. Abdomen of Canc. dentatus, 3.

. Abdomen of Cane. dentatus, °.

. Abdomen of Canc. irroratus, 3.

. Abdomen of Canc. irroratus, °.

. Antennary region of Cane. Pagurus.

. Pedipalp of the same.

Fig.

BOON Da WW —

SE ———— Sl ee ee
Ll , -

AOD MOULD, CIPWYD)

myrunnuappnyy 9 Kp yore Bien ial ;
ii oe aes : on 1 77n poesreny 0

10 V1 MG!) Los Pip Og

Ly
—

PYRYOLObW QU LD)

prvreouarynz 9 Ad avon

boyy romeo 44

2° wooseingy D7

WH IHY IPL PUG rosy

OB Sowerty Sum” deh x

is

A
4

of WEE 4 JVM,

ents denilus 6,7

P uit P ie mre pra a ae ees
ee es ) Ls »

, - : 7 ‘ - a. | pa '
be hu -_ 0 _—, i,

. ~
=
3
&
P
i.
”
:
o, ~ A
,
pt ey pes +
a
»” :
; . - “>,
;
7 ’ is }
' pam,
) .
) ms
-
»
1
: *
:
-
?

[ 343 ]

XXXIX. On the Osteology of the Chimpanzee and Orang Utan. By Ricuarp Owen,
Esq., F.R.S. & Z.8., Assistant Conservator of the Museum of the Royal College of Sur-
geons in London.

Communicated March 10, 1835.

In tracing the successive stages by which the lower animals approximate the structure
of Man, the interest increases as we advance, and becomes most exciting when we
arrive at the highest term of the brute creation. At this point every deviation from
the human structure indicates with precision its real peculiarities, and we then possess
the true means of appreciating those modifications by which a material organism is
especially adapted to become the seat and instrument of a rational and responsible
soul.

The Orangs, or great tailless Apes of Africa and Asia, have long been recognised as
the Mammalia which make the closest approach to Man ; and their organization has
therefore been studied with more or less care and detail by many distinguished physio-
logists and comparative anatomists. Tyson!, Camper?, Blumenbach$, Cuvier‘, and
Lawrence®, have been the chief contributors to this department of zoology, and by
their labours most of the peculiarities of structure have been pointed out which relate
to the semi-erect posture and climbing habits of the Quadrumanous order. The nu-
merous analogies to the human structure which have at the same time been brought
to light, have ever held a prominent place among the facts that have served as the
basis of the theories of animal development: but as it has uniformly happened that the
Orangs which have been described have been of immature age, many circumstances,
as the facial angle, the forms and proportions of the teeth, and the shape and relative
size of the cranium to the face, have had an undue importance assigned to them, and
the transition from the Monkey to the Man has been assumed to be much more gradual
than a more extended investigation will be found to sustain.

Orang-outang, sive Homo sylvestris; or the Anatomy of a Pygmie, &c. 4to, Lond. 1699.

2 Quvres sur l’Histoire Naturelle, la Physiologie, et l’Anatomie Comparée, tom. iii. 8vo, Paris, 1803. Anat.
de l’Orang Utang, tom. i.

5 Beytriige zur Naturgeschichte. Géttingen, 1790—1811. Abbildungen Natur-historischer Gegenstinde.
Short System of Comparative Anatomy, translated from the German by W. Lawrence. Svo, Lond. 1807.
Manual of Natural History, translated by R. T. Gore. Svo, Lond. 1825.

4 Régne Animal, nouy. ed. Svo, Paris, 1829. Lecons d’Anat. Comparée, passim. Dissertation on the Identity
of the Simia Satyrus and Pongo, read before the Académie des Sciences Naturelles, but not published. (See
F, Cuvier’s Dents des Mammiféres, 8vo, p. 10.)

5 Lectures on Physiology, Zoology, and the Natural History of Man. 8vo, Lond. 1819.

222

344 MR. R. OWEN ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF

Deductions in favour of the anthropomorphous character of the Orangs have also
been derived from observation of the living habits of young Orangs ; but these cannot
be regarded as affording a type of the nature of the adults, since it is well known that
the docility and gentle manners of the young Ape rapidly give way to an unteachable
obstinacy and untameable ferocity in the adult ; at least, of those species to which, as
I shall afterwards show, the full-grown Orangs have the nearest resemblance in the
form of the head.

In the present communication I propose to describe the osteological peculiarities of
the Chimpanzee (Simia Troglodytes, Auct.) and the Orang Utan (Simia Satyrus, Auct.) ;
to trace in each the changes which the skeleton undergoes in its progress towards the
mature state ; and while, with reference to the Asiatic Orang, proofs are thus eliminated
of the identity of two supposed distinct species of the Quadrumanous order, to show the
nature and extent of the osteological differences which divide the Orangs from the hu-
man species.

§ 1. Of the Osteology of the adult Chimpanzee.

It has been no less a matter of surprise than of regret, that while the natural history
of the Mammalia which recede furthest from Man, and which inhabit the remotest
regions, has been investigated with the most persevering and successful exertions, the
species which are in immediate juxtaposition with him in the natural series should still
remain almost as little understood as at the dawn of zoological science. We now, in
fact, possess more accurate and detailed information respecting the economy and
organization of the paradowical Platypus of Australia than we do with regard to the
Chimpanzee, the most interesting of all the brute creation, from its close affinity to the
human type of structure, which has long been known to inhabit the forests of Africa,
and where there is every reason to believe that it is far from being rare.

The coasts of the Gulf of Guinea and the regions of Congo and Angola have been
frequented for ages by Europeans engaged in commercial enterprize, yet the adult Chim-
panzee has never been secured or transmitted alive to Europe, nor have its habits in the
wild state hitherto been accurately described by a competent or trustworthy observer.
While the energies of Europeans were misemployed in an unholy traffic, but little
sympathy could be expected with those pursuits which elevate and dignify the nature
of man ; and thus, while thousands of unoffending Negroes have been torn from the re-
mote recesses of their native forests, and sacrificed at the shrine of Mammon, no museum
in Europe has been enriched by a single prepared skin of the adult Chimpanzee ; nor has
the bony frame-work, or even a cranium, been deposited in any public collection to
afford the means of accurately defining the limits of the brute creation.

In the Museum of Natural History at Paris! the osteology of the Simia Troglodytes

1 Since writing the above I have been informed that the skull of an adult Chimpanzee has very recently been
added to this collection.

THE CHIMPANZEE AND ORANG UTAN. 345

is illustrated by specimens of the young animal only, and these at a period prior to
the shedding of the deciduous teeth; the skeletons and crania of the Chimpanzee in
the public museums of this metropolis exhibit its bony structure in the same immature
state ; and it is improbable that the enlightened naturalists of other European nations
would suffer so great an osteological treasure as the skeleton or skull of the full-grown
Troglodyte to remain hidden (as all undescribed specimens may be said to be,) in their
museums.

This remarkable deficiency in the means of determining the changes which take place
in the structure of the Chimpanzee during its passage to the adult state, was particularly
felt and regretted by myself while engaged in investigating the anatomy of the Orang
Utan, on the occasion of the death of the young animal of that species formerly in the
possession of the Zoological Society. Having subsequently, however, been informed
of the existence of the skeleton of an adult Chimpanzee in the private museum of a
member of the Society, R. B. Walker, Esq., Surgeon, of Curzon Street, I applied to
that gentleman, and was not only gratified with the sight of his valuable and unique
specimen, but received liberal permission to describe it, and had every facility afforded
to me for that purpose.

The animal was shot by a European at Sierra Leone, and the clavicle was broken
by the fall. The skeleton was prepared by the ants, sent to England, and presented to
Mr. Walker, but without any information as to the habits of the species. The bones
are perfect in every respect, with the exception of the broken clavicle and are remark-
ably well articulated.

The general appearance and proportions of the skeleton of the adult Chimpanzee are
unquestionably the most anthropoid that the Quadrumanous order presents, but the
deviations from the human structure are numerous and important.

The skull is of a narrow elongated figure, slightly contracting towards the anterior
part, which is, as it were, truncated, from the depth and direction of the symphysis of
the lower jaw. Compared with the rest of the body it is of small size, owing to the
arrested development of the cerebral portion. This part, or the cranium properly so
called, is of a rounded ovate depressed figure, and is altogether posterior to and not
above the face ; which slopes forwards at an open angle, as in the Baboons. The exte-
rior surface of the cranium is smooth and convex on the superior or coronal aspect,
being devoid of the intermuscular frontal and sagittal crests which give so strong a car-
nivorous character to the skull of the mature Orang. The extent of the origins of the
temporal muscles is, however, indicated by a bony boundary, continued from the outer
part of the supra-orbital ridge, at first as a well-marked crest, but soon subsiding toa
slightly elevated line, which extends backwards along the parietal bone about an inch
from the sagittal suture, and is lost in the lambdoidal and supra-auditory ridges. The
difference between the adult and young skulls in the extent of the surface of cranium
affording origin to the temporal muscle is considerable, as might be expected from the

346 MR. R. OWEN ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF

increased power of mastication required for the due action of the large permanent
teeth. The muscular impressions in the occipital region of the cranium are less strongly
marked in the Chimpanzee than in the Orang, the occipital foramen is further from
the posterior plane of the cranium, and its position is less oblique. The lambdoidal
ridge, the spine of the occiput, and the crista continued from the latter downwards
towards the occipital foramen, although slightly developed in comparison to the Orang,
are characters of the adult cranium of the Chimpanzee wihch are wanting in the young
animal. There is a greater proportion of brain behind the meatus auditorius eaternus in
the Chimpanzee than in the Orang, and this difference is greater in the adult than in the
young skull, whence it results that in the former the supra-auditory ridge is at some
distance anterior to the additamentum suture lambdoidalis, and consequently the skull
in this respect more nearly approximates the human structure.

In the young Chimpanzee, the articular cavity for the condyle of the lower jaw is an-
terior to the bony circle of the meatus auditorius, and on a higher plane ; but, as the zy-
gomatic arch increases in strength with the increasing power of the maxillary apparatus,
without any corresponding downward increase of the brain and cranium, the glenoid
cavity is carried so near to the lower level of the bony meatus, that it no longer, as in
the young animal and in Man, affords to the condyle of the jaw a support against back-
ward dislocation. To remedy the effects of this change, a process, of which the rudi-
ment is perceptible in the young Chimpanzee, co-extends in downward growth with the
altered position of the articulation of the jaw, becomes interposed between the maxil-
lary condyle and the meatus, and compensates for the loss of that protection which is
afforded to the maxillary articulation by the downward development of the cranium
posterior to the glenoid cavity in the human subject.

The lower part of the external boundary of the meatus is irregularly jagged in the
Chimpanzee, for the better attachment of the cartilaginous portion of the auditory pass-
age. The zygoma is proportionally weaker than in the Orang; the temporal portion
joins the malar obliquely, and is slightly and irregularly wavy.

The most characteristic feature of the Chimpanzee’s skull, both in the young and old
state, is the large projecting supra-orbital ridges, which, being continued into one
another across the glabella, form a sort of barrier between the cranium and face.

Behind the junction of the malar with the frontal bone there is a convex ridge leading
obliquely downwards and inwards, and strengthening the bony septum which divides the
orbit from the temporal fossa.

The cranial sutures, which are obliterated in the adults of the Orang, syndactylous
Ape, and frequently in the adult crania of Baboons and other Quadrumana, are for the
most part persistent in the Chimpanzee, and the coronal and sagittal sutures have the
true denticulated structure. The sagittal suture is not continued along the frontal bone.
The squamous suture is partially lost, but sufficient remains to show that the anterior

1 Compare Plates LII. and LIV.

THE CHIMPANZEE AND ORANG UTAN. 347

angle of the temporal joins the frontal and separates the parietal from the sphenoid
bones, as in six out of seven skulls of the young Chimpanzee which I have examined.
The frontal bone extends to the middle of the coronal surface of the cranium ;
the parietals occupy the remainder of that aspect ; the squamous portion of the oc-
cipital bone, which in the young Chimpanzee encroaches for a small extent upon the
coronal surface, is in the adult wholly confined to the inial or posterior region of the
skull: it is, however, of considerable extent, and more convex than in the Orang,
and consequently more like that of the human subject'. The squamous portions of the
temporal bone extend over a much less proportion of the sides of the cranium than in
Man ; and their superior margin, instead of forming a convex curve, is almost a straight

_line. The mastoid processes are represented on either side by a mere ridge of bone,

and the styloid processes by small tubercles. The condyloid processes of the occipital
bone are proportionally smaller than in the human subject. The foramen magnum, in-
stead of being placed immediately behind the middle transverse line of the skull, as in
Man, is situated in the middle of the posterior third of the basis crani, and its plane
is inclined upwards from the anterior margin at an angle of 5° from the plane of the
basilar process. There are no posterior condyloid foramina, but the anterior condyloid
foramina, the foramina jugularia, stylomastoidea, carotica, spinosa, and ovalia, are in
nearly the same relative positions as in Man ; the principal difference is in the greater
distance between the foramen caroticum and the foramen ovale, in consequence of the
greater antero-posterior extent of the petrous bone.

In consequence of the proximity of the foramen magnum to the posterior margin of
the skull, a considerable extent intervenes between it and the posterior margin of the
bony palate ; this is occupied by the before-mentioned development of the petrous bones,
and a corresponding extent of the basilar element of the occipital. The antero-poste-
rior diameter of the bony palate in like manner greatly exceeds that of the correspond-
ing part of the human skull. The zygomatic arches are opposite the middle third of
the skull, as seen from below, while in the human cranium they are included in the
anterior moiety. The form of the basis cranii differs generally from the Bimanous
and manifests the Quadrumanous type, in its greater length, in its flatness, in the small
extent of cranium behind the foramen magnum, in its contraction between the zygomata,
and in the large size and especially the anterior development of the bony palate.

The front view of the skull of the Chimpanzee impresses the spectator still more
strongly with its resemblance to that of the Baboon and the inferior tribes of Quadru-
mana. ‘The superciliary ridges of bone almost hide the cranium from view ; and the
cranial mass, instead of forming a broad back-ground to the face, asin the young
Chimpanzee, and as it does in a still greater degree in Man, is surpassed in breadth

} In two skulls of the young Chimpanzee I have observed an os triquetrum at the junction of the sagittal with
the lambdoidal suture. Dr. Traill notices a similar circumstance in the young Chimpanzee dissected by him.
(Wernerian Transactions, vol. iii, p. 10.)

348 MR. R. OWEN ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF

by the lateral boundaries of the orbits and the zygomatic arches!. The orbits’ are
situated higher in the Chimpanzee than in the Orang, and are larger in proportion to
the entire skull, but their plane is more perpendicular, and they are wider apart. In
neither the Chimpanzee nor the Orang are the orbits so deep in proportion as in the
human subject. The supraorbital nerves and vessels leave a slight depression, and do
not pass through a foramen. The lachrymal bones are entirely confined to the orbit, as
in the higher Quadrumana.

A character by which the Chimpanzee approximates more closely than the Orang to
the human subject is presented by the nasal bone, which projects in a slightly arched
form beyond the inter-orbital plane, while a trace of its original separation into two la-
teral elements remains at the lower margin of the now consolidated and single bone: its
upper expanded extremity was anchylosed with the frontal bone in the adult specimen
here described.

The malar bones are largely developed, as in Man and the Quadrumana generally.
Two or three small foramina are observable on the exterior of the orbital process ; corre-
sponding foramina, but of much larger size, are constantly met with in the Orang. The
infraorbital canal is continued unclosed to within 2 lines of the rim of the orbit : it opens
upon the face by a single foramen. In one young Chimpanzee I have observed a second
small foramen. In the Orang there are usually three or more infraorbital foramina, as
in many of the inferior Simie.

The ascending or nasal portion of the superior maxillary bone, which is of greater pro-
portionate size than in the human subject, does not mount vertically to the orbits, as in
Man and some of the lower Quadrumana, (those, for instance, of the genera Cebus and
Callithriz), but slopes backwards as in the Cynocephali and in the Carnivorous Mammalia,
but in a less degree. The contour of the upper jaw, from the nasal aperture to the in-
cisor teeth, is almost straight, while in the Orang it is rendered concave by the greater
development of the intermaxillary bones’in the anterior direction. These bones are an-
chylosed to the maxillary bones in the adults of both the Chimpanzee and Orang. In
Simia Satyrus the obliteration of the suture is incomplete until the full development of the
huge laniarii, but in the Chimpanzee the anchylosis takes place at a much earlier period ;
although in the young animal, when the first dentition is completed, traces of the original
separation of the intermaxillary bones from the maxillaries are still visible at the sides of
the nasal aperture and on the palate external to the foramina incisiva. The situation of
these foramina is always indicative of the original extent of the palatal process of the in-
termaxillary or incisive bones, and in no Quadrumana are they so close to the incisive
teeth as in Man. One of the admeasurements in the subjoined Table shows the relative
extent of the bony palate anterior to the foramina incisiva in the young and adult
Orang and Chimpanzee, and proves that the latter species makes a nearer approach to
Man in this particular. In the human subject, in the foetus of which the existence of

‘ Compare figg. 1 & 2, Plate LVI.

THE CHIMPANZEE AND ORANG UTAN. 349

separate intermaxillaries was first discovered by the immortal Géthe', scarcely a line’s
breadth intervenes between the incisive foramina and the alveoli of the anterior in-
cisors.

The lower jaw, like the upper, is equally characterized by its strength and size in
relation to the entire skull; the symphysis, or chin, recedes ; but the depth of the jaw
in front is less than in the Orang. The alveoli, however, advance more nearly to
the level of the condyle than in the Orang, and the jaw consequently in this respect
proportionally approximates the structure of the brute. The coronoid process rises
a little higher than the condyle, but does not quite attain the level of the zygoma.
The ramus of the jaw forms a more open angle with the body than in the Orang, and
thus more nearly resembles the human structure. The mental foramen is single on
either side.

The dental formula of the adult Chimpanzee, like that of the other Catarrhine Simie,
is the same as in the human subject, viz. Incisores +, Luniarti 3, Bicuspides +, Mo-
lares ¢. The teeth approximate in their proportionate size much more nearly than those
of the Orang to the human teeth; but they manifest in their relative position the absence
of that character which, with one anomalous exception”, is peculiar, among Mammalia,
to Man, viz. unbroken proximity. A well-marked interval separates the upper laniaries
from the contiguous incisors, and the lower laniaries are removed by a smaller interval
from the contiguous bicuspides: these intervals admit the apices of the large laniaries
respectively of the opposite jaws when the mouth is closed. The absence of similar
vacancies in the dental series of Man is owing to the shortness of the jaws, and to the
equable development of the different teeth, and especially the laniaries, the points of
which are opposed to one another. The formidable cuspidati, which supply the beast
of prey with his weapons of destruction, and afford to the irrational ape his means of
defence, are unnecessary in the master of the animal creation, who can contrive and vary
at will more effective instruments for both purposes.

The fangs of the teeth in the Chimpanzee are proportionate to the size of their crowns ;
but the accompanying figures (Plates LI. and LII.) supersede the necessity of a parti-
cular description of these parts. Some modifications of the skull may, however, be
noticed in reference to the powers of mastication.

As the strong nasal bones and contiguous processes of the maxillary and frontal
bones, which constitute the wide inter-orbital space of the skulls of the Carnivora, are
possessed in a comparatively feeble degree by the Orangs, the upper jaw is strengthened,
and the weak ethmoid bone defended from the effects of the powerful forces that tend
to push it upwards, by a thickening of the outer rim of the orbit, and by the enlarge-
ment of the malar bone, against which the malar process of the superior maxillary bone
is firmly abutted, and is thus enabled to resist the pressure of the lower jaw. The en-
tire ramus of the lower jaw, and the coronoid process more especially, are thickened and

' Zur Naturwissenschaft, &c. zur Morphologie, B.i. 8vo. 1817. 2? In the fossil genus Anoplotherium, Cuv.
VOL. I. 3A

350 MR. R. OWEN ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF

extended to increase the surface of attachment of the muscles of mastication ; the zygo-
matic arches are proportionally strengthened and widened to admit the passage of the
temporal muscles ; and these cover by their extensive origin a considerably greater pro-
portion of the cranium in the adult than in the young Chimpanzee: but in all these par-
ticulars the Chimpanzee recedes in a minor degree from the human construction than
the Orang.

With respect to the os hyoides, I cannot agree with Tyson in the observation, ‘ hu-
mano ferme simillimum existit”: the body, on the contrary, is expanded into a trian-
cular form, and hollowed out behind for the reception of one of the laryngeal sacculi ;
the cornua minora are also proportionally more developed.

The vertebral column of the Chimpanzee presents fewer deviations from that of the
human subject than the cranium. The number of true vertebre is the same ; but an addi-
tional pair of ribs takes one from the lumbar to be added to the dorsal or costal series.
With respect to the cervical vertebre, Audebert, in his description of the skeleton of
the Pongo of Wurmb, particularly remarks, that in the length of the spinous processes
that animal differed not only from every other Ape, but from every other Mammal.
In the Chimpanzee, however, there exists a similar provision for an adequate origin
of the muscles that are inserted into the occiput, and are designed to counterbalance
the preponderating weight anterior to the centre of support. The spines of the cer-
vical vertebre are simple and elongated, not short and bifurcated as in the human
subject: that of the third vertebra is the shortest, with the exception of the atlas,
where, as is usually the case, the spine is wanting. The bodies of the lumbar vertebre
are proportionally smaller in the Chimpanzee than in Man, where they are enlarged to
afford a basis of support to the column above in reference to his erect position, and
where this region of the spine is proportionally of greater length. The recedence of the
Chimpanzee from the Bimanous type of structure is manifested still more strongly by the
narrowness and length of the sacrum, its smaller curvature, and its parallelism with the
spine. A peculiarity in the Chimpanzee is observable in the position of the last lumbar
vertebra with relation to the iliac bones ; these rise on either side of, and are partially
joined to, that vertebra, so that it might almost be reckoned as belonging to the sacral
series. In the adult specimen here described, the transverse processes of this vertebra
are expanded, thickened, and joined to the ilium: in one skeleton of a young Chimpan-
zee I have observed the transverse processes of the fourth lumbar vertebra modified in
the same manner.

The false vertebre in the adult skeleton are seven in number, but the sixth is anchy-
losed with the sacrum, both by its body and transverse process, so as to give rise by
that union to an additional pair of antero-posterior sacral foramina ; the sixth vertebra
is not, however, perforated like the five preceding ones for the spinal chord. The
seventh seems to be composed of two vertebre joined together; but this appear-
ance may result from partial ossification of the sciatic ligaments: and this is the more

THE CHIMPANZEE AND ORANG UTAN. 351

probable, as in the skeletons of the young Chimpanzee preserved in the Hunterian
Museum, after the four lumbar vertebre, there remain only seven for the sacrum and
coceyx. Of these vertebre only the first two have their transverse processes fully deve-
loped ; with reference to which it is interesting to remark, that in the adult Chimpanzee
only the two superior sacral vertebre are united to the iliac bones ; and hence the trunk
is less firmly connected with the pelvic arch, and consequently is more in need of ad-
ditional support from the anterior extremities, than in Man.

The pelvis of the Chimpanzee differs from that of Man in all those particulars which
characterize the Quadrumana, and which relate to the imperfection of their means of
maintaining the erect position. The iliac bones are long, straight, and expanded out-
wardly above, but narrow in proportion to their length ; the posterior surface is concave
for the lodgement of the glutei muscles ; the anterior surface nearly flat, and stretching
outwards almost parallel with the plane of the sacrum. The whole pelvis is placed more
in a line with the spine than in Man: its superior aperture is elongated and narrow, so
that the whole of the sacrwn and coccyx is visible on a front view. The tuberosities
of the ischia are broad, thick, and curved outwards. The pubic bones are broad and
deep, but flattened from before backwards. With this general conformity with the
Quadrumanous type, there is, however, a provision for a more extended attachment of
the glutzi muscles, in a greater breadth of the ilia between the superior spinous pro-
cesses, which also incline forwards more than is observable in the inferior Simie ; and
it may thence be inferred that the semi-erect position is more easily maintained in the
Chimpanzee. i

An important difference between the Chimpanzee and Orang is manifested in the
relative size and strength of the lower extremities, in which respect the Chimpanzee
claims a closer relationship to Man. Both animals, however, exhibit as permanent
conditions, proportions of the inferior extremities which are transitory in the human
subject: in the Orang they have the curtailed proportions which they present in the
human feetus of six months’ gestation ; in the Chimpanzee they retain the same relative
size as in the yearling infant. It is, however, a remarkable and interesting fact, that
the lower extremities instead of being shorter in proportion to the trunk in the young
Chimpanzee are longer, their adult relations arising from the increased development of
the trunk and anterior extremities, which are thus made fit for the vigorous acts of
climbing ; and in relation to which a corresponding increase of the inferior extremities
would have been detrimental : so that the immature Chimpanzee tends to the great pro-
totype of animal organization in two ways, viz. a disproportionate magnitude of brain
and cranium, and an imperfect development of trunk and arms, which are both, how-
ever, circumstances peculiar to its nonage.

The femur of the Chimpanzee is slightly bent in the anterior direction, as in the
human subject: the neck of the bone has the same comparative length, but stands out
more obliquely to the shaft. The whole of the body of the bone is flatter or more com-

BPAL2

352 MR. R. OWEN ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF

pressed from before backwards. An error which has crept into the excellent and labo-
rious work on Comparative Anatomy which the lamented death of the celebrated
Meckel has left unfinished, requires here to be noticed, as it attributes a community of
structure to the two species of Orang in a part which affords one of the best-marked
differences. The head of the femur, which presents a smooth unbroken surface in the
Orang, is marked with the pit for the attachment of the ligamentum teres as well in the
adult as in the young Chimpanzee, in which I have ascertained the existence of that
ligament in a dissection of a recent specimen. Meckel describes the absence of the
ligamentum teres in the Pongo as well as in the Orang, and this is the case ; but it is
only another of the many coincidences of structure which prove the identity of the two
animals. This peculiarity of the hip-joint appears. to relate to the disproportionate
shortness of the legs in Stmia Satyrus; but the deterioration which they consequently
suffer, as means of support, is compensated by the advantages which they gain as instru-
ments of prehension, their extent and variety of motion being increased by the removal
of a ligament that acts as an impediment to both in the animals which possess it.

The tibia in the Chimpanzee is proportionally thicker at the upper end, and the
fibula considerably stronger at the lower end, than in Man: the interosseous space
is wider, and the anterior convexity of both bones may be perceived to be slightly
increased. The patelle are proportionally smaller.

The relative size and position of the tarsal bones more nearly correspond to the same
in the human subject than is found in any other Quadrumanous animal; but the de-
viations, though slight, are nevertheless indicative of the habit of turning the foot from
the position necessary for supporting the body, to that which is best adapted for the
readier application of the sole to the branches of trees for the purposes of climbing, viz.
with the outer or fibular edge of the foot inclined to the ground ; such a position being
evidently most in accordance with the natural connexions of the bones of the tarsus.
The os calcis is relatively feeble as compared with that of Man, being more compressed
from side to side, and smaller in all its dimensions; but it projects backwards to a
greater proportional degree than in the Orang or inferior Simie. From the inclination
of the tarsus to rest on its outer edge, the os naviculare is further developed downwards,
so as to project considerably below the bones of the same row without inconvenience
from pressure on the sole. The internal cuneiform bone has a corresponding inclination,
and thus the Aalluz, or great toe or hind thumb, is attached to the tarsus in a position
best adapted for its being applied as an opposable instrument to the other toes. The
whole foot of the Chimpanzee is relatively narrower and longer than in Man; and the
digital phalanges are more inflected towards the sole. The admeasurements in the Table
show the relative length of the hinder thumb, and other parts of the foot in the Chim-
panzee and Orang.

The organization of the lower extremities evidently bespeaks a creature destined
to reside in forests ; and the modifications of the bony structure, which add to the fa-

THE CHIMPANZEE AND ORANG UTAN. 353

cility of climbing and grasping, render the entire frame in a proportionate degree de-
pendent on the upper extremities for support and progression. But while the Chim-
panzee thus adheres to the Quadrumanous character, and especially in the curtailed
proportions and detached opposable condition of the hallue, it must be admitted to ap-
proach the Bimanous type in the length and strength of the hinder thumb more closely
than any of the lower Quadrumana.

The agile and powerful locomotive actions of the Chimpanzee require a proportionally
ample development of the respiratory system, and the size and expansion of the thorax
is accordingly a prominent character in its skeleton. The transverse exceeds the an-
tero-posterior diameter of this cavity, but not to the same extent as in Man. The ribs
are thirteen in number on each side, seven true and six false. The last two pairs are
proportionally longer than in Man; and the end of the last rib is not pointed, but trun-
cated for the attachment of a cartilage, which does not, however, join the cartilage of
the rib above. The sternum is flattened from before backwards, but is not so broad as
in the Orang: in the adult specimen not only does the harmonia between its body and
the manubrium remain, but those of the four single pieces of which the body is itself
composed are still visible.

The clavicle is long and strong, so that the shoulders are kept wide apart : it is not
straight as in the Orang, but exhibits the same sigmoid curve as in Man, though in rather
aless degree. The scapula, on the other hand, recedes further from the human type in
the Chimpanzee than in the Orang, being narrower in proportion to its length, and
having the spine running more in the direction of the axis of the trunk, and situated
more towards the middle of the scapula, and more perpendicular to its plane. The
acromion process is longer and narrower than in Man. The humerus very closely re-
sembles that of the human subject, but is proportionally longer and stronger ; and the
peculiar twist is more marked, and occurs lower down the bone. The distal articu-
lating surface is formed so as to allow of the same advantageous variety and freedom
of motion to the bones of the fore arm as in Man.

As the segments of each limb recede from the trunk they become subject to more
extensive and varied modifications. This is more especially exemplified in the lower
extremities of the Chimpanzee; and the bones of the upper extremity follow the same
law. ‘The disproportionate length which the humerus already presents becomes greater
in the bones of the fore arm; and those of the hand recede still further from the Bi-
manous type. Both the radius and ulna are more curved than in Man, and the inter-
osseous space is, in cousequence of the direction of their curves, much wider.

The carpal bones have the same number and relative position as in the human sub-
ject; but the trapezium and trapezoides are proportionally smaller, while the os prsi-
forme is of larger dimensions, being nearly equal to the os magnum.

The small size of the trapezium evidently relates to the shortness of the thumb,
which it supports, and which does not quite equal the metacarpal bone of the first

354 MR. R. OWEN ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF

finger in length, and is as slender and weak as it is short. The little finger is also
shorter, as compared with the other fingers, than in the human subject. The meta-
carpal bones are chiefly remarkable for their length ; the phalanges both for their length
and their anterior curvature. The hand is thus admirably formed for clasping the thick
boughs of forest trees. The ridges on the sides of the anterior surface of the first and
second phalanges are well developed to afford attachment to the fascie, which restrain the
starting of the flexor tendons during the powerful actions of the muscles of the fore arm.

§ 2. Osteology of the young Chimpanzee.

In consequence of the early period at which the brain acquires its full size, the
cranial portion of the skull of the young Chimpanzee greatly preponderates over the
facial or maxillary part when the small deciduous teeth only are developed. At that
period, therefore, it proportionally approximates towards the human form: the facial
angle is more open; the occipital foramen is more central, and its plane more hori-
zontal ; the slender zygomata, as seen from below, are confined to the anterior moiety of
the skull; and altogether the resemblance to the human cranium is startlingly close.

The difference, on the other hand, between the young and the old skulls is such, that
a naturalist, unaware of the changes of form which the jaws undergo as they acquire
their permanent set of teeth, might fail to recognise them as belonging to the same spe-
cies, and might still entertain doubts as to the specific identity subsisting between the
baboon-like skull of the adult and the anthropoid one of the young Chimpanzee, which
he had previously been accustomed to consider as characteristic of the species. These
doubts, which I entertained myself on the first inspection of the adult skeleton, were,
however, in a great degree removed by perceiving the correspondence which prevailed in
the two skeletons in the forms and proportions of the extremities, the number of vertebre
and ribs, the structure of the sternum and scapula, &c. But to derive further confirmation
of their identity, I compared the crowns of the permanent teeth! which were lodged within
the jaws of the young Chimpanzee, with those which had replaced the deciduous set in
the adult skull. The resemblance in point of figure and size was exact, and showed that
the Pygmy of Tyson must ultimately acquire teeth which would necessarily induce those
changes of form in the jaws upon-which the differences in question chiefly depended.

The germs of the permanent teeth are placed with singular irregularity within the
jaws ; the second incisor is situated directly behind the first; and the apew of the
crown of the laniary is lodged deep in the jaws, below the first bicuspis. Both bicuspides
are, however, lodged conveniently below the crowns of the deciduous molares. Their
crowns were completely formed, and the first true molar had taken its place in the jaw
in the specimen examined, but its fangs were open and incomplete. The crown of the
second molar was completely formed, and corresponded to the dimensions of the second
molar in the adult skull: the germ of the third molar was not yet apparent, The suc-

' See Plates LI. and LII., a, b, c, d, e, f, g.

THE CHIMPANZEE AND ORANG UTAN. 355

cession therefore takes place precisely as in the human jaw; but the permanent teeth
are proportionally larger in the Chimpanzee, especially the incisors and laniaries. Hence,
as the brain does not continue to expand after the development of the deciduous teeth,
the increase of the skull is confined to the enlargement of the jaws, the widening of the
zygomatic arches, the strengthening of the orbital buttresses, and the production of
those muscular ridges which are indicative, as well of the force and development of the
muscles immediately engaged in mastication, as of those which are inserted into tlie
posterior part of the head to sustain the preponderating mass which now lies anterior
to the occipital condyles.

The amount of the changes, and the influences which have been concerned in their
production, are shown in four views of the cranium of the young and old Chimpanzee
subjoined to this paper (Plate LVI.) ; and the differences in other parts of the skeleton
are given in the Table of admeasurements. ‘The bones of the young Chimpanzee, when
the first permanent molaris is acquired, exhibit all the peculiarities of incomplete deve-
lopment: the four elements of the occipital bone are separate ; the body of the atlas,
like the basilar piece of the occiput, is detached from the processes which complete the
ring ; the sacral vertebre are separated from one another and from the coccyx ; and the
three portions of the os innominatum are at this time distinct. The coracoid bone is
still joined by cartilage to the scapula; the epiphyses of the long bones are detached
from the shafts, and are in part cartilaginous ; and the carpal and tarsal bones are but
partially ossified ; the latter are especially imperfect as compared with those of the
human subject at a corresponding period of dentition, and thus demonstrate the inferior
importance of the lower extremities as means of support and progression in the Chim-
panzee.

The depth of the lower jaw being proportionally less than in the adult, the cavity of
the thorax proportionally smaller, and the sternum in consequence less elevated, the
distance between the latter and the chin is proportionally greater. The other differences
in the relative magnitudes of the different parts of the skeleton have already been al-
luded to in the description of that of the adult.

§ 3. Osteology of the Orang Utan.

The opportunity which the rare and interesting skeleton of the adult Chimpanzee in
the possession of Mr. Walker has afforded of tracing the changes which the osseous
structure of that species undergoes in its progress to the adult condition, induces me
to review the question which I formerly brought under the notice of the Society!
relating to the identity of the young Simia Satyrus with the great Pongo of Borneo,
Pongo Wurmbii, Geoff., and to consider the osteological structure of the latter animal,
here regarded as the adult Orang, with reference to its less powerful and more anthro-
poid congener, the Chimpanzee.

' Proceedings of the Committee of Science, part i. p. 9.

356 MR. R. OWEN ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF

In the course of this comparison it will be shown that the number and value of the
points of resemblance or of approximation to the Bimanous structure are in favour
of the Chimpanzee ; and that, as in many similar instances, there are some particulars
of the organization of the Orang which indicate a closer affinity with the inferior forms
of the group to which it belongs than to those Quadrumana which rank immediately
below it.

Notwithstanding the many strongly marked characters which the cranium of the adult
Orang exhibits in common with that of the Mandrill, as the contracted forehead, the
flattened occiput, the formidable canine teeth, huge jaws, strong expanded zygomatic
arches, and largely developed cranial ridges, yet in continuing the comparison we can-
not fail to be struck with the general effect of a less ferocious expression in the skull of
the Orang. This results from the more perpendicular slope of the facial contour, from
the absence of the projecting superciliary ridges (beneath which even the sightless
sockets of the Mandrill scowl upon the observer), from the greater expansion of the
cerebral cavity, and lastly, from the non-development of the superior maxillary ridges,
which appear in the Mandrill as a gratuitous supplement to the hideous tout ensemble of
its head.

The cranium of the Orang is less flattened at the crown than that of the Chimpanzee.
The size of the cavity of the skull exceeds in a very small degree that of the young
animal at the period when it has acquired the first permanent molares, the subsequent
enlargement of the cranium being chiefly owing to the thickening of its walls and to the
development of the muscular ridges which circumscribe the origins of the temporal mus-
cles. These ridges commence at the external angular process of the frontal bone, pass
inwards, upwards, and backwards behind the superciliary ridge, from which they are
separated by a deep groove, then, converging upon the cranium, they meet at the junc-
tion of the sagittal with the coronal suture, including a neat triangular portion of the
frontal bone, along the middle of which there is a slight longitudinal convexity. The
smoothness of this part of the cranium forms a contrast to the irregularly indented sur-
face of the remainder, which is exclusively the seat of origin or attachment of powerful
muscles.

The interparietal crest rises, as in the Hyena and other Carnivora, above the ge-
neral level of the skull, to the extent of from 4 to = of an inch; at the verte it divides
and passes posterior to the lambdoidal suture to the mastoid ridge. A third strong
spine is continued from the point of divarication half way down the squamous portion
of the occiput, and forms a strong posterior projection at its commencement. The
situation of these ridges in reference to the sutures, is only determinable by comparing
the faint commencement of their growth in the young Orang’s skull. In two adult
skulls, where the ridges were fully developed, the only traces of the cranial sutures
which were visible were the upper part of the squamous, about 1 inch of the lower
end of the coronal, and that small one by which the ala of the sphenoid joins the

THE CHIMPANZEE AND ORANG UTAN. 857

descending angle of the parietal, and separates the frontal from the temporal bone, as
in Man. This is one of the few osteological differences in which the Orang has a closer
approximation to the human structure than the Chimpanzee’. In a younger specimen
of the adult cranium of the Orang I observed that the additamentum suture lambdoidalis
was still visible on either side, but the remainder of the sutures, with the exception of
those first mentioned, were obliterated.

The occipital foramen approaches, in its figure, position, and aspect, nearer to that of
the lower Mummalia. Its plane forms, with a line drawn parallel to that of the basilar
process, an angle varying in three adult crania from 15° to 20°. The occipital condyles
are more closely approximated anteriorly than in the Chimpanzee. The anterior con-
dyloid foramina are double on each side ; they have the same relative position with
the stylo-mastoid foramina as in the Chimpanzee ; the carotid foramina are situated
more posteriorly, and are relatively smaller; the petrous portion of the temporal is
smaller, while the glenoid cavity forms a much larger proportion of the base of the skull.
This articular cavity, if such it may be called, presents a remarkable contrast with the
numerous points of resemblance to the Carnivora observable in other parts of the cra-
nium : it is a quadrate and almost flattened surface, slightly concave in the transverse,
and slightly convex in the antero-posterior directions, affording an interesting corre-
spondence with the structure of the molar teeth, and being, together with these, indi-
cative of the vegetable diet of the animal.

The styloid and styliform processes are wanting, as in the Chimpanzee. The mastoid
process is represented by a protuberant ridge behind the auditory foramen ; and its
cellular structure is visible from the thinness of the external table of the skull at this
part. The ant-auditory process, which protects the articulation of the lower jaw, is
more developed than in the Chimpanzee ; the margins of the auditory foramina are
smoother.

On the bony palate the relative positions of the foramina incisiva correspond with
the increased development of the laniary teeth in the Orang, as compared with the Chim-
panzee, and consequently deviate in a proportional degree from their position in the hu-
man subject. They are situated upwards of an inch behind the incisor teeth, and two or
three foramina remain on either side but more anterior, and indicate the original sepa-
ration of the incisive bones. Small vascular foramina and grooves indicate, in the same
manner, on the anterior part of the skull, the situation of the suture, or harmonia,
which originally joined the incisive to the maxillary bones. The late period at which these
sutures are obliterated forms an important differential character between the Orang

' This affinity is of less value from the fact of some of the inferior races of Man occasionally presenting the
same arrangement of these sutures as the Chimpanzee. 1 have observed the Junction of the temporal with the
frontal bone in the cranium of a native of Australia, and in more than one negro. I have also observed the
same disposition in one out of eight crania of the Simia Satyrus: this exception occurs in the skull of the
adult, of which the entire skeleton is preserved in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.

VOL. I. 3B

358 MR. R. OWEN ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF

and Chimpanzee. In the latter animal this obliteration takes place at a very early pe-
riod, some time at least before the temporary teeth are shed; whilst in the Orang the
sutures remain until the permanent teeth are almost fully developed. In the human
subject the inter-maxillary bones can be traced as distinct elements of the jaw only at
the early periods of fetal existence.

The os nasi of the Orang is a flattened elongated triangular bone, no part of which
projects, as in the Chimpanzee, beyond the plane of the nasal processes of the superior
maxillary bones; there are no traces of its being originally separated at the me-
sial line, while such are usually observable in the Chimpanzee. Dr. Traill, indeed,
found two distinct nasal bones in the young animal of that species dissected by him!.
In the Orang a strong spine or ridge extends from the posterior aspect of the os nasi
down the middle line.

The whole outer boundary of the orbit has a more anterior aspect than in the Chim-
panzee: it is relatively broader and stronger, but has the oblique posterior ridge less
developed. The interorbital space is relatively narrower ; and this difference between
the Orang and Chimpanzee is naturally greater in the young state, before the upper
maxillary bones have acquired their full development?. In this particular, again, the
Orang recedes further from the human form.

The lachrymal bones are proportionally larger in the Orang than in Man; but, as

1 Wernerian Transactions, vol. iii. p. 12.

* With respect to the difference in the proportions of the orbits in the young Orang and the Pongo, the same
argument to prove a difference of species might be drawn from a comparison of the orbits of a child’s skull of four
years, and those of an adult human subject, which do not differ more than 2 lines, and in some instances not
more than 1, in either the transverse or vertical diameter; and a similar proportional magnitude of the orbits
prevails in the young of most Mammalia. The ingenious observation, however, made by Dr. Harwood (Lin-
nean Transactions, vol. xv. p. 478.) on the difference in the breadth of the interorbital space, would be appa-
rently borne out by contrasting some skulls of the young and adult Orangs, since it is not always the same in
animals of the same age: but I apprehend that the difference between the young and adults in this respect may
be accounted for by the increase of size which the nasal processes and every other part of the superior maxil-
lary bones undergo after the development of the great Janiarii, it being remembered that the cavities of the
orbits do not increase in the same ratio. Having had the opportunity of comparing six crania of the young
Orang with two of the Pongo, I find the interorbital space of 24 lines to be the minimum in the former, and
that of half the breadth of the orbit to be the maximum in the latter, among the individual varieties.

Young Orang. Pongo.
in. lines. in. lines.
Breadth of the face taken at the fronto-malar sutures . . . 2 10 4 a6
Breadth Gitthetarniay ee. Acswil? Me ee ER ee aN SRS hy 16
Interorbital space taken across the fronto-maxillary suture. 3 7+

To determine the degree of difference which existed in the planes of the orbits of the young Orang and Pongo,
I drew a line from the anterior part of the auditory foramen through the part where the sagittal joins the co-
ronal suture, and intersected it by another drawn from the lower part of the orbit across its plane. In this
way a difference in the plane of the orbit is found to manifest itself in the skulls of specimens of the immature
Simia Satyrus of different ages and of acknowledged identity of species, the angle becoming more open in the
older specimens; whilst in the great Pongo the difference in the angle is not more than four degrees.

ea

THE CHIMPANZEE AND ORANG UTAN. 359

in the Chimpanzee and the higher Quadrumana, they are confined to the orbit. The os
male is distinguished by several large foramina in its orbital process, which lead from
its facial superficies into the orbit. The superior maxillary bone differs from that of
the Chimpanzee, in being perforated by three infraorbitary foramina instead of one, as
well as in the greater magnitude which it acquires in consequence of the large laniaries
which are implanted in it'. From the great anterior development of these bones and of
the intermaxillaries, the incisors project more obliquely forwards than in the Chimpanzee.

Now in all the peculiarities of the Orang’s skull which are independent of the changes
consequent upon the second dentition, we find an exact correspondence between the
Simia Satyrus, or young animal, and the Pongo, or adult. Their crania equally exhibit
the absence of the projecting supraciliary ridges, the presence of the double anterior
condyloid foramina, the numerous infraorbitary foramina, and those in the malar bone,
the same disposition of the cranial sutures, the same form of the os nasi, and the same
difference from the Chimpanzee in the contraction of the interorbital space. The cha-
racters of the lower jaw, by which it differs from that of the Chimpanzee, viz. the greater
height and breadth of the rami and the greater depth of the symphysis, are equally ma-
nifested in the young as in the old Simia Satyrus.

In following out the same observations with regard to the germs of the permanent
teeth in the young Orang, the same satisfactory results are obtained in reference to their
identity with those which are fully developed in the old animals, as were previously de-
tailed in the account of the Chimpanzee?.

In the young Orang, with three molars in use on either side of each jaw, it is easy to
see that the last is of a different set from the two smaller ones that stand before it. Its
grinding surface exhibits the cuspides entire and sharp, and all the radiating furrows as
if freshly impressed upon it ; while the same surface in the deciduous molares is smooth,
the crown worn down, and part of the fangs are protruded from the socket. The small
laniary stands off at a distance from the neighbouring molar, and a still greater interval

' Among the differences that have been pointed out in the crania of the young Orang and Pongo, in sup-
port of the theory of their specific difference, one has been insisted upon which relates to the size of the antrum
mazillare. It would be difficult to decide this point without making the necessary sections to expose the cavity ;
but I may observe, that what appears to be a greater extension of the antrum backwards in the young Orang,
is the bulbous projection produced by the still inclosed molar teeth, and which consequently is not to be ob-
served after their complete development in the adult skull; and that in the Pongo, so far from the antrum being
so diminutive that “it can be hardly said to exist at all” (Harwood, Ibid., p. 473.), it is really of a fair propor-
tionate size. Its dimensions in a cranium of this animal, which measures from the occiput to the muzzle 104
inches, being in the antero-posterior diameter 2 inches and 5 lines, in the lateral diameter 1 inch and 6 lines, in
height 2 inches.

? T have subsequently found that the large size of the germs of the permanent teeth in the young Orang
were noticed by Professor Rudolphi, who inferred from them that the adult Orang must equal in size the Pongo
of Wurmb ; but as he was unable to compare them with the teeth of that animal, the proof of their identity was
still to a certain extent incomplete. See Berlin Transactions for 1824, p. 131.

3 B2

360 MR. R. OWEN ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF

separates it in the upper jaw from the small deciduous incisors, which, together with
the laniary tooth, are partially protruded from their sockets. The large foramina behind
the incisor and laniary teeth afford a sure indication of the presence of the permanent
series, which are still concealed within the jaws ; and these are found, upon a removal
of the parietes of the alveoli, lodged in the following order.

In the upper jaw the second or smaller incisor is the most advanced in its progress,
its middle projecting point being just within the orifice leading to the cavity in which
it is lodged. Its posterior surface is directed inwards, or mesiad, and is placed at right
angles to the corresponding surface of the first or great incisor, immediately behind
which it is situated, and from which it is separated by a thin lamella of bone. The
entire crown and about half a line of the fang are formed. The great crown of the first
incisor has almost a horizontal position, and occupies the whole breadth of the os in-
cisivum.

Behind the second incisor comes, not the laniary, but the crown of the first bicuspis,
separated from the incisor by a lamina of bone about a line in thickness. Then, deeper
in the jaw and posterior to the first bicuspis, is the crown of the second bicuspis. In each
of these about one third of a line of the fang is already formed. The first true molar has
already taken its place in the dental series ; but its recent formation is shown in the
shortness of the fangs and the wide entry to their cavity, in which the pulp was con-
tained. The crown only of the second true molar is formed, which is lodged deep in
the jaw, with the grinding surface, as in the undeveloped teeth of the Elephant, directed
backwards in the upper jaw, and forwards in the lower. This surface has, however, all
the characteristic markings of the corresponding tooth in the old Orang. A large round
foramen leads to the concealed cavity in which it is lodged. The socket of the third
molar, or dens sapientie, is widely open, but contains as yet only a little shrivelled
membrane with specks of calcareous matter, the remains of the pulpy, and commence-
ment of the bony, rudiments of the future tooth.

In the lower jaw the crowns of the permanent teeth are situated in nearly the same
relative position as in the upper. The second incisor is immediately behind and a little
above the first. The conical extremity of the crown of the great laniary is lodged deep
in the jaw, with the apex projecting into the interval between the second incisor and
first bicuspis. The crowns of the bicuspides, which in the upper jaw have the grinding
surface directed outwardly, in the lower jaw have the same surface turned in the oppo-
site direction. The great crown of the second molar is equally advanced with that of
the upper jaw; and in like manner, of the third molar, the cavity only and a small
shrivelled rudiment remain.

It is impossible to contemplate the apparent confusion in which these huge succes-
sors of the temporary teeth are crowded in the jaws, without a feeling of surprise and
admiration at the regular arrangement they present when their evolution is completed.
It would seem as if the incisors must have taken up the same relative position as those

THE CHIMPANZEE AND ORANG UTAN. 361

of the Hare, viz. one behind the other, with the chance of being dislodged, together
with the contiguous bicuspis, by the great laniary tooth, which threatens to undermine
and sap their attachment to the jaw. But such is the orderly action impressed upon
the agents of growth, that all obstacles are removed, and the necessary expansion of
the jaws takes place in due succession in all the requisite directions, and perfect regu-
larity in the ultimate position of the adult teeth is the result. It may, then, be reason-
ably asked, How does it happen that in Man, in whom the difference in the size of the
deciduous and adult teeth is comparatively so inconsiderable, and where, therefore, the
chances of disarrangement are so much fewer, malposition of the permanent teeth should
be so frequent an occurrence, and an object of such common solicitude among parents?
The answer obviously is, that in most cases it arises from a mischievous interference
with the agents to which the necessary changes have been entrusted. The means by
which the growth of the permanent teeth is kept in due restraint are too often prema-
turely removed by anticipating the natural period of shedding the temporary teeth.
The act of extraction accelerates the growth of the concealed teeth, both by the removal
of the check which nature had imposed upon it, and by the irritation induced in the
surrounding parts; and their full development being consequently acquired before the
jaws have been sufficiently enlarged, they occupy more or less of the relative position
which they had when half formed within their bony cavities.

In the drawings of the Pongo’s skull (Plates LIII. and LIV.), figures of the rudiments
of the permanent teeth taken from the jaws of a young Simia Satyrus are added, so that
a detailed account of their points of correspondence is here unnecessary. It will be ob-
vious that the difference that exists depends on the proportions of the teeth which have
been worn away in the adult skull.

The only instance which I have found recorded of a Simia Satyrus having been ob-
served of that age when part of the anterior permanent teeth had been acquired, is in the
account given by Dr. Jeffries of the dissection of an Orang, which measured 3 feet and
6 inches in height'!. The permanent incisors had advanced to their proper place, and
the middle ones of the upper jaw are stated to have measured ths of an inch in length
and 2ths in breadth ; now the same teeth in the Pongo precisely correspond in the latter
dimensions, and their excess in regard to length obviously results from the completion
of the fang.

The os hyoides has a broader body and shorter cornua than in the human subject,
but the body is not hollowed out as in the Chimpanzee.

I have already alluded to the simple form and great length of the spines of the cer-
vical vertebre in the Orang. The conditions of their superior development are obvi-
ously the backward position of the occipital foramen, the disproportionate development
of the face, and the general anterior inclination of the vertebre themselves. The atlas

' See Webster and Treadwell’s Boston Journal of Philosophy, vol. ii. p. 570; and Philosophical Magazine,
vol. Ixvii. p. 186, 1826.

362 MR. R. OWEN ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF

of the Orang wants the knob at the back part of the ring which is observable in Man ;
it presents here merely a roughness of the surface. The spine of the dentata has a
ridge along its upper part, and its extremity is slightly bifurcate; the spines of the
other cervical vertebre are simple; that of the fifth is the longest ; those of the sixth
and seventh have a slight inclination towards the head, indicating that the centre of
motion in this region of the vertebral column is nearer the head than in Man. The
transverse processes of the fifth and sixth, especially the latter, are longer, and inclined
more forwards and downwards than in the Chimpanzee or in Man. The whole of the
cervical region is proportionally shorter than in Man, and consequently better adapted
to support the head.

The entire vertebral column has one general curve dorsad from the atlas to the com-
mencement of the sacrum, where there is a slight curve in the contrary direction.

The number of the dorsal or costal vertebre in the Orang is twelve, as in the human
subject. This is one of the more important differences between the Orang and Chim-
panzee: the number in the latter animal, as previously noticed, being thirteen,

The number of the lumbar vertebre is four, as in the Chimpanzee. This, at least, is
the case in the skeleton of the Pongo preserved in the Museum of Comparative Ana-
tomy in the Garden of Plants at Paris, and in the trunk of the skeleton of the adult
Orang in the collection of the Zoological Society ; in which latter specimen, as the
bones are connected by their natural ligaments, there is no room for supposing a ver-
tebra to have been accidentally lost. This fact it is the more necessary to state, be-
cause the skeleton of the Pongo in the Museum of the College of Surgeons in London
differs from those above mentioned in having an additional lumbar vertebra; and as the
skeletons of the young Orangs have uniformly presented but four lumbar vertebre,
some stress has been laid on the additional vertebra of the above specimen of Pongo,
as indicative of its specific difference from the young Orang!. The additional lumbar
vertebra in the College specimen indicates, however, its abnormal character by its form
and situation: it is lodged deeper in the interspace of the ossa innominata than the last
lumbar vertebra of the adult Orang in the Museum of the Zoological Society ; and the
right transverse process is expanded like that of a sacral vertebra, and is joined to the
ilium in a corresponding manner. The human subject occasionally presents a similar
lusus of an additional lumbar vertebra; and in the skeleton of an Australian native,
where the number of lumbar vertebre is normal, I have also observed that the last has
the left transverse process similarly expanded and joined to the ilium, as has been de-
scribed in the Orang. The lumbar vertebre have much shorter spines in the Orang than
in the Chimpanzee.

The sacrum deviates from that of Man in the same particulars as in the Chimpanzee,
but is longer, narrower, and straighter. In counting the vertebre of this part, I have
been guided, as in human anatomy, by the circumstance of their being perforated for

1 See Dr. Harwood’s paper, Linnean Transactions, vol. xv. p, 473.

THE CHIMPANZEE AND ORANG UTAN. 363

the spinal canak, which is peculiar to five, leaving three not so perforated for the coccyz.
Camper, who appears to have reckoned those vertebre only as sacral which transfer the
weight of the trunk upon the pelvic arch, allows only three sacral vertebre to the Orang,
and counts the rest as coccygeal, omitting, however, the last, and thus making only
seven false vertebra, which is one short of the true number in the Orang.

The coccygeal vertebre are anchylosed together, but not with the sacrum, in the adult.

The ilia are rather more expanded than in the Chimpanzee, but are flatter. The ischia
are less extended outwardly, so that the lower part of the pelvis is narrower, correspond-
ing with the small size of the lower extremities. Both the ischia and ossa pubis re-
semble those of the Chimpanzee in their more elongated form, and the whole pelvis
equally deviates from the Bimanous type in its position with regard to the trunk. The
spine of the os pubis is well marked, but at a greater distance from the symphysis than
in the human subject. The form of the superior aperture of the pelvis is an almost
perfect oval, the antero-posterior diameter of which is to the transverse as 3 to 2. The
axis of the brim forms with that of the outlet of the pelvis a much more open angle
than in the human subject, whence it may be inferred that parturition is much easier
in the Orang.

The chest has the same amplitude of development in the Orang as in the Chimpanzee;
it equals in size that of the human subject, and the transverse diameter is greater
than the antero-posterior. The ribs are narrower and less flattened in their form. The
cartilages of the first and second pairs are proportionally longer. The twelfth or last
rib is much longer, and has a long cartilage at its free extremity.

The sternum is short, but broader than in the Chimpanzee: it is composed below the
manubrium, or first bone, of a double series of small bones, seven or eight in number :
this structure is always obvious in the Simia Satyrus, or young animal ; and in the
skeleton of the Pongo preserved in the Museum of the College of Surgeons, the four
upper bones are still separate, and traces of the harmonie which joined the four lower
bones are very evident. While in Paris, I carefully examined the sternum of the great
Pongo in the Museum of Comparative Anatomy at the Garden of Plants: the oblique
transverse harmonieé resulting from the alternating position of the original double series
still remained, but the mesial harmonia were almost obliterated, so that the sternum
would appear, to one who had not studied its composition in the young Orang, as if
composed of a single series of broad oblique ossifications. In the young Chimpanzee the
sternum is composed of a single series of bones, as in most other Mammalia; and the
same structure is shown in the adult. In the human subject, although at the early
period of ossification a single series of ossific centres appear, yet at a later stage the
lower part of the sternum is frequently seen to be composed of a double series of bones.

The clavicles deviate from those of the Chimpanzee and of the human subject in being
less curved: in the skeleton of the Pongo at the College of Surgeons they are almost
straight. The scapula differs from that of the Chimpanzee in its greater breadth, and

364 MR. R. OWEN ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF

from that of Man in the inclination of its spine towards the superior costa; in the
acromion being narrower and claviform, not an extended flattened process ; and in the
absence of the flattened and overhanging margin of the spine which we find in the hu-
man subject. The supra-spinal fossa is also larger and deeper in the Orang, the superior
costa and spine of the scapula lying in nearly parallel lines ; while the subspinal fossa
is shorter from above downwards, and does not present any convexities, as in the hu-
man subject. The coracoid process has a greater inclination downwards, and the
glenoid cavity is directed more upwards than in Man, but its form is the same. In the
Orang, therefore, the scapula, as compared with that of the Chimpanzee, is shorter in
proportion to its breadth, its spine is less perpendicular to its plane, and the upward
curvature of the acromion is greater!.

The principal feature of the organization of the Orang, and that in which it differs
most from the Chimpanzee, is the relative length of the upper and lower extremities.
The arms reach to the heel. The articular surface of the head of the humerus is larger
in Simia Satyrus than in Man, its extent equalling a complete hemisphere. The twist
of the shaft is not so remarkable, nor the groove at the posterior and outer part for the
musculo-spiral nerve and artery. In some specimens the humerus is perforated between
the condyles.

In the radius and ulna the principal differences are seen in the greater space existing
between them, owing to the outward curve of the radius, and in the absence of the
acute margin on its ulnar aspect: the corresponding spine in the ulna is also less
marked than in the human subject. Dr. Jeffries observed ‘a large curved projection

' With respect to the scapula Dr. Harwood (Linnean Transactions, vol. xv. p. 472.) observes, that ‘‘ The sca-
pule of the Pongo have their spine strongly incurvated upwards, while in the Simia Satyrus it pursues almost a
straight direction horizontally: the space also for the attachment of the infra spinatus muscle is, relatively to the
size of the bone, far more extended in the Pongo.” Oncomparing the scapule of the young Orang with those of
the Pongo, I confess myself unable to appreciate the differences here pointed out ; but judging from the peculiar
inclination of the spine and the acromion towards the superior costa, both in the young and the adult Orang,
I should infer from this particular rather a specific identity than a difference. I therefore subjoin the follow-
ing admeasurements, accurately taken from the same relative positions of the scapule of two specimens of Si-
mia Satyrus of different ages, and of the adult Orang or Pongo.

Younger im- | Older imma-| Pongo, or
mature Orang.| ture Orang. | adult Orang.

in. lines. in. lines. in. lines.
From the extremity of the acromion to the root of the coracoid process 10 M5) Qed
From the root of the acromion to the root of the coracoid process . . 7 11 14
From the root of the acromion to the inferior angle of the scapula. .2 3 3.3 5 10
From the root of the spine to the inferior angle of the scapula . . . 2 Coe ts) AES
From the root of the spine to the superior angle of the scapula . . 4 10 14

These admeasurements show that the progress of the spine from the base of the scapula to the root of the
acromion, which is indicated by the second and fifth admeasurements of the younger immature Orang, has un-
dergone a greater proportional change in the older immature specimen than in the adult Orang. The third and
fourth admeasurements show that the increased size of the subspinal fossa is regularly progressive in each.

THE CHIMPANZEE AND ORANG UTAN. 365

at the lower part, for the insertion of muscles” in the ulna of his specimen of Simia
Satyrus, This process is less marked in younger specimens, but is very obvious in the
skeleton of the Pongo. It serves for a more advantageous attachment to the pronator
quadratus, which muscle has greater breadth than in Man. The length of the radius to
the ulna is in Man as 11 to 12; in the Orang it is as 36 to 37.

The bones of the hand, like those of the fore arm and the humerus, recede from the
human type in their elongated form ; the bones of the thumb, however, are very slen-
der and short, and do not reach to the end of the metacarpal bone of the fore finger.
The bones of the carpus have their ossification completed later than in the human sub-
ject, and allow of a freer motion upon each other. The os pisiforme is divided into
two, so that the number of carpal bones is nine. The proximal phalanges of the fingers
are more curved than in Man, and the lateral ridges more strongly developed than in
the Chimpanzee. The distal phalanges are more pointed, not expanding at their extre-
mities to give support to an extended surface of delicate touch.

As the upper extremities exceed in length those of the Chimpanzee, so the lower ex-
tremities differ as much in the contrary respect, preserving throughout the existence of
Simia Satyrus much less than the fully grown foetal proportions of the human subject.

The femur has a straight shaft, but differs from the human chiefly in having no de-
pression on the head for a ligamentum teres!. The neck is shorter and forms a more ob-
tuse angle with the shaft of the bone, and there is not any linea aspera at the posterior

‘In three recent specimens of Simia Satyrus I have found the ligamentum teres deficient in both the hip-
joints. This singular circumstance in the organization of the Orang Utan is not noticed in the Manuals of
Comparative Anatomy of Blumenbach or Cuvier, although it has been recorded by Camper in his Treatise
on the Orang. (See Ciuvres, tom. i. p. 132.) It appears also to have been overlooked in the dissection of
the Orang detailed by Dr. Jeffries (Boston Journal of Philosophy, vol. ii. p. 570; Philosophical Magazine,
vol. Ixvii. p. 186.), unless, from the inference which he draws, the hip-joint of his specimen really presented
this remarkable exception to the general structure. He says: ‘‘ The articulation of the femur with the acetabulum
is almost exactly like Man’s; the neck of the bone forms about the same angle. In quadrupeds this forms a
distinguishing characteristic, being in them nearly a right angle: the inspection of this joint is alone sufficient
to satisfy the naturalist of at least the facility, if not the natural disposition, of the Satyrus to walk erect”!
The skeleton is doubtless still preserved, and it would be worth while to make a re-examination of the head of
the femur to ascertain the presence or otherwise of the depression for the ligamentum teres.

In all the other Quadrumana which I have examined the ligamentum teres is present, but in none of them are
the legs so disproportionately short as in the Orang; the deficiency of the ligament doubtless, therefore, bears a
relation to this circumstance, and a greater flexibility of the hip-joint, especially of rotation inward, is the result.

In the Unau (Bradypus didactylus, Linn.) and Ai (Brad. tridactylus, Linn.), with hinder limbs of similar pro-
portions to those of the Orang, and habits still more strictly arboreal, a similar extent of motion is allowed to
the leg by the absence of a restraining ligament in the hip-joint.

In the Elephant and Megatherium the deficiency of the ligamentum teres would seem to relate to the position
of the acetabulum with reference to the head of the femur, the socket resting upon the ball, and not receiving
it obliquely sideways, as in most other quadrupeds.

In the Manis didactyla, in the Seal, and in the Walrus, the ligamentum teres is wanting. Rudolphi and

VOL, I. 3c

366 MR. R. OWEN ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF

part; the inner condyle also is not produced beyond the external, and the axis of the
femur is consequently the same with that of the tibia,—a circumstance which may also
be observed in Simia Troglodytes. In both species the natural position of the femur is
evidently a state of inflection upon the pelvis ; the head must be partially displaced from
the acetabulum in order to draw back the femur to a line parallel with that of the spine,
as may be seen by comparing the figure of the Chimpanzee (Plate XLVIIL.) with that of
the Orang (Plate XLIX.). The angle which the femur forms with the trunk is more
obtuse in the Chimpanzee than in the Orang, in which the arms are better organized as
vicarious instruments of support.

The tibia and fibula, besides their shortness, are characterized in the Orang by the
greater space existing between them, owing to the inward curve of the tibia, and by
the rounder form of both bones. Both these deviations from the human form, espe-
cially the curvature of the tzbia, are greater in the Orang than in the Chimpanzee. The

Meckel have noticed a similar simplicity in the structure of the hip-joint in the Ornithorhynchus panedages 5
and I have also found that the same structure obtains in the Echidna Hystriz and Ech. setosa.

There can be little doubt that the absence of the ligamentum teres is one cause of the greater vacillation ob-
served in the Orang Utan, when it attempts progression on the hinder legs, than in other Quadrumana. In
Dr. Abel’s account of the capture of a very large Sumatran Orang, it is observed, “ His motion on the ground
was plainly not his natural mode of progression, for even when assisted by his hands or a stick, it was slow and
vacillating; it was necessary to see him amongst trees in order to estimate his agility and strength.” In
Audebert’s Histoire des Singes, p. 18, is a note on the progressive motion of the Orangs, which closely accords
with the structure above mentioned; it is as follows: ‘‘ Un naturaliste voyageur, M. Labillardiére, qui a vu
de ces animaux, m’a assuré que lorsqu’ils marchent leurs jambes de derriere sont pliées en sorte que ce sont les
jambes de devants qui cheminent.” And this account of the use he makes of his long arms in progression
along the ground is confirmed by the observations of M. Fred. Cuvier, who has given some valuable obser-
vations on the habits of a living Orang Utan in the sixteenth volume of the ‘Annales du Muséum’. He ob-
serves: “ Cet Orang-Outang étoit entitrement conformé pour grimper et pour faire son habitation des arbres.
En effet, autant il grimpoit avec facilité, autant il marchoit péniblement: lorsqu’il vouloit monter & un arbre
il en empoignoit le tronc et les branches avec ses mains et avec ses pieds, et il ne se servoit que de ses bras, et
point de ses cuisses comme nous le faisons dans ce cas. I! passoit facilement d’un arbre a un autre lorsque
les branches de ces arbres se touchoient, de sorte que dans une forét un peu €paisse il n’y auroit eu aucune
raison pour que cet animal descendit jamais a terre, ov il marchoit difficilement. En général tous ces mouve-
mens avoient de la lenteur; mais ils sembloient étre pénibles lorsqu’il vouloit se transporter sur terre d’un lieu
dans un autre: d’abord il appuyoit ses deux mains fermées sur le sol, se soulevoit sur ses long bras, et portoit
son train de derriére en avant en faisant passer ses pieds entre ses bras et en les portant au dela des mains;
ensuite appuyé sur son train de derriére il avancoit la partie superieure de son corps, s’appuyoit de nouveau
sur ses poignets, se soulevoit et recommengoit a porter en avant son train de derriére comme nous l’avons dit
d’abord.”

In three living specimens of the immature Orang I have witnessed the same debility of the hinder extremities
as instruments of support. If, however, the peculiar construction of the hip-joint add to the difficulty of pro-
gression in the erect posture, arising from a form of the pe/vis and inferior extremities common to the Orang
with other Simie, it doubtless facilitates his favourite mode of travelling among the branches of his native
forests, by allowing a greater variety and extent of motion to the lower extremities, and by thus combining, as
it were, the peculiar freedom of the shoulder-joint with the hand-like form of the foot.

THE CHIMPANZEE AND ORANG UTAN. 367

patella is smaller in proportion than in Man, is of an oval shape, and has a single arti-
cular surface without any ridge.

The tarsus has the same number of bones ; and they have nearly the same forms as
in the Chimpanzee, but admit of freer motion on each other, and constitute a relatively
smaller proportion of the entire foot. The astragalus has its articular surface more
oblique, and the foot in consequence is more turned inwards ; this bone is much flatter
than in the human subject. The os calcis does not project so far backwards as in the
Chimpanzee ; it is small and compressed. Lawrence aptly remarks, that “this single
bone is, therefore, an infallible characteristic of Man ; and ‘ez calce hominem’ would
probably be a safer rule than ‘ex pede Herculem’.”! The internal cuneiform bone
recedes most from the human type in its greater production or development towards the
plantar aspect, and in having the surface of articulation for the hallua, or great toe,
below the range of the other articular surfaces. The metatarsal bones (that of the hallux
excepted) are much longer, more concave towards the sole, and have greater inter-
spaces than the human. The metatarsal bone of the second toe has its articulation with
the tarsus on the same line as the rest: the metatarsal bone of the hallur extends very
little beyond the middle of the preceding, and stands off from it at an acute angle.

The peculiarity of the structure of the hinder thumb, viz. its having but one bone, and
consequently no nail, was first observed by Camper?, who found it to be the case in seven
out of eight Orangs which he had the opportunity of examining. In the Orang Utan de-
cribed by M. Fred. Cuvier, however, it is expressly stated, “Tous les doigts des pieds
avoient la méme structure que ceux de la main et étoient trés-libres dans leurs mouve-
mens ; et tous, sans exception, avoient leurs ongles.”? In the individual dissected at
the Museum of the Zoological Society, (October 1830,) the great toes had very perfect
but small black nails, and also two phalanges in addition to the metatarsal bone: the
same number of phalanges exists in the natural skeleton of Lord Amherst’s Orang pre-
served in the Museum of the College of Surgeons, so that these exceptions much di-
minish the importance of this circumstance as a generic or specific character‘.

The phalanges of the other toes are remarkably elongated ; those of the first series
are curved ; the middle toe exceeds the rest in length ; the concavity of the great toe
is turned more towards the other toes than in the Chimpanzee: but the chief difference
which obtains in the bony structure of the foot is in the relative length of the hind
thumb. In the Orang it does not reach to the condyle of the adjoining metatarsal

' Lectures, p. 144, * Giuvres, tom. i. p. 54. * Annales du Muséum, tom. xvi. p. 48.

* Since, in addition to this, the intermaxillary sutures are obliterated at the development of the great cus-
pidati, the generic character proposed by Dr. Leach for the Simia Satyrus will be unexceptionable in only
one particular.

“Prrnxcus. Os intermaxillaire parfaitement distinct ; point de ligament suspenseur de la ecuisse ; la derniere
phalange du pouce du pied manque, et par consequent point d’ongle 4 ce pouce.”—Journal de Physique,
tom, Ixxxix. p. 159.

3¢c2

368 MR. R. OWEN ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF

bone, while in the Chimpanzee it extends to the second phalanz of the second toe: in this
species, also, it has always two phalanges in addition to the metatarsal bone, is set more
forwards on the internal cuneiform bone, and has its concavity looking more towards
the sole of the foot: consequently the resemblance of the hinder hand to a true foot is
greater in the Chimpanzee than in the Orang.

§ 4. Summary Comparison of the Chimpanzee and Orang Utan with each other and
with Man.

The Chimpanzee differs osteologically from the Orang

1. In having the cranium flatter and broader in proportion to the face.

2. In having the supraciliary ridges more developed, and in the absence of the inter-
parietal and sagittal crests.

3. In the junction of the temporal with the frontal bones.

4. In the greater proportional breadth of the interorbital space.

5. In the more central position and less oblique plane of the occipital foramen.

6. In having but one anterior condyloid foramen on each side, while the Orang has
two.

7. In having generally but one suborbital foramen on each side, while the Orang has
three or more.

8. In the persistence of the cranial sutures.

9. In the earlier obliteration of the maxillo-intermaxillary sutures.

10. In the smaller proportional size of the incisive and canine teeth, and consequent
smaller development of the jaws, especially of the intermaxillary bones.

11. In the smaller proportional size of the cervical, and larger proportionaf‘size of
the lumbar, vertebre.

12. In the additional dorsal vertebra corresponding to the additional pair of ribs.

13. In the more simple composition of the sternum, which consists of a single and
not double series of bones, as in the Orang.

14. In the greater sigmoid curve of the clavicle, which in the Orang is nearly straight.

15. In the less proportional breadth of the scapula, and the more lateral aspect of the
glenoid cavity.

16. In the less proportional breadth and greater length of the sacrum.

17. In the less proportional breadth of the ilivm, and greater expansion of the ischium.

18. In the comparative shortness of the upper extremities, more especially of the
fore arm and hand.

19. In the non-division of the pisiform bone of the wrist.

20. In the greater proportional length of the femur and tibia, and the less propor-
tional length of the foot.

21. In the presence of a ligamentum teres, and consequent depression in the head of
the femur.

THE CHIMPANZEE AND ORANG UTAN. 369

22. In the greater proportional size of the tarsus as compared with the phalanges of
the toes.

23. In having constantly two phalanges in the halluz, or great toe, with a nail ; while
the ungueal phalanz and nail are often wanting in the hallua of the Orang, especially in
that of the female.

The Chimpanzee approximates more nearly to the human structure in those devia-
tions from the Orang which are numbered 4, 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21,
22, 23.

The Orang has a nearer resemblance to Man

1. In the junction of the sphenoid with the parietal bones.

2. In having twelve pairs of ribs.

3. In the form of the scapula, especially its greater breadth.

From the preceding comparison, therefore, it results that the Chimpanzee ought to
rank above the Orang in a descending series, and not below it as in the ‘ Régne
Animal’ of Cuvier.

Both the Chimpanzee and Orang differ from the human structure

1. In the diastema, or interval between the cuspidati and incisores in the upper jaw,
and between the cuspidati and bicuspides in the lower jaw.

2. In the greater magnitude of the intermaxillary bones indicated in the adult by
the distance of the foramina incisiva from the incisive teeth ; both of which differences
result from the greater proportional development and different forms of the cuspidati
and incisores. ‘These differences are of generic value.

3. In the more backward position and oblique plane of the occipital foramen.

. li the smaller proportional size of the occipital condyles.

. In the larger proportional size of the petrous bones.

. In the greater proportional development of the jaws.

. In the flatness of the nasal bone, which is rarely divided in the mesial line, while
in Man the nasal bones are as rarely consolidated into one.

8. In the presence of the ant-auditory process of the temporal bone, and the absence
of the mastoid and styloid processes.

9. In the absence of the process of the ethmoid, called the crista galli.

10. In the shortness and comparative weakness of the lumbar region of the spinal
column, which is also composed of four instead of five vertebre.

11. In the narrowness and proportional length of the sacrum.

12. In the flatness of the ilia, and the larger development and outward curvature of
the ischia.

13. In the position of the pelvis in relation to the spine.

14. In the larger proportional development of the chest.

15. In the greater length of the upper extremities.

16. In the wider interval between the ulna and radius.

STO ob

370 MR. R. OWEN ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF

17. In the shortness and weakness of the thumb, and narrowness of the hand in re-
lation to its length.

18. In the shortness of the lower extremities.

19. In the greater proportional length and narrowness of the foot.

20. In the small size of the os calcis.

21. In the shortness and opposable condition of the halluz.

These differences result from original formation, and are not liable to be weakened
in any material degree, either, on the one hand, by a degradation of the human species,
or, on the other hand, by the highest cultivation of which the anthropoid Apes are sus-
ceptible.

With respect to the structure of the foot, it has been asserted by the supporters of
the theory of progressive development and transmutation of species, that the position
of the great toe, which converts the foot into a hand, is a modifiable character. M. Bory
de St. Vincent!, assuming that this is the only organic difference between the Orang
and the human subject, endeavours to invalidate its importance as a zoological character
by showing that a prehensile property of the foot is gained by Man himself under cer-
tain circumstances, and that therefore it ought not to disunite the members, as he terms
them, of the same zoological family. In support of this view he proceeds to relate, that
in certain districts, as the Landes of Aquitaine, the peasants, who obtain their livelihood
by collecting the resin of the Pinus maritima, and who are termed Resiniers, acquire a
power of opposing the great toe to the others, like a hinder thumb ; but supposing the
extent of motion of the great toe to be sufficiently increased by constant habits of
climbing, or in connexion with a congenital defect of the upper extremities, yet it does
not appear that the os calcis or the other bones of the foot have lost any of those pro-
portions which so unerringly distinguish Man from the Ape. The author of the article
Oranc in the ‘ Dictionnaire Classique’ seems even to doubt whether the hinder hand of
the Ape may not be a mark of an organization superior to that of the Bimanous type.
““C’est un chose digne de remarque, que pour rejeter les Orangs parmi les Singes, et
ceux-ci parmi les brutes stupides, en conservant a nos pareils la dignité qu’ils s’arrogent
au sein de immense nature, on ait argué d’un avantage incontestable que posséderaient
sur nous les Singes et les Orangs. En effet, quatre mains ne vaudraient-elles pas mieux
que deux comme élémens de perfectibilité?”? To give due force to this proposition
the four hands of the Ape ought to be independent of any share in stationary sup-
port or progression ; now it is scarcely necessary to observe, that the perfection of the
hands of Man results in a great measure from the free use he is enabled to make of them
in consequence of the organization of the lower members as exclusive instruments for
sustaining and moving the body. It has, however, been suggested that the hallux of
the Orang might acquire increased length and strength during the efforts of successive

' Art. Orang, Dict. Classique d’Hist. Nat., tom. xiii, p. 264. 2 Ibid. p. 264.

THE CHIMPANZEE AND ORANG UTAN. 371

generations to maintain the erect position ; but if we look a little further into the
anatomy of the Orangs, a difficulty presents itself unforeseen by Lamarck. The muscle
called fleaor longus pollicis pedis terminates, in the human subject, in a single tendon,
and its force is concentrated on the great toe,—the principal point of resistance in
raising the body upon the heel. In the Orang, however, the analogous muscle termi-
nates in three tendons, which are inserted separately and exclusively in the three middle
toes, obviously to enable these to grasp with greater force the boughs of trees, &c. It
is surely asking too much to require us to believe that in the course of time, under any
circumstances, these three tendons should become consolidated into one, and that one
become implanted into a toe to which none of the three separate tendons were before
attached. The myology of the Orangs, to which I may hereafter endeavour to direct
more attention than it has yet received, affords many arguments equally unanswerable
against the possibility of their transmutation into a higher race of beings.

Certain modifications in the form of the human pelvis have been observed to accom-
pany the different forms of the cranium which characterize the different races of man-
kind ; but there is nothing in the form of the pelvis of the Australian or Negro which
tends to diminish the wide hiatus that separates the Bimanous from the Quadrumanous
type of structure in regard to this part of the skeleton. Observation has not yet shown
that the pelvis of the Orang in a state of captivity undergoes any change approximating
it towards the peculiar form which the same part presents in the human subject : the
idea that the iliac bones would become expanded and curved forwards, from the pres-
sure of the superincumbent viscera consequent on habitual attempts at progression on
the lower extremities, is merely speculative. ;

Those features of the cranium of the Orangs, which stamp the character of the irra-
tional brute most strongly upon their frame, are, however, of a kind, and the result of
a law originally impressed upon the species, which cannot be supposed to be modified
under any circumstances, or during any lapse of time ; for what external influence
operating upon and around the animal can possibly modify in its offspring the forms,
or alter the size, of the deeply-seated germs of the permanent teeth? They exist before
the animal is born, and let him improve his thinking faculties as he may, they must, in
obedience to an irresistible law, pass through the phases of their development, and in-
duce those remarkable changes in the maxillary portion of the skull which give to the
adult Orangs a more bestial form and expression of head than many of the inferior Simie
present.

It is true that in the human subject the cranium varies in its relative proportions to
the face in different tribes, according to the degree of civilization and cerebral develop-
ment which they attain; and that in the more debased thiopian varieties and Pa-
puans, the skull makes some approximation to the Quadrwmanous proportions: but
in these cases, as well as when the cranium is distorted by artificial means or by con-
genital malformation, it is always accompanied by a form of the jaws, and by a dispo-

372 MR. R. OWEN ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF

sition and proportions of the teeth, which afford unfailing and impassable generic
distinctions between Man and the Ape!.

To place this proposition in the most unexceptionable light, I have selected the cra-
nium of a human idiot, in whom nature may be said to have performed for us the ex-
periment of arresting the development of the brain almost exactly at the size which it
attains in the Chimpanzee, and where the intellectual faculties were scarcely more deve-
loped. Yet no anatomist would hesitate in at once referring this cranium to the human
species.

A detailed comparison with the cranium of the Chimpanzee or Orang shows that all
those characters are retained in the idiot’s skull which constitute the differential features
of the human structure.

The cranial cavity extends downwards below the level of the glenoid articulatory
surfaces.

The nasal bones are two in number, and prominent.

The jaws and teeth exhibit the Bimanous characters as strongly as in the most elevated
of the human race. The cuspidati do not project beyond the contiguous teeth, and con-
sequently there are no interruptions in the dental series, as in the Orangs, where they
are required to lodge the disproportionate crowns of the canine teeth.

With respect to the zoological relations subsisting between the Chimpanzee and Orang,
the differences above mentioned warrant their being regarded as types of two distinct
subgenera. The characters, however, proposed by M. Geoffroy St. Hilaire®, being de-
rived from immature specimens, require to be altered.

Subgenus Trogiopytss.

Muzzle long, truncated anteriorly ; strong supraciliary ridges, behind which the fore-
head recedes directly backwards ; no cranial ridges.

Facial angle 35°, excluding the supraciliary ridges.

Auricles large.

Thirteen pairs of ribs ; bones of the sternum in a single row.

Arms reaching below the knee-joint.

Feet wide ; hallux extending to the second joint of the adjoining fae.

Canines large, overpassing each other, the apices lodged in intervals of the opposite
teeth.

' Perhaps one of the best exemplifications of the degree of approximation which the Quadrumana make
towards the human species, is the position assigned by naturalists to the adult Orang before its identity with
the immature Satyrus was established. See ‘ Annales du Muséum,’ tom. xix. p. 89; Latreille, ‘Fam. Nat. du
Régne Animal,’ p. 44; and Fischer, ‘ Synopsis Mammalium,’ p. 32, who, without entering into the particular
differences, observes, ‘‘Sunt qui hanc speciem (Simia Wurmbii) pro Sim, Satyro adultaducant. Permulte tamen
sententiz isti repugnare videntur.”

* Annales du Muséum, tom. xix. p. 87,

THE CHIMPANZEE AND ORANG UTAN. 373

Intermawillary bones anchylosed to the maxillaries during the first or deciduous den-
tition,
Ex. The Chimpanzee, Black Orang, or Pygmy. (Troglodytes niger, Geoff. Simia Tro-
glodytes, Blum.) Jocko, a name for the young Chimpanzee.
Height of adult four feet.
Hab. Africa.

Subgenus Pirnecus.

Muzzle large, elongated, somewhat rounded anteriorly ; forehead sloping backwards ;
slight supraciliary ridges, but strong sagittal and lambdoidal crests.
Facial angle 30°.
Auricles small.
Twelve pairs of ribs ; bones of the sternum in a double alternate row.
Arms reaching to the ankle-joint.
No ligamentum teres in the hip-joint.
Feet long and narrow ; hallux not extending to the end of the metacarpal bone of the
adjoining toe ; often wanting the ungueal phalanx and nail.
Canines very large, their apices extending beyond the intervals of the opposite teeth.
Intermazillarg bones anchylosed to the maxillaries during the second or permanent den-
tition.
Ex. The Orang Utan, or Red Orang. (Pithecus Satyrus, Geoff. Simia Satyrus, Linn.)
Pongo, a name for the adult, originally applied to the Chimpanzee.
Height under five feet.
Hab. The islands of Borneo and Sumatra.

VOL, I: 3D

374 MR. R. OWEN ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF
Table of Admeasurements.

Adult Chim- | Young Chim- | Adult Orang}, Young Orang.
panzee. panzce. Fem.

ft. in. lin.| ft. in. lin,

Length of the body from the vertex to the base of the oscalcis |} 310 O0}2 0 O
Length of the head from the vertew to the base of the occipital 03 6lo
COMME Ns = Seis ches iwkoin'e wisi tala late iofot elatelniet\=j-/-slefaaelainys ria
Length of the spinal column.......-....---.++-+e+++---- Toe oui O naa
Length of the posterior part of the occipital ridge..........
Length of the head from the inion, or posterior plane of the
occiput, to the margin OF the MCISOLS:' 2's sarek aleve ee ee
Length of the head from the inion to the fronto-nasal suture. .
Length of the head from the fronto-nasal suture to the margin
Of the ancisorsivimtrss1. keine cis cplcis- plsiei> Sele risen ete
Length of the greatest lateral diameter of the cranium at the
post-auditory ridges. ...... 0.2... sees esse nese eee
Length of the smallest lateral diameter of the cranium behind
PE OR DICS © eyelet rele wine yes fe seielase miele islagepeinvetolalntnlavetsralnts
Length of the os frontis .... 120-2. ee eeee cece eee e eee
Length of the sagittal suture ......-.--+.-.e-ee seer eee
Distance between the temporal ridges.........-+---+-+-+-
Diameter of the face at the zygomata ....-.-...--+++-+-+-
Length of the zygomatic fossa .....-.+----eeeee serene
Breadth of the zygomatic fossa .......+-.---- 2+ ee eeeees
Diameter of the face taken from the outsides of the orbits... .
nterorbital space). jo eile ates aie ele! -beievoielialniepeleinidaa sista
Lateral diameter'of the orbit 2... 5.0.2... cece cee ce eeee
Perpendicular diameter of the orbit ....-..-..---++-ee--+:
Transverse diameter of the nasal aperture ..............--
Perpendicular diameter of the nasal aperture ..............
Distance between the infra-orbital foramina .........+.-.+-
Breadth of the alveolar portion of the mavilla superior.......
Distance from the inferior margin of the nasal bone to the in-
ferior margin of the intermaxillary bones............
Length of the bony palate .............----+0.-2-e eens
Distance from the anterior margin of the intermaxillary bones
to the anterior palatal foramen ......-....-+-+-+-++
Breadth or antero-posterior extent of the palatal process of
thes palates OMG wet eleperte cel stela letelore ite ee talarairaln lor ian
Breadth of the crown of the first incisor............----+- 0
Breadth of the crown of the second incisor........-...+---
Breadth of the four IMcisors.. << 2..- 22.2 wee- cece rene nae 0
Length of the grinding-surface of all the molares, the el
ERB RANG RMS OF Sopesoac cdesGoeogebogeaeneabS
Length of the crown of the canine tooth ..............-.-
Breadth of the enamelled crown of the canine tooth ........
Interspace between the canine and incisor teeth, upper jaw ..
Distance from the anterior margin of the occipital foramen to|| 9
the posterior margin of the bony palate.............
Length of the lower jaw (from the condyle to the symphysis). .
Length from the angle to the symphysis ..........++-++++-
Length from the angle to the condyle............-..-.--- 0
Breadth between the angles...........200ceesceewecercs 0
Breadth ah the nam sar seis etalon eatale niet tele tete bork laser oLer-twlo nasa 0
Breadth between the mental foramina .........-.+-+-++5- 0
Breadth of the four Mcisors :.-. 0. 5.1 e cece ec be centers 0
Breadth ofithe/canine tooth. toy: emi ciete terete elelatelalcinsele\= ee 0
Length of the enamelled crown of the canine tooth ........ 0
Length of the grinding surface of the molares ..........--- 0

o ww e
— © AP
a
ao f RON = wo eB
. RN DD a wz oF
- © wP
h oF fb OD wo wo ae
cof on

OF OO! 3
ah ON
aD

mownmnw wo
SALONS adhe cs on eb
NAONW Ww
AOOnND D
CONOAD A

d=

=
oO
oooooooooeo co ooo 8 oO (spe) oo ocococococ]e ooooco ©o oO Sono: &.
rs

Py
Geo OO Slo OO 1S FOr OOF OS ooo cooocoooo oocoo © o oo ©

-

ocoooooocoocececo
DR PRR OWOANOKFUDODRO OW for) Be CO

o °°
non WOrnre who

Re ON NRE Re RE Ow
Nn © NMWMOOUHWN

=
o

o
ce ow WY NNR RRR ORR RP Re ND

(=) =) (oe on) wmnokhwnwrn Ww

oo 6 Yr OO rrKon

wo
(y=)

o
—_— =
on a an
[J]
y=
won oO Dd ao @ woo se PODER AKON
ye

ge

ooooooococoo co ooo 8 SO oo oo oooocoeocdecoe ooooo ©o o ooo

oo
woo
co

oo

i
owPhROOCOUWO ae

—
OCRWWKhRR RK ONO GO RK ww

_ i
BNHOWUTNHWHORNW O

i

WHRWONMOUON KY WHO b

NOOR KR RE NWN Hw OO

KFOOCOrRrFONKYNwW &- COCO KF &
DK ORF NWNWWUIR YW OOF YK
on wp ooo fF =

1 The admeasurements in this column are taken, by permission of the Board of Curators, from the skeleton in
the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, in which the absence of the cranial ridges, and some still sepa-
rated epiphyses, would indicate the non-attainment of full growth.

THE CHIMPANZEE AND ORANG UTAN. 375

Adult Chim- | Young Chim- | Adult Orang, | Young Orang.
panzee. panzee. Fam,

woP

=

SoOSCMOMONAPHLOKROCNHKH ££ HY NT DRO DA AITO WOM

5
qe F

eocooeoocooocoocoowoso co coo ecooooeocece|ece“co cco ceceo oO coeoSeoCooR

PON NE RRR eee oe tb Be tb wWReH S BPH OOONWF

OnONrY HF
—
OF

Length of the sternum (not including the ensiform cartilage). .

Length of the manubrium sterni

Breadth of the manubrium sterni

Breadth of the sternum opposite the fifth rib

Length of the first rib

Length of the seventh rib

Length of the last rib (which is longer than in Man, and has
a cartilage)

Length of the cervical portion of the vertebral column

Length of the dorsal portion of the vertebral column

Length of the lumbar portion of the vertebral column ......

Length of the sacral portion

Length of the caudal

Breadth of the sacrum

Breadth of the pelvis from one antero-superior spine of i/ium
to the other

~

qe

omweon
ecooooooorrKrkWOO OC CO ceooooooococoec|“ooco co oc ooo © moocoecop

q-

ecooooeceoceocoroo 0 oo eoocoeooceooooeooo0o coc 9 Seo oO SeCoCCc oR
_

NHowonrnwoor ©
ON ORE SHON ARNOwWP = © h ROR DMD PHD PF

_

_

AWOwnwnnoonoo

MamwmonsTOUNONONO HO PO WWN DH ANNHHOAD

Length of the os innominatum
Antero-posterior diameter of the pelvic aperture
Transverse diameter of the pelvic aperture
Distance between the acetabula
Distance between the spines of the ischia
Length of the symphysis pubis
Length of the sacro-sciatic notch
Longest diameter of the obturator foramen
From the antero-superior spine of the ilium to the acetabulum
From the outside of one tuber ischit to that of the other
From the antero-superior spine of the z/ium to the symphysis pubis
From the acetabulum to the upper end of the symphysis pubis. .
Superior, or Atlantal, Extremities.
Length of the clavicle
Length of the scapula along the base
Breadth from the end of the acromion to the opposite a,
of the base
From the root of the spine to the superior angle
From the root of the spine to the inferior angle
Length of the atlantal extremity from the head of the humerus
Length of the humerus
Length of the radius
Length of the ulna
Length of the hand
Length of the fore finger
Length of the middle finger
Length of the ring finger
Length of the little finger
Length of the thumb
Breadth of the wrist
Breadth of the distal end of the metacarpus
Inferior, or Sacral, Extremities.
Length of the sacral extremity (to the base of the os calcis) ..
Length of the femur
Length of the tibia
Length of the fibula
Length of the patella
Breadth of the patella
Length of the foot
Breadth of the tarsus

=
WBONNTETRWONNANTO OH DH DARD A CNWOAOME

DONOR Wr tO ROO OO Pm OND FF ROW Kr
ee

rs
a i

_~

CWWMOUNOWHNDDWDONRO KY won

~
ASMDHOWUNNNTHR WOH O MO

FOr OR READ ATNeH eH ow POH
NVCONROWNTORUNUIDMNW OC DO
NNWONDODON RR Re he BP UD
KFRFNUAAANDHDDH NH LP wm WOPNONE RE RR WONNANN DANY W NHANH © RR OKO

_

N@OnNrwoocomwoow
_

ono

~
ooor
oon to
nAoOnn

a

anwoounce SOCK EAERDWOUWO
oooooocoocoecor
—

KDMDOODOrK6 Nr wWAAATSIO

_
OoOnMNOowwovonoww

Mueriprthy OF CHG) AMOR aici form aim emai a. 3 ni cfai hie, Hele yere Maieieiniviaie! ais
Length of the next toe
Length of the little toe

wm Or ce

sIOwO
ooocoocoooocor
NWN ROORUDO
woworowen

He Ol et ee

3D2

376 MR. R. OWEN ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF

PLATE XLVIII.

Side view of the skeletons of the adult and young Chimpanzee (Simia Troglodytes,
Blum.), the latter being of that age when the first permanent molares have been ac-
quired, and before the shedding of any of the deciduous teeth.

PLATE XLIX.

Side view of the skeletons of the adult and young Orang Utan (Simia Satyrus, Linn.).
The young skeleton is of a corresponding age with that of the Chimpanzee in the pre-
ceding Plate: like it, it exhibits the anthropoid character in the relative smallness of
the face to the cranium, resulting from the state of dentition, but shows the corre-
spondency with the adult skeleton in the number of ribs and in the relative proportions
of the upper and lower extremities. With regard to the number of vertebre, it must be
observed, that the figure of the adult skeleton, being taken, by permission of the Board
of Curators, from the specimen in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, ex-
hibits the abnormal number of five lumbar vertebrae, instead of four, which is the number
existing in the trunk of the mature Orang preserved in the Museum of the Zoological
Society and in the skeleton in the Museum of Comparative Anatomy in the Jardin des
Plantes.

PLATE L.

Front view of the skeletons of the adult Chimpanzee and Orang Utan. The trunk of
the latter is figured from the specimen belonging to the Zoological Society, and shows
the normal number of lumbar vertebre, which is the same as in the Chimpanzee. The
proportions are given according to the size indicated by a cranium and ulna and radius
in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons ; from which it would appear that the

height of the animal, fairly measured from the vertea to the sole of the foot, could not
exceed five feet.

PLATE LI.

Side view of the cranium of the adult Chimpanzee, natural size. On the left hand are
figured the germs of the permanent teeth, taken from the skull of a young Chimpanzee
at the period when the first true molar, f, has appeared.

a. The first incisor.
b. The second incisor.
c. The apex of the crown of the laniary or cuspidatus.

THE CHIMPANZEE AND ORANG UTAN. 377

d,e. The two bicuspides.
f. The first true molar, its fangs yet imperfect.
g. The second molar.
On the right hand, a front view is given of the first and second permanent incisors, as
they appear partly worn down in the adult.

PLATE LII.

The base of the skull of the adult Chimpanzee, natural size. The rudiments of the per-
manent teeth, a to g, are figured in a position corresponding to those in the jaws of the
adult. The formation of the last molar, or dens sapientig, h, had not commenced in
the young cranium from which the rest of the permanent teeth were taken.

PLATE LIII.

Side view of the cranium of an adult Orang Utan. A front view of the first perma-
nent incisor, d, and the rudiments of the permanent teeth, a to g, from the jaws of a
young Orang are subjoined, proving its identity with the adult, or supposed Pongo.

This Plate is taken from a cranium in the possession of Mr. Cross, of the Surrey
Zoological Gardens, who obligingly sent his specimen to me for the purpose of describing
and figuring it. On comparing it with the skull of the Pongo, or adult Orang, in the
Museum of the College of Surgeons, I noted the following differences :

The skull belonging to Mr. Cross is shorter in the antero-posterior diameter, and rises
higher at the verter. The supra-orbitary ridges are more prominent ; the plane of the
orbits is more vertical, and their lateral exceeds their perpendicular diameter. The
profile line of the skull is concave between the glabella and incisor teeth, while in the
specimen in the Museum of the College it is almost a straight line between the same
parts. The symphysis of the jaw, from the interspace of the mesial incisors to the origin
of the genio-hyoidei muscles, measures 21 inches in Mr. Cross’s specimen, but equals
34 inches in the Pongo in the College Museum. There is also a remarkable difference
in the position of the zygomatic suture: in the Pongo of the College Museum it com-
mences at the distance of a quarter of an inch from the orbital process of the malar bone
and extends obliquely backwards to within 1+ inch of the origin of the zygomatic pro-
cess of the temporal bone ; in Mr. Cross’s specimen, the same suture commences
8 lines from the orbital process of the malar bone and extends to within 10 lines of the
origin of the temporal zygomatic suture, so that it is much nearer the middle of the
sygoma.

With these differences, however, there exist the same form and proportions of the
teeth, and the same peculiarities of the foramina and sutures which distinguish the
Orang from the Chimpanzee. So that, although the difference in the shape and general

378 MR. R. OWEN ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF

contour of the two skulls is greater than is usually observable in those of other wild
animals of the same species, yet I do not consider them sufficient to afford grounds for
specific distinction. It is probable, however, that they may be indicative of varieties of
the Orang inhabiting distinct localities ; and it would be interesting with that view to
compare the crania of ascertained specimens from Borneo and Sumatra, to which islands
this very remarkable animal appears to be confined.

PLATE LIV.

Base of the skull of the adult Orang Utan: atog, Rudiments of the permanent teeth
taken from the jaws of an immature specimen.

PLATE LV.

Fig. 1. Side view of the skull of a young Chimpanzee.

Fig. 2. Side view of the skull of a young Orang Utan. These views are both of
the natural size, and taken at corresponding periods of dentition, when the permanent
teeth are advanced to the extent shown in the preceding figures.

PLATE LVI.

Comparative views of the skulls of the young and old Chimpanzee and Orang Utan,
showing the changes of form they respectively undergo in attaining to maturity.
Figg. 1, 5. Young Chimpanzee.
2, 6. Adult Chimpanzee.
3, 7. Young Orang Utan.
4, 8. Adult Orang Utan.

A comparison of Fig. 1 with Fig. 2, and of Fig. 3 with Fig. 4, will show that those
differences between the young and old skulls that are present in the Simia Satyrus, and
which have been chiefly insisted upon as proofs of a specific difference between them,
obtain equally in the Simia Troglodytes.

Dr. Harwood (loc. cit., p. 474,) observes, ‘“‘ But the most distinguishing difference
relates to the proportions of the orbits, and the space which separates them. ‘They are
of by far the greatest proportionate size in the Satyrus; for in the very young animals
before alluded to they measure transversely 15 lines and a half, while in the skull of the
largest Pongo ever brought to this country, they extend no more than 17 lines and a
half. But the difference in the extent of the space between the orbits is of all the di-
stinctions I have seen the most apparent ; for in the Satyrus, where the transverse ex-
tent of the orbits is 15 lines and a half, and the vertical 17 and a half, the space between
the orbits is only 2 lines and a half; and in thestill younger Satyrus at the Royal Insti-

THE CHIMPANZEE AND ORANG UTAN. 379

tution, where the transverse diameter is 13 lines and a half, this space measures only
2 lines, or less than one sixth; while in the Pongo, where the same diameter is 17 lines
and a half, it is no less than 7 lines and a half, or nearly equal to one half the breadth
of the orbit.”

The cause of the proportional differences in the size of the orbits, and extent of the
inter-orbital space, is explained in the text, p.358. And the Figures in this plate show
that they operate equally in the Simia Troglodytes as in the Simia Satyrus, and that the
proportionally greater breadth of the inter-orbital space which distinguishes the young
Chimpanzee from the young Orang is equally characteristic of the adults of the two
species.

A comparison of Fig. 5 with Fig. 6, and of Fig. 7 with Fig. 8, will show that in each
species a gradual change takes place in the plane of the occipital foramen: this is occa-
sioned by the downward and lateral growth of the upper jaw, and is accompanied with
a corresponding enlargement of the glenoid cavities, and of the whole base of the skull,
which, as the cerebral portion remains stationary in its development, throws the occi-
pital foramen more backwards. This change is of course proportionally greater in the
Simia Satyrus than in the Simia Troglodytes, corresponding to the greater difference
which subsists between the young and adult states of their jaws and dentition ; but the
relation that is preserved equally proves the identity of the young with the adult Orang,
as between the young and the adult Chimpanzee.

PLATE LVI.

Side view of the skull of a human idiot, natural size.

PLATE LVIII.

Base of the same skull, natural size.

This figure and the preceding were taken, by the liberal permission of Edward Stan-
ley, Esq., F.R.S., from the specimen in his Museum of Human and Pathological Ana-
tomy at St. Bartholomew’s Hospital.

tats SRinu Mcrae’ Birr
{ | ae
ayot eitr at's Gre Oa ineliipwerreccy? ofr detente
is h ‘ott. pil? eat oy nk oli Boon icf? waalito Aagit ©
} ads wh bne att beige Agta tiv (eit a ba’ seal NanAP RASS ce 4) It tire nds
Odegie: ae ays be tbe San * “Me ohh
Jo Inated herd elke oe wnqkin< <Teeniun ieoeihaoagsd cy opted a
iq Taye Bnei th (ep as alld ot fr vititleyne 3 ong Jell-O
i fy an aunglo’ chit ti on PrHoigo Me Hee, sd? af Vian otateqo y fod pale
xuoog add qydleiagairents in aelgreii paigo-<resit MAD : found alot eeu dang 9
wi sith 90 ine» Wy Ya ohipin, FIRE 4s ‘eat, a ‘Baw iv. say in bem ah »
SAP APO 11: epi $ ‘uhh genuine S .2if to senso hie
a9 an Wid So on St si news to ada of) oi doahy Y ist x entals bev herg- 8 ante
div boinadaicson # bite Teel, bch nitto oreres ‘hee fire mwah eos ¥d Hore
apdris nc ia eked ost Sill Tox Bing noid van logaly 9 (1 Wainer yrolae 3itrognenriogy !
i ; if aU 3 wideenfoR ah" ae ret isle Ath ae Te Oipory f nifeies od) as si
ell! ni atawty Aides inogor if deuce lost egy ert abate Bit order Wy MN
"eat ws ie aift oF Shihebieart) ani Plot Dasaaee si? cit’ vail a uate)
"iy A REN DAD bak Vira TUE eoting Hoh patiey er deere sad aitiadon Bait ~

i) Moin aif Fad Gore

sgh oS v4

Seth 08 se Sth. lena A Sa

a 8s a iti aur ody Yan fiidgir ody eve] yilau ps b int A ai ie Hig
}

t 4
waa

WacehS io, oi re Va BBL DSi 40 wher: ae ‘ail eae i
At ho cau veal er prasiogas ? ae itie
ihe telic x90 ipa ntl

4 wb z
ki My ls Beenie a i)
Seu castes Hts

~

tft GSO.

~

Vs

th F

Daeg 9

Za
. ra FU» mat

e Vrmeta ‘ Wf,

lawn, det.

Loot Secs Fett Be

. Teal bled

o Vette.

Cuwen. del.

va)

GA

L fh

4

YA. 5.

loots Foc Vel :

L—
. fran A

aS)

ve,

7

sa

i

\ 0 Saeeeerere=

iy)

cA

a ee | eel

SoA, 1 EIA p WO

oY
WI LOC:

“7

ra

hea

egraphad from Nature by 6.

SS. J. Kt

thegraphed sh

Vadure by & Scher

7 2

oF Ff ,
AOIAW ST OMYT He

é

—

BRtiograghid from Nature by 6 Sohowy

4

C Q x sf g
cies Jreglotlylid xz
4

CG

—

Traded by

Fitrandee.

Irons Loot Le Wel 1 Hw Wb fe HE

, . f Co 4
1236 Fomw Srogdiple

a Y “ tf: ZO
4 Owen dad G Scher lithog 2476 Lima Labyrud

Lrented by C Hadimanded.

renner unr) At,

POR GOUT IW rs
Gor Pui

ELA a a

ae

prydle dk

Lithegraphad: trom, Nature ty & Schart

c Buse
Vi

the Lbakl a ikocars >

Premlecd boy C Fis

F [ 381 j

XL. On the Anatomy of Distoma clavatum, Rud. By Ricuarp Owen, Esq., F.R.S. &
Z.8., Assistant Conservator of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons in London.

Communicated May 26, 1835.

IN former papers' I gave descriptions of two Entozoa, or internal animal parasites, of
, widely different degrees of organization: the one manifesting simply a homogeneous
granular pulp, enveloped in a transparent thin elastic tegument; the other having di-
stinctly developed nervous ganglions and filaments, a muscular tunic, a digestive canal
contained in an abdominal cavity, ovaries, oviduct, and fecundating glands. I now
propose to offer a few observations on an Entozoon of an intermediate grade of struc-
ture, in which a cellular parenchyma still occupies the body, where no distinct ner-
vous filament can be traced, but in which a complicated system of nutritious and gene-
rative canals, with external organs for adhesion and locomotion, are developed.

My attention was first called to the species of Distoma about to be described by the
following circumstance. In the series of the Hunterian collection of comparative ana-
tomy relating to the digestive functions, there is a preparation? of an Acrite Invertebrate
animal, of a round elongated form, showing at one extremity a sac opening externally
by a minute orifice ; and at the opposite end a larger orifice surrounded by a suctorious
disc, behind which, and at a little distance from each other, are two other orifices, the
posterior being of large size, and evidently an organ of adhesion. From the manuscript
catalogue it appeared that Mr. Hunter had regarded the sac as the stomach.

I was for some time uncertain to what class of animals this singular specimen
could belong, but was inclined to refer it to the Trematode, or fluke-worms, on account
of the suctorious orifices at the smaller end; although the digestive cavity, which
the specimen had apparently been prepared to exhibit, was a feature in its organiza-
tion which appeared to remove it equally from that and any other order of the Ster-
elmintha. Subsequently, however, on looking over the ‘Spicilegia Zoologica’ of
Pallas, I found, in the tenth fasciculus, a figure and description of a Worm termed Fas-
ciola ventricosa, which closely resembled the animal in question. The general form and
situation of the different orifices were the same, but the orifice corresponding to that
which led to the cavity regarded by Mr. Hunter as the stomach, Pallas calls the anus.

The account given of the cellular parenchyma of the body, of its dark-coloured con-
tents, and yellow ovula, agreed very closely with the appearances in the Hunterian speci-
men, but nothing could be deduced from the description as to the existence of any cavity
communicating with the anus, corresponding to that which the Hunterian specimen
presented ; and the figures given by Pallas illustrate the external form only. The size
of the specimen described in the ‘ Spicilegia’ is nearly 2 inches in length, and 3 of an

1 Page 315 and page 325. ® No, 116.
VOL. 1. 3E

382 MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF DISTOMA CLAVATUM.

inch in breadth, exceeding that in the Hunterian collection by about one third; so
that Pallas calls it the giant of its kind, ‘‘ad aliud quam Fasciolarum genus referre
non potui, in quo quasi gigas erit.”

The Distoma ventricosum of the ‘Synopsis Entozoorum’ of Rudolphi, is a minute
species distinct from the Fasciola ventricosa of Pallas, whose account appears to have
escaped the Lyncean eye of the learned founder of Entozoology. Pallas’s species is
nevertheless characterized by Rudolphi, but under the designation of Distoma clavatum:
and in the more detailed description contained in the ‘ Historia Entozoorum,’ reference
is made to Mr. Menzies’ paper in the ‘ Linnean Transactions!,’ where the species de-
scribed under the name of Fasciola clavata is evidently the same with the Fasciola ven-
tricosa of Pallas. Mr. Menzies both describes and figures the posterior aperture ; and
this testimony to the accuracy of Pallas is perhaps of more weight, as the author
supposes that he is describing a new animal. Rudolphi, however, both in the ‘ Historia
Entozoorum’ and in the ‘Synopsis Entozoorum,’ doubts the accuracy of this statement,
and gives no account of the internal structure of the species.

It was therefore with much satisfaction that I found, on looking over the admirable
collection of Invertebrate Animals made by the late Rev. Lansdown Guilding, and recently
sent to this country, a fine specimen of the Fasciola ventricosa seu clavata, of equal size
with that figured by Pallas, and well preserved in spirit of wine.

The circumstances under which it was originally obtained were not mentioned in the
manuscript catalogue of Mr. Guilding. Pallas, with reference to the habitat of the spe-
cies, merely states that his specimen was sent from Amboyna’. Mr. Menzies observes
that he often found the Fasciola clavata in the maws of the Bonito, between the tropics
in the Pacific Ocean. Rudolphi also assigns the stomach of Scomber Pelamys as the
habitat of the Distoma clavatum, on the authority of Garsinus and Tilesius?.

Mr. Guilding’s specimen of this large species of Distoma measures 2 inches 2 lines
in length, and 2+ inches in circumference at the thickest part. It closely resembles in
form the figure given by Pallas. Mr. Menzies, who observed the animal in its living
state, represents it of a longer and more attenuated form. The outer integument is
thin, crisp, and semitransparent, transversely and minutely wrinkled, and evidently
fibrous in the same direction: it adheres but slightly, at least after maceration in spirit,
to the succeeding layer. This tunic is evidently muscular, and composed of longitu-
dinal fibres, and adheres pretty closely to the membrane immediately inclosing the cel-
lular parenchyma of the body ; still, by proceeding carefully, they can be separated.
The longitudinal fibrous tunic is beautifully ornamented with tortuous vessels, con-
taining a dark-coloured fluid.

The anterior orifice, which is the commencement of the true alimentary canal, is
surrounded by a muscular sphincter, forming a suctorious disc or cup, of a firm and

1 Vol. i. p. 187. Plate XVII. fig. 2.

2 « Ex Amboyna missum fuit singulare hoc Molluscum.”

3 It is always advisable to examine the stomach and intestines of the Bonito, Albicore, and other tropical
Fishes, which are frequently infested with singular Entozoa.

MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF DISTOMA CLAVATUM. 383

almost cartilaginous texture at the bottom, which is perforated by a minute orifice,
through which the fluids absorbed from the animal infested by the Distoma pass into
the digestive tubes ; these are two in number, and are continued, slightly enlarging and
diverging from one another, to the cells at the posterior part of the body.

About 2 lines’ distance from the mouth, on the concave side of the neck or narrow
part of the body, there is a small transverse slit, concealed by the wrinkles of the in-
tegument, forming the outlet of the generative organs. The large cavity behind this
slit is simply for adhesion, and does not communicate with the interior of the body:
it is provided with a strong muscular concave disc, the margin of which is papillose ;
and external to the papille it is surrounded by a circular fold of the integument. ‘The
body continues to enlarge behind the acetabulum, and terminates in an obtuse clavate
extremity. On closely inspecting this part a minute central orifice was clearly per-
ceived, which conducted to a narrow cavity formed between two layers of a villous
membrane, extending vertically across the terminal dilated part of the animal. No
communication could be detected, upon the most minute inspection, between this cavity
and the rest of the body.

Besides the cellular parenchyma, of which the body is chiefly composed, the three
systems of canals, digestive, vascular, and generative, which the Trematoda usually
possess, are present in their ordinary forms and positions ; the cells at the smaller end
of the body were occupied, in this specimen, by a yellow fluid, containing numerous
ovula of the same colour, many of which had thence passed into the tortuous oviduct.
Towards the posterior part of the body the cells enlarge in size, and are principally
transverse in their direction.

The clavate end of the body is occupied by two large lateral cavities in addition to
the mesial one above mentioned. The side cavities were filled with a dark brown fluid,
containing minute opake particles of the same colour, similar in appearance to partly
digested blood. The internal surface of these cavities is of a black colour, and covered
with minute folds and wavy wrinkles. The dark-coloured canals which meander over
the lateral parietes of the body take their origin from these large cavities, which also
communicate with the smaller canals anterior to them, and from them they receive the
nutriment, which is carried backwards by the two alimentary canals from the mouth ;
so that they hold an intermediate position between the alimentary and the sanguiferous
canals. Analogous reservoirs have been observed in Amphistoma conicum, in which
they have been denominated by Laurer cisterna chyli ; and similar cavities are also termed
chyle receptacles (Chylusbehélter) by Nordmann! in the minute Trematode parasites which
he has detected in the eyes of Fishes. In the Distoma clavatum, however, these receptacles
have no communication with the mesial cavity or the posterior aperture. Nordmann
observed that a white fluid was ejected by successive spasmodic actions from the posterior
aperture of Diplostomum volvens, which corresponds to the one above described in Di-

1 « Am hintern Ende dieses birnférmigen Organs befindet sich eine deutliche, trichterférmige Offnung, die
durch einen Sphincter geschlossen werden kann. Man kénnte es vielleicht am besten mit dem Namen eines
Chylusbehiilters bezeichnen.”—Micrograph. Beitrige, p. 38, Hft. 1.

352

384 MR. R. OWEN ON THE ANATOMY OF DISTOMA CLAVATUM.

stoma clavatum. The surface of the cavity in Distoma clavatum, of which the small pos-
terior orifice is the outlet, singularly contrasts with that of the receptacles on either
side ; being of a yellowish white colour, and smooth. The office of this posterior sac
being most probably excretory, it may be regarded as exhibiting a rudimentary condi-
tion of the respiratory system.

This large species of Distoma exhibits, according to Mr. Menzies, well-marked loco-
motive powers. ‘‘In moving,” he observes, “‘ it fastens itself alternately by the ven-
tral aperture and its mouth, raising its slender neck between them into an arched form,
like a leech, and in this manner drags its body along with a slow motion. It is of a
whitish colour, somewhat pellucid, discharging at its mouth a black-coloured fluid,
which can easily be perceived through its body!.”” The superaddition of an excretive
organ is in just accordance with the muscular energies above observed ; and the ana-
logy to the Leech is further shown in the form of the cells, which at the posterior part
of the body communicate with and form part of the digestive apparatus ; especially of
the last two cavities, which very much resemble the last pair of gastric ceca occu-
pying a similar position in the Leech.

PLATE XLI.

Figg. 17 to 20. Disroma cLavatum.
Fig. 17. Ventral surface of Distoma clavatum.
a. Anterior pore, where the true mouth is situated.
b. Posterior depression, suctorial disc, or holder.
c. The genital orifice.
d. The orifice of the posterior sac.
18. Distoma clavatum, dissected from the dorsal aspect.
e. The cuticular wrinkled integument.
f. The muscular integument.
g. The anal sac, laid open: a bristle is placed through the orifice.
h. h. Cavities external to the anal sac, with a black minutely wrinkled surface.
i. Masses of ova.
k. The oviduct.
l. The testis.
m. Vessels.
19. Posterior view, showing the muscular discs surrounding the oral, a', and pre-
hensile, 0', fosse, and the termination of the genital tube, c’.
m. The vascular circle surrounding the oral disc.
20. The oviduct, k, and testis, J.

' Loc. cit., p. 188.

f 385 ]

XLI. Description of a new species of Tape-worm, Tenia lamelligera, Owen. By Ricuarp
Owen, Esq., #.R.S.& Z.S., Assistant Conservator of the Museum of the Royal College
of Surgeons in London.

Communicated June 9, 1835.

Tuis species has hitherto been found only in the small intestines of the Flamingo,
Phenicopterus ruber, Linn., and is of a larger size than the Tenie of Birds usually are,
being 7 inches in length, 5 lines in width, and 1 line in thickness. Two specimens
were found by Lieut.-Colonel Sykes, F.R.S., in a Flamingo dissected by him, situated
in the duodenum, so as almost completely to block up that intestine. The following
description is taken from these specimens. The segments are extremely short and nu-
merous ; they gradually increase in breadth and thickness for about 3 inches from the
head ; as they approach the opposite end of the body they slightly diminish in breadth,
and while they increase a little in length, retain the same thickness.

Along the middle of both the plane surfaces of the body the segments are separated
by shallow indentations only, but at the sides the posterior margins of the segments
project abruptly from the surface, and form a series of semicircular ridges, commencing
about a line’s distance from the margin on one side, and extending round to the same
distance on the opposite side.

On both margins of each segment, immediately anterior to these ridges, there is a
small pyramidal eminence, perforated at the apex, through which perforation a small
cylindrical process or cirrus can be protruded.

A longitudinal line is slightly impressed along the middle of both surfaces of the
body ; it is most distinct on the anterior half. A few segments at the posterior ex-
tremity of the body were partially separated from the rest, and seemed about to be
detached. In these alone were ova perceptible, which were aggregated near the base
of the cirrus, but not confined in an ovary of any definite form: the sides of the canal
which they were about to traverse were evidently glandular, and the ova are probably
fecundated as they pass through. The cirrus would seem to be an exciting organ.

The segments at the anterior part of the body are so short that they resemble mere
transverse rug@ ; at the posterior end of the body they did not exceed half a line in
length.

The dilated margins of the segments and the projecting cirri occasion in this Tenia
a superficial resemblance to the Nereis lamelligera of Pallas, and peculiarly distinguish
it from any species hitherto described. It may be characterized as follows.

386 MR. R. OWEN ON A NEW SPECIES OF TAPE-WORM.

TNIA LAMELLIGERA.

Ten. incrassata, capite subgloboso ; rostello cylindrico obtuso ; collo nullo ; articulis bre-
vissimis, marginibus lateralibus dilatatis, rotundatis, utrinque partm extantibus ; su-
perficie utrdque lined longitudinali leviter impressd ; lemniscis lateralibus oppositis.
‘Longitudo corporis, 7 unc. ; latitudo, 5 lin; crassities, 1 lin.

Hab. in Phenicopteri rubri intestinis tenuibus.

PLATE XLI.

Figg. 21 to 23. Tania LAMELLIGERA.
Fig. 21. Tenia lamelligera, natural size.
22. Four segments of the same magnified.
23. A longitudinal section of three posterior segments, showing the ova collected
near the base of the lemniscus.

ee x——

[ 387 ]

XLII. Remarks on the Entozoa, and on the structural Differences existing among them: in-
cluding Suggestions for their Distribution into other Classes. By Ricuarp Owen, Esq.,
F.R.S. & Z.8., Assistant Conservator of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons

in London.
Communicated May 26, 1835.

In investigating the nature of the small human Entozoon which I have called Tri-
china, considerable difficulty, extrinsic, or superadded to the subject itself, was expe-
rienced, from the habit of considering all such internal parasites as belonging to, or
constituting, a distinct class of animals. It is true that it was easy to determine in Tri-
china the absence of trachee, of branchie, and of every other kind of respiratory organs,
as well as of any true circulating organs, and that not even a vestige of a nervous chord
existed in this worm-like animal. But its reference to the Entozoa was not therefore less
a matter of doubt ; for other negative characters presented themselves in relation to the
digestive system, and to the mechanism for adhesion or suction, which no less prevented
its association with already known Entozoa, than the first-mentioned deficiencies sepa-
rated it, in common with the Entozoa, from Worms of a higher type of organization.

The greater part of Cuvier’s definition of the class Entozoa is devoted to the account
of their localities, and the remedies used against them, and to a consideration of their
mode of production ; while the character itself of the class is altogether a negative one.
**On n’apercoit aux vers intestinaux ni trachées, ni branchies, ni aucun autre organe
de la respiration, et ils doivent éprouver les influences de l’oxygéne par l’intermédiaire
des animaux qu’ils habitent. Ils n’offrent aucune trace d’une vraie circulation, et l’on
n’y voit que des vestiges de nerfs assez obscurs, pour que plusieurs naturalistes en aient
mis l’existence en doute.”” Cuvier then adds: ‘‘ Lorsque ces caractéres se trouvent ré-
unis dans un animal, avec une forme semblable a celle de cette classe, nous l’y rangeons,
quoiqu’il n’habite pas dans l’intérieur d’une autre espéce!.”

In consistency with this proposition, the Vibriones of Miller ought to have ranked in
the ‘ Régne Animal’ with the Entozoa; and it would be difficult to determine what mo-
dification of external form should exclude a species defective in respiratory or circu-
lating organs from that class which, even in Cuvier’s system, includes animals of
almost every variety of shape. Fortunately, however, the presence of external vibra-
tile cilia, which are in some degree subservient to respiration, affords a good character
for distinguishing the simpler Infusoria from the Entozoa, although with this limitation
those species of non-ciliated Vibriones?, which do not occasion currents when placed in
a coloured fluid, would still rank with the Intestinal Worms.

' Régne Anim., nouy. ed., tom. iil. p. 246.

2 Amblyura Serpentulus, Ehr.; Anguillula Aceti, Auct.; and Ang. Glutinis, Auct. or the common Vinegar-eel
and Paste-eel.

388 MR. R. OWEN’S REMARKS ON THE ENTOZOA.

The difficulty of assigning a distinctive character to the Entozoa, which Rudolphi
imagined he had overcome in the ‘ Historia Entozoorum’ by denying them a nervous
system, and so distinguishing them from the Annulate Worms, he justly allows in his
subsequent work, the ‘ Synopsis Entozoorum’!, to have returned in its full force, and
proposes therefore to separate the Nematoidea from the other orders of Entozoa, and to
join them with the Annulata (Annelides, Cuvier), in which class of Worms he thinks they
should form a distinct family. The remaining Entozoa (the Vers Intestinaux Parenchy-
mateux of Cuvier) Rudolphi leaves among the Radiata or Zoophyta, a division of animals
which he justly terms ‘ regnum chaoticum.’

With respect to the affinity of the Nematoidea to the Red-blooded Worms, the im-
portant differences which the presence in the latter class of distinct respiratory organs
and of vessels circulating red blood present, obviously forbid the junction proposed by
Rudolphi, at least in any attempt at a natural arrangement. While the absence of
ganglions on the nervous chords, which supply the body in the Nematoidea with the
motive and sensitive endowments, bespeaks a difference of still greater importance.

As the Nematoidea, or Vers Intestinaux Cavitaires, differ from the Vers Parenchymateux
in the presence of a distinct nervous system, as widely on the one hand as they do from
the Annelida in the form of that system on the other, I have been induced to join them
with those other classes of the Radiata of Cuvier which, while they are distinguished
from the rest of that Division of the Animal Kingdom by the undoubted presence of
nerves, agree with the Nematoidea in manifesting those organs in the form of simple,
ungangliated, disconnected cords.

In attempting therefore a more natural arrangement of the Entozoa, I have been led
to propose a division of the Radiata of the ‘ Régne Animal’ into two groups, founded
principally on the two conditions which the nervous system presents, the molecular and
the filiform. The necessity of such a dismemberment appears to have been felt by every
naturalist who has considered the natural affinities of the classes which are included in
the lowest division of Cuvier’s system. His Radiata, indeed, embrace animals which
differ widely from one another, not only in the condition of the nervous but of many
other important systems of their organization ; and, as the division now stands, an ana-
tomist is unable to predicate a community of structure in either the locomotive, ex-
cretive, digestive, sensitive, or generative systems of the various classes which it em-
braces.

The learned entomologist Mr. W. 8S. MacLeay has proposed, in the sketch of the
natural affinities which he has given in the second volume of the ‘ Hore Entomologice’,
to limit the term Radiata to the Echinodermata and Acalepha of Cuvier, which alone, as
he justly observes, strictly present the radiated form of the body, and to form a distinct
division of the animal kingdom, to include the Infusoria, Cuv., Polypi, Cuv., and Paren-
chymatous Entozoa under the term Acrita, while the Intestinaua Cavitaires are trans-
ferred to the Annulose or Articulate division of the animal kingdom ; they are not, in-

1p. 572.

MR. R. OWEN’S REMARKS ON THE ENTOZOA., 389

deed, merged into the class Annelida, as Rudolphi proposes, but are made a distinct
class in conjunction with the Epizoaria of Lamarck, which Mr, MacLeay imagines may
be entitled to a place between the Anoplura of Dr. Leach and the Chilognatha.

The simple filamentous disposition of the nervous system, however, which opposes
Rudolphi’s views of the place which the Nematoidea ought to hold, equally forbids their
allocation as an annectant of any of the classes of the Annulose or Homogangliate divi-
sion of the animal kingdom.

The Acrita of MacLeay are thus defined.

‘Animalia gelatinosa polymorpha, interaneis nullis, medullaque indistincta,

‘Os interdum indistinctum, sed nutritio absorptione externa vel interna semper
sistit. Anus nullus.

‘* Reproductio fissipara vel gemmipara, gemmis modo externis modo internis, inter-
dum acervatis.

“ Pleraque ex individuis semper coherentibus animalia composita sistunt.”

This definition, able, comprehensive, and accurate as it undoubtedly was, agreeably
to the state of anatomical and zoological knowledge at the time when it was penned,
fails now to convey a just idea of the prevailing and characteristic organical conditions
of the Acrita. Fourteen years of subsequent research, crowned by discoveries of which
the most brilliant relate to the structure and economy of the lowest classes of the
animal kingdom, have wrought their wonted effect on what was intended at a pre-
vious period to be the most general expression of the existing knowledge of the orga-
nization of a natural group, ;

The discoveries of Professor Ehrenberg with reference to the digestive system of the
Monads not only obviate the necessity of ascribing a mode of nutrition by external ab-
sorption to any, even the lowest of the animal kingdom ; but, while they prove the ex-
istence of a complicated internal digestive cavity in the Agastria of M. De Blainville,
show also that in many of the genera of this simple class the alimentary cavity is pro-
vided with a distinct anal outlet. The larger fecal pores of the Spongie may be also
considered in the same relation to the digestive system.

With respect to generation, the organs of which function afford in their varieties the
least certain indications of the relative perfection of the species, it may be observed that
in the Twni@ the race is propagated neither by spontaneous fission nor gemmation, but
by true ova, frequently formed by, and contained in, distinct ovaries, of which one is
appropriated to each joint. The ova in these receptacles are commonly advanced in
proportion as the joints recede from the head; and although the ovaries have distinct
outlets either at the middle part or margin of the segments, yet these are commonly
detached as the ova in the ovary are matured, in a manner analogous to the bursting of
the external ovisacs of the Lernee and Monoculi. In another order of Parenchymatous
Worms, the Trematoda, distinct fecundating glands are superadded to the productive
or female apparatus, and some physiologists suppose, with Cuvier, that generation is

VOL. I. 3F

390 MR. R. OWEN’S REMARKS ON THE ENTOZOA.

effected by reciprocal intromission. Again, distinct sexes are attributed to the Echino-
rhynchi, the highest organized of the Parenchymatous Intestinal Worms.

Thus the generative system fails to afford a character applicable to the whole of the
Acrita of Mr. MacLeay; and we are equally unable to predicate of them a simple diges-
tive sac without an anal outlet. In general it may be observed, that it is only with
respect to the nervous system that we can attribute a community of structure to a pri-
mary division of the animal kingdom.

Now the classes which present the diffused condition of the nervous globules, are the
Polygastrica, Spongie, Polypi, and Acalephe ; to which must be added the Vers Intesti-
naux Parenchymateux of Cuvier, or Vers Mollasses of Lamarck, and of which I would
propose to form a class of Acrita under the term Sterelmintha'.

But as all the classes of the Acrite division exhibit the lowest stages of animal orga-
nization, and are analogous to the earliest conditions of the higher classes, during which
the changes of the ovum or embryo succeed each other with the greatest rapidity, so we
find that the species in each class successively present modifications of their peculiar
types, which come into close approximation, not with the Acrite classes immediately
succeeding them, but with some one or other of the classes of higher groups in the
animal kingdom, of the typical form of which the Acrite classes represent, as it were,
the germs. Owing, therefore, to this tendency to ascend in the Acrita, it becomes pro-
portionally more difficult to assign a general organic character to that than to any of
the higher divisions. Even with respect to the nervous system we find, as we are led
step by step from the Hydra to the Actinia in the class Polypi, that the nervous glo-
bules begin to manifest the filamentous arrangement about the oral orifice of the last-
named genus; that in passing through the Sterelmintha from the Hydatid to the Echi-
norhynchus, we come also to perceive traces of longitudinal nervous chords in that
highly organized Entozoon ; and that in the Acalephe, examples of the aggregate form
of the nervous system have been described. But even supposing these exceptions to
be well founded, and the filaments to be really nervous which have been so considered’,
yet the proportion of each class in which the molecular diffused condition of the nervous

1 Srepeos, solidus, éApurs, a term applied by the ancients to intestinal worms, which were distinguished into
pubes orpoyyvdat, or Intestinalia teretia, and éhpw Hes wharerat, or Intestinalia lata. My compound is
further sanctioned by a term invented by Zeder for the Entozoa generally, viz. Splanchnelmintha, which term
is, however, with that of Entozoa, equally subject to the objection of being applied to animals of different classes
according to structure.

2 Professor Ehrenberg has recently ascribed to the Medusa aurita distinct visual organs, in the form of minute
red points, situated on the surface of the eight brown-coloured masses set round the circumference of the disc.
These masses consist each of a yellowish, oval or cylindrical, little body, which is attached to a small and deli-
cate pedicle. This short pedicle arises from a vesicle, in which there is placed a glandular body, unattached,
presenting a yellow colour when viewed with transmitted light, and a white colour when under reflected light.
It is on the dorsal aspect of the yellow head which surmounts the pedicle that the well-defined red spot is seen
which Professor Ehrenberg considers as an eye. He compares the eyes of Meduse to those of Rotifera and
Entomostraca. The glandular body situated at the base of the pedicle, he regards as one optic ganglion, which

MR. R. OWEN’S REMARKS ON THE ENTOZOA. 391

system obtains is so great, that it may still be regarded, with little inconvenience, as the
chief character of the Acrita.

I have already observed that the absence of an egestive outlet to the alimentary canal
cannot be assigned to the Acrita as a character of that division ; but there is a condition
of the digestive system in relation to the parietes or substance of the body, which is as
generally applicable to the Acrita as the molecular distribution of the nervous sub-
stance ; in this division the intestine is not separated from the skin by an abdominal
cavity, but, whatever be its form, is essentially a simple excavation of the parenchyma.
Now the few genera which recede from this character are precisely those in which the
existence of nervous filaments is perhaps least ambiguous, as, for example, in Actinia
and Beroé. It is fortunate for the systematic naturalist that these genera form so
small an exception to the rule in regard to the conditions of the nervous and digestive
systems in the Acrita, since the filamentary disposition of the nervous substance, in co-
existence with a distinct abdominal cavity and muscular parietes of the alimentary canal,
constitute the distinctive character of the remaining Radiated classes from which the
Acrita are separated.

In all the Acrite classes, then, we find that there is an internal digestive cavity, one
of the chief characteristics of the animal kingdom. In the Sterelmintha, as in the ma-
jority of the Acrita, there is but a single communication with the exterior of the body,
with the apparent exception in the genus Cenurus, in which, as in the composite Zoo-
phytes, nutrition is effected by numerous mouths, but without an anus.

The vascular system, where traces of it are met with in the Acrita, corresponds with
the digestive system, being equally devoid of proper parietes, and consisting of reticu-
late canals excavated in the parenchymatous substance of the body, generally super-
ficial, and in which a cyclosis of the nutrient fluids is observed analogous to that of
plants ; but there is no true circulation. This condition is met with as low down in
the scale as the Polygastrica, where Professor Ehrenberg has determined the existence
of a superficial network of hyaline canals. In those genera of the Sterelmintha which
manifest traces of a sanguiferous system, the fluids undulate in canals of a similar struc-
ture, form, and position, as in the Trematoda, especially the Planarie, and in Echino-
rhynchi, in some of the species of which latter the cutaneous vascular network is ex-
tremely rich!.

In the Meduse, among the Acalephe, the condition of the vascular system is equally
simple with that of the lowest Acrita, as is exemplified in the marginal vascular reticu-

is connected with two filaments that decussate one another at about the middle of their course. These he de-
scribes as forming part of a nervous circle placed, throughout the greater part of its course, immediately along
the bases of the row of tentacles that surround the disc, so as to form, as it were, the outer wall of the circular
vessel, or appendage to the digestive cavity which runs round the margin of the disc. Ehrenberg further de-
scribes another nervous circle, composed of four ganglion-like masses, disposed around the mouth, each being
in connexion with a corresponding group of tentacles.—Miiller’s Archiv., 1834, p. 662.

* Echinorhynchus vasculosus, Rud., Syn., p. 581.
3 F2

392 MR. R. OWEN’S REMARKS ON THE ENTOZOA.

lation in the disc of Rhizostoma, &c. ; a structure which, when compared to the di-
stinctly developed vessels manifested in the Echinodermata, presents a strong argument
for retaining the Acalephe in the more simple division of Cuvier’s Radiata.

If it be true, as has been stated, that the Meduse produce not ova, but locomotive
ciliated gemmules, we have an additional reason for placing the Acalephe among the
Acrita, in which division of the animal kingdom only is the plant-like generation by
gemmation external or internal, or by spontaneous fission, observed. This character
is not, however, generally applicable to the Acrita ; for the Sterelmintha propagate by
ova, and have appropriate organs, distinct from those of the digestive system. These
organs are either cryptandrous, or productive only, as in Cystica and Cestoidea ; or a
fecundating gland is superadded to the ovary, as in Trematoda; or the sexes are sepa-
rate, as in the Acanthocephala; so as already to typify almost all the modes of gene-
ration by which the higher classes of animals are perpetuated.

We thus perceive in the Acrite subkingdom that, with the exception of the genera-
tive and digestive organs, all the other systems are more or less blended together, and
the corporeal parenchyma seems to possess many functions in common. Where a distinct
organ is eliminated, it is often repeated almost indefinitely in the same individual. In
the Polypi we frequently find the nutritious canals supplied with a thousand mouths ;
and the Polygastrica derive their name from an analogous multiplication of the digestive
organ itself. Among the Stere/mintha the generative system becomes the subject of
this repetition, each joint of the Tenie being the seat of a separate ovary, though all
are nourished by continuations of the same simple tubes. Again, the calcareous and
siliceous Sponges, which, in eliminating the first sketch of an internal skeleton, seem
to lose the few characteristics of animal life which they before possessed, are limited to
the repetition of the same spiculum.

The formative energies being thus expended on a few simple operations, and not con-
centrated on the perfect development of any single system, it is not surprising that we
should find in the Acrita the greatest diversity of external figure ; all the leading types
of animal organization seem to have their origin in this division ; and it has been well
observed, that ‘‘ Nature, so far from forgetting order, has, at the commencement of her
work in these imperfect animals, given us, as it were, a sketch of the different forms
which she intended afterwards to adopt for the whole animal kingdom!.”” Thus in the
soft mucous sluggish Sterelmintha, we have the outline of the Mollusca? ; in the fleshy
living mass which surrounds the earthy and hollow axis of the Polypi natantes, she has
sketched a vertebrated animal ; and in the crustaceous covering of the living mass, and>
the structure more or less articulated of the Polypi vaginati, we trace the form of the
Annulosa.

' Hore Entomologicz, vol. i. part ii, p. 223,
2 These, however, are more immediately continuous with the composite Polypes by means of the genera Bo-
tryllus, Eschara, and Cellaria; while the Trematoda evidently lead to the Haustellate Annelida, as the Leech, &c.

MR. R. OWEN’S REMARKS ON THE ENTOZOA. 393

Having been thus led, in considering the place which Trichina ought to occupy in
the natural system, to review the arrangements of the Entozoa generally, to trace their
affinities to the other classes of Radiata, and thus to take into consideration the grounds
for retaining or otherwise that division of the Animal Kingdom, I now proceed to consi-
der the Entozoa which are separated from the Sterelmintha, and examine them in relation
to the classes of the Radiata which remain after the dismemberment of the Acrita.

The Vers Cavitaires of Cuvier, which include the Nematoidea of Rudolphi and the
Vers Rigidules of Lamarck, together with the genus Nemertes, and the genus Linguatula
(Pentastoma, Rud.) previously described, I propose to separate into two classes ; the
one including, with the Nematoidea, the genera Linguatula and Sipunculus, under the
term Celelmintha' ; the other formed by the Vers Rigidules under the term Epizoa, which
the researches of Dr. Nordmann have recently shown to exhibit a much higher type in
their free moving condition than many of them afterwards exhibit when they have
become fixed to the animals which they infest.

Both these classes have a condition of the nervous system in common with the Echi-
nodermata and Rotifera of Professor Ehrenberg, which may be termed the filamentous,
since, in all these animals, simple ungangliated nervous filaments can be traced, extend-
ing from a point near the commencement of the alimentary canal, in number and direc-
tion corresponding with the form of the body. This condition of the nervous system is
accompanied by a distinct development of the muscular system, and especially of a
muscular tunic of the alimentary canal, which now floats in an abdominal cavity, and,
with the exception of one family of Echinodermata, has a distinct anus. There is no longer
in this division any instance of fissiparous or gemmiparous reproduction. In the Echino-
dermata, which are allied to the Polypi vaginati by the fixed pedicellate Encrinites, the
nutritious fluid circulates in distinct arteries and veins; and in the Holothurie, express
respiratory organs are superadded. From the Echinodermata which present this length-
ened worm-like form, together with the softening down of the external crust, the Sipun-
cult make an easy and natural transition to the Celelmintha, to which class, from the
absence of respiratory organs and tubular feet, from the obscure traces of a vascular
system, and the disposition of the nervous filaments, they appear to me to have closer
affinities than the Echinodermata.

The Celelmintha, thus constituted, present the same varieties in the condition of the
generative system as the Sterelmintha. We find the simple female apparatus without
male organs, or the cryptandrous type, in the Sipunculi; the superadded male glands,
but without reciprocal fecundation, in the Linguatula; and the separate sexes in the
Nematoidea.

If we distribute the internal parasites of the human body according to the preceding
attempt at a natural arrangement of the Entozoa, they will be found to belong to at
least three distinct classes of animals.

} cowNos, cavus, éAyuvs, lumbricus.

394

MR. R. OWEN’S REMARKS ON THE ENTOZOA.

ENTOZOA HOMINIS.

Subregnum ACRITA.

Classis [Inrusorra, Cuv.]

Trichina spiralis.

. Cercaria Seminis'. Cui locus Semen virile.

Musculi voluntarii.

Classis SrERELMINTHA.

3. Echinococcus Hominis. Hepar.
4. Cysticercus Cellulose. Musculi, cerebrum.
Ds visceralis. Viscera generatim.
6. Tenia Solium. Intestina tenuia.
7. Bothriocephalus latus. Intestina tenuia.
8. Polystoma Venarum. Vene.
9. Pinguicola. Ovaria.
10. Distoma hepaticum. Vesica fellea.
Subregnum NEMATONEURA ”.
Classis Ca LELMINTHA.
ll. Ascaris vermicularis. Intestinum rectum.
12, — Lumbricoides. Intestina tenuia.
13. Strongylus Gigas. Ren.
14. Spiroptera Hominis. Vesica urinaria.

15. Trichocephalus dispar.
16. Filaria bronchial. Glandulz bronchiales.
17. ——— Medinensis. Substantia cellulosa.
18. ——— Oculi. Oculus.

Czecum, intestina crassa.

' As the form of the digestive cavity has not been ascertained in this or the sueceeding genus, they cannot
be referred to the Polygastrica of Ehrenberg,

2 From ynua, filum, and vevpoy, nervus; aterm expressive of the condition of the nervous system which
separates the Celelmintha and Epizoa from the Articulata, and associates them with the Echinodermata and
Rotifera.

[ 395 ]

XLII. Additional Observations on Alepisaurus ferox. By the Rev. R. T. Lowe, M.A.,
Corr. Memb. Z.S.

Communicated June 23, 1835.

EARLY in the month of April last, a third specimen of Alepisaurus ferox was caught
by a fisherman off the village of Camera de Lobos, a little to the west of Funchal, on
the south coast of Madera. Having beforehand offered a reward for one, sufficient to
ensure its preservation from injury or mutilation, I obtained possession of this individual,
a few hours only after its capture, in a state of great perfection. 1 am thus enabled to
offer to the Society, along with this more perfect specimen itself, some important addi-
tions to my own former brief remarks upon this highly interesting genus, and my friend
Mr. Bennett’s more detailed description of its external characters. These additions
relate chiefly to parts, which were either so mutilated in both the former specimens as
to preclude altogether any attempt at delineation or description, or so fragile as proba-
bly to leave a wide field open for revision and correction to subsequent observers.

The body is thickest from the end of the first dorsal fin to the caudal, towards the
root of which it is rounded, and somewhat thicker than deep. Proceeding forwards, it
becomes gradually deeper, but not thicker, to the edge of the operculum ; its deepest
part being close behind the pectoral fins. The head is also much compressed and elon-
gated, measuring, from the tip of the lower jaw to the hinder edge of the operculum, be-
tween one ninth and one tenth of the total length of the fish from the tip of the lower
jaw to the extreme point of the upper lobe of the tail!: its depth at the posterior end
of the cranium is less than one half its length, not measuring the branchiostegous mem-
brane ; and a little more, including the same. The general depth of the head and fore
part of the body diminishes very gradually from the pectoral fins, or first ray of the
dorsal fin, forwards ; and the general thickness of the head, which is greatest close be-
hind the eyes, and exactly equals the greatest thickness of the body at the root of the
tail, is rather more than one third of its length. The tip of the upper jaw is strongly
retuse or emarginate. The whole head is unarmed, smooth, and with a very gelatinous
appearance. ‘‘The appearance of a double row of lengthened tubercles,” produced by
a series of small chain-like bones beneath the skin, was not noticed in the present spe-
cimen when recent ; neither was it in the former until after immersion in alcohol. I
believe this character does not become visible before the collapse or contraction of the
integuments and muscles consequent to such immersion. An angular raised bony ridge,
accompanied by a series of pores, extends beneath and round the hinder half of the
orbit. A row of pores also runs along the side of the lower jaw, close beneath the lower
edge of the dentary bone.

1 This decrement of proportion from the former measurement of one seventh is owing to the perfect condi-
tion of the tail in the present specimen.

396 THE REV. R. T. LOWE ON ALEPISAURUS.

The nostrils are placed half way between the centre of the pupil and tip of the upper
jaw, a little above a line drawn horizontally from the one of these points to the other.
The anterior nostril is a round orifice, the posterior a curved lunate opening close be-
hind it. In the former figure they were overlooked, or quite erroneously represented
as a single orifice near the tip of the muzzle.

In the upper jaw the intermaxillary bones are finely and closely serrated throughout,
as in the former two specimens ; the anterior teeth being rather larger than the hinder :
and in front, at the tip of the muzzle, there is a pair pointing forwards and curving a
little downwards, one on each side, above the line of the rest, and, as it were, upon the
lip itself. The palatine bones in front are furnished with a group of three very large
recurved lancet-shaped teeth, placed in a triangle, of which the apez is directed forwards :
proceeding backwards there succeeds a vacancy ; then follows on each side a single
lancet-shaped tooth, not much more than half the size of those of the group in front ;
and behind this a row of seven much smaller, close-set teeth, gradually increasing in size
backwards, but the hindmost not above half the length of the single one immediately
preceding them. All these are fixed immoveably ; but upon a close examination were
discovered, lying loose, flat, and buried amongst the skin of the palate, with their points
directed backwards, three more long lancet-shaped teeth, one in the middle of the
group of three in front, a second in the interval between these and the next large pa-
latal tooth, and the third between the last-mentioned tooth and the row of seven be-
hind it. Whether they were originally like the others, fixed, and are merely loose from
injury or fracture, or are properly moveable and free, I can scarcely venture to decide.
At first sight, and from the way in which they lie amongst the loose gelatinous integu-
ments of the palate, with no appearance of a regular attachment by the base, their con-
dition seems the effect of accident. Yet it would be difficult to explain perhaps, on the
supposition of their having been broken off by violence, either the regularity of their
particular direction, or the perfect condition of the other teeth.

The lower jaw is in this specimen rather longer than the upper. It is obtuse at the
point, and has a pair of rather long subconical teeth in front at the tip, one on each
side, with a smaller one between them ; and below these on the tip of the jaw, quite out-
side the mouth, and upon or half way down the tip in front, or as it were upon the middle
of the lower lip, there is a single smaller conical tooth, pointing forwards but curved
upwards. Behind the pair of teeth first mentioned, there extends along each side a row
of five much smaller, and becoming gradually more compressed ; then come three rather
larger, and still more compressed ; and then two lancet-shaped ones, considerably larger,
particularly the last of the two, which is double the length of the first, and equals the
single palatal one behind the interval—into which, when the mouth is closed, it locks—
above mentioned in the upper jaw. A short interruption in the row, or a vacant inter-
val, succeeds, followed by a close-set series of eleven short but broad, triangular, much
compressed teeth, reaching nearly to the corners of the gape, which in the present, as
well as in both the former specimens, has a kind of internal web or skin, joining one
jaw to the other, which extends some little distance forwards towards the teeth from

THE REV. R. T. LOWE ON ALEPISAURUS. 397

the external angle of the mouth, or termination of the commissure. The teeth in the
lower jaw do not extend backwards beyond a point corresponding nearly with that in
which the palatal teeth terminate in the upper jaw: between one fourth and one fifth of
the whole length of each jaw, from the external termination of the commissure, is thus
unarmed posteriorly.

The tongue is small, very narrow, convex in the middle, smooth and black.

The branchiostegous membrane, in this third individual, has seven rays on each
side.

The pectoral fins are longer than the head, or between one eighth and one ninth of
the entire length. The ventral fins are not quite half the length of the pectoral fins,
and more of a triangular form; while the pectoral fins are contracted at the base, with-
out any posterior angle, and thus are truly lanceolate. The first ray of both the pec-
toral and ventral fins is rough, like the first ray of the first dorsal fin.

The dorsal fin was so perfect in the present specimen, that the following account
of it may be depended on, so far as regards the individual. It differs considerably in
outline from the formerly published figure, being less arched, or more straight and
parallel with the line of the back ; not highest in the middle, but towards the hinder
end, and having the fourth ray in front produced beyond those immediately adjoining ;
the intermediate portion being nearly horizontal, or very gradually rising backwards.
Its form is thus something like that of the dorsal fin in Histiophorus Indicus, Cuv. &
Val., as represented in the ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Poissons’!, only the anterior part in
this Alepisaurus is much lower. It consists of forty-four unbranched or simple inarti-
culated rays, whose points are certainly not produced beyond the membrane. The first
ray is on a line with the first ray of the pectoral fins, and rough with oblique transverse
grooves in front : it is 4 inches long, which is something more than the greatest depth
of the fish in any part. The two next rays are longer, each an inch, than the preceding,
and smooth or even, like all the following. The fourth ray is more than twice the
length of the first (94 inches), but not produced beyond the membrane. The fifth ray
is 2 inches shorter than the fourth, or just the length of the pectoral fins ; and the ten
or twelve? next are nearly the same length as the fifth, or gradually a very little longer,
proceeding backwards. The following rays become more rapidly elongated to the
twenty-fourth, which, with the twenty-third, is about the same length as the fourth
ray. This twenty-fourth ray is at about two thirds of the length of the whole dorsal fin
from its origin. The twenty-fifth and twenty-sixth rays are but little shorter than the
twenty-third or twenty-fourth. The last eighteen rays decrease rapidly in length, and
slope more backwards than those before them: the last of all, or forty-fourth, is one
quarter of the length of the first ray, or one inch long, and joined by a small web
to the body at its base. The anterior rays are rather remote ; the posterior, particu-
larly the last twenty, gradually closer and more crowded. All the rays are extremely

' t 229.
The eighth ray in this specimen is irregularly bent or crooked in the middle ; evidently the result of some
former injury.
SE 36

398 THE REV. R. T. LOWE ON ALEPISAURUS.

fragile, not pungent, but flexible like whalebone, curving backwards, rounded, and
tapering to fine, excessively slender points, like horse-hair, webbed quite up to their
tips: the web is peculiarly delicate, of extreme tenuity, and inconceivably fragile ;
coloured dark iridescent steely blue, with a pale azure line extending partly up each
ray, as in former specimens ; but in this the whole outline is faintly edged with white,
of which, from their less perfect condition, the traces only were visible in both the for-
mer individuals.

The second dorsal fin is just as in the two former specimens. Its hinder edge is
broad and flattened towards the base, as in the dorsal fins of certain Sharks. Its height
and breadth at top are each about an inch and a half.

The most striking and important addition is the correct form of the caudal fin. This
organ in both the former specimens was too much mutilated to warrant any attempt at
delineation or description. In the present it is deeply forked, and composed, as in the
former specimens, of nineteen principal rays, of which ten form the upper and nine the
lower lobe. Besides these nineteen, there are eight shorter rays, of unequal length, at
the base of both forks, above and beneath. The great peculiarity which this third speci-
men has brought to light, is the production of the upper lobe into a long, gracefully-
arched, linear, or rather tape-like, broad, flattened filament, composed of the one long
outer unbranched ray, and of three with part of the fourth of the next inner branched
rays. The first or outermost of the ten rays forming the upper lobe is simple, and ex-
tends considerably beyond the extreme tip of the lower lobe, but does not reach half the
length of the produced part of the upper, of which it forms a portion. The next three
rays are branched, and their threads or branches form entirely, along with the former
simple ray, the produced or tape-like filament, which is an inch broad at its base,
slightly narrowing towards the rather obtuse tip to about one third of an inch. There
are seven threads or branches of these rays, running nearly parallel and reaching to the
tip. The six next rays are much branched, and gradually shorter ; the uppermost
thread or branch of the first of them, i.e. of the fifth ray of the upper lobe, is a little
produced, and forms a part of the base of the lengthened filament.

The lower lobe of the caudal fin is simple, oblong-oval, acute at the tip. Its lowest
ray is also its longest, and unbranched. The four next are nearly the same length, and
branched. The four innermost are gradually shorter, and also branched.

The upper lobe is between one third and one fourth of the whole length. The lower
lobe is one tenth of the whole length.

The middle rays of the caudal fin are faintly barred, but much branched : the outer
rays are very strongly barred, but gradually less branched from the middle outwards.

The caudal fin is set on in the peculiar manner general among the Scombride. It
surrounds the termination of the body on three sides, leaving a rectangular central
space longer than deep. This peculiarity is chiefly owing to the large number (eight)
and strength of the supernumerary shorter rays, both above and beneath, which extend
some distance forwards along the dorsal and the ventral lines.

The anal fin is one fifteenth of the entire length, and its greatest height, which is in

THE REV. R. T. LOWE ON ALEPISAURUS. 399

front, one twentieth. It is considerably thickened at the base, and not seated in a
groove. The first three rays are simple, but not pungent, and with difficulty distinguish-
able ; the remaining eleven branched. Of these eleven, the first two are only bifid,
and of nearly equal length with the third simple ray, which is the longest ; the three
next are trifid, but rapidly decrease in length ; the last six are, again, only bifid, of nearly
equal length, the last four being about the height of the first simple ray, and each more
remote than the preceding. The first simple ray is not rough.

The following is the fin formula for the present specimen :

Ist D. 44. 2ndD.adipose. A.3-+11. P.1+13. V.1+9.C. List, fa Re
Un. 8+1+8

Total length, to the tip of the produced upper lobe of the caudal fin extended, 62 inches.

Greatest depth, being close behind the pectoral fins, 32 inches.

Greatest thickness, being at the root of the tail or just behind the eyes, 14 inch.

Weight little more than 4 lbs.

The lateral line resembles a gelatinous band or ridge, slightly elevated the whole
length of the body, but most remarkably so, and forming quite a keel, from about the
middle of the anal fin to the setting on of the caudal. After the fish has been some
time out of the water, or immersed in spirits, this gelatinous keel falls, and loses nearly
all its prominency. It is marked by a faint black stripe or line, accompanied by a
series of pores, set at irregular intervals along each side. Throughout its whole length
it is nearer the dorsal than the ventral line. The two little accessory oblique ridges on
each side the termination of the lateral line, at the root of the caudal fin, present in the
true Mackarels (Scomber vulgaris and Colias), as well as in the Thunnies, are here wanting.

The base of the first dorsal fin is seated in a deep groove, with jelly-like transparent
margins. This groove continues backwards, from the termination of the first, nearly
to the second dorsal fin, becoming gradually more shallow and obsolete.

The anterior branched rays of the pectoral and ventral fins, and the outer rays of
both lobes of the caudal fin, have the bars or joints remarkably raised and prominent,
resembling knobs, or like the knuckles of the fingers.

The extreme lightness of this fish, in proportion to its size, is equally remarkable
with its peculiar flaccidity. The head seems ready to separate from the body with the
smallest force.

This third specimen was much more brilliantly coloured than either of the former,
though in a precisely similar manner. On each side, at the origin of the caudai fin,
was a large metallic iridescent patch of extreme splendour; and the same hues pre-
vailed, in almost equal brightness, along the base of the anal fin. The iris was coppery
and golden, the pupil black.

In my former reference of this new genus to Les Tenioides of Cuvier, I was merely
guided by its evident affinity to Lepidopus and Trichiurus. ‘These two genera are now
by Cuvier and Valenciennes, in the eighth volume of their ‘ Histoire’, removed from
the Tenioides, with which they were associated formerly by Cuvier in his secand or

362

400 THE REV. R. T. LOWE ON ALEPISAURUS,

last edition of the ‘ Régne Animal’, and placed as an appendix at the end of the Scom-
bride. Without, however, being aware of this, I had come to the conclusion some
time since, that the proper station for Alepisaurus must be amongst the Scombride, in
the neighbourhood of Gempylus and Thyrsites ; and the alteration of Cuvier’s views re-
garding the place of Lepidopus and Trichiurus, since discovered, affords at once a satis-
factory confirmation of such a conclusion, and justifies my original idea of its close
affinity with Lepidopus.

The four genera Thyrsites, Gempylus, Lepidopus, and Trichiurus may be considered
as forming, with Alepisaurus, a small subordinate but highly interesting group, con-
necting the Scombride with the now expurgated Tenioide. The second adipose dorsal
fin in Alepisaurus may be perhaps a modification only of the characteristic spurious fin-
lets of its family. It even recalls to mind the separate hinder portion of the dorsal fin
in Histiophorus, Cuv., or in an adult Xiphias. The general habit of the fish ; its pecu-
liar liability to be infested with intestinal worms, evinced in all the specimens observed ;
the powerful forked caudal fin, with the peculiar mode of its setting on, or of its pene-
tration by the tail, owing to the large number of short accessory rays; and above all
the gelatinous keeled lateral line, are all truly Scombridal characters. It may be added,
that the complete development of the ventral fins gives it a higher claim than Lepidopus
possesses to a place amongst Scombride’.

The engraving is reduced from a most carefully executed drawing in outline of the
fish while perfectly fresh, the size of life, kindly undertaken by my talented and accom-
plished friend Miss Young, checked by repeated and scrupulously accurate measure-
ments of my own.

PLATE LIX.

Fig. 1. The entire fish.

2. The head as seen from above.

3. Side view of the upper jaw, with the lip or intermaxillary raised to show the
palatal teeth. The teeth represented in dotted outline are those which lay
loose among the integuments of the palate: they are figured in the position
they respectively occupied when raised a little by the point of a knife.

' Since writing the above, I have received a letter from my able and zealous coadjutor Miss Young, dated
Madera, June 22, 1835, giving some account of a fourth larger but much broken specimen, also caught off
Camera de Lobos, which she has had an opportunity of examining since I left the island. The examination
was most satisfactory, tending altogether to confirm the foregoing supplementary account. She writes: ‘‘ The
¢eeth were exactly on the same plan, but varying a little in number from the former (the third) specimen. The
first dorsal fin had forty-two rays; its shape the same as in the last specimen, high in front, and straight to
near the end. The ventral fins were unequal (perhaps from injury), the right having 1 + 9, the left only
1 + 8rays. The caudal fin was much broken. The branchiostegous membrane had seven rays on both sides.
The gelatinous keel on the lateral line was very high and distinct. The colours were not so bright as in the
third specimen, though the present was quite fresh. In other respects it agreed with the former specimens.”

: wotof LULWOL? fy ,

un { 401 ]

DIRECTIONS FOR PLACING THE PLATES.

Prate 1. Antilope Mhorr . . . sh Leen site es Se tO MACE pAarerS
2. Beroé Pileus and anatomy of Tokaopae pore att Tiki a at ee
ae DOMED ES AIRE) Ae et O RR oe uk a ae Ta nie eet
4.

5. * . - . . -

g. | Lagotis Cuviert and Chinchilla lanigera. . . . . . . . . . . 64

(le

of Stomach of Semnopithecus Entellus . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
10. Apteryx Australis . . . ee on a ae Ac
11. Sepiola stenodactyla and shanty a oe snalgiahes Oey Getter Dh Ate) BD
PEE biemircein CeUCOgNST . |... ee ee wp et ee tg es O90
13.

14.

15 Re nteOMIOrGUs PARERES. Oo |... ke Gee ies os, SO TA ye ES
16.

17. Vertebre of Bradypus tridactylug . . 2. ws we ew «NG
SEP oN OR UPEOS COTES ee aye em, ee oh ep. EDD
19. Alepisaurus feror. . . ihe Mei Mrs es shia eS
20. Brains of Felis jubata and Fel. ede SR Mie) Can a4 « seerahafgel nel
SBN GIT SG UE OT 2g ga An ae Milan re AAR yl: 1)
a Anatomy of.the-Grachiopoda. ji... nn) «4 ht scons «oe 164
Pay neous aon et erat nome SO ye te ee ee ee aS
25. Eurylaimus lunatus . . . ye CERES fess 8 1 center hfe:
26. Metamorphosis of Urania elailine 25 RGR eT Cha
27.
2 NSTI SANS MRR 95 rae i Rae RM A Ta
29.
30. Anatomy of Calyptrea (Calypeopsis) and of Clavagella . . . . . . 212
31. Heart and principal blood-vessels of Siren lacertina . . . . . . 220
oat Young Ornithorhynchus paradovus and its anatomy . . . . . . « 228
34, \Ornsthorhynchus paradomas 0. ee ee ee ee ee, > 258

* In some copies misnumbered 14.

45.

402

Clavagell@ and Leptoconchus
Nycteribie . :
Macropus Parryt .

| Chame .

Ancistrosoma Klugit and Cecidoses Eremita
Entozoa and their anatomy
Lagotis pallipes

| Cancri, and their details

Osteology of Simia Troglodytes and Simiu Satyrus :
a human idiot

Alepisaurus ferox

END OF THE FIRST VOLUME.

with the skull of \

Printed by Richarp Taytor, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

. 342

380

400

ee

LIST OF THE PAPERS

Page
Be, Tuomas, Esq.

Observations on the Neck of the Three-toed
Sloth (Bradypus tridactylus, Linn.) .... 113

Observations on the genus Cancer of Dr.
Leach (Platycarcinus, Latr.), with de-

scriptions of three new species ...... 335
Bennett, E. T., Esq.
On the M’borr Antelope .............. 1

On the Chinchillide, a family of Herbivorous
Rodentia, and on a new genus referrible
OWE alah tedetuster apny es iareicke ictete, fe 35
Notice of a Mammiferous Animal from
Madagascar, constituting a new form
among the Viverridous Carnivora .... 137
Some account of Macropus Parryi, a hither-
to undescribed species of Kangaroo from
iNew? Sonthigwales 9 <2 sesi</- stavclecsiejeiat 290
Additional remarks on the genus Lagotis,
with some account of a second species
aityal SUN UME BOGIES DODODO OMDB OS 331
Bennett, Georce, Esq.
Notes on the Natural History and habits of
_ the Ornithorhynchus paradovus........ 229
Bropenrir, W. J., Esq.
Descriptions of some new species of Cuvier’s

family of Brachiopoda .............. 141
Descriptions of some new species of Caly-

LAT ETERS eS - SO ODUM OO EROGaO. 195
COINAGE a ea) ale in Foapess cle ities ood 261

On the genus Chama, Brug., with descrip-
tions of some species apparently not
hitherto characterized ...... eer 301

Curtis, Joun, Esq.

Characters and description of a new genus
of the family Melolonthide .......... 307

On a species of Moth found inhabiting the
galls of a plant near to Monte Video... 311

Goutp, Jonny, Esq.
On a new genus in the family of Corvide 87

CONTAINED IN VOL. I.

Goutp, Joun, Esq.
Description of a new species of the genus
Eurylaimus of Dr. Horsfield..........
Grant, Rosert E., M.D.
On the Nervous System of Beroé pileus,
Lam., and on the structure of its cilia. .
On the Structure and Characters of Loligop-
sis, and account of a new species (Loli-
Igapsisiguttata) meee tele te el te\re oe _-
On the Anatomy of the Sepiola vulgaris,
and account of a new species (Sep. steno-
dactyla, Grant), from the coast of Mau-

Hore, The Rev. F. W.

Characters and descriptions of several new

genera of Coleopterous Insects........
Lowe, The Rev. R. T.

Description of a new genus of Acanthopte-
TY GUAT PASM CH ey ale elayetavstolei “tale! fe elalalel~ =

Additional observations on Alepisaurus ferox

MacLeay, W. S., Esq.

A few remarks tending to illustrate the
Natural History of two Annulose genera,
viz. Urania of Fabricius, and Mygale of
SWalckentaer tice sicieci eats aietel-t-/aisiolaloln

Ocrtsy, Wi1114M, Esq.

On the characters and description of a new

genus of Carnivora, called Cynictis ....
Owen, Ricnarp, Esq.

On the sacculated Form of Stomach as it
exists in the genus Semnopithecus......

On the Anatomy of the Concave Hornbill,
Buceros cavatus, Latham ............

On the Anatomy of the Cheetah, Felis
GMOTEAs SCUEGU arate ohe< (ea) nee wfieis' oie 'shal ©

On the Anatomy of the Brachiopoda of Cu-
vier, and more especially of the genera
Terebratula and Orbicula ..........--

On the Anatomy of the Calyptreide,.....

VOL, I. 3H

21

77

91

123

395

179

29

404 CONTENTS.
Page
Owen, Ricuarp, Esq. including suggestions for their distribu-
On the Anatomy of Clavagella, Lam. .... 269 tion into other Classes..............
On the structure of the Heart in the Peren- Ruppett, E., M.D.
nibranchiate Batrachia ........-...-, 2138 Déscription d’ un nouveau genre de Mol-
On the young of the Ornithorhynchus para- lusques de la classe des Gastéropodes. .
CX TOMS NG aes AOC TOD IDARANS Gaon 221 | Smeg, Capt. Watrer.
Description of a microscopic Entozoon in- Some account of the Maneless Lion of
festing the muscles of the humanbody.. 315 Guzerat la, Sarcrs wae eeeeeeicee reais
On the Anatomy of Linguatula Tenioides, Westwoop, J. O., Esq.
Clavier) 555: Ses sisiceni s+ - lol tiaegeitetevele sola 325 On Nycteribia, a genus of Wingless in-
On the Osteology of the Chimpanzee and Sectsy tae Rear ace ho pon aee
Orang Utaniie cb 20s Ne aaoswtyis ck. 343 | Yarrety, Wixi, Esq.
On the Anatomy of Distoma clavatum, Observations on the laws which appear to
LG BA Ss Sbiceicraos Ganado ay ate ees 381 influence the assumption and changes of
Description of a new species of Tape-worm, plumage in Birds..................
Tenia lamelligera, Owen. ..........+. 385 Description, with some additional particu-

Remarks on the Entozoa, and on the struc-
tural Differences existing among them :

lars, of the Apteryx Australis of Shaw. .

Page

387

259

165

275

138

71

INDEX OF SPECIES IN VOL. I.

Acanthinomonus, a genus of the family Stenocoride,
page 107.

Acanthopterygii, description of a new genus of, 123.

Ancistrosoma, characters of this new genus, 307.

Ancistrosoma Klugii, description of, 308.

Alepisaurus ferox, description of this new genus and
species of Acanthopterygian fishes, 128; addi-
tional observations on, 395.

Anas galericulata, Linn., moulting of, &c., 18.

sponsa, Linn., moulting of, &c., 18.

Anthicus cyaneus, description of, 100.

Antilope Addra, Bennett, observations upon, 3, 7.

Dama, Pallas, observations upon, 2.
—— WM’horr, Bennett, description of, 1.

Nanguer, Bennett, observations upon, 2, 7.

ruficollis, Hamilton Smith, observations upon,
3, 8.

Aploa, characters of this new genus of Coleopterous
insects of te family Brachinide, 91.

Aploa picta, description of, 92.

Apteryx australis, description of this bird, 71.

Batrachia (Perennibranchiate), on the structure of the
heart of, 213.

Beroé pileus, Lam., on the nervous system of, 9; ob-
servations upon other parts of its structure, and
upon that of allied animals, 9.

Birds, on the assumption and changes of plumage of,
together with observations upon the structure
and growth of the feathers, 13.

Black-tailed Godwit (Limosa melanura, Leisl.),
changes of plumage of, 17.

Brachiopoda, descriptions of some new species of this
family, 141; on the anatomy of, 145.

Bradypus tridactylus, observations upon the neck of,
113.

Buceros cavatus, on the anatomy of, 117.

Calosoma Orientale, description of, 92.

Calypeopsis, notice of, 198.

Calypeopsis extinctorum, Lam., notice of, 198.

spinosa, Sowerb., notice of, 198.

Calyptreide, descriptions of some new species of,
pages 195-206 ; on the anatomy of, 207.

Calyptrea arenata, description of, 205.

Calypeopsis, Lesson, anatomy of, 207.

cepacea, description of, 197.

conica, description of, 202.

cornea, description of, 197.

corrugata, description of, 197.

crepipatella, Less., description of, 202.

dilatata, Lam., description of, 203.

dorsata, description of, 202.

Echinus, description of, 203.

excavata, description of, 205.

foliacea, description of, 202.

hispida, description of, 200.

Hystriz, description of, 203.

imbricata, description of, 198.

incurva, description of, 204.

Lessonii, description of, 204.
———— Lichen, description of, 201.
lignaria, description of, 199.
maculata, description of, 200.
mamillaris, description of, 201.
marginalis, description of, 205.
pallida, description of, 204.

radiata, description of, 198.
———— rudis, description of, 196.
serrata, description of, 200.
Sinensis, on the anatomy of, 208.
sordida, description of, 201.
squama, description of, 205.
striata, description of, 202.
strigata, description of, 203.
Syphopatella, Less. ?, description of, 200.
tenuis, description of, 199.
Unguis, description of, 201.
varia, description of, 197.
Cancer, Leach, observations upon, 335 ; characters of,
336.
Cancer dentatus, description of, 339.

3H2

406

Cancer Edwardsii, description of, page 338.

irroratus, Say, description of, 340.
longipes, description of, 337.

Pagurus, Auct., description of, 341.

Carbo Cormorans,Meyer, changes of plumage of,&c.,18.

Cecidoses, characters of this new genus of, 312.

Cecidoses Eremita, description of, 313.

Cetonia cretosa, description of, 98.

Chama, Brug., observations on this genus, 301; de-
scriptions of new species of, 302, 306.

Chama corrugata, description of, 305.

echinata, description of, 305.
——-~ frondosa, description of, 302.

imbricata, description of, 304.
—- lobata, description of, 303.
——- Pacifica, description of, 303.

pellucida, description of, 302.
——-— producta, description of, 305.
——-— sinuosa, description of, 303.

— sordida, description of, 306.

— spinosa, description of, 306.

Cheetah (Felis jubata), on the anatomy of, 129.

Chimpanzee, on the osteology of, 344.

Chinchilla, characters of this genus, 59.

Chinchillide, Mr. Bennett’s observations upon, 35.

Chlenius Sykesii, description of, 93.

Clavagella, characters of, and observations upon, 261 ;
on the anatomy of, 269.

Clavagella elongata, description of, 265.

lata, description of, 265; on the anatomy
of, 269.

Melitensis, description of, 265.
Concave Hornbill, on the anatomy of, 117.
Coptopterus, a genus of the family Stenocoride, 107.
Coptorhina, characters of this new genus of Lamelli-

corn Beetles, 95.

Coptorhina Africana, description of, 96.
Klugii, description of, 97.

Cormorant (Carbo Cormorans, Meyer), changes of
plumage of, &c., 1S.

Corvide, description of a new genus of this family of

birds, 87.

Crepidula unguiformis, Lam., description of, 204.

Cryptoprocta, characters of this new genus of Viver-
ridous Carnivora, 137.

Cryptoprocta ferox, description of, 137.

Cycliopleurus,a genus of the family Stenocoridz, 107.

Cynictis, characters of this new genus of Carnivora,
and observations on its affinities, 29, 34.

INDEX OF SPECIES.

Cynictis Steedmannii, characters of, pages 29-34.

Dendrocitta, characters of this new genus of the fa-
mily Corvide, 87-89.

Dendrocitia leucogastra, description of this new bird,
89.

———— Sinensis, description of, 89.

vagabunda, description of, 89.

Dendronessa sponsa, Swainson, moulting of, &c., 18.

Dissacanthus, a genus of the family Stenocoride, 107.

Distoma clavatum, on the anatomy of, 381.

Entozoa, remarks on the, 387 ; classification of, 394.

Entozoon, description of a species of, which infests
the muscles of the human body, 315.

Eurylaimus, description of a new species of this genus,
175.

Eurylaimus lunatus, description of, 176.

Felis Leo Goojratensis, description of, 165-170.

Felis jubata, on the anatomy of, 129.

Gasteropoda, description of a new genus of, 259.

Herring Gull (Larus argentatus, Brunn.), changes in
the colour of plumage of, 19.

Isacantha, characters of this new genus of Coleopte-
rous insects (section Rhyncophora), 102.

Isacantha rhinotioides, description of, 102.

Lagotis, Bennett, characters of this new genus, 59;
additional remarks on, 331.

Lagotis Cuvieri, description of, 46, 332.

Lagotis pallipes, characters of, 332.

Lagostomus, Brookes, characters of this genus, 60.

Lamia crux-nigra, description of, 104.

— Roylii, description of, 103.

Languria cyanea, description of, 94.

Larus argentatus, Brunn., changes of colourof plumage
of, 19.

ridibundus, Linn., changes in colour of plu-

mage of, 19.

Laughing Gull (Larus ridibundus, Linn.), changes in
colour of plumage of, 19.

Leptoconchus striatus, description of, 259.

Limosa melanura, changes of plumage of, 17.

Linguatula Tenioides, Cuv., on the anatomy of, 305.

Lingula Audebardii, description of, 143; observations
on the anatomy of, 157.

Semen, description of, 144.

Lion (maneless), an account of, 165.

Loligopsis, on the structure and characters of this
genus, and its allies, 21.

Loligopsis guttata, an account of the characters and
structure of this new Cephalopod, 21, 28.

INDEX OF SPECIES.

Long-eared Viscacha (Lagolis Cuvieri), description
of, page 46.

Lucanus eratus, description of, 99.

Downesii, description of, 99.

Lyprops, characters of this new genus of Heterome-
rous Coleoptera, 101.

chrysophthalmus, description of, 101.

Macronota tetraspilota, description of, 98.

Macropus Parryi, an account and description of, 295.

Mandarin Duck (Anas galericulata, Linn.), moulting
of, &c., 18.

Maneless Lion of Guzerat, account of, 165.

Melolonthide, on anew genus of this family, 307.

M’horr Antelope, Mr. Bennett on the, 1.

Moth, on a species of, found inhabiting the galls of a

plant near Monte Video, 311.
Mygale, remarks on the natural history of, 190.
Nephila clavipes, remarks on the natural history of 192.
Nycteribia, observations upon this genus, 275; de-
scriptions of species of, 288.
Nycteribia biarticulata, description of, 292.
Blainvillii, description of, 289.
dubia, description of, 289.
Dufourii, description of, 290.
Hopei, description of, 289.
Jenynsii, description of, 291.
———— Latreillii, description of, 291.
pedicularia, Latr., description of, 290.

Roylit, description of, 290.
——_—— Sykesii, description of, 288.
—— vewata, description of, 291.
Oiceoptoma tetraspilotum, description of, 93.
Opilis auripennis, description of, 95.

Orang-Utan, on the osteology of, 355.
Orbicula, on the anatomy of, 145, 153.
Orbicula Cumingii, description of, 143.
— lamellosa, description of, 142.
strigata, description of, 143.

Ornithorhynchus paradozvus, Blum., on the young of,
221; on the natural history and habits of, 229.

Phenomeris, characters of this new genus of the
family Melolonthide, 97.

Phenomeris magnifica, description of, 98.

Perennibranchiate Batrachia, on the structure of the
heart of, 213.

Pholidotus irroratus, description of, 100.

Pica Sinensis, Gray, description of, 89.

vagabunda, Wagler, description of, 89.

Piesarthrius, a genus of the family Stenocoridz, 107.

407

Pithecus, characters of, page 373.
Platycarcinus, Latr., observations upon, 335; cha-
racters of, 336.

Prionus Cumingii, description of, 105. °

Hayesii, description of, 104.
Pertti, description of, 106.

Ruff (Tringa pugnaz, Linn.), moulting of, 17.

Scolecobrotus, a genus of the family Stenocoride,
107; characters of, 109.

Scolecobrotus Westwoodii, description of, 109.

Semnopithecus, on the sacculated form of the stomach
in this genus, 65; as observed in Semnopithecus
Entellus, 65 ; in S. fascicularis, 67 ; the stomach
compared with that of Cercopithecus and Ma-
cacus, 68; and with the Sloths and certain Bats,
69.

Sepiola stenodactyla, description of this newspecies, 85.

vulgaris, anatomy of, 77.

Spheriodactylus cinereus, description of, 193.

elegans, description of, 193.

Siren lacertina, on the structure of the heart of, 215.

Stenochoride, a tabular view of the genera contained
in this family, 107.

Stenocorus of Fabricius, this genus regarded as a fa-
mily, 107.

Strongylurus, a genus of the family Stenocoride, 107.

Summer Duck (Azassponsa,Linn.),moulting of,&c.,18.
Tape-worm, description of a new species of (Tenia

lamelligera), 385.
Terebratula, on the anatomy of, 145.
Terebratula Chilensis, description of, 141.

Uva, description of, 142.
Tetracanthus, a genus of the family Stenocoridz, 107.
Three-toed Sloth, observations on the neck of, 113.
Tmesisternus, a genus of the family Stenocoride, 107.
Trichina, description of thisnew genus of Entozoa, 319.
Trichina spiralis, description of, 319.
Tringa pugnaz, Linn., moulting of, 17.
Trochilus colubris, notice of, 193.
pectoralis, notice of, 193.

Troglodytes, characters of, 372.
Uracanthus, a genus of the family Stenocoride, 107;

characters of, 108.
Uracanthus triangularis, description of, 108.
Urania, remarks on the natural history of, 179.
Urania Fernandine, description of, 180.
Solanus (Godart), description of, 180.
Viverride, characters of a new genus of (Cryptoprocta

Serox), 137.

isH M
e ; iz
? ~ . 4
“A Sut D «)
4> Sa.)
&

_ PRINTED BY RICHARD AND JOHN E. TAYLOR,
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

’

ae 7
‘
~
*
4 _
a
mV
. i oo
w/e
P i
; b ae
jis
. as
‘
oe Y - y ;
7 ¢ - aa
7 <>* ¥ =
= ‘ “. 4
'
’ >
" F an Pa
' y ae
wig
{ ry
, ras
é «.
igi 3 é
J ty
7) i
‘
‘
ne
j
; -
94 ae
4
’ & ‘le é
$< * $ bal

in
Anes)

oa

»!

a Pay
de AT its

fs

-s

fn IG
Hae

i

a

Geka:

atin

eS:
Pe tna